2019-2021
UNDERGRADUATE & GRADUATE
BULLETIN
PREGRADO & GRADUADO
BOLETÍN
GOD First!
OAKWO OD
UNIVERSITY
BULLETIN
2019-2021
Enter to Learn • Depart to Serve
GENERAL INFORMATION
Accreditation
Regional Accreditation
Oakwood University is accredited by the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
Commission on Colleges to award associate,
baccalaureate and masters degrees. Contact
the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern
Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or
call 404-679-4500 for questions about the
accreditation of Oakwood University.
(The Commission is to be contacted only if
there is evidence that appears to support
signifi cant noncompliance by Oakwood Uni-
versity with a requirement or standard.)
Denominational Accreditation
Oakwood University is accredited by the
Adventist Accrediting Association of the
Department of Education of the General
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.
Oakwood University offers programs accredited
by:
Association of Collegiate Business Schools
and Programs
Accreditation Commission for Education
in Nursing
Accreditation Council for Education in
Nutrition and Dietetics
Council for the Accreditation of Educator
Preparation
Council on Social Work Education
Oakwood University offers programs approved
by the:
Alabama Board of Nursing
Alabama State Department of Education
Accreditation documents may be viewed in
the offi ce of the Provost and Senior Vice
President.
Policy Revisions
Oakwood University reserves the right to make
changes relating to the Bulletin. A summary of
any changes, including fees and other charges,
course changes, and academic requirements
for graduation, shall be published cumulatively
in the Bulletin Supplement (www.oakwood.
edu/academics/institutional-effectiveness/ie-
publications). Said publication of changes shall
be considered adequate and effective notice for
all students. Detailed information on changes will
be maintained in the Registrar’s Offi ce and in the
Offi ce of Academic Administration. Each student
is responsible for keeping informed of current
graduation requirements in the appropriate
degree program.
Equal Opportunity Commitment
Oakwood University is committed to providing
equal opportunity for all qualifi ed persons. It
does not discriminate on the basis of race,
color, national or ethnic origin, gender, marital
status, or handicap in the administration of its
educational and admissions policies, nancial
affairs, employment policies and programs,
student life and services, or any other college-
administered program.
Address: Oakwood University
7000 Adventist Boulevard, NW
Huntsville, AL 35896
Telephone: (256) 726-7000
FAX: (256) 726-7404
Directory:
Enrollment Mgmt. ..................... 800-358-3978
In Alabama ............................ 256-726-7356
FAX ....................................... 256-726-7154
Credit and Collections .............. 256-726-7379
FAX ....................................... 256-726-7461
Financial Aid ............................. 800-824-5321
In Alabama ............................ 256-726-7210
FAX ....................................... 256-726-7474
Direct Correspondence Accordingly:
President .................................................................................................. General Administration
Asst. Provost for Undergraduate Studies ........................................................ Academic Policies
VP for Student Services ............................................................................Residence Information
Dir. of Enrollment Management ................................................................Admissions/Application
Registrar ............................................................................................ Transcripts, Grade Reports
Dir. of Financial Aid ......................................................................................Federal Financial Aid
Dir. of Credit and Collections .............................................................................Student Accounts
Dir. of Alumni Affairs .......................................................................................... Alumni Concerns
Assoc. VP for Graduate Studies/E-Learning ................................................. Graduate Programs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A Message From the President .................................................................................................3
Mission Statement .....................................................................................................................4
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES .................................................................................................8
Academic Calendars .........................................................................................................8
Admission Standards ......................................................................................................13
Financial Policies ............................................................................................................20
Student Life .....................................................................................................................35
Academic Policies ...........................................................................................................40
Academic Support Services ............................................................................................58
Requirements for Degrees ..............................................................................................63
Non-Departmental Degrees ............................................................................................69
Adult and Continuing Education ..............................................................................................73
SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ....................................................................................83
Department of Biological Sciences .................................................................................84
Department of Chemistry ................................................................................................89
Department of Communication .......................................................................................94
Department of English and Foreign Languages ...........................................................110
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science ....................................................118
Department of Music .....................................................................................................128
Department of Psychological Sciences ........................................................................134
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ......................................................................................................139
Department of Business and Information .....................................................................140
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ........................................................153
Department of Education ..............................................................................................154
Department of History and Political Science ........................................................167
Department of Social W
ork ...........................................................................................174
SCHOOL OF NURSING AND HEALTH PROFESSIONS .....................................................179
Department of Allied Health ..........................................................................................180
Department of Health and Exercise Science ................................................................189
Department of Nursing ..................................................................................................196
Department of Nutrition and Dietetics ...........................................................................202
SCHOOL OF RELIGION .......................................................................................................207
Department of Religion and Theology ..........................................................................209
GRADUATE STUDIES ..........................................................................................................215
MBA and MPH Programs ......................................................................................................215
MBA and MPH Academic Calendars ............................................................................215
MAPS and Urban Ministry Programs ............................................................................216
MAPS and Urban Ministry Academic Calendars ..........................................................216
GRADUATE PROGRAMS ....................................................................................................217
Admission Standards ....................................................................................................217
Financial Policies ..........................................................................................................221
School of Business .......................................................................................................232
School of Nursing and Allied Health .............................................................................236
School of Religion and Theology ..................................................................................239
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Traditional Undergraduate Courses ..............................................................................246
Adult and Continuing Education Courses .....................................................................335
Graduate Studies Courses ...........................................................................................343
Board of Trustees ..................................................................................................................353
Administration ........................................................................................................................354
Deans and Academic Department Chairs .............................................................................354
Administrative Staff ...............................................................................................................355
Faculty ..................................................................................................................................356
Index .....................................................................................................................................366
3
A MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT
Greetings and welcome to Oakwood University!
I am pleased that you have chosen Oakwood
University to help you meet your educational and professional goals. Your enrollment at Oak-
wood makes you part of a tradition of excellence, innovation, and service.
The Oakwood University Bulletin provides an
outline and description of the curriculum for
each academic program the University offers.
Be sure to follow your curriculum closely with
the assistance of your assigned academic ad-
visor to assure a smooth academic experience
and timely completion of your degree program.
The bulletin also provides the policies and pro-
cedures related to admissions, nances, aca-
demic standing, academic support services,
and so much more. You will nd a list of all
course offerings with descriptions and a list of
our dedicated faculty.
As you peruse this bulletin, whether to plan
your course of study or to familiarize yourself
with the various programs and policies, you will
notice a few recurring themes:
The Biblical foundation for the disciples
The calling to Christian service
The development of critical thinking
The health and wellness of our campus
At
Oakwood, we defi ne a successful life as one where God is rst in all things; therefore, you
will be immersed in a spiritually-enriched academic environment that results in a three-pronged
education that focuses on your development as a physically, mentally, and spiritually healthy
individual. In this way, we prepare you for a successful life and not simply a successful career.
As our University founder and one of the pioneers of the Adventist faith, Ellen G. White, explains
in the book Education, “The law of love calls for the devotion of body, mind, and soul to the ser-
vice of God and our fellow men. And this service, while making us a blessing to others, brings the
greatest blessing to ourselves. Unselfi shness underlies all true development” (16).
It is our hope that the practices of academic inquiry and knowledge acquisition lead to a fuller
appreciation for humanity so that the individual who emerges models the life of Christ and em-
bodies the Oakwood University motto, “Enter to Learn; Depart to Serve.”
As you will learn very quickly, our highly trained faculty, staff, and administrators are fully com-
mitted to the Oakwood model and fully committed to you.
Yours in shared service to the mission of Christ,
Leslie N. Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min., M.B.A
President
4
Mission Statement
The mission of Oakwood University, a historically bla
ck, Seventh-day Adventist institution, is to transform
students through biblically-based education for service to God and humanity.
Vision: Oakwood University graduates leaders in service to God and humanity.
Oakwood University commits to the following values...
Respect: Esteem others as worthy of human dignity, regard, and service
Compassion: Manifest sympathy, empathy, care, and concern in our dealings with others
Integrity: Demonstrate honesty, uprightness, moral virtue, and ethical rectitude in every relationship
Excellence: Personal and collective decision to perform at our highest capacity and continually improve
in our work and service
Service: Provide assistance, aid, help, care, outreach, and ministry in response to human need
Innovation: Breaks with precedent in the advancement of institutional mission by embracing new methods
and introducing major changes
Collaboration: Commits to integrated planning, internal and external partnering, and collegial action de-
signed to build community and advance our mission.
Seven Organizational Priorities at Oakwood University
University Mission and Culture. Produce students who model the mission of Oakwood University and
promote the historic culture of faith and life-long service that defi
nes our institution.
Educational Effectiveness. Ensure academic effectiveness in teaching and learning.
Learning-Supportive Environments. Facilitate a nurturing environment that is sensitive to the needs of
students and supportive of the academic mission of the institution.
Research and Employee Development. Facilitate development of our research infrastructure and as-
sure exceptional performance of faculty and staff through the utilization of best-in-class talent acquisition,
management, and employee development.
Advancement and Development of the University. Secure the University through increased phi-
lanthropy, contracting, and fund development. Raise fi nancial resources from alumni and non-alumni
sources to fund the educational and capital needs of the institution.
Fiscal Growth, Responsible Management, and Long-term Stability. Secure the fi scal health of
Oakwood University by the creation of non-tuition revenue, by managing internal fi nancial resources in
harmony with the strategic mission of the institution, and by decreasing dependence on governmental
sources of income through the recovery of industries appropriate for the 21st century.
Operational and Technological Leadership. Facilitate the use of technology to improve operational ef-
ciency and to create a seamless infrastructure capable of expanding educational and service opportuni-
ties. Communicate the Oakwood mission and message to local, national, and international markets and
constituencies through broadcast and online media.
5
Oakwood Facts
Location
Oakwood University is located fi ve miles northwest of downtown Huntsville, a cosmopolitan
city with more than 180,000 people. Situated in north central Alabama, in the beautiful Tennessee
Valley, and at the foot of the Appalachian Mountains, Huntsville is home to the Redstone Arsenal
and a thriving space industry. The campus of Oakwood University, recipient of the Huntsville
Beautifi cation Award, occupies approximately 105 acres in the heart of an expansive 1,185 acre
property set at an elevation of 1,100 feet above sea level. The variations in the terrain add to the
natural beauty of the campus.
Student Body
The students of Oakwood University come from as many as forty states and thirty countries.
The 3-year average enrollment is 1,823 students, approximately 42% male and 58% female.
The residential facilities house more than 60 percent of the student body. Family housing is also
available for approximately 15 families.
Faculty
Approximately 106 highly committed faculty relate to students in a caring, family-like atmo-
sphere that emphasizes spiritual growth and academic excellence. More than 70 percent of the
faculty hold doctoral degrees. Students are challenged and motivated by faculty to attain new
levels of thinking, believing, and achieving. Faculty-student engagement extends beyond the
classroom to personal “one-on-one” interaction and group social and religious activities.
Religious Institution Exemption
Oakwood reserves constitutional and statutory rights as a religious institution and employer
to give preference to Seventh-day Adventists in admissions and employment. The university
believes that Title IX regulations are subject to constitutional guarantees against unreasonable
entanglement with or infringements on the religious teachings and practices of the Seventh-day
Adventist Church. Oakwood expects students and employees to uphold biblical principles of
morality and deportment as interpreted by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The university
claims exemptions from the provisions of Title IX set forth in CFR Sections 86.21, 86.31, 86.40,
and 86.57(b) insofar as they confl ict with church teachings and practices of morality, deportment,
and appearance.
Sexual Harassment
Sexual harassment is prohibited by the university. All students have the right to report and
are encouraged to report acts of sexual harassment. Contact the Offi ce of Student Services for
reporting procedures.
Disability Accommodations
In compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the university assists and
makes reasonable accommodations for students who have disabilities. For assistance, students
should contact the Disability Offi ce at (256) 726-7840.
6
Campus Buildings
The East Hall, the oldest building, houses the Division of Advancement and Development.
Initial work on the building began in 1907 and was completed in 1909.
The J. L. Moran Hall, completed in 1944, houses faculty offi ces and classrooms for the
Department of History and the Department of English and Foreign Languages. It also has an
auditorium with a seating capacity of 500.
The E. I. Cunningham Hall, completed in 1947 and renovated in 2012, houses the Center
for Student Success, Enrollment Management, Financial Aid, Student Accounts, Career Services
and Testing, Registrar’s Offi ce, Health Services and Faculty Development.
The Teachers’ Cottages, completed in 1947, currently house the Art Program, the Chaplain’s
Offi ce, the Literature Evangelist Training Center, New Beginnings, Campus Communications,
Public Safety and USM offi ces.
The W. H. Green Hall, completed in 1952, houses faculty offi ces and classrooms for the
Departments of Psychological Sciences and Social Work.
The H. E. Ford Hall, completed in 1954 and renovated in 2014-2015, houses Communica-
tion Department offi ces. Adjacent to Ford Hall, the Leroy and Lois Peters Media Center houses
studios, offi ces, and editing suites.
The F. L. Peterson Hall, completed in 1955, is an overfl ow residence hall.
The N. E. Ashby Auditorium, constructed in 1956, is the gymnasium.
The Oakwood Market and Bookstore building was completed in 1957.
The Physical Plant building was completed in 1959 and also houses the Mailroom.
The Anna Knight Hall, completed in 1960 and renovated in 1992, houses the Department
of Education.
The G. E. Peters Hall, completed in 1964, houses faculty offi ces, classrooms and the ne
arts auditorium for the Department of Music.
The Bessie Carter Hall, completed in 1966 and renovated in 2014-2015, is the residence
hall for freshman women.
The W. J. Blake Memorial Center, completed in 1968 and renovated in 2008 and 2009,
contains the administrative offi ces of the university, main offi ces of the Information Technology
department, student dining hall, meeting rooms and the presidential dining suite.
The O. B. Edwards Hall, completed in 1969, is the residence hall for upperclass men.
The Eva B. Dykes Library, completed in 1973, is a learning, resource, and research center.
It houses a media area with audiovisual equipment and resources, the college archives and mu-
seum (renovated in 2010), a computer laboratory, the Ellen G. White Research Center, the Anna
Knight Women’s Leadership Center, the Copy Express, group study rooms, conference rooms,
a prayer room and classrooms.
The J. T. Stafford Building, completed in 1974, is an educational center consisting of class-
rooms, laboratories, and offi ces for the Oakwood Academy.
The W. R. Beach Natatorium, completed in 1974, houses an Olympic-size swimming pool,
classrooms, and offi ces for the Department of Health and Exercise Science.
The Oakwood University Church, completed in 1977, has a seating capacity of 2,700.
The Moseley Complex, completed in 1977 and renovated in 2007, houses faculty offi ces
and classrooms for the Department of Religion and Theology, and the C. T. Richards Chapel.
The E. A. Cooper Science Complex, completed in 1981, houses laboratories, classrooms,
offi ces, and storage space for the Departments of Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Allied Health,
Nutrition and Dietetics, Mathematics and Computer Science, and Nursing.
The Natelka E. Burrell Hall, renovated in 1982, houses offi ces and classrooms for the De-
partment of Communication.
The Millet Activity Center (formerly Oakwood University Skating Rink) was completed in
1986 and renovated in 2010. It houses Student Activities offi ces, a TV room, and a game room,
in addition to the skate fl oor and adjoining racquetball courts.
7
The Trula E. Wade Residence Hall, completed in 1991, is the residence hall for upperclass
women.
The Business and Technology Complex, completed in 2001, houses faculty offi ces and
classrooms for the Business and Information Systems and Adult and Continuing Education Depart-
ments, four computer labs, an auditorium that seats more than 300 people, a Board of Trustees
meeting room, and a faculty resource area. It also houses the main offi ces of the Information
Technology Department. The facility is fully networked and Internet and audiovisual ready.
The West Oaks Apartments, completed in 2002, consists of six two-story apartment build-
ings, three for male residents and three for female residents. The West Oaks Clubhouse was
completed in 2004 and features ground oor and basement lounges, a kitchen, laundry facilities
and administrative offi ces.
The Morningstar House, donated by the Harris Home Foundation, was relocated to campus
and restored in 2002 by the Alumni Association.
The Oakwood University Industries (OUI) building, located at 4920 University Square on the
southernmost part of the campus, was acquired in 2003. It houses institutional support services
such as the WJOU Radio Station and the offi ce of the Oakwood Memorial Gardens manager.
It also houses businesses that network with and/or employ Oakwood students and employees.
Contact information for the OUI facility is available through the Division of Advancement and
Development.
The Bradford-Cleveland-Brooks Leadership Center (BCBLC), a 10,000 square foot ex-
tension to the Calvin E. Moseley Religion Complex completed in 2007, houses the Leadership
Center for continuing education in ministry and the Center for Adventist-Muslim Relations. The
extension includes an auditorium, four classrooms, a learning research lab, and four offi ces.
The Holland Hall, a 256-bed facility completed in 2008, is the residence hall for freshman
and sophomore males. It provides multiple amenities including: suite-style living, complete with
kitchenettes; single/double-occupancy bedrooms with wireless and cable television access; study
rooms; laundry facilities on each fl oor; a multipurpose worship room; and an activity center with
exercise, game and entertainment areas.
8
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2019-2020
Events Fall Semester
Online/Web Registration for New, Transfer and Re-Admit Students ................... April 13-July 24
Faculty/Staff Colloquium ...............................................................................................Aug. 1-2,5
ACT Residual Testing .........................................................................................................Aug. 6
Registration for New & Transfer Students .......................................................................Aug. 7-8
Orientation for New & Transfer Students begins ................................................................Aug. 8
Freshmen Consecration .....................................................................................................Aug. 9
Regular Registration for Re-Admitted Students/Late Registration
for Students Enrolled Spring Semester ..................................................................Aug. 12-13
Health Fair for New Students ...........................................................................................Aug. 13
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students........................................................Aug. 14
Last Day to Accept New Students ....................................................................................Aug. 16
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time ....................................................................Aug. 21
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund.................................................................Aug. 21
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges .............................................................................Aug. 21
Last Day to Change Meal Plan .........................................................................................Aug. 21
Last Day to Add a Class to Existing Schedule..................................................................Aug. 21
Last Day to Financially Clear ............................................................................................Aug. 23
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee ...........................Aug. 23
Last Day to Drop a class without receiving a “W” ............................................................Aug. 23
Late Registration Ends .....................................................................................................Aug. 23
Withdrawal Period Begins ................................................................................................Aug. 26
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) ..............................................................................................Aug. 26
Career Week ...............................................................................................................Aug. 26-30
Health Fair for Returning Students ...................................................................................Aug. 27
First Chapel/Academic Convocation ................................................................................Aug. 29
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund............................................................................Aug. 30
Labor Day Observed .........................................................................................................Sept. 2
Last Day to Register for English Profi ciency Examination.................................................Sept. 5
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund.............................................................................Sept. 6
English Profi ciency Exam .................................................................................................Sept. 8
Class Organized [Seniors] ............................................................................................... Sept. 11
Classes Organized [Juniors & Sophomores] ................................................................... Sept. 11
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund...........................................................................Sept. 13
Healthy Campus 2020 ................................................................................................Sept. 23-29
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Spring 2019 Semester .................................Sept. 25
Agape Day .......................................................................................................................Sept. 26
Midterm Grades Due ...........................................................................................................Oct. 7
Oakwood Live! ............................................................................................................ Oct. 10-13
Advising/Regular Registration for Spring Semester begins......................................... Oct. 14-18
Graduation Applications due for May 2020....................................................................... Oct. 15
Financial Aid 60 Percent Marking Period...........................................................................Oct. 25
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal period ends) .....................................Oct. 27
Last Day to Register for English Profi ciency Examination.................................................Oct. 31
English Profi ciency Examination ........................................................................................ Nov. 3
Last Day to Process Incomplete/Terminal Leave ...............................................................Dec. 2
Thanksgiving Break .....................................................................................................Nov. 25-29
Classes Resume ................................................................................................................Dec. 2
Instruction Ends ..................................................................................................................Dec. 4
9
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2019-2020
Study Days ......................................................................................................................Dec. 5-6
Final Exams ...................................................................................................................Dec. 8-11
All Grades Due .................................................................................................................Dec. 16
Christmas/New Year’s Recess ..............................................................................Dec. 12-Jan. 7
Events Spring Semester
Online/Web Registration for New, Transfer & Re-Admit Students ........................... Nov. 4-Jan. 6
ACT Residual Testing ......................................................................................................... Jan. 6
Registration for New, Transfer & Re-Admitted Students .................................................... Jan. 6
Late Registration for Students Enrolled Fall Semester.................................................... Jan. 6-7
Orientation for New & Transfer Students ............................................................................ Jan. 7
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students.......................................................... Jan. 8
Last Day to Accept New Students .................................................................................... Jan. 10
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time .................................................................... Jan. 15
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund................................................................. Jan. 15
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges ............................................................................. Jan. 15
Last Day to Change Meal Plan ......................................................................................... Jan. 15
Last Day to Add to Existing Schedule............................................................................... Jan. 15
Late Registration Ends ..................................................................................................... Jan. 17
Last Day to Financially Clear ............................................................................................ Jan. 17
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee ........................... Jan. 17
Last Day to Drop a class without receiving a “W” ............................................................. Jan. 17
M. L. King Birthday Observed........................................................................................... Jan. 20
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) .............................................................................................. Jan. 21
Withdrawal Period begins ................................................................................................. Jan. 21
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund............................................................................ Jan. 24
Last Day to Register for English Profi ciency Examination................................................ Jan. 30
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund............................................................................ Jan. 31
English Profi ciency Exam ................................................................................................... Feb. 2
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund.............................................................................. Feb. 7
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Fall 2019 Semester ...................................... Feb. 19
Spring Break ...................................................................................................................Mar. 2-6
Midterm Grades Due .......................................................................................................... Mar. 9
Classes Resume ................................................................................................................ Mar. 9
Advising/Regular Registration for Fall Semester begins ............................................. Mar. 16-20
Financial Aid 60 Percent Marking Period.......................................................................... Mar. 19
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period ends) ...................................... Mar. 20
Honors Convocation ............................................................................................................Apr. 2
Last Day to Process Incomplete/Terminal Leave ................................................................Apr. 4
Tentative Graduation List 2020 to Chairs ............................................................................Apr. 7
Alumni Weekend ............................................................................................................Apr. 9-12
Graduation Applications Due for Spring 2021 ...................................................................Apr. 17
Summer Sessions Online Registration ...................................................................Apr. 18-May 9
Instruction Ends .................................................................................................................Apr. 22
Study Days ...................................................................................................................Apr. 23-24
Final Exams ..................................................................................................................Apr. 26-29
All Grades Due ................................................................................................................... May 4
Consecration ...................................................................................................................... May 8
Baccalaureate/Commencement ......................................................................................... May 9
Faculty/Staff Think Tank .............................................................................................. May 11-31
10
Summer Session I/Online .................................................................................... May 13-Jun. 19
Summer Session II/Online ....................................................................................Jun. 22-July 31
Consecration ...................................................................................................................... May 8
Baccalaureate/Commencement ......................................................................................... May 9
Faculty/Staff Think Tank .............................................................................................. May 11-31
Summer Session I/Online .................................................................................... May 13-Jun. 19
Summer Session II/Online ....................................................................................Jun. 22-July 31
*These dates are subject to change without prior notifi cation
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2020-2021
Events Fall Semester
Online/W
eb Registration for New, Transfer and Re-Admit Students ..................... Apr. 13-Jul. 24
Faculty/Staff Colloquium ..................................................................................................Aug. 3-4
ACT Residual Testing .........................................................................................................Aug. 5
Registration for New & Transfer Students .......................................................................Aug. 6-7
Orientation for New & Transfer Students Begins ................................................................Aug. 7
Freshmen Consecration .....................................................................................................Aug. 7
Regular Registration for Re-Admitted Students/Late Registration
for Students Enrolled Spring Semester ..................................................................Aug. 11-12
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students........................................................Aug. 12
Last Day to Accept New Students ....................................................................................Aug. 14
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time ....................................................................Aug. 19
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund.................................................................Aug. 19
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges .............................................................................Aug. 19
Last Day to Change Meal Plan .........................................................................................Aug. 19
Last Day to Add a Class to Existing Schedule..................................................................Aug. 19
Last Day to Financially Clear ............................................................................................Aug. 21
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee ...........................Aug. 21
Last Day to Drop a Class Without a “W”...........................................................................Aug. 21
Late Registration Ends .....................................................................................................Aug. 21
Career Week ...............................................................................................................Aug. 24-28
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) ..............................................................................................Aug. 24
First Chapel/Academic Convocation ................................................................................Aug. 27
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund............................................................................Aug. 28
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund.............................................................................Sept. 4
Labor Day Observed .........................................................................................................Sept. 7
Class Organized (Seniors) ................................................................................................Sept. 9
Classes Organized (Juniors, and Sophomores) ................................................................Sept. 9
Last Day to Register for English Profi ciency Examination...............................................Sept. 10
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund........................................................................... Sept. 11
English Profi ciency Examination .....................................................................................Sept. 13
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Spring 2020 Semester .................................Sept. 23
Agape Day .......................................................................................................................Sept. 24
Midterm Grades Due ...........................................................................................................Oct. 7
Oakwood Live! ...............................................................................................................Oct. 8-11
Advising/Regular Registration for Spring Semester begins......................................... Oct. 12-16
Graduation Application Due for May 2021 .........................................................................Oct. 15
Financial Aid 60 Percent Marking Period...........................................................................Oct. 18
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period ends) .......................................Oct. 23
11
Last Day to Register for English Profi ciency Examination.................................................Oct. 29
English Profi ciency Examination ........................................................................................ Nov. 1
Thanksgiving Break .....................................................................................................Nov. 23-27
Last Day to Process Incomplete/Terminal Leave ............................................................. Nov. 30
Classes Resume .............................................................................................................. Nov. 30
Instruction Ends ..................................................................................................................Dec. 2
Study Days ......................................................................................................................Dec. 3-4
Final Exams ...................................................................................................................Dec. 6-10
All Grades Due .................................................................................................................Dec. 14
Christmas/New Year’s Recess ............................................................................Dec. 10-Jan. 13
*These dates are subject to change without prior notifi cation
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2020-2021
Events Spring Semester
Online/W
eb Registration for New, Transfer & Re-Admit Students ........................... Nov. 2-Jan. 4
ACT Residual Testing ......................................................................................................... Jan. 4
Registration for New, Transfer & Re-Admitted Students .................................................... Jan. 4
Orientation for New & Transfer Students ............................................................................ Jan. 5
Late Registration for Students Enrolled Fall Semester.................................................... Jan. 4-5
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students.......................................................... Jan. 6
Last Day to Accept New Students ...................................................................................... Jan. 8
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First time ..................................................................... Jan. 13
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund................................................................. Jan. 13
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges ............................................................................. Jan. 13
Last Day to Add to Existing Schedule............................................................................... Jan. 13
Last Day to Change Meal Plan ......................................................................................... Jan. 13
Late Registration Ends ..................................................................................................... Jan. 15
Last Day to Financially Clear ............................................................................................ Jan. 15
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee ........................... Jan. 15
Last Day to Drop a Class Without a “W”........................................................................... Jan. 15
M. L. King Birthday Observed........................................................................................... Jan. 18
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) .............................................................................................. Jan. 19
Withdrawal Period Begins ................................................................................................ Jan. 19
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund........................................................................... Jan. 22
Last Day to Register for English Profi ciency Examination................................................ Jan. 28
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund............................................................................ Jan. 29
English Profi ciency Exam ................................................................................................. Jan. 31
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund.............................................................................. Feb. 7
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Fall 2020 ....................................................... Feb. 19
Spring Break ...................................................................................................................Mar. 1-5
Midterm Grades Due .......................................................................................................... Mar. 8
Classes Resume .............................................................................................................. Mar. 10
Financial Aid 60 Percent Marking Period.......................................................................... Mar. 19
Advising/Regular Registration for Fall Semester begins ............................................. Mar. 15-18
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period Ends) ...................................... Mar. 22
Honors Convocation ............................................................................................................Apr. 1
Last Day to Process Incomplete/Terminal Leave ................................................................Apr. 2
Tentative Graduation List 2021 to Chairs ............................................................................Apr. 8
Alumni Weekend ...............................................................................................................Apr.1-4
Summer Sessions Online Registration ...................................................................Apr. 15-May 6
12
Instruction Ends .................................................................................................................Apr. 21
Graduation Application Spring 2022 Due ..........................................................................Apr. 23
Study Days ...................................................................................................................Apr. 22-23
Final Exams ..................................................................................................................Apr. 25-28
All Grades Due ................................................................................................................... May 3
Consecration ...................................................................................................................... May 7
Baccalaureate/Commencement ......................................................................................... May 8
Faculty/Staff Think Tank .............................................................................................. May 10-31
Summer Session I/Online ................................................................................... May 10-June 18
Summer Session II/Online ...................................................................................June 21-July 30
*These dates are subject to change without prior notifi cation
13
ADMISSION STANDARDS
General Information
Oakwood University welcomes applicants regardless of race, color, nationality, ethnicity, sex,
or physical challenges. Students who meet the academic requirements and adhere to the core
values of the institution. The University reserves the right to refuse admission to any applicant
who purposely supplies wrongful information or deliberately omits pertinent information. Such
deception, is discovered later, may cause a student to be subject to dismissal.
Oakwood University is sponsored and nanced primarily by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church, of which the majority of its students are members. Although religious affi liation is not a
requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the policies and standards of
the university as outlined in the University Bulletin and in the Student Handbook.
Upon recommendation by the University President, the University Board of Trustees approves
all admission policies. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to a specifi c
department or program.
Application and Acceptance
Inquiries about admission and acceptance should be addressed to:
Oakwood University
Admission Offi ce Telephone: (256)726-7356
7000 Adventist Boulevard Fax: (256)726-7154
Huntsville, AL 35896 E-mail: [email protected]
Applications for general admission are kept on fi le for one year.
Admission of New Undergraduate Students
Admission of new students (U.S. citizens and permanent residents) to Oakwood University
is either Regular or Conditional. I
Regular Status
A student is considered regular status if he/she meets the following admission requirements:
1. Completed application form along with a nonrefundable $25 fee (NO PERSONAL CHECKS)
2. Submission of acceptable academic records
a. High School Records
Final offi cial high school transcript delivered via email or in a sealed envelope from
the school records offi ce verifying the student’s graduation date and cumulative grade
point average (GPA) OR
General Education Diploma (GED) or equivalent
b. Home School Student Records
Final academic records from Griggs University or another regionally accredited
program OR
General Education Diploma (GED) or equivalent
c. College/University Records
Provide offi cial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended (undergradu-
ate and graduate) via email or in a sealed envelop from the school records offi ce.
3. American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) results
Students entering Oakwood University for the rst time are required to provide American
College Test (ACT) or Scholastic Aptitude (SAT) results. To be placed in courses that are
14
counted towards graduation (i.e. 100 level), a student must demonstrate one or both of the
following:
Minimum ACT composite score of 17.
Minimum SAT total score of 920.
Results from these tests are used only for placement, academic scholarships, and/or academic
advising. Oakwood University offers a Residual ACT testing option for accepted students who
do not have access to a conventional testing location (i.e. International students, students with
extenuating catastrophic circumstances, or non-Sabbath testing location options.) The Residual
ACT test is given on campus the day before freshman orientation each fall semester.
*Transfer Students - The ACT or SAT regular status requirement will be waived if applicants have
completed one quarter or semester each of college-level English and mathematics with a grade
of C (2.00) or above. Otherwise, the ACT must be taken before the student is allowed to register.
Conditional Status
Applicants may receive a conditional acceptance for the rst semester of attendance. In order
to return a second semester, all requirements must be completed for each circumstance.
Conditional status can affect a student’s ability to participate in extracurricular activities, and
Title IV federal student aid programs.
Circumstance Requirements
A high school student who has completed at least six semes-
ters and has a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00
e applicant must submit the  nal o cial high school
transcript with graduation date.
An applicant who has not taken the required ACT or SAT
test
e applicant must take the ACT or SAT.
An applicant with ACT/SAT results below the minimum for
regular status (see Regular Status)
e applicant must meet with an academic advisor, and reg-
ister for remedial course placement during the  rst semester
of enrollment.
Applicant with a high school GPA between 1.70 and 1.99 All three requirements must be met as follows:
1. e applicant must submit an essay of a minimum of
100-250 words explaining the choice of major, career
goals, past accomplishments, and academic di culties
2. e applicant must register under the requirements
for Academic Probation (see Academic Probation)
3. e applicant must submit one academic reference,
from a principal, school guidance counselor, or
teacher, who worked directly with the student
Applicant with cumulative GPA below 1.70 All four requirements must be met as follows:
1. e applicant must submit an essay of a minimum of
100-250 words explaining the choice of major, career
goals, past accomplishments, and academic di culties
during academic career
2. e applicant must receive special approval from the
vice president for Enrollment Services. If approved,
one semester probationary acceptance is o ered with
a maximum class registration limit of 13 credit hours.
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 is
required at the end of the  rst semester to continue
enrollment
3. e applicant must register under the requirements
for Academic Probation (see Academic Probation)
4. e applicant must submit one academic reference,
from a principal, school guidance counselor, or
teacher, who worked directly with the student
15
Special Conditions
1. Postbaccalaureate. A student with a bachelor’s degree who is enrolled for part-time or
full-time study. Applicant must complete an application and submit offi cial transcripts.
2. Nondegree. A student who desires to take a course or courses but has no present plans
to pursue a degree. Credit hours are limited to six hours per semester. Student can take
up to a maximum of 24 hours as a nondegree student. Student must apply for admission
if seeking a degree.
3. Transient. A student submitting evidence that he or she is in good and regular standing
in an accredited college or university but who desires temporary admission to Oakwood
University for one semester. Applicant must complete an application. All other processes
are completed through the Registrar’s Offi ce.
4. Visiting student. Refer to the Cooperative Programs section in the bulletin for details.
Home School Applicants
Transcripts from home school graduates who have completed their academic courses through
Griggs University or another regionally accredited program are accepted for regular admission. The
General Education Diploma (GED) or equivalent is required from students who do not graduate
from accredited programs.
Admission of International Applicants
Acceptance deadline is 30 days prior to the beginning of the semester.
Oakwood University is approved by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)
for the admission of nonimmigrant students. Applicants should not leave their country with the
intention of enrolling at Oakwood University without a letter of acceptance and an I-20 A-B Form
from the Offi ce of Enrollment Management. To be considered for admission, international students
must submit:
1. An application form completed, signed, and dated along with a $30.00 (U.S. currency)
nonrefundable fee .
2. Offi cial/certifi ed academic records of all secondary, preparatory, government exams and
university courses as applicable. High school credentials will be evaluated according to
the guidelines of the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Of-
cers. Transcripts may require evaluation by World Education Services. All documents
must be submitted in the original language together with an English translation if the
original is not English.
3. TOEFL paper-based scores/minimum of 500 and TSWE of 4.0 or Internet-based scores/
minimum of 60 or computer-based scores/minimum of 173 from non-English speaking
countries.
4. ACT/SAT scores. (These must be submitted before permission to register is granted. The
test is given on campus during freshmen orientation; however, it is advisable for students
to take the test before arriving if it is offered in their country.)
To obtain the Form I-20 A-B, international students must submit an Affi davit of Support (the U.S.
sponsor must submit Form I-134) and an advanced security deposit of $1,000 in U.S. currency.
The security deposit is refundable upon graduation or withdrawal from Oakwood University. It
can only be used for an emergency, such as travel for death or sickness of an immediate family
member, and must be replaced before readmission the following semester.
16
Please note the following immigration regulations:
Nonimmigrant students applying for admission to the United States for the rst time after
being issued an F-1 student’s visa will not be admitted unless they intend to attend the school
specifi ed in that visa. Therefore, if before they depart for the United States students decide to
attend another school, they should communicate with the issuing American consular offi ce for
the purpose of having the other school specifi ed in the visa. Any other nonimmigrant students
will not be admitted to the United States unless they intend to attend the school as specifi ed in
the Form I-20 or Form I-94, which they present to the immigration offi cer at the port of entry.
Nonimmigrant students who do not register at the school specifi ed on their temporary entry
permit (Form I-94), or whose school attendance is terminated, or who register for less than a full
course of study, or who accept unauthorized employment and fail to maintain their F-1 status will
not be allowed to enroll or continue enrollment until proper documentation has been received
from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).
International students must report to the Enrollment Management Offi ce each semester
after nancial clearance so that USCIS clearance can be processed for immigration purposes.
All students must be registered within 30 days, starting with the rst day of classes. Copies of
the passport, visa, I-94, and nancial clearance forms must be submitted. Students who do not
register during this time period may have their immigration status terminated by USCIS. Students
with terminated records will have to reapply to USCIS and pay additional fees to have their fi les
reinstated. Reinstatement is neither automatic nor guaranteed.
After Enrollment: Services available to international (F-1) students include the following:
1. Advisement in the areas of immigration regulations and documentation, nancial concerns,
health insurance, housing and residential life, employment, institutional policies, and mat-
ters of social and cultural adjustment.
2. Orientation session for new international students on F-1 visas.
3. Workshops, seminars, and campus programs to enhance student development, adjust-
ment, and success.
Admission of Veterans
Oakwood University is approved as an institution qualifi ed to offer education to veterans
under the provisions of the Veterans Readjustment Act of 1966. Veterans who have completed
high school or passed the GED or equivalent are admitted under regular admissions standards
for freshmen. Veterans transferring to the University must meet the requirements for transfer
students.
Once enrolled, the veteran must present the Certifi cate of Eligibility for Educational Benefi ts
to the coordinator of veterans affairs in the Registrar’s Offi ce to ensure receipt of educational
benefi ts.
Physical education/activity credit and equivalent Oakwood University credit completed while
in the armed services of the United States of America will be considered for those veterans who
submit offi cial documentation of military service and educational credit earned. Credit will be
determined based on the recommendations in the Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experi-
ences in the Armed Services.
Admission of Former Students
Students who have not been enrolled for at least one or more semesters must complete a
Returning Student Application Form from the Registrar’s Offi ce. A fee of $15 is required.
17
Admission of Transfer Students/Credits
Students wishing to transfer to Oakwood University from another college or university must
follow the same application procedure as other new students (see Admission Categories—Regular
and Conditional). Most or all of the credits earned by a transfer student at a regionally accredited
institution will be accepted at Oakwood University if they meet the requirements described in the
following paragraph. Oakwood University reserves the right to evaluate and accept or deny
credits from non-regionally accredited institutions.
Transfer students must submit an offi cial transcript from each college or university attended.
A high school transcript must also be submitted. A maximum of 64 semester hours may be
accepted from a community college. Students transferring work from another institution will be
given credit only for work completed with grades of C- or above, and only grades of C or higher are
accepted in a student’s major or minor eld. All transfer credits will be evaluated by faculty in
the related discipline for transfer equivalency before they are applied to the major, minor,
general education, or electives.
The ACT or SAT requirement will be waived if applicants have completed one quarter or
semester each of college-level English and mathematics with a grade of C (2.00) or above.
Otherwise, the ACT must be taken before the student is allowed to register.
Transfer work is not included in Oakwood’s cumulative GPA
Admission for Adult and Continuing Education (LEAP)
Applicants are required to be at least 25 years of age and already have previous college credits
to be accepted into the program. However, prospective students who have earned an Associate
degree and are under the age of 25 may also apply to the LEAP program. To be considered for
admission into the program, the applicant must:
1. Submit an online application directly to the LEAP offi ce.
2. Request offi cial transcripts from all postsecondary institutions and have them sent directly
to the LEAP offi ce.
For more information or to request an application packet, visit leap.oakwood.edu or contact
the LEAP offi ce at (256) 726-7098. See also the Adult and Continuing Education section of this
bulletin.
Advanced Placement Courses
High School students who take Advanced Placement (AP) courses and the accompanying
College Entrance Examination Board AP tests are given credit toward graduation for the examina-
tions listed below if the required score is earned. Credit will be recorded without grades and will
not be included in the calculation of the grade point average. Students interested in obtaining
AP credit must forward an offi cial score report to the Registrar’s Offi ce prior to initial enrollment.
AP courses not listed are subject to review by the appropriate academic department.
AP Examination Score OU Course Equivalency-Credit
Art History 3 or above AR 217 (3 hours)
Studio Art: 2-D Design 3 or above* AR 101 (3 hours)
Studio Art: 3-D Design 3 or above* AR 102 (3 hours)
Studio Art: Drawing 3 or above* AR 111 (3 hours)
Biology 4 or 5 BI 101 & BI 102 (8 hours)
Calculus AB 3 MA 211 (3 hours)
Calculus AB 4 or 5 MA 171 (4 hours)
Calculus BC 3 MA 171 (4 hours)
Calculus BC 4 or 5 MA 171 & MA 172 (8 hours)
18
AP Examination Score OU Course Equivalency-Credit
Chemistry 4 or 5 CH 141 & CH 142 (8 hours)
English Language & Comp. 3 or above EN 111 (3 hours)
English Literature & Comp. 3 or above EN 201 or EN 213 (3 hours)
Foreign Languages:
Chinese Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
French 3 or above FR 101 & FR 102 (6 hours)
Italian Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
German 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
Japanese Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
Russian Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
Spanish 3 or above SP 101 & SP 102 (6 hours)
United States History 3 HI 211 (3 hours)
United States History 4 or 5 Hi 211 & HI 212 (6 hours)
World History 3 HI 103 (3 hours)
World History 4 or 5 HI 103 & HI 104 (6 hours)
Music Theory 3 MU 211 (3 hours)
Music Theory 4 or 5 MU 211 & MU 212 (6 hours)
Physics B 3 PH 103 (4 hours)
Physics B 4 or 5 PH 103 & PH 104 (8 hours)
Physics C-Elec. & Magnet. 3 or above PH 121 (4 hours)
Physics C-Mechanics 3 or above PH 122 (4 hours)
Statistics 3 or above MA 321 (3 hours)
*Must include portfolio; portfolio must be approved by Communication Department.
Advanced Level Examination
The following credit toward graduation may be granted to a student who has passed an
Advanced Level Examination (British): six semester hours for each A, B, or C pass and three
semester hours credit for each D or E pass.
Academic Scholarship Program
Academic scholarships are available to entering freshmen whose cumulative GPA is 2.00 or
higher and who have completed the ACT/SAT requirements. National Merit scholars (fi nalists,
semi-fi nalists, commended) are given tuition and/or residence hall discounts.
Academic scholarships are for a maximum of four years for all bachelor degrees. Engineering
students completing the dual degree program will be awarded for a maximum of three years.
Scholarship recipients must earn at Oakwood University a minimum of 30 credit hours during
each academic year and maintain required scholarship grade point average in order to continue
receiving the scholarship.
Scholarships are also available to transfer students whose cumulative GPA is 2.50 and above.
Awards will be prorated according to the admissions classifi cation of transferable hours.
Students who participate in the Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) program will continue to
receive their academic scholarship(s) while abroad.
All academic awards are posted to the students’ accounts after the last day to drop a course
has occurred. Students cannot receive refunds based on over awarding of institutional funds.
For details regarding academic scholarships, see the Enrollment Management Offi ce.
19
Intent-to-Enroll Fee and Room Deposit
Once accepted, students should submit the following:
1. A one-time $200 Intent-to-Enroll deposit to the Offi ce of Student Accounts. The deposit is
nonrefundable and is required for all rst-time freshmen and transfer students. Payment
made be made online, by phone, or by mail.
2. The room reservation deposit (one-time refundable fee of $200) and dorm fee ($50) with
the housing application to the Offi ce of Student Accounts. Payment may be made online,
by phone, or by mail.
3. Evidence of a recent physical examination along with current immunization history to the
Offi ce of Health and Counseling.
20
FINANCIAL POLICIES
Schedule of Charges
for 2019-2020
Academic Year
[SUBJECT TO CHANGE]
Tuition Package Per Semester
The Tuition package is available to resident and nonresident students taking 12 to 16 hours
per Semester. The package includes:
Tuition
Resident students $9,487
Nonresident students $9,487
ROOM (for Resident Students) All room choices are subject to availability*
Wade Hall (double occupancy)** 2,177
Carter Hall (double occupancy)** 2,346
Carter Hall (double w/bath)** 2,521
Edwards Hall (double occupancy) 1,589
Edwards Hall (single occupancy) 2,122
Room - Annex 2,550
Holland Hall (double w/private bath-A&D Rooms) 2,371
Holland Hall (double w/private bath) 2,346
Holland Hall (single w/private bath) 3,086
Peterson Hall Double Room 1,389
Peterson Hall Single Room 1,989
West Oaks Upstairs (small/balcony) 2,877
West Oaks Upstairs (large/bath/balcony) 3,677
West Oaks Downstairs or Upstairs (small) 2,860
West Oaks Downstairs or Upstairs (large) 2,903
West Oaks Downstairs (large/bath) 3,614
*All private rooms-by occupant’s choice-are double the above rate
**All students who reside in OU designated housing must purchase a meal plan
Note: A&D rooms available in Holland Hall, Edwards Hall and Wade Hall. Contact Student
Services for stipulation and pricing.
MEAL PLANS
Plan A - Fourteen meals per week with 300 Flex Dollars 2,479
Plan B - Twelve meals per week with 350 Flex Dollars 2,474
Plan C - Ten meals per week with 400 Flex Dollars 2,341
Plan D - Eight meals per week with 500 Flex Dollars 2,234
Community Meal Plan - 200 Dining Dollars 200
(required for West Oaks and Annex residents)
MATRICULATION FEE
All Students 508
TOTAL CHARGES PER SEMESTER FOR TUITION PACKAGE
Nonresident students (no meal plan) 9,995
Resident packages vary depending on room and meal plan choices $13,618 - 16,151
21
Tuition Rates per Semester
12-16 Hours $9,487
8-11 Hours $9,060
1-7 Hours $767 per hour
Over 16 Hours $552 per additional hour
Other Expenses
Intent-to-Enroll Deposit: $200
Books and supplies: $600 per semester (approximately) - Full-time traditional students receive
a $600 book scholarship each semester
Health insurance: $600 per semester for U.S. citizens and international students
Testing: $40.00 - $140
Course/Laboratory fees: $15-$140 per lab
Late registration: $195.00
Graduation fee: $271.00 plus additional $100 for regalia
Drop/add: $10
Remittance
Personal checks are not accepted. Please make all payments in the form of bank drafts, cashier’s
checks, certifi ed personal checks, traveler’s checks, money orders, American Express, Visa, or
MasterCard. Include the student’s I.D. number on all payments to ensure proper credit. In addi-
tions, payments can be made by calling the automated telephone attendant at 256-726-7791, or
Online via MYOakwood which is the preferred method. (ID and password required)
Resident Students are required to pay the total cost of tuition, fees, room and board at the time
of registration. A minimum amount of 70 percent of tuition, fees, room and board is accepted
with an approved payment plan. The amount varies depending on room and meal plan choices.
An example follows:
Tuition and Fees $9,995 (Based on 12-16 hours)
Room and Board $4,656
Totals $14,513 X 70% = $10,519
Balance due in the following installments:
Fall Semester % Amount
September 30 10 $1,451
October 31 10 $1,451
November 30 10 $1,452
Spring Semester
January 31 10 $1,451
February 28 10 $1,451
March 31 10 $1,452
Nonresident Students are required to pay the total cost of tuition and fees at the time of
registration. A minimum amount of 70 percent of tuition and fees is accepted with an approved
payment plan.
Tuition and fees $9,995 X 70% = $6,997
22
Balance due in the following installments:
Fall Semester % Amount
September 30 10 $999
October 31 10 $999
November 30 10 $1000
Spring Semester
January 31 10 $999
February 28 10 $999
March 31 10 $1000
Financial Clearance Policy
A payment plan servicing fee will be charged to all students if the balance is not paid in full or
covered by approved nancial aid, scholarship or other funds. This fee does not apply to students
who self-enrolled in an approved payment plan.
Payment Plan Assessment Fee:
Tuition Management Service (TMS) $35.00
Oakwood University (OU) $35.00
Refer to the following link for other important Student Account Policies www.oakwood.edu/
campus-services/student-accounts.
Outstanding Balance Policy
Students with a balance who are not returning to the University must pay in full within sixty
(60) days after separation. Monthly payment arrangements can be made with the Offi ce of
Financial Resolution before the sixty (60) days expire to avoid collection procedures. If payment
in full or satisfactory arrangements are not met within ninety (90) days, accounts will be over to
a collections agency.
Students whose names have been submitted to a collection agency have up to thirty (30)
days to dispute the charges or pay Oakwood University before the nal assignment is made.
Once assigned, collection costs up to 33-1/3 percent will apply
It is to the student’s advantage to pay his or her entire balance by the end of each semester.
Accounts should be reviewed periodically online to make sure all expected resources/payments
have been receipted. The student is liable for any outstanding debt whether or not a statement
has been received.
No transcripts are released to students having outstanding balances.
Policy Governing the Refund
Refund Policy
Institutional charges (tuition and fees, room and board on campus) are refunded appropriately
as follows for drop/withdrawal:
week 1* 100% less $100 assessment fee
week 2 90%
weeks 3 75%
weeks 4 50%
week 5+ 0%
23
*First week being the fi rst full week of classes.
Tuition and fees refunded for the summer term are as follows for drop/withdrawal:
rst 2 class days 100% less $50 assessment fee
next 4 class days 10% less each day
after 6 class days 0%
Department Course Fees
Allied Health
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children .................... 15.00
FS 441 Management of Family Resources Practicum ........... 15.00
Biological Sciences
BI 111-112 Human Anatomy and Physiology ....................... each $20.00
BI 131-132 General Biology.................................................. each 20.00
BI 221 Microbiology ............................................................... 35.00
BI 230 Plant Biology .............................................................. 20.00
BI 241 General Microbiology ................................................. 35.00
BI 316 Biology Instrumentation.............................................. 20.00
BI 321 Genetics ..................................................................... 20.00
BI 323 Undergraduate Research ........................................... 20.00
BI 380 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy .............................. 20.00
BI 422-423 General Physiology ............................................ each 20.00
BI 425 General Ecology......................................................... 20.00
BI 440 Parasitology ............................................................... 20.00
BI 451 Special Topics ............................................................ 20.00
BI 455 Immunology ................................................................ 20.00
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular Biology................................... 20.00
BI 471 Molecular Genetics .................................................... 20.00
BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy ..................................... each 35.00
BI 484 Mycology .................................................................... 20.00
Business and Information Systems*
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I-II ................................ each $20.00
AC 330 Managerial Accounting ............................................... 20.00
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ....................................... 100.00
IS 200 Management Information Systems ............................ 50.00
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ............... 50.00
IS 285 Business App Programming in C++ ........................... 35.00
IS 290 Advanced Bus. App Programming in C++.................. 35.00
IS 315 Multimedia Applications.............................................. 35.00
IS 325 Web Design and Development .................................. 35.00
IS 415 Database Management .............................................. 35.00
IS 425 Information Security and Policy.................................. 35.00
*All majors in the department will be charged $45.00 each semester of their junior and senior
years and not the course fee.
24
Chemistry
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry ........................... $20.00
CH 102 Introduction to Organic Chemistry.............................. 20.00
CH 141-142 General Chemistry ............................................. each 20.00
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis .................................................. 20.00
CH 311L-312L Lab for Organic Chemistry ................................. each 20.00
CH 341L-342L Lab for Physical Chemistry ................................ each 20.00
CH 401L-402L Lab for Biochemistry .......................................... each 20.00
CH 410 Applied Chemistry ...................................................... 20.00
CH 411 Instrumental Methods................................................. 20.00
CH 490-491 Research and Independent Study...................... each 20.00
Communication
AR 101-102 Basic Design ...................................................... each $50.00
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing .......................................... 50.00
AR 121 Fundamentals of Painting .......................................... 50.00
AR 141 Fundamentals of Photography ................................... 50.00
AR 201 Color Theory .............................................................. 50.00
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................ 50.00
AR 231 Typography ................................................................ 25.00
AR 235 Photoshop for Graphic Design ................................... 35.00
AR 241 Digital Photography .................................................... 20.00
AR 243 Studio Photography.................................................... 25.00
AR 311-312 Advanced Drawing ............................................ each 50.00
AR 321, 422 Advanced Painting ............................................. each 50.00
AR 341 Advanced Photography .............................................. 35.00
AR 342 Advanced Photography .............................................. 75.00
AR 343 Portrait Photography .................................................. 25.00
AR 344 Commercial Photography........................................... 25.00
AR 434 Package Design ......................................................... 35.00
BJ 345 Fundamentals of News Production ............................ 100.00
BJ 362 Advanced News Production ....................................... 100.00
BJ 375 Investigative Journalism ............................................. 100.00
BJ 380 News Magazine Program ........................................... 100.00
CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.............................. 20.00
CO 342 Radio and TV Broadcasting ....................................... 100.00
CO 401-402 Practicum in Communications............................ each 15.00
FT 145 History of Film ............................................................ 100.00
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio and Video Production ........... 50.00
FT 300 Introduction to Video Editing ...................................... 150.00
FT 346 Television Production ................................................. 100.00
FT 350 Production Management ............................................ 100.00
FT 365 Fiction and Dramatic Film and TV Production ............ 100.00
FT 380 Multi-camera Television Studio Directing ................... 100.00
FT 385 Cinematography ......................................................... 300.00
FT 387 Advanced Editing ....................................................... 100.00
PJ 385 Travel Photography .................................................... 2,100.00
Education
ED 200 Educational Psychology ............................................. $150.00
ED 311 Methods of Teaching Science .................................... 150.00
ED 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary Reading ................. 120.00
25
ED 341 Foundation of Reading ............................................... 146.00
ED 420 Internship ................................................................... 150.00
ED 430 Internship ................................................................... 150.00
ED 440 Internship ................................................................... 150.00
Health and Exercise Science
PE 101 Physical Conditioning ................................................. $15.00
PE 205 Standard First Aid and CPR ....................................... 20.00
PE 210 Lifeguard Training ...................................................... 35.00
PE 222, 247 Racquetball ........................................................ each 20.00
PE 245, 249 Tennis ................................................................. each 20.00
PE 260 Golf ............................................................................. 20.00
PE 325 Water Safety Instructor .............................................. 35.00
Certifi cation fees
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Offi ciating Athletics Contests ........ 85.00
PE 310 Prevention/Care of Athletic Injury ..................................... 399.00
PE 320 Exercise Testing & Prescription ........................................ 399.00
PE 345 Personal Training & CPR Certifi cation ............................. 469.00
History and Political Science
HI 267 African-American History I ......................................... 100.00
HI 268 African-American History II ........................................ 100.00
PL 252 Moot Court ................................................................. 100.00
PL 280 Legal Assistant Certifi cation ....................................... 50.00
PL 375 Special Topics in Law ................................................. 100.00
PS 300 State and Local Government ..................................... 150.00
PS 351 Public Policy I ............................................................. 150.00
PS 352 Public Policy II ............................................................ 150.00
Mathematics and Computer Science
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ...................................... 15.00
CM 220 Computer Sci. Data Structures with C++ ................... 15.00
CM 340 Computer Logic Design.............................................. 15.00
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architect................................. 15.00
CM 352-353 Operating Systems............................................. each 15.00
CM 367 Programming Languages ........................................... 15.00
CM 381 Computer Networks ................................................... 15.00
CM 480 Selected Topics Computers ....................................... 15.00
CM 490-491 Research and Independent Study...................... each 15.00
Project based
EG 111 Introduction to Engineering ........................................ 20.00
EG 112 Engineering Graphics................................................. 20.00
EG 211 Statics ........................................................................ 20.00
PH 103L-104L General Physics Lab .......................................... each 20.00
PH 121L-122L General Physics with Calculus ........................... each 20.00
Music
MU 101 Class Piano ................................................................ $15.00
MU 102 Class Voice ................................................................ 15.00
MU 103 Class Instrument ........................................................ 15.00
MU 161-164 Piano Profi ciency Class ..................................... each 15.00
MU 470 Audio Workstation I .................................................... 200.00
26
All the following individual instruction courses are $200 per credit hour for nonmusic majors
and $130 for music majors ($65 per hour after two hours): MU 100, MU 165-166, MU 265-266,
MU 300, MU 365-366, MU 465-466, and MU 499.
Nursing
NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills ........................................... $15.00
NU 211 Assessment and Skills .............................................. 15.00
NU 214 Nursing Performance I ............................................... 120.00
NU 333 Nursing Performance II .............................................. 120.00
NU 338 Nursing Performance III ............................................. 120.00
NU 413 Nursing Performance IV ............................................. 120.00
NU 414 Nursing Performance RN I ......................................... 15.00
NU 417 Nursing Performance V .............................................. 120.00
NU 418 Nursing Performance RN II ........................................ 15.00
Nutrition and Dietetics
ND 111 Food Preparation ....................................................... $15.00
ND 301 Experimental Foods ................................................... 15.00
ND 321 Advanced Nutrition ..................................................... 15.00
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine ..................................................... 15.00
Psychology
PY 411 Research I (includes LEAP) ....................................... $40.00
PY 415 Research II ................................................................. 80.00
PY 431 Black Psychological Perspectives .............................. 200.00
Religion & Theology
RB 311-312 New Testament I-II ............................................. each $50.00
RG 203 Foundations in Biblical Spirituality.............................. $75.00
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ........................................................... each 90.00
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II ......................................................... each 90.00
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV ........................................................ each 90.00
RP 231 Personal Evangelism ................................................. 50.00
RT 211 Biblical Hermeneutics................................................. 50.00
RT 231 Introduction to Biblical Theology ................................ 50.00
RB 511 Old Testament ............................................................ 50.00
RB 512 New Testament .......................................................... 50.00
RP 500 Clinical Pastoral Education-CPE ................................ 50.00
RP 521 Pastoral and Practical Theology ............................... 50.00
RP 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling ................................... 50.00
RP 523 Preaching and Pastoral Care ..................................... 50.00
RP 531 Evangelistic Preaching ............................................... 40.00
RP 532 Church Planting.......................................................... 50.00
RP 541 Church Administration ................................................ 50.00
RP 542 Church and Community Relations ............................. 50.00
RP 543 World Religions .......................................................... 50.00
RP 551 Worship and Development in Black SDA Churches ... 50.00
RP 571 Contextual Pastoral Research ................................... 50.00
RP 572 Contextual Pastoral Praxis and Resource ................. 50.00
RT 572 Christian Theology ..................................................... 50.00
27
Financial Aid
Applying for Financial Aid
Students applying for the Federal Student Aid Program (known as Title IV) must comply with
the following procedures in a timely manner. Failure to complete the process may result in a
reduction of the funds for which students are eligible.
1. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The application can be
submitted either online by logging in at www.fafsa.ed.gov (recommended), or by downloading
the myStudentAid app (recommended), or by mail (average six-week processing time). Once
the FAFSA has been processed, a Student Aid Report (SAR) will be emailed to you and a
copy will be sent to the Financial Aid Offi ce (FAO) if Oakwood University’s school code is
included on (001033) on the FAFSA application. When you receive the SAR, check it for
accuracy and for any information that may need correction.
2. If the SAR states that you have been selected for verifi cation, you may be required to submit
the following documents:
a. A Dependent/Independent Verifi cation Worksheet.
b. Parent, student, or spouse tax transcript as applicable
c. Proof of SNAP benefi ts
d. Statement of educational intent.
e. Other documents as required to complete verifi cation
3. Students and parents who may be interested in applying for federal loans may do so online at
www.studentloans.gov. Additionally, all new students must complete the entrance counseling
and master promissory note found at the same website.
To receive aid from federal aid programs, students must:
1. Have fi nancial need
2. Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED) certifi cate
3. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a regular student working toward a degree
or certi cate in an eligible program. (You may not receive aid for correspondence or
telecommunications courses unless they are part of an associate or bachelor’s degree program
and appear on your class schedule.)
4. Be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen
5. Have a valid Social Security number
6. Make satisfactory academic progress
7. Sign a statement of educational purpose and a statement that you are not in default or do not
owe money back on a federal grant (both found on the Free Application for Federal Student
Aid [FAFSA])
8. Register with Selective Service, if required
Available Funds
Federal Pell Grant: A need-based grant program for undergraduate students only, which
does not need to repaid unless the student withdraws. Pell Grant awards vary in amount each
year and are based on fi nancial need and hours of enrollment.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG): A need-based, grant
program which does not need to be repaid unless the student withdraws. Awards are made to
early applicants who demonstrate the greatest fi nancial need.
Federal Work Study: A need-based student employment program through which the federal
government pays for hours worked in special student employment positions.
28
Alabama Student Assistance Program (ASAP): State funded grants in varying amounts
available to Alabama residents who demonstrate fi nancial need.
Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan: A subsidized loan, which means the federal government
will pay the interest on the loan while the student is in school and during specifi ed deferments.
The student must demonstrate fi nancial need to receive this loan.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan: A loan that students may borrow regardless of need
but will have to pay all interest charges. Interest continues to accrue while the student is enrolled
in school.
Federal PLUS Loan: A loan that the parents of a dependent student may obtain to pay for
the student’s education.*
Entrance/Exit Interview
First-time borrowers must complete entrance counseling and are also required to wait 30 days
before receiving any loan proceeds. This is a federally mandated requirement. Exit counseling is
required of all students who have received loan proceeds during their matriculation at Oakwood
and must be completed prior to graduation or termination of enrollment.
Loan Limits
Annual Loan Limits
Dependent Independent
Classifi cation Subsidized Unsubsidized Classifi cation Subsidized Unsubsidized
Freshman $3,500 $2,000 Freshman $3,500 $6,000
Sophomore $4,500 $2,000 Sophomore $4,500 $6,000
Junior $5,500 $2,000 Junior $5,500 $7,000
Senior $5,500 $2,000 Senior $5,500 $7,000
*For dependent students whose parents are denied under the PLUS program, the additional
amount a student can borrow under the unsubsidized program is either $4,000/$5,000 depending
on academic classifi cation.
Disbursement of Title IV Funds
Enrollment Confi rmation must be received by Oakwood University in order for students to
receive federal funds. Should disbursements be made to a student’s account, and enrollment
confi rmation is not received, the nancial aid will be returned, and the student will be responsible
for any outstanding bill that results from the return. Students must be registered for at least six
(6) eligible credit hours along with enrollment confi rmation to have federal loan eligibility. This
policy is applicable to all students attending Oakwood University. First-time freshmen must have
a fi nal high school transcript or GED on fi le prior to disbursements of Title IV funds.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP)
Defi nition
Federal regulations require Oakwood University to ensure all students receiving Title IV aid
maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP). SAP is defi ned by successfully meeting the
following criteria:
29
1. Cumulate GPA - maintain a GPA of 2.00 or better. Students only attempting 1-29
hours must have a GPA of 1.70 or better. All graduate school students must maintain a
cumulative GPA of 3.00. Any graduate school student falling below a 3.00 will be required
to submit a fi nancial aid appeal.
Hours attempted Required Cumulative GPA
1-29 1.70
30+ 2.00
2. Pace (Completion Rate) - student must successfully complete 67 percent of all course work
attempted. (see below)
3. Maximum Timeframe - all degrees must be completed within 150 percent of the published
academic program hours.
Students failing to meet any ONE of these criteria will become ineligible for Financial Aid.
Pace is calculated as follows:
Hours successfully completed divided by Total hours attempted = Completion Rate
The following are included in the Pace Calculation for SAP
Total Hours Earned = all coursework with a grade hours for A, B, C, or D
Total Hours Attempted = Total Hours Earned plus all grades of F, W, and I
For the purpose of SAP criteria, GPA hours may also include:
Hours accepted for transfer
Repeated coursework
Coursework in which a student is granted academic forgiveness
Courses that are remedial
Notifi cation of Failure to Meet SAP
Satisfactory Academic Progress will be monitored at the end of each award year, except for those
students placed on an academic plan. Students who are identifi ed as not making SAP will be
notifi ed through their Oakwood University email regarding their status for the upcoming term.
Students will be placed on nancial aid WARNING if they were meeting the SAP requirements
in the prior term but are not meeting the GPA or Pace criteria as outlined in the current term.
Students on nancial aid warning may continue to receive nancial aid for one term. Failure to
meet the SAP criteria by the end of the warning term will result in the student being INELIGIBLE
for nancial aid. Ineligible students will be sent notifi cation that future nancial aid disbursements
will be terminated. Students who fall into the following categories at any time will become
INELIGIBLE for fi nancial aid:
Zero credit hours are completed for two terms (in which aid is received) in an academic year
Suspended by the University
Exceeds maximum timeframe for degree
Students deemed ineligible for nancial aid may submit an appeal for review in order to have their
nancial aid eligibility reinstated, or the student may opt to attend without the benefi t of fi nancial
aid until SAP criteria has been met.
30
Financial Aid SAP Appeal Process
When students are notifi ed that they are ineligible for nancial aid, the have the option to
appeal in certain circumstances such as:
the death of a family member
illness
accident or injury
compulsory military duty
or some other mitigating situations
Students who need to appeal will be sent a link from oakwood.verifymyfafsa.com to complete
a SAP appeal. Third party documentation that corroborates the students’ reason for appeal is
required. It is helpful to have as many forms of documentation as possible. Students will not be
allowed to enter classes via MyOakwood, secure dorm rooms, or otherwise move forward with
registration until a Financial Aid SAP appeal has been approved. The SAP committee will review the
appeal within 10 business days of receiving the completed SAP appeal form and documentation.
Decisions are made after a careful evaluation of the circumstances, the documentation submitted,
Federal Title IV regulations, and the Oakwood University guidelines. Students will be notifi ed of
the committee’s decisions via their OU email account. During this time, students are responsible
for any tuition and fees (including late fees) that are charged to their accounts
.
SAP Appeal Deadlines
Students must submit the completed appeal and all required documentation with required
signature by:
July 31 to appeal for the upcoming Fall Semester
December 29 (only for students that must be reviewed for Spring)
Failure to meet these deadlines will likely result in the following:
signifi cant delay in receiving a response from the SAP committee
late registration fees
inability to register for needed classes
other consequences
Students whose GPA/Pace appeals are approved will fall into one of the following categories:
PROBATION - If an appeal is approved for one semester, it will be classifi ed as a “PROBA-
TION” appeal and the student will receive aid for one semester. After that semester the student
must be meet the SAP criteria in order to receive future fi nancial aid. If the SAP criteria are
not met after one semester on PROBATION, the student will be ineligible for nancial aid
until such time as the SAP criteria are met.
ACADEMIC PLAN - If it is determined that it will take a student more than one semester to
meet the SAP criteria in one probationary term, the student may submit an appeal that includes
an Academic Plan approved by both the academic advisor and an advisor from the Center for
Student Success (CSS). Financial aid will be approved based on the terms of the Academic
Plan. However, the student will be required to meet the terms of the plan as outlined in the
SAP letter from the SAP committee. Failure to meet the terms of the plan each semester
will result in the student becoming ineligible for further fi nancial aid.
Condition of Approved Status: Students are expected to participate in no less than six MANDA-
TORY in offi ce academic counseling sessions throughout the current probationary semester with
an assigned CSS Advisor. A minimum of six counseling sessions and the attainment of a 2.00
current GPA are required to maintain eligibility of Federal Title IV fi nancial aid (ex. Stafford Loan
31
Program, Pell grant, Federal Work Study, SEOG, etc.). Counseling sessions are available and
designed to assist students in improving their academic standing and to provide needed assistance
while monitoring progress toward reaching a minimum GPA of 2.00. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH
THESE CONDITIONS MAY RESULT IN FORFEITURE OF ANY FUTURE FINANCIAL AID.
The general deadline for submitting the appeal is July 31, unless modifi ed by the Financial
Aid SAP Committee. All applications for appeal are to be submitted online by logging into Student
Verifi cation (www.oakwood.verifymyfafsa.com). Students who are unable to submit an appeal
online may mail their appeal to:
Oakwood University
Offi ce of Financial Aid
Attn: Director
7000 Adventist Blvd., NW
Huntsville, AL 35896
Maximum Degree Completion Timeframe of 150%
Federal regulations require that students complete their degree requirements within 150% of
the published semester hour length of the academic program. Oakwood University is required
to notify students at the point in time it determines that they may not be able to meet the 150%
requirement regardless of GPA or Pace. If it is determined that a student has not met the 150%
criteria, the student may submit a Degree Completion Timeframe Appeal (DCT appeal). A DCT
appeal must be submitted on the DCT appeal form along with the total number of remaining credit
hours required to achieve their rst bachelor’s degree, and those courses MUST be included in an
academic plan from the academic advisor. Oakwood University CANNOT consider coursework
needed to earn a minor or double major for a Maximum Timeframe extension. If additional
credits are granted, the student will be ineligible for nancial aid once those credits have been
ATTEMPTED, regardless of the grade earned. Appealing more than once for additional credits is
extremely diffi cult and requires BOTH extenuating circumstances and extensive documentation
for an appeal to be considered.
Withdrawals, Incompletes, and Repeated Courses: A students who withdraws from school
and/or from classes, will have withdrawals counted as attempted hours in determining aid eligibility
if enrolled on the census date or after the drop/add date. A calculation of Title IV funds to be
returned must be completed for a student who withdraws from ALL classes before completing the
payment period or period of enrollment. Withdrawals will affect the student’s GPA. Financial Aid
cannot be awarded if the GPA falls below the required level unless the student is eligible for an
appeal and has successfully completed the appeal process. Hours enrolled but not completed
will affect the student’s completion date. If the student falls below the required number of hours
which must be completed, the student will be ineligible for further aid until the defi ciency has been
corrected or an appeal approved.
Incomplete coursework will not be considered as being successfully completed. Incomplete
grades count as “credits attempted” and “credits not earned” until the grades have been changed
to passing grades. Grades of “F”, “I” (Incomplete), “W” (Withdrawals), “WP” (Withdrawal while
passing), or “FA” (Failure due to absences), will not be considered as successful completion of
a course, but will be included in hours attempted.
It is important to note that the nancial aid course repeat policy is different from the Oakwood
University course repeat policy as it relates to courses previously passed. Financial Aid will
only pay on time for a repeated course that was previously passed with any grade higher than
“F”. However, if the student fails the class, Financial Aid will pay for them to repeat it more than
once subject to the regular SAP policy. Additionally, repeated courses will be counted as hours
attempted but not earned when calculating the percentage of courses completed.
32
Transfer, Summer, Consortium, Transient Hours, and Remedial Courses: The Financial Aid
Offi ce assumes that students transferring to the university are maintaining reasonable academic
progress. All hours transferred from prior or concurrent attendance at other schools will be
considered in establishing the class standing for nancial aid and are integral in determining the
overall time frame allowed for fi nancial aid eligibility. GPA’s from other colleges/universities will
not factor into the cumulative GPA at Oakwood University. This method will also be applied to
former Oakwood students if there is a change of major when they are readmitted.
Credits taken at other institutions under a consortium agreement will be considered transfer
credits in the Satisfactory Academic Progress calculation. Remedial courses are allowed and will
be funded. This includes classes in English as a Second Language. These courses are subject
to review under all aspects of the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy.
Study Abroad, Grades for Test-Based Credits and Audited Courses: Courses approved by
the University for academic credit towards a student’s degree taken in a study abroad program
are counted as attempted and completed credits.
Grades for test-based credits count toward the student’s program and the grades for those
credits count in the student’s GPA for all Federal Student Aid (FSA) purposes.
Audited courses are not taken for credit and are not funded by the federal student aid program.
Therefore, audited courses are not considered in the Satisfactory Academic Progress calculation.
Academic Amnesty/Renewal, Change of majors: There is no provision for the concept of
academic amnesty/academic renewal in Federal Financial Aid Policies. All courses must be
included when evaluating students’ satisfactory progress.
For students who change majors, credits and grades that do not count toward the new major
will not be included in the satisfactory progress determination. Students may change majors once
in four years.
Grades: Courses with nonassigned grades, including withdrawals, are considered in determination
of the percentage of hours completed toward the degree. Refer to the University Bulletin for the
regulations concerning the effect on cumulative hours attempted. Acceptable grades are A, B,
C, D, and P. Unacceptable grades are: F, I, W, NC, FA, AU, DG, and U. All of these grades are
considered in evaluating the qualitative, quantitative, and overall timeframe components.
Reinstatement: A student who loses eligibility for Title IV nancial assistance because of failure to
maintain reasonable progress toward a degree may reapply. No reapplication will be considered
until the student clears the defi ciency or attains the minimum grade point average.
Incarceration: Students who are incarcerated are limited in the amount of federal student aid
funds they can receive. Students incarcerated in federal or state institutions are not eligible
for Federal Pell Grant or federal student loans. Students incarcerated in institutions other than
federal or state institutions may be eligible for limited federal student aid. Please contact the
Offi ce of Financial Aid for the most recent information on federal guidelines. Any student receiving
federal nancial aid who is incarcerated during a period of enrollment must notify the Offi ce of
Financial Aid.
Drug Convictions: The Financial Aid Offi ce may be required to suspend federal student aid
for students convicted under federal or state law for possession of or sale of illegal drugs (not
including alcohol or tobacco). Students who have a past conviction are not automatically ineligible
for federal student aid. In order to determine eligibility, students must complete and submit the
FAFSA application. The U.S. Department of Education will mail a worksheet to the student to
help determine if the conviction affects eligibility for aid. Please contact the Offi ce of Financial
Aid for further assistance.
33
Verifi cation of Enrollment
Oakwood University reports all student enrollments to the National Student Clearinghouse for
student loan deferments. Students who need verifi cation of enrollment may receive an enrollment
certifi cate online through the student portal (MyOakwood).
Transfer Students Eligibility for Aid
Transfer students are eligible for federal aid during their rst semester of attendance at
Oakwood University. Refer to the Satisfactory Academic Progress brochure obtainable from the
Offi ce of Financial Aid or the Enrollment Management Offi ce.
Return to Funds/Title IV Policy
Refund and repayment requirements apply when students who are recipients of nancial
assistance (fi nancial aid/scholarships) make changes in course load, withdraws, drops out, takes
an unapproved leave of absence, fails to return from an approved leave of absence, or is expelled.
Scholarships are charged back at the same rate that tuition is refunded.
Repayment of Title IV Federal Financial Aid is based on the U.S. Department of Education’s
Return of Title IV Funds Policy. If recipients of Title IV aid (ex. Stafford loans, PLUS loans, Pell
grants, SEOG, etc.) withdraw during a payment period (or a period of enrollment), the institution
must calculate the amount of Title IV grant or loan assistance students earned as of the withdrawal
date. The unearned portion must be returned to the Title IV programs in accordance with Federal
Regulations. In certain instances, students may also be required to return Title IV funds to the
Department of Education in addition to that which the school is required to return [CFR 668.22].
If withdrawal occurs after the specifi ed sixty percent (60%) point of the semester calendar, no
adjustment to the initial Title IV award will be made.
When a student withdraws from the institution, they become subject to the U.S. Department
of Education’s return to Title IV policy. If a recipient of Title IV aid (ex. Stafford loans, PLUS
loans, Pell grants, SEOG, etc.) withdraws during a payment period or a period of enrollment, the
institution must calculate the amount of Title IV grant or loan assistance the student earned as of
the withdrawal date. The unearned portion must be returned to the Title IV program in accordance
with Federal Regulations. In certain instances, a student may also be required to return Title IV
funds to the Department of Education in addition to that which the school is required to return
[CFR 668.22]. If withdrawal occurs after the specifi ed sixty percent (60%) point of the semester
calendar, no adjustment to the initial Title IV award will be made.
The effective date for return to Title IV is determined by the date the student notifi es Oakwood
University and completes the withdrawal form. If the student fails to offi cially withdraw or ap-
propriately notify Oakwood University, half of their federal nancial aid may be returned to the
Department of Education. A student receiving nancial aid should consult with the Financial
Aid Offi ce concerning the possible effect of a withdrawal or a change in course load on awards
received.
Offi ce of Student Employment
Purpose. The Offi ce of Student Employment at Oakwood University is committed to assisting our
students with their employment needs. The Student Employment Program serves three purposes:
To provide employment opportunities for students enabling them to earn a portion of their
expenses and funds while pursuing a university degree;
To enhance the educational development and growth of students by providing employment-
related learning experience;
34
To provide academically related employment experience which may be of value vocationally
in post-college years.
Employment
Time Frame. Each semester the employment period begins the rst offi cial day
of classes and ends the last day of fi nal exams.
Campus Employment and OSE Requirements. Students establish eligibility for participation
in the Work-Study Program by completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
each year. All Work-Study jobs are posted at http://www.oakwood.edu/ou-life/student-employment/
student-jobs.
All students must have a cumulative grade point aver
age of 2.0 or better in order to receive
Federal Work Study funds
All students must have a resume and cover letter. (Offi ce of Student Employment has provided
a template on our website.)
It is mandated that all students must have Direct Deposit; NO exceptions.
Students must have the following items complete in order to receive Student Employment
Financial Clearance verifi cation
Completed I-9
W-4 (federal tax form)
A-4 (state tax form)
Payroll Deduction Authorization form
General Guidelines:
Work-Study is a part-time job.
Fringe benefi ts such as sick leave, vacation pay, and holiday pay are not part of students’
compensation.
Students will not be paid to study.
Students will not be paid Work-Study funds for hours worked in excess of the maximum
semester amount listed on their contract or after the semester ends.
Students and their supervisor are responsible for ke
eping up with the number of hours
authorized to work. If students exceed the total award for a term, other aid for the academic
year may be canceled.
Students who accept Work-Study jobs are expected to work the entire period of the assignment,
to be punctual, and to perform effi ciently. Student should notify supervisors in advance when
illness or unforeseen circumstances prevent attendance.
Students must terminate Work-Study employment immediately upon withdrawal from Oakwood
University.
Students must maintain a minimum of six credit hours to prevent cancellation of Work-Study
positions.
35
STUDENT LIFE
Offi ce of Spiritual Life
Oakwood University is committed to the spiritual nurture and character development of each
student with the goal of developing servant leaders. The Offi ce of Spiritual Life, in conjunction
with the Oakwood University Church, the United Student Movement (USM), and the residence
halls, offers numerous programs and services for spiritual enrichment including weekly chapel
services, Sabbath church service, Adventist Youth Society, residence hall worships, student
missionary program, and club and outreach activities. The institution extends to each student
the opportunity to participate in the Literature Evangelism Training Center (LETC) program. This
program is designed to assist in helping students acquire scholarships for tuition and spread the
gospel in print to a world in need of a Savior. The Offi ce of Spiritual Life offers spiritual counseling
in a sensitive confi dential atmosphere. For more information contact the Offi ce of Spiritual Life
at (256) 726-7109.
Division of Student Services
Some Facts You Should Know
The focus of the Division of Student Services is the facilitation of learning outside the classroom
for building a community in which students are encouraged to be responsible citizens. The divi-
sion consists of the following areas: Non-coed housing (residence halls, annex apartments and
non-traditional (West Oaks Complex), family housing, off-campus houseing approval, Intramurals,
Dining Services, Student Activities, Health and Counseling Services, Athletics, New Beginnings
(a single parent program), and the United Student Movement (USM).
All other information concerning the Division of Student Services and student life can be found
in the current Student Handbook and the Residential Life Guide. For more information contact
the Offi ce of Student Services at (256) 726-7396.
Assembly/Chapel
During the school year, distinguished guest speakers address the student body at the weekly
chapels/assemblies. Registered students carrying six or more credit hours are required to attend
weekly chapel/assemblies on Thursday mornings from 10:00 A.M. to 11:15 A.M.
Student and Social Activities
Student Activities contributes to the mission of the University and Student Services by provid-
ing a variety of co-curricular programs and services, which encourage student involvement in
the campus community and enhance the educational aspects of the Oakwood community. The
cultural, social, recreational and educational programs supported and developed by Student
Activities are designed to create a positive learning experience. These experiences are to enrich
the value of their education; assists students in developing leadership and life skills and creates
awareness and promote understanding of community and social issues.
The Student Activities offi ce also serves in an advisory capacity to the USM and over 30
student clubs and organizations. The offi ce provides student groups with information, leadership,
and guidance to support their efforts.
36
Extracurricular Activities Participation
There are over 30 recognized student clubs and organizations on campus. Student groups
unite around an interest or activity. They create and facilitate programs, speakers, concerts, trips,
etc., that educate their members and the campus community about various cultures, lifestyles,
art forms, and perspectives.
Students who are involved with a student club or organization enrich their Oakwood experience
by increasing their opportunities for meeting new people, by discovering an untapped interest
or passion, by enhancing their educational experience through applying knowledge in new or
unexpected places, and by contributing to the Oakwood, Huntsville, and global community.
Students holding offi ce in any organization must have a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better. Members
on academic probation may be limited in the degree to which they may participate in the activities
of their organizations and/or intramural sports.
Membership in the academic departmental clubs, including Varsity Athletics, is a distinct
honor and will be based on academic performance. A student must have a minimum GPA of 2.00
to participate in academic clubs and Varsity Athletic activities and a GPA of 2.50 to hold offi ce.
GREEK SOCIAL CLUBS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO RECRUIT, ORGANIZE OR FUNCTION ON
CAMPUS.
Student Association
The United Student Movement (USM) of Oakwood University is the major student organization
of the university. This organization seeks to promote a more perfect relationship among all sectors
of the university community; to enhance the religious, academic, cultural, and social programs
of the university; and to emphatically support the aims and objectives of Oakwood University.
Each matriculating student of Oakwood University taking three or more hours is a member of
the USM. The USM nances its own programs through payment of individual membership dues.
With the help and approval of faculty sponsors, the USM carries out its programs along with the
Department of Student Activities.
Class Organizations
Freshman Class Junior Class
Sophomore Class Senior Class
Residential Housing Clubs
Carter Hall The Annexes
Edwards Hall Wade Hall
Holland Hall West Oaks Apartments
Intramural Sports
The university sponsors a program of intramural sports for men and women through the
department of Health and Physical Education.
37
Varsity Athletics
The university offers opportunity for male and female students to participate in non-scholarship
athletics in the following sports:
Baseball (Men) Soccer (Men & Women)
Basketball (Men & Women) Tennis (Men & Women)
Softball (Women) Volleyball (Men & Women)
Health and Counseling Services
The Department of Health and Counseling Services provides quality physical and mental
health care in a nurturing environment while preserving confi dentiality. These services are
provided to all current students of Oakwood University. Our qualifi ed team includes a physician,
nurse practitioner, registered nurses and licensed professional counselors. Medical services are
provided for acute and subacute illnesses and injuries rather than comprehensive medical care
for major problems. Chronic illnesses may be managed by the student’s primary care physician.
Health and Counseling Services will work closely with the primary care physician while the
student attends the university. Clinical hours are 8:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. to 4:30
p.m. Monday-Thursday and Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. No clinical hours are available during
the summer break. For medical and mental health emergencies after offi ce hours, contact the
residence hall deans and/or the campus Public Safety Department at (256) 726-7371. For any
perceived life threatening emergencies on or off campus, please dial 911. Emergency
care should never be delayed due to the inability to reach Health Services or any on-call
personnel.
All students are required to have health insurance coverage while attending school,
either personal or acquired through the university. International students will be charged
and enrolled into the Student Health Insurance plan.
Oakwood University strives to provide all students with reasonable access to its facilities
and programs in accordance with applicable federal laws, including the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
and the Americans with Disabilities Act. For those needing special accommodations, please alert
the Health and Counseling Services staff.
Governing Standards
Oakwood University, a Seventh-day Adventist institution of higher education, is committed
to providing quality education in the context of the Adventist faith. Modeled after the school of
the prophets in the Bible, it integrates faith and learning in a modern-day setting. It offers its
students the opportunity to acquire knowledge, behaviors, skills, and wholesome attitudes. Such
development will equip them to provide the highest service in this life and in the life to come. The
driving principle of Oakwood University is “God First!”
Oakwood University is committed to achieving a high level of spiritual development and
academic excellence. The University’s teachings of morals, values, and standards will result in
a distinctive outcome–the Oakwood man and the Oakwood woman. Therefore, the students of
Oakwood University are expected to exhibit high degrees of honor, integrity, and morality.
It is also expected that the Oakwood student will deal with others with compassion and
sensitivity. In light of this, the University provides the context for the Oakwood Man and the
Oakwood Woman to develop in their use of judgment, in personal maturation, and in their spiritual
journey. Any student desiring counsel and/or additional information concerning the Code of
Student Conduct may contact the Counselor, Residence Hall Directors, or the Vice President for
Student Services.
38
Student Handbook
In every community there are rules and regulations. It is the responsibility of every student
to read the Student Handbook available online at www.oakwood.edu. It is highly recommended
that you do so prior to becoming a registered student. Familiarity with and acceptance of the
requirements set forth in the Handbook will make life at Oakwood University easy to navigate.
A student’s standing in a Christian school is not solely based on his/her scholastic attainment
but also upon his/her general conduct and attitude toward the community in which he/she lives.
It is imperative that students of the university community adheres to all University policies and
procedures are adhered to. Any student who violates the rules of the university may be asked
to withdraw (see sections Student Citizenship, below, and Withdrawal from the University due to
Disciplinary Actions, in the Student Handbook).
Student Citizenship
Listed among the governing policies of the institution are infractions which are considered
cause for suspension and may be cause for dismissal or serious disciplinary action. Since no
student who makes a habit of indulging in any of these practices would knowingly be accepted
at Oakwood University, the fi rst infraction may result in dismissal from school.
A student whose progress or conduct is unsatisfactory or whose infl uence is detrimental may
be asked to withdraw at any time.
Any student suspended or expelled from school will be asked to vacate the campus and
may be subjected to charges of trespassing should he or she return without permission from the
administration. A student suspended for disciplinary reasons may not be allowed to make up
class work assigned and completed during his/her absence. Missed work may incur a grade of
“F” and will be computed in the student’s fi nal grade.
Weekend/Overnight Leaves
Permission for an overnight or weekend leave may be obtained from the respective residence
halls. Written permission, regarding travel, is needed from the parent or guardian and must be
on fi le for every student who is not of legal age (19 years of age in Alabama).
Use of Vehicles
Since the ownership and use of an automobile may have a negative impact on one’s success,
freshmen students are not encouraged to bring automobiles with them. Exceptions may be made
for freshmen residing off-campus and for freshmen who reside in residential halls, but who are
gainfully employed off-campus; such exceptions must rst be approved by the Vice President for
Student Services.
All students who own or operate any type of motor vehicle (e.g., car, motorcycle, scooter)
must register it with the Department of Public Safety at the time of registration.
Students who operate vehicles on campus are required to have the following: a valid student
identifi cation card, a valid driver’s license, current vehicle registration documentation, and proof
of insurance coverage that meets or exceeds state liability limits. This documentation is to be
produced when requested by Public Safety offi cers. For further information, contact Public Safety
at (256) 726-7371.
Residential Housing
Oakwood University is a residential campus. As such, students living in the residence halls
are required to participate in one of the four meal programs (exception: nontraditional housing
39
residents can opt out of a meal plan). Students who wish to live off campus must meet one of
the following criteria:
* live with parent(s)/legal guardian(s) or grandparent(s) who maintain primary residence
in the Huntsville area
* live with sibling(s) or blood related aunt/uncle 23 years of age or older who maintain
primary residence in the Huntsville area (proof of Alabama residency required of a year
or more)
* married or single custodial parent
* at least 22 years of age or current/previous military service and not currently under
disciplinary probation
* taking six hours or fewer
Non-Coed Residential Housing Facilities
Edwards Hall (upper-class men) ext. 7180
Wade Hall (upper-class women) ext. 8207
Holland Hall (male freshmen and sophomores) ext. 7304
Carter Hall (female freshmen) ext. 7094
West Oaks Apartments (upper-class men/women) (256) 890-5001
The Annex’s (upper-class women) (256) 890-5001
Room Reservations
Room reservation will be based on at least 70 percent nancial clearance, which includes
tuition, room and board, room damage deposit, residence hall activity fee, general health fee,
general student fee and medical insurance fee (when applicable).
Housing Damage Deposit and Activity Fee
New and returning students living on campus in traditional or non-traditional housing are
required to have a room damage deposit of $200.00 and a nonrefundable residence hall activity
fee of $50.00 on fi le to be eligible for housing.
Apartments (Married or single parents)
The university owns 10 unfurnished two-bedroom apartments which are available to married
or single parent students. These apartments rent for reasonable amounts. To be eligible for family
housing, at least one spouse must currently be a full-time matriculated student in the traditional
program. For information, contact West Oaks Apartments (256) 726-8210 or westoaksapts@
oakwood.edu.
.
40
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Curriculum
The curriculum at Oakwood University refl ects very distinctly the educational philosophy,
purposes, and needs of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. From its earliest history, Seventh-
day Adventist education has been multipurpose—a combination of theory and practice. Strong
emphasis has been given to providing students with an undergraduate program that would grant
them job entry and provide opportunities for the development of a personal code of moral and
social values for Christian living in contemporary society. It is for this reason that the curricular
offerings at Oakwood University have a very pragmatic character. This is true in the humanities,
social sciences, applied sciences, and natural sciences. Because of the needs of the Seventh-day
Adventist Church, as well as society at large, Oakwood University has developed some disciplines
that are almost exclusively professional. However, regardless of the amount of vocational
emphasis, all baccalaureate and associate degree programs have been so organized that there
is a common core of general education studies required of all students.
The mission of the University strongly emphasizes health, the importance of service to the
world, the integration of spiritual instruction and understanding as a part of intellectual growth, and
the facilitation of cultural and personal affi rmation. The general education core curriculum includes
courses in the philosophy of Christian education, basic computer literacy, health and recreation,
the humanities, foreign languages, mathematics, natural sciences, religion and theology, and
social sciences. Masters, baccalaureate and associate degree programs also are designed to
harmonize with the key elements of the university’s mission.
Oakwood has sixteen academic departments offering the following degrees: Associate of
Science, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of
Social Work, Bachelor of Music and Masters of Arts. About fi fty majors and twenty-seven minors
are included.
Department Degree Major Minor
Allied Health B.S. Clinical Laboratory Science
B.S. Allied Health Science.
B.S. Child Dev./Family Stud.
M.P.H. Public Health
Biological Sciences B.S. Biology Biology
B.S. Biomedical Science
Business and B.S. Accounting Accounting
Information B.B.A. Business Administration
Systems B.S. Management Info. Systems Management
B.S. Finance Management Info. Sys.
B.S. Organizational Mgmt.* Marketing
M.B.A. Business Admin.
Chemistry B.S. Biochemistry
B.S. Chemistry Chemistry
Communication A.S., B.A. Visual Media Art
B.A. Communication Communication
B.A. Communication Media Communication Media
Visual Media
41
Department Degree Major Minor
Education B.S. Elementary Education
B.S. Biology Education
B.S. English Language Arts Ed.
B.S. Health/Physical Ed. Teaching
B.S. Mathematics Education
B.S. Music Education
B.S. Religious Education
B.S. Social Science Ed.
English and B.A. English English
Foreign Languages B.A. Spanish Spanish
Arabic**
French**
German**
Italian**
Portuguese**
NOTE: ** these minors can only be obtained through an Adventist Colleges Abroad
year-long program
Health and B.S. Fitness and Wellness Fitness and Wellness
Physical Education B.S. Health Science Health/Physical Education
History and B.A. History History
Political Science B.A. International Studies Amer. Civil Rights
B.A. Pre-Law Christian History
B.A. Public Policy Political Science
Mathematics and B.S. Applied Mathematics Mathematics
Computer Science B.A. Computer Networks
B.S. Computer Science Computer Science
B.S. Information Technology* Physics
B.A., B.S. Mathematics
Music B.A. Music Music
B.M. Music Comp. & Rec. Arts Recording Arts
B.M. Vocal Performance and Pedagogy
Nursing B.S. Nursing
Nutrition and B.S. Dietetics Dietetics
Dietetics
Psychology B.A., B.S. Psychology Psychology
B.S. General Psychology* Correctional Sci.
Sociology
42
Department Degree Major Minor
Religion and B.A. Biblical Studies & Languages Biblical Languages
Theology B.A. Ministerial Theology Theology
B.A. Pastoral Care &
Pre-Chaplaincy
B.S. Church Leadership*
M.A. Pastoral Studies
Social Work B.S.W. Social Work
Non-departmental A.S., B.S. General Studies
A.S., B.A. Interdisciplinary Studies
*Adult and Continuing Education degree programs.
The Academic Year
The academic year consists of two semesters, Fall and Spring, each of which covers a period
of approximately fi fteen weeks and two-six week mini sessions held during the summer break.
Schedule of Classes
Each year the University publishes a schedule of classes which lists the courses offered, the
time of meetings, the rooms, and the instructors. The University reserves the right to set limits
on class size, when necessary, and to cancel any course offering for which there are fewer than
six students.
Course Numbers and Prefi xes
Courses of instruction are classifi ed as remedial, lower division, and upper division. Remedial
courses, numbered 090 through 099 (not counted for graduation credits), may be required of
certain students. Lower division courses are numbered 100 through 299; upper division courses
are numbered 300 through 499; graduate courses are numbered 500-599. Students should take
each level in turn to avoid scheduling problems. Courses with (W) are designated writing courses.
Code to course abbreviations are:
AC Accounting FN Finance
AE Adult Education FR French
AH Allied Health FS Family Studies
AR Art FT Film/Television Production
BA Management GE Geography
BI Biological Sciences HC Health Care Administration
BJ Broadcast Journalism HI History
CD Child Development IN Interdisciplinary Studies
CH Chemistry IS Management Info. Systems
CM Computer Science IT Information Technology
CO Communications LD Leadership
EC Economics MA Mathematics
ED Education MU Music
EG Engineering ND Nutrition and Dietetics
43
EM Emergency Management OM Organizational Management
EN English OU (Not discipline specifi c)
EP Entrepreneurship PE Health and Physical Education
PH Physics RG Religious Education
PJ Photojournalism RL Biblical Languages
PL Pre-Law RP Practical Studies
PS Political Science RT Theological and Religious Studies
PY Psychology SO Sociology
RB Biblical Studies SP Spanish
SW Social Work
Credit
The unit of credit is the semester hour. A semester hour is the amount of credit earned for
the satisfactory completion of one hour a week lecture or recitation or at least two hours a week
laboratory practice throughout one semester.
Hyphenated courses (e.g., 101-102) indicate that the sequence of courses should be taken
in order. Commas separating courses (e.g., 101, 102) indicate that the courses may be taken
out of sequence. The designation 3-3 indicates that the course carries three semester hours of
credit each semester for two semesters, and that the courses should be taken in sequence.
Study Load
Class load is governed by classifi cation and previous academic performance as follows:
Classifi cation Cum. GPA Maximum Load
Academic probation below 2.00 13 hours
Freshmen, sophomores, and juniors 2.00 17 hours
Sophomores and juniors 3.00 18 hours
Seniors 2.00 18 hours
Seniors 3.00 21 hours
The class load for any situation includes incompletes, online courses, and courses by coopera-
tive arrangement (neighboring colleges). All online courses and courses taken by cooperative
arrangement must be pre-approved by the Registrar’s Offi ce. Courses taken without authorization
and courses taken that exceed the maximum study load limit will not be accepted by the University.
A class load of 12 credit hours is considered full-time and will satisfy the following authorities:
1. Immigration and Naturalization Service
2. Selective Service
3. Veterans Administration
4. Health, Education, and Welfare
5. U.S. Department of Labor
Classifi cation of Students
New students are classifi ed upon acceptance by the Offi ce of Enrollment Management.
Returning students’ classifi cation for the year is determined by the amount of credit they have
earned at the beginning of the academic year. Students who may meet the hour requirement,
but whose cumulative grade point average is below 2.00, will be listed in the next lower class until
the cumulative grade point average is raised to 2.00 or better. Student classes are organized
44
early in the Fall semester according to the following levels of academic achievement (remedial
courses are not included).
Classifi cation Minimum Cum. GPA Number of Semester Hours
Freshman 1.70 0 - 29
Sophomore 2.00 30 - 60
Junior 2.00 61 - 92
Senior 2.00 93+
Special Students
Special students accepted to the university fall in one of the following categories:
1. Postbaccalaureate refers to a student with a bachelor’s degree who is enrolled for part-
time or full-time work.
2. Unclassifi ed applies to any student who meets admission standards but who has no
present plans to pursue a degree or to a student whose classifi cation cannot be determined
at the time of admission.
3. Nondegree refers to a student enrolled in the traditional undergraduate courses and who
desires to take a course or courses for personal development. Courses are limited to
three semester hours or one course per semester.
4. Transient admission applies to a student submitting evidence that he or she is in good
and regular standing in an accredited college or university but who desires temporary
admission to Oakwood University for one semester, the grades and credits of which will
be transferred to his or her original institution.
5. Visiting student (refer to the Cooperative Programs section in this bulletin for details).
Class Standing
Freshmen are limited to lower division courses except by permission of the head of the
department in which the course is being taught. The lower division courses are open to freshmen
and sophomores and should be completed before the student progresses to the junior and senior
years.
A student entering the third year of university work who lacks any of the prescribed courses
of the lower division must rst register for such prescribed courses of the lower division and then
complete the program from the upper division.
Beginning freshmen on academic probation will not be allowed to advance to regular academic
standing until all academic defi ciencies have been removed and at least 12 hours of other college
credit have been earned with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00.
Permanent Student Records
The student’s permanent academic record is the transcript. The transcript contains biographi-
cal, geographical, and academic information regarding courses taken and grades earned. This
information is taken from application for acceptance forms, registration forms, teachers’ grade
sheets, drop/add forms, and teachers’ change-of-grade forms.
Retention and Disposal of Student Records
The retention and disposal of student records is in accordance with the recommendations of
the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Offi cers, as published in the
guide entitled Retention of Records: A Guide for Retention and Disposal of Student Records.
45
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Oakwood University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(FERPA). A student’s record is regarded as confi dential, and release of this information is regulated
by the FERPA Act. Students have the right to inspect their records by scheduling an appointment
with the Registrar’s Offi ce. Parents of students termed “dependent” for income tax purposes are
entitled to receive information relating to the students’ educational records upon request. A copy
of the act is on fi le in the Registrar’s Offi ce.
Student ID Verifi cation for Online Coursework
In order to verify that students who register in a distance education course at Oakwood
University is the same student who participates in and completes the course and receives credit,
the following system is used:
1. All OU students are issued a secure, personal ID number and password when rst admitted
to the University.
2. Students are instructed to change, utilizing the provisions available within the University’s
administrative software system, the original password to a personal password.
3. Students receive written instructions to protect the identity of their password at all times.
4. Students receive written instructions to change their password if they have concerns that it
has been compromised.
5. Students are instructed to use their personal ID number and password when accessing the
distance education course management platform--Desire to Learn (D2L).
6. Students are unable to participate in distance education courses without a valid OU approved
ID number and password.
7. Faculty must register a student into a distance education course using the student’s valid
OU ID number.
8. The administrative software system will not accept a student ID number if it is not currently valid.
Registration
Registration includes advising, selection of courses, and payment of fees. Students are
required to register on the designated registration dates as published in the Bulletin. Information
on registration is available at the University/registration website. Students are not officially
registered for courses until they have been fi nancially cleared.
Late Registration
Students failing to register during the scheduled registration periods are assessed a late
registration fee (See Financial Policies; fees are subject to change). Class periods missed
because of late registration are counted as absences from the class. Students registering late
may be required by the advisor and the Vice President for Academic Administration to reduce
their class load. Late registrants are required to make up course work already missed.
Drop/Add/Change of Section Process
Students who wish to add or drop a class or change a course section should follow this
process:
1. Before the published deadline, obtain the form from the Registrar’s Offi ce
2. Secure the proper signatures
3. Pay the appropriate fee
4. Return the form to the Registrar’s Offi ce by the published deadline
46
Expect a ‘W’ for a class dropped after the published deadline (fi rst week-and-a-half of the
semester). Forgetting or failure to drop offi cially through processing the appropriate form will
result in a fi nal grade of FA. A ‘W’ grade will be calculated in the attempted hours, but not in the
grade point average. A grade of ‘FAwill be calculated in both the attempted hours and the grade
point average.
A charge of $10 is made for each change of schedule until the last day for any tuition refund,
except when the change is made necessary by the cancellation of a scheduled class or the change
of class time which renders it impossible for students to maintain their original schedule.
Withdrawal from the University
Students who choose to discontinue a course of study, must complete a withdrawal form at
least one week before fi nal examinations begin. The form may be secured from the Registrar’s
Offi ce. (See Refund and Repayment Policy in the Financial Aid section of the bulletin).
Withdrawal due to Disciplinary Action. A student suspended for disciplinary reasons will not
be allowed to make up class work assigned and done during his/her absence. Missed work will
incur a grade of “F” and will be computed in the student’s fi nal grade.
Final Examinations
Should the nal examination schedule require a student to complete four examinations in one
day, arrangements may be made with the department chair to complete one of the examinations
at another time. Otherwise, all students must take the nal examination in each course at the
time listed in the offi cial time schedule. Exceptions may be made only by the Vice President for
Academic Administration.
English Profi ciency Examination
Each student is required to take a profi ciency examination in English during the junior year.
Upper division transfer students who have completed Freshman Composition are required to
take the English Profi ciency Examination during the rst semester in which the examination is
offered. This examination is administered as scheduled in the calendar. Juniors who fail to pass
the examination twice are required to enroll in and pass EN 250 English Fundamentals in order
to qualify for graduation. Students who take EN 304 at Oakwood University and receive at least
a B (3.00) are exempt from this examination. A fee of $30 is charged for this examination. See
the Department of English and Foreign Languages for details.
Exit Examination
All seniors are required to pass a departmental exit examination in their major area of study
prior to graduation. Exit examinations may be internal or external, written by the department or
obtained from an external source such as the Educational Testing Service.
Life Experience Policy
Life experience credit is granted upon the evaluation of accomplishments and competencies
not ordinarily considered part of the traditional classroom experience. The policy is geared
toward the mature adult who has had a minimum of ten years experience in a given area. Credit,
however, is not applicable until the student has completed a minimum of 16 semester hours with
a minimum GPA of 2.00 at Oakwood University. It is the student’s responsibility to prove to the
satisfaction of the academic department that from experience he/she has developed competencies
47
that are equivalent to classroom learning. Academic departments may require a challenge exam.
Students should follow procedures outlined by the department which may include the following:
1. Describe learning experiences believed to translate into academic credit.
2. Suggest what courses are applicable.
3. Review documents with academic advisor.
4. Submit documentary evidence that may be used to verify the experiences identifi ed (this
would include testimonials from former employers and/or supervisors).
5. Pass challenge examinations in areas for which credit is expected.
The following evaluation formula will be used:
1. Three hours will be given for each year of full-time work approved for credit by examination.
2. Not more than 25 percent of the 128 hours required for graduation shall be earned through
life experience.
3. Not more than 25 percent of the requirements for the major may be met through life
experience credit.
The charge for life experience credit is $282 per credit hour.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
A student who presents satisfactory evidence of having competence or exposure in a certain
area covered by a required course may meet an academic requirement by passing a CLEP test.
The following policies apply to the program:
1. The recommended maximum number of CLEP credits a student may apply toward
graduation is 32 semester hours.
2. In each major the maximum number of CLEP subject examination credits a student may
earn is determined by the major department.
3. In the case of the general education requirements, the Academic Policies Committee
will determine which courses can be taken by CLEP and how much credit a student may
earn from the basic general education requirements.
4. The minimum scores listed below must be acquired before credit can be granted. Changes
in scores by ETS (Educational Testing Services) may change acceptable scores by
Oakwood University.
5. Acceptable CLEP scores shall earn corresponding course credit, but no letter grade shall
be assigned or quality points considered.
6. Once CLEP credit is placed on the transcript, a student may not repeat, for a grade, the
course for which credit was given by examination.
7. If a student does not pass a CLEP test, no record is placed on the transcript. A subject
exam may be retaken three months after initial testing.
8. Incoming students wishing to take the CLEP test before entering Oakwood University
must have the approval of the Registrar’s Offi ce before the test is taken.
9. All CLEP scores previously obtained at another school are subject to review by the
Registrar’s Offi ce.
10. A fee covering the cost of the examination and its administration will be charged each
student desiring to take the CLEP examination at Oakwood University.
11. CLEP examination is administered by the Career Development and Testing Center.
12. The student must complete and submit an Academic Request form to the Registrar’s
Offi ce to take a CLEP test.
48
The following table lists the CLEP subjects, corresponding courses and minimum scores
acceptable by Oakwood University:
CLEP subject Score Course Equivalent
American Government 50 PS 211 (3 hours)
American Literature 50 EN 301, 302 (6 hours)
Biology 50 BI 101-102 (6 hours)
Calculus 50 MA 171 (4 hours)
General Chemistry 50 CH 141-142 (6 hours)
College Algebra 50 MA 108 (3 hours)
College Composition 50 EN 111 (3 hours)
College Mathematics 50 MA 101 (3 hours)
English Literature 50 EN 211, 212 (6 hours)
French Language (Level I and II) 50 FR 101-102 (6 hours)
History of the United States I and II 50, 50 HI 211, 212 (6 hours)
Human Growth and Development 50 FS 355 (3 hours)
Introduction to Educational Psychology* 50 ED 200 (3 hours)
Financial Accounting 50 AC 220 (3 hours)
Introductory Business Law 50 BA 475 (3 hours)
Introductory Psychology 50 PY 101 (3 hours)
Introductory Sociology 50 SO 101 (3 hours)
Precalculus** 50, 50 MA 121-122 (6 hours)
or MA 123 (4 hours)
Principles of Macroeconomics 50 EC 283 (3 hours)
Principles of Microeconomics 50 EC 282 (3 hours)
Principles of Management 50 BA 310 (3 hours)
Principles of Marketing 50 MK 301 (3 hours)
Spanish Language 50 SP 101-102 (6 hours)
Western Civilization I and II 50, 50 HI 103, 104 (6 hours)
*Not acceptable for education majors.
**Must be MA 121-122 or MA 123 and not both.
Grading System
The grading system utilizes the four-point scale. The grade point values are outlined as fol-
lows:
Grade Grade Point
Per Hour
A (superior) ................................................................................................ 4.0
A- ............................................................................................................... 3.7
B+ ............................................................................................................... 3.3
B (above average) ..................................................................................... 3.0
B- ............................................................................................................... 2.7
C+ ............................................................................................................... 2.3
C (average) ................................................................................................ 2.0
C- ............................................................................................................... 1.7
D+ ............................................................................................................... 1.3
D (below average) ..................................................................................... 1.0
D- ............................................................................................................... 0.7
49
F (failure) ................................................................................................... 0.0
FA (failure due to absences) ....................................................................... 0.0
AU (audit)
DG (deferred grade)
I (incomplete) ........................................................................................... 0.0
WB (Academic Bankruptcy)
WIP (work in progress)
NC (noncredit)
NR (no report)
P/U (pass/unsatisfactory)
W (withdrew)
Grade Point Average
The cumulative grade point average and the grade point average (GPA) for the semester are
computed by totaling quality points earned in all courses attempted and dividing by the quality
hours attempted (GPA=QP/QHA). Credits are included in calculating the GPA for grades of F,
FA and I. The symbols AU, NC, DG, IP, NR, W, and P/U are disregarded in computing the grade
point average. Transfer work is not included in the cumulative GPA (except for repeated courses).
The academic progress record allows for repeated courses without GPA penalty. However,
the GPA used to determine the eligibility for fi nancial aid includes all work attempted.
Pass/Unsatisfactory Procedures
To qualify for taking courses on a pass/unsatisfactory basis, a student must be a sophomore,
junior, or senior, and must not be on academic probation. No more than 16 hours may be taken on
this basis. The pass/unsatisfactory system applies to elective courses only. A pass is equivalent
to a C, although some graduate and professional schools treat the pass as a D.
Approval for the P/U option should be obtained at the Registrar’s Offi ce before the close of
late registration.
Non-credit Courses
Oakwood University does not award academic credit for courses taken on non-credit basis.
Non-credit courses do not impact the GPA and are not calculated in the number of credits earned.
Deferred Grades
A deferred grade (DG) is assigned when an instructor determines that instructional obstacles,
not the student, are responsible for incomplete work. This may be the result of books or research
materials arriving late, equipment failure, or insuffi cient time. A statement of outstanding require-
ments, including deadlines for their completion, shall be made available to the student.
A DG will be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks, but no longer than the
sixth week of the next semester, except in cases of research courses, even when the student is
not registered for the next semester. In the case of research courses, the deadline for completion
will be the end of the following semester. The DG automatically converts to an ”F” if not removed
within the prescribed time. Before the deadline expires, the instructor may submit a request for
an extension of the time to the Assistant Provost for Undergraduate Studies. The request must
be in writing and must be adequately justifi ed.
50
Incomplete Work
When at the end of a semester students are behind in their class work, the teacher does not
automatically grant a grade of “I” for more time to complete the requirements. However, because
of interruptive illness or other unavoidable circumstances, students may request the privilege of
receiving a grade of “I” to allow more time to fulfi ll class requirements. They must apply in time
so that a fi nal decision is made before the beginning of fi nal examination week. The procedures
to be followed are:
1. Obtain and ll out a “Request and Authorization for Incompletefrom the Offi ce of Academic
Administration.
2. Attach a physician’s statement if the reason is medical.
3. Obtain the appropriate signatures.
4. Return the form to the Offi ce of the Vice President for Academic Administration at least
ve working days before the beginning of fi nal examinations.
An ”I” may be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks (at the discretion of
the instructor), but no longer than the sixth week of the next semester, even when the student is
not registered the next semester. The ”I” automatically converts to an ”F” if not removed within
the prescribed time. Should more time, because of further illness or unavoidable circumstances,
be needed to remove the incomplete, the student may, before the deadline expires, request in
writing an extension of time from the Academic Policies Committee.
Repeated Courses
A student may select to repeat a course. In all cases, the best grade for the repeated course
will be accepted for credit and used to calculate the cumulative GPA. Some departments place
a limit on the number of courses and/or the number of times a course may be repeated. Please
review the requirements for individual departments in the section of this bulletin entitled, “Depart-
ments of Instruction.”
Auditing Courses
A student who is interested in auditing a course should request this status from the Registrar’s
Offi ce during regular registration. Permission to audit the course is at the discretion of the course
instructor. Audited courses receive no credit and do not impact the GPA nor the number of credits
earned. The course will appear with an “AU” on the student’s transcript. The tuition charged
for auditing is one-half the regular charge for courses receiving credit. A course started on an
auditing basis cannot be changed to a credit basis after the fi rst week of instruction.
Correspondence Courses
Oakwood University recognizes and accepts credit for courses taken with Griggs University and
International Academy, which is the extension division of the Associated Colleges of Seventh-day
Adventists. The policies governing acceptance of correspondence courses include:
All requests for correspondence work must be approved by the Registrar’s Offi ce and /
or the Academic Policies Committee.
A maximum of 12 semester hours of correspondence work may apply toward a bac-
calaureate degree program and 8 semester hours toward an associate degree.
While enrolled at Oakwood, a student will not be permitted to carry correspondence if
the course is available at the university.
51
A correspondence course with a D grade or below is not acceptable for credit.
No correspondence credit will be entered on the student’s record until a minimum of 16
hours in residence with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 has been earned.
It is not recommended that seniors do any correspondence or extension work. When such
work is done as an absolute necessity, the offi cial transcript for the work completed must be in
the Registrar’s Offi ce by the fi rst business day in March for spring graduation.
Griggs University courses do not meet the Alabama State Certifi cation requirements for
education majors.
Grade Reports
Grade reports are issued to students via the student information portal on line at the end of
each semester.
Errors and Corrections
Students should carefully review grade reports at the end of each semester for correctness
as to the courses, credits, and grades recorded. Requests for corrections must be initiated within
four weeks after the issuance of the grade report.
Dean’s List
To qualify for the Dean’s List in a given semester, students must have a minimum grade point
average of 3.50, carry a minimum of 15 semester hours with no grade below a B (3.00), and have
no incompletes.
Honor Roll
Students who carry a minimum of 12 hours during a given semester, maintain a grade point
average of 3.00 or above with no grade below a C (2.00), and have no Incompletes shall be
considered honor students for the semester.
Honors Convocation
To give formal and public recognition for outstanding scholastic achievement, loyalty to
university standards, and exemplary citizenship, the University conducts an annual Honors
Convocation. To be eligible for participation the student must have a cumulative GPA of not less
than 3.50 for a minimum of 24 hours earned at Oakwood University or a cumulative GPA of 3.25
and a minimum of 33 hours earned at Oakwood University. All grades must be posted by the
end of January.
Graduation With Distinction
Students graduate with honors under the following conditions:
Honorable Mention Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.25
Cum Laude Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50
Magna Cum Laude Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.75
Summa Cum Laude Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.90
52
Academic Probation, Suspension, and Dismissal
A student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2.00 is placed on academic probation. Students
on academic probation should expect to take more than two years to complete the requirements
for an associate’s degree and more than four years to graduate with a bachelor’s degree. This
status requires the student to take part in the academic improvement program conducted by the
Center for Student Success (CSS). Failure of a student on academic probation to take part in this
program can result in dismissal from the university in most cases, unless there are catastrophic
extenuating circumstances that precluded the student’s participation in the program.
A student who fails to make acceptable academic progress according to the established
policies and procedures of the institution will be suspended. A rst suspension because of poor
academic performance will result in ineligibility for readmission or reacceptance consideration for
a period of one semester from the date of suspension. If suspended a second time, the student
becomes eligible for readmission or reacceptance after one calendar year from the suspension
date. During that time the student must attend another accredited institution for at least one
semester, carrying a minimum of 12 semester hours with no grade lower than C. In both cases,
the student must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Offi ce.
Any student who after four academic semesters or 61 semester hours has not attained a
cumulative GPA of 2.00 will be recommended for suspension. During the suspension, the student
must attend another accredited college carrying a minimum class load of 12 hours and passing
with no grade lower than C. Class schedules must include courses previously taken at Oakwood
where grades of D or lower were received. Application for readmission must be submitted to the
Registrar’s Offi ce at Oakwood University.
A student recommended for suspension will receive an offi cial notifi cation of their suspen-
sion or dismissal that includes an Academic Suspension Appeal Form. Notifi cations for the Fall
semester will be made by December 22nd and for the Spring semester by May 31st. An appeal
can be made that documents catastrophic extenuating circumstances that may have impacted
the students’ academic progress. Once the student is notifi ed, the following guidelines apply:
1. The appeal form must be completed and returned to the Academic Risk Management
Offi ce (ARM) of CSS within one week of receiving the notifi cation.
2. A copy of either the Appeal Approval Form or Appeal Denial Form signed by the ARM
offi ce manager will be forwarded to the student within two weeks after receipt of the
appeal form.
Note that academic approval for readmission does not mean that a student meets nancial aid
guidelines for Satisfactory Academic Progress. (Contact the Financial Aid Offi ce for assistance).
A student whose cumulative GPA is below 2.00 is denied the opportunity and permission to
represent the university in any offi cial capacity; to hold offi ce in any student organization; to be
employed in any academic administrative area involving records and confi dentiality. Some social
restrictions involving leave requests may also apply.
Students on academic probation:
1. Must limit registration to a class load of 13 hours per semester.
2. Must be advised by the CSS academic advisors for class schedule approval during
registration.
3. Must include in the class load courses in which the student received a F. In some instances
related o their major or a transfer course, students may need to repeat a course they
eanred a D grade in.
53
4. Must register for remedial courses when the following conditions exist:
Condition Student must take:
ACT English is less than 16 or
SAT English (ERW) is less than 470
EN 095 and EN 099
ACT Math is less than 16 or
SAT Math is less than 480
MA 095
ACT composite is less than 17 or
SAT total is less than 920
OU 097
5. Must successfully pass remedial courses with at least a C before registering for classes
in English or mathematics.
6. Must receive weekly tutorial assistance at the CSS.
7. Must attend weekly advising sessions with the CSS academic advisor or weekly sessions
for students with a GPA below a 1.5.
Cooperative Programs
Cooperative programs are made available at Oakwood University for visiting students. A
visiting student arrangement exists with Alabama A & M University, Athens State College, John
C. Calhoun State Community College, the University of Alabama in Huntsville, and Oakwood
University. Under this arrangement, a student at any of the participating institutions may request
permission to attend a class at one of the other schools. Conditions governing the granting of
permission include the following:
1. The student must be a full-time student.
2. The student must have an overall average of C (2.00) or higher.
3. The course desired must be unavailable at the student’s home institution.
4. The student’s request must be approved by the advisor and other appropriate personnel.
5. Permission of the institution teaching the course is dependent upon availability of space
for the visitor after its own students are accommodated.
Any student interested in participating in the Visiting Student Program should complete and
submit to the Registrar’s Offi ce a Cooperative Education Application form.
Adventist Colleges Abroad
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) is a consortium of Seventh-day Adventist colleges and
universities in North America under the auspices of the Board of Higher Education, General
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, Maryland.
The ACA consortium provides opportunities to qualifi ed undergraduate students for study
in other countries, such as Argentina, Austria, France, Kenya, and Spain, while completing the
requirements of their programs at their home colleges. This allows students to be immersed in
the culture and life of another country while becoming conversant in its language. Through such
experiences students also may gain an appreciation of, and perhaps an inspiration for, mission
or other multicultural service (see English and Foreign Languages department for details).
54
Student Missionary Program
Each year several Oakwood students go to foreign countries to serve as missionaries. The
range of their responsibilities include religious leadership, teaching, and industrial/vocational
work. For further information, contact Campus Ministries in the Offi ce of Spiritual Life.
Following are the academic requirements for student missionaries:
1. Applicants must have attained at least sophomore standing (minimum 30 semester hours)
with a cumulative grade point average of C or above, and no grade below C in all English
composition and grammar courses.
2. Applicants must have a B average or above in the subject area that they are expected
to teach as student missionaries.
Other Academic Information
Writing Emphasis Courses
Two upper-division writing emphasis courses of at least two hours each are required of
all students. Each department will designate and supervise at least one required course for its
majors which will emphasize essay type tests and/or written reports or a term paper. A (W) after
a course title designates a writing course.
Prerequisites
A course with prerequisites may not be taken until all prerequisites are met. Prerequisites
include, but are not limited to:
Class standing: indicates that a certain number of credit hours must have been successfully
completed (see Classifi cation of Students)
Course titles: indicate which course(s) must have been completed with passing grade(s)
(see Degree Requirements)
Online Summer School
Oakwood University offers two mini-mesters during the summer break. Courses are available
to Oakwood University students and other students whose primary residence is in Alabama.
Each mini-mester is six weeks long. The online program offers students the exibility to complete
courses from any location, the opportunity to lighten their load during the traditional school year,
and the option of completing degree requirements sooner. No textbook purchase is required for
many courses. Oakwood Online University holds membership in the National Council for State
Authorization Reciprocity Agreements (NC-SARA). For more information, visit us online at: www.
oakwood.edu/academics/oakwood-online-university.
Transient Letters
Students desiring to register at another college or university with the intent of returning must
obtain a transient letter from the Registrar’s Offi ce, which recommends the student for temporary
admission to the other school without the student having to go through normal admission require-
ments. Transient letters, however, are not granted for attendance at colleges or universities within
a fi fty-mile radius of Huntsville during the fall or spring semesters.
Transient credits with grades below C- are not accepted. Acceptable credits are recorded
as transfer credits. Students from other schools desiring transient admission to Oakwood must
55
provide an offi cial letter of support from the home institution. Oakwood students must make the
request to have an offi cial transcript forwarded to Oakwood University once the course work is
completed.
Transcripts
The Registrar’s Offi ce releases an of cial or unoffi cial transcript of a student’s work at Oakwood
upon the student’s request. Students may request an offi cial transcript online or by mail. The
instructions and fees for each can be found online at www.oakwood.edu/academics/registrar-offi ce
under Transcript Requests. Offi cial transcripts must be sent directly to the recipient indicated on
the student’s request.
Requests for unoffi cial transcripts must be made directly to the Registrar’s Offi ce. The fee
for an unoffi cial transcript is $2.00. Requests by mail should be accompanied by cashier’s check
or money order. Requests in person should be accompanied by a receipt for payment from the
Student Accounts Offi ce. NO PERSONAL CHECKS OR CASH will be accepted by the Registrar’s
Offi ce.
Currently enrolled students may obtain a printout of their academic history for personal use
by accessing MyOakwood using the student ID and password.
The University reserves the right to withhold all information concerning the record of any
student who has unpaid accounts or other charges, or who is delinquent or in default status in
the payment of student loans.
Offi cial transcripts from other institutions which have been presented to Oakwood for admission
and evaluation of credit become the property of the University and are not reissued or copied for
release.
Class Absences
Attendance with punctuality is required at all classes and laboratory appointments. Absences
are counted from the rst offi cial day of classes. If for any reason the total hours of absences
are double the number of credit hours of the course per semester, credit may, at the discretion
of the instructor, be forfeited and a grade of FA be recorded.
Authorized leaves of absence from campus do not excuse the student from required class
work. The student must make arrangements with the teacher for every anticipated school trip
and other authorized leaves at least 72 hours before the beginning of such anticipated schedules.
All makeup work involving examinations and other class requirements must be made up within
seven days after the absence occurs.
It is the responsibility of students to keep a record of their absences, to keep themselves
informed of the requirements of the instructor, to take all examinations at the time prescribed by
the instructor, and to turn in all assignments when they are due.
Academic Honesty
Oakwood University is dedicated to scholastic integrity. Consequently, students of the university
are required to maintain high Christian standards of honesty. If students are found or suspected
of engaging in any of the following types of academic misconduct, the procedures set forth in this
policy will be implemented.
Types of Academic Dishonesty:
1. Dishonesty in testing (e.g., copying from another student’s paper, using unauthorized
materials, or collaborating with any other person without authority from the instructor
56
during an examination; stealing test materials; obtaining test information prior, during, or
after an administered examination; or any other form of test dishonesty).
2. Plagiarism—defi ned as unacknowledged use of another’s work (e.g., submitting any
written, oral, aesthetic, computer, or laboratory work prepared totally or in part by another
person; such work need not be copyrighted).
3. Any other practice deemed by the University as academic misconduct not listed above.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty
If a teacher nds irrefutable evidence of academic dishonesty, the teacher should immediately
speak with the student and issue zero credit for the particular examination, assignment, or project.
If academic misconduct is suspected by a teacher, that teacher must follow certain steps.
1. The teacher must rst speak with the student about the question of dishonesty. If the
student acknowledges engaging in academic misconduct, the student will be given no
credit for the particular examination, assignment, or project.
2. If the situation cannot be resolved between the teacher and student, then it must be
brought to the attention of the teacher’s department chair.
3. If the department chair is unable to resolve the matter, the Vice President for Academic
Administration must then be consulted, and may refer the issue to the Academic Appeals
Committee.
4. Subsequent incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible for dismissal from
the university. Students are, however, given the option of appealing this decision to the
Academic Appeals Committee.
5. Each established incident of academic misconduct shall be departmentally documented
and submitted to both the student, the student’s major department chair, the vice president
for Academic Administration, and the vice president for Student Services.
Academic Grievance
Any student who desires to express concern regarding instructional matters such as perceived
unfairness, grading methodology, cheating, or some other misunderstanding within or without the
classroom is encouraged to confer rst with the instructor of the class and, if deemed necessary,
with the instructor’s department chair. If the matter is not resolved satisfactorily at the rst two
levels, the student should confer with the dean of the school. The dean of the school may refer
the matter to the Vice President for Academic Administration (VPAA) should the matter not be
resolved.
The VPAA will review the matter to (a) make a nal determination of the matter, or (b) refer
the matter to the Academic Appeals Committee for further review and recommendation. In either
case, the fi nal decision is the responsibility of the VPAA.
The Academic Appeals Committee receives referrals directly from the VPAA. Cases are
referred to this committee if the VPAA determines that more information is needed to make an
equitable decision. The process is as follows: (a) the VPAA notifi es the chair of the Academic
Appeals Committee of the student’s concern, (b) the aggrieved student submits a written report
of the complaint to the chair of the Academic Appeals Committee, and (c) a recommendation is
made to the VPAA.
Students or faculty members have the option to appear in person before the Academic Appeals
Committee, bringing documentation to support their views; however, it is not required that they
appear in person. It should be understood that the purpose of the appeals process is to peaceably
resolve issues which have not been resolved through other means. Therefore, the approach to
problem resolution in the appeals process is through consensus, so far as is possible.
57
The membership of the Academic Appeals Committee consists of six individuals: the USM
academic vice president, one elected student representative, two full-time teaching faculty, one
full-time staff member and the VPAA or designee.
Bulletin Selection
Students may meet degree requirements under the bulletin of initial registration or any
bulletin in effect during the time of continuous residence at Oakwood. Selecting the senior year
bulletin must be done prior to the nal semester of the graduating year. Students who discontinue
enrollment must meet the following bulletin requirements:
1. If not enrolled for one calendar year or less, students may return under any bulletin in
effect during their previous continuous residence. Transfer credit will be accepted provided
that a transient letter request has received prior approval from the Registrar’s Offi ce.
2. Students not enrolled for more than one calendar year must meet the requirements of
the current bulletin.
3. Seniors with 9 hours or less remaining at the time of spring graduation have a maximum
of two calendar years to complete their requirements and remain under the bulletin they
selected during their senior year.
4. All transfer students must fulfi ll the requirements of the current bulletin.
Double Major
Students may enroll for a double major provided they meet all of the requirements for both
majors. Pursuing a double major will require more than 120 hours and will take longer than four
years to complete.
Pre-Medicine
Biology and chemistry are the most frequently chosen majors at Oakwood for students prepar-
ing for a career in medicine. However, students from every academic major are accepted into
medical school. Diversity is actually encouraged by many medical schools which have come to
realize that students who pursue majors in art, literature, mathematics, engineering, psychology,
and other areas of liberal arts study tend to become well-rounded, and highly competent physicians.
To prepare for the medical school admission test (MCAT), students must take general biology,
general chemistry, organic chemistry, biochemistry, psychology, and sociology. Most medical
schools also require one calculus course.
58
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
Center for Student Success
The
purpose of the Center for Student Success (CSS) is to facilitate student learning and degree
completion by providing programs, resources and services that advance academic and spiritual
goal-setting, skill development, personal transition to and within the University setting, and effective
critical thinking and decision making. The following services are offered through CSS:
The Reading Lab: The Reading Lab provides intervention to students who scored less than 16
on the ACT ENGLISH or less than 410 on the SAT VERBAL. The lab also serves all students
who may have a reading need. The Lab is also utilized by other departments to prepare students
for the testing they need to pass to demonstrate readiness and profi ciency for 100 to 400 level
courses required for a four-year degree.
In the Reading Lab students are taught techniques and strategies that promote scholastic
improvement for their success in college and beyond. Students increase their academic profi ciency
in diverse reading environments using everyday vocabulary, by practicing refl ective thinking and
responding, and by reading widely. The strategies enable them to read more, to read with better
speed and comprehension, and to integrate knowledge and understanding of the connections
between college courses through reading.
The Writing Lab: The Oakwood University Writing Lab is a free service offered to all Oakwood
University students. The Lab is staffed with trained Writing Lab assistants who help students
with all stages of the writing process in all disciplines. The lab staff utilize guided questions to
help writers understand assignments, generate content, and polish prose. The Writing Lab also
prepares remedial students for college writing through interactive labs and one-on-one tutoring.
Lab staff provide collaborative support to assist all writers in retaining ownership and responsibility
of their writing to become critical thinkers and independent writers. The Writing Lab is in Room
249 on the second oor of Cunningham Hall. Our goal is to help all Oakwood University students
to become confi dent about the RIGHT to WRITE.
Math Tutoring & Support: Tutoring and instructional support services for students taking MA095
are available in the computer labs of the Mathematics and Computer Sciences Department, Cooper
Complex B rooms 310 or 409. The students have access to a variety of materials, and tutors to
help them navigate and better understand the concepts covered. Each semester a schedule is
posted for the convenience of our students.
Academic Recovering Program: The Center for Student Success advisors work with students
whose academic performance falls below the institution’s requirement of good standing, a 2.00
GPA. Students with a career GPA below 1.99 are considered to be on academic probation. If
academic diffi culty continues, it is possible for a student to be suspended or dismissed. In support
of the student, advisors often work with them to develop a plan for success. To do this they must
work in partnership and understand the causes of the current situation, identify what needs to
change, and implement a plan for improvement. Its intention is to reconnect the student to the
school and its purpose to educate them academically, spiritually, and emotionally. Programming in
the form of individual advising sessions with students, workshops, and referrals to key resources
on and off campus is required for students on academic probation or who have been admitted
due to a Special Admit status. The individual advising sessions and workshops provide students
with training in both collegiate learning, personal understanding, and motivation towards success.
All Oakwood University students are welcome to attend the individual sessions or workshops but
it is a requirement for students on academic probation.
59
Peer Mentoring: Peer mentoring provides a student-to-student connection and resources
for rst-year students in the classroom. Peer mentors wear many hats as they assist rst-year
students in their transition from high school to college. These include being a role model of a
successful student, a coach for academic skills, a tutor for course content, and a resource for
campus information.
Tutorial Services: Tutoring is available to all students at the Center of Student Success to
supplement their learning experiences. Tutoring is available because there are times students
need additional help beyond the explanations given in class or found through independent
research. Tutoring is meant to encourage independence on the part of the student in need rather
than dependence on the tutor. The method used at the center is one-on-one peer interaction or
small group instruction.
First Year Experience and Advising
Retention(FYEA): The First Year Experience and Advising
Retention program is a composite of diagnostic, instructional, and supportive services for rst-year
students. Its purpose is to increase students’ potential for academic success and adjustment to
the demands of university life. All entering rst-year students and lower division transfer students
with less than 30 credits are required to take OU 101 Freshman Seminar, a semester-long course,
in addition to attending orientation at the beginning of the semester in which they enter Oakwood
University.
New Student Orientation: New student and transfer student orientation commences each year
during the fall semester one week prior to the rst day of instruction. New students are expected to
report as notifi ed and participate in the scheduled activities of the week. These include orientation
to the academic and residential requirements of the university and introductions to the resources
that are available to assist all students in successful matriculation. Developmental guidance and
instruction regarding tasks, skills, and attitudes that are essential for academic and personal
success are also presented.
Testing Center: The center serves students, faculty, staff and community members by admin-
istering exams and assessments in a secure environment. Services include administration of
admission, placement, credit by exam, psycho-educational, correspondence and distance educa-
tion examination proctoring, and other testing related to college and career success. The testing
center offers a technologically advanced computer testing lab with 20 testing stations, as well
as a traditional paper and pencil testing facility. The university Testing Center is a non-Saturday
testing center which provides an alternative day for students and community members whose
religious convictions preclude Saturday testing.
During new student and transfer student orientation, the American College Test (ACT) Residual
is administered to international, home schooled, transfer students, and freshmen who have not
already taken the ACT or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Students who have taken the ACT
or SAT are not eligible to take the ACT Residual Test. Results are used for placing students in
appropriate courses of study. This fulfi lls Alabama state requirements for entrance into special
programs and also assists advisors and counselors in their work of helping students to plan their
academic programs, evaluate their academic progress, and set realistic personal and career
goals. Test scores are used for institutional purposes and cannot be released to another college.
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP), is offered for students who presents
satisfactory evidence of having competence or exposure in a certain area covered by a required
course may meet an academic requirement by passing a CLEP test. CLEP testing is offered once
a semester. See the CLEP section for more information.
60
Disabilities Support Services: Documentation is essential in determining whether a student is
eligible to receive accommodations at Oakwood University under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and ADA Amendments Act of
2008. Any documentation provided will assist in the determination of appropriate accommoda-
tions. A diagnosis of a disorder/condition/syndrome does not automatically qualify an individual
for accommodations under the ADA. Students are required to provide current and comprehensive
documentation of their disability justifying a need for accommodation. The DSS offi ce reserves
the right to request additional documentation in order to determine appropriateness of reason-
able accommodations. Documentation relating to disabilities will be regarded with the highest
confi dentiality and is maintained by the offi ce of Disability Support Services. For more information
contact the Dean of Student Success at [email protected]
Advising: Academic Advising assists students in the development of meaningful educational
plans consistent with their life goals. An important goal of the First Year Experience and Advis-
ing Retention program is to introduce all rst-year students to the advising process. The major
components of this program include assigned advisors for each academic department, specialized
advisors for students at-risk of failure or not graduating.
Retention: Retention is a campus wide effort at Oakwood University. Therefore, the University
is committed to improving the quality of student life and learning. With retention as a responsibil-
ity, the department facilitates campus initiatives geared toward improving retention/graduation
rates. The Retention Committee establishes, reviews, and/or implements strategies to improve
student completion rates of the academic programs. It also works to improve student learning,
satisfaction, and successful achievement of educational goals. Finally, the committee assesses
the implementation, progress and effectiveness of these plans across the campus.
Early Alert Referrals: During the rst two months of the Fall and Spring semester, before mid-term
exams, students struggling with academics are referred to the Center for Student Success by
faculty members. This is an early intervention procedure implemented by CSS to identify students
who are experiencing academic failure and attendance problems. In collaboration with faculty,
department chairs, and academic deans, the Center for Student Success will work to take specifi c
steps through the Early Alert Tier System to help improve the student’s academic performance.
Remedial Courses. Incoming freshmen entering Oakwood University must pursue a prescribed
course of remedial studies during their rst year, which may include any of the following: EN 095,
EN 099, MA 095, and OU 097. Students must register for remedial courses when the following
conditions exist:
High School GPA is below 2.00; student must register for OU 097
ACT composite is less than 17 or SAT total less than 920; student must register for OU 097
ACT English score is less than 16 or SAT English score is less than 560; student must register
for EN 095 and EN 099
ACT mathematics score is less than 16 or SAT mathematics score is less than 480; student
must register for MA 095
Students who have scored less than 500 on the TOEFL must take EN 090 and EN 091 during
the fi rst year.
These remedial courses, which are in addition to the 120 hours needed for graduation, must
each be passed with a minimum grade of C before registering for other courses in English and
mathematics. Any course failed must be repeated until passed. Grade and hours from remedial
courses will not be computed for graduation purposes in the cumulative GPA
Service-Learning: Service-learning at Oakwood University is a university wide initiative character-
ized by the integration of service into the curriculum. Generally, service-learning is defi ned as a
61
course-based, credit-bearing educational experience in which students participate in organized
service activities that meets identifi ed needs and refl ect on the service activity in such a way as
to gain further understanding of course content, a broader appreciation of the discipline, and an
enhanced sense of personal values and civic responsibility. Each academic department will offer
at least one service-learning integrated course.
The University offers two service-learning courses designed to allow the students to gain
a better understanding and appreciation of service in the context of Christian faith. For further
information see the course descriptions for OU 201 Introduction to Christian Service and OU 205
Global Missions.
Career Connections Center
The Career Connections Center (CCC) is dedicated to maximizing career development and
academic support. It provides career skills development and programming, along with assessment
and counseling that encourage and guide individuals toward success.
A variety of career development services and programs are also available to students through-
out the school year including resume writing workshops, personal statement development, video
mock interview sessions with critique, career interest modules, dress for success seminars, and
various career focused services. Additionally, the department annually provides the opportunity
for students to interact with alumni and other professionals through the Youth Mentoring Task
Force (YMTF).
The CCC serves students, faculty, staff and community members by helping them prepare
for the work environment. Services include administration of career batteries, correspondence
with graduate schools, and professional certifi cation and licensing information and support. In
addition, the center offers several interest inventories for those students who may not have
declared a major.
The Eva B. Dykes Library
https://www.library.oakwood.edu
Mission Statement: The Eva B. Dykes Library supports the university curriculum by providing
faculty, staff and students access to scholarly resources, instruction and services in order to
facilitate excellence in biblically-based teaching, learning, research and service.
Services
The Eva B. Dykes Library is the university’s information gateway that connects learners with
information and enables the creation and communication of knowledge. It offers a variety of print,
digital, archival, and multimedia materials and services to meet your information and research
needs. Your current Oakwood University ID card is your library card. Services include access
to more than 50 networked computers in the Computer Lab and throughout the library; wireless
internet connection; interlibrary loans from libraries worldwide, printing, varied study spaces, and
class or individual instruction. Librarians and staff are ready to assist you in identifying, locating,
evaluating, and using resources effectively and ethically.
Resources
In addition to the print book and periodical collections, resources include thousands of e-books,
academic databases and streaming media that are accessible on and off campus. Media
Resources makes available to library users thousands of DVDs, audio-books, e-readers, laptops,
62
digital cameras, LCD projectors, easels, and other multi-media equipment. The Alabama Virtual
Library (AVL) augments library e-resources with over 40 databases for Alabama students and
residents. The Eva B. Dykes Library is also the home of the University Archives, a unique research
collection of historical monographs, documents, photographs, objects, digital and media materials
about the history of Oakwood University and Black Seventh-day Adventism. The Clara Peterson-
Rock Museum offers a visual story of Oakwood University and Black Seventh-day Adventism in
the context of American and Adventist history.
Partnerships
Oakwood University students, faculty, and staff may also borrow books directly from the Learning
Resource Center at Alabama A&M University, from Athens State University Library and the library
at J.F. Drake Community and Technical College. Simply present your OU ID prior to checking
out items. You are responsible for all items borrowed. The library partners with campus entities
to present programs and workshops throughout the year.
The Library is an affi liate member of the Network of Alabama Academic Libraries (NAAL), a member
of the Adventist Libraries Cooperative (ALICE), the Christian Library Network and LYRASIS. These
consortia offer resources at reduced cost and provide on-going professional development and
training for library faculty and staff. The Library holds professional memberships in the HBCU
Library Alliance, the American Library Association, Association of College and Research Libraries,
Association of Seventh-day Adventist Librarians, and the Association of Christian Librarians
The Ellen G. White Estate Research Center
The Ellen G. White Estate Research Center is located on the lower level of the library. It houses
several complete sets of Ellen White’s published writings, duplicates of her original unpublished
letters and manuscripts (1844-1915), books about Ellen White and other Seventh-day Adventist
pioneers, denominational histories, and other related documents. Ellen White research software
tools are available.
Department Curriculum Laboratories
Individual departments of the university may have centers or laboratories for the practical
use of their students. For instance, the Mathematics Department has a mathematics/computer
science laboratory, located in the Cooper Science Complex, Building B, designed as a center
for the reinforcement of biology, chemistry, and physics. The Departments of Psychology and
Social Work share a computer laboratory located in Green Hall. The Department of Nursing has
a clinical skills laboratory that provides simulated clinical practice, and a computer laboratory with
test item databanks that assist students in preparing for the exit examination and the National
Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses. Other departments have seminar rooms
and places where students may use computers or get special assistance.
63
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees
General
1. A candidate for a degree must have a satisfactory academic record and be of good
moral character. In addition, the candidate must possess personal attributes which will
refl ect well upon Oakwood University. The University reserves the sole and nal right to
determine whether the candidate possesses such personal attributes.
2. The student is responsible at all times for knowing his or her scholastic standing and for
fulfi lling all requirements of the University by referring to published academic policies,
regulations and standards and by consulting with the appropriate dean, department chair
or advisor. It is the student’s responsibility to ascertain and meet course requirements,
prerequisite requirements, graduation requirements, appropriate course sequencing, and
any other requirements of the University.
Quantitative
1. The satisfactory completion of required remedial courses and removal of admission
defi ciencies. This may add to the total hours required to complete the degree.
2. The satisfactory completion of the general education requirements.
3. The satisfactory completion of a major of at least 36 hours, including a minimum of 16
hours of upper division courses, except in Interdisciplinary Studies.
4. The satisfactory completion of a minor, if required (see individual departments). A minor
must be between 18-21 hours, of which 8 hours must be upper division.
5. The satisfactory completion of the oral and written profi ciency requirements (English
Profi ciency Examination and CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking).
6. The satisfactory completion of two upper division writing emphasis courses of at least
2 hours each, one of which must be in the major. A (W) after a course title designates a
writing course. EN112 is a prerequisite for all courses with the (W) designation.
7. The satisfactory completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours including 40 hours at
the upper division level. Remedial courses are not included in the total credits.
8. The satisfactory completion of the major departmental exit examination.
Qualitative
1. The attainment of a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00
2. The attainment of a minimum overall GPA of 2.25 in the major and 2.00 in the minor elds.
3. No grade below C (2.00) may apply toward the major or minor.
4. No grade below C- (1.70) for EN 111 and EN 112, and no grade below D (1.00) in other
courses may apply toward the general education requirements.
Residence
At least 25% of the credit hours required for a degree must be earned through instruction
offered by Oakwood University, and include:
1. Satisfactory completion of at least 24 semester hours earned during the senior year.
2. Satisfactory completion of at least 20 semester hours at the upper division level.
3. Satisfactory completion of at least 8 upper division hours in the major fi eld.
4. Satisfactory completion of at least 3 upper division hours in the minor eld, if a minor is
selected or required.
64
Second Bachelors Degree
Two different bachelor’s degrees may be conferred at the same time if the candidate has met
the requirements of both degrees and has completed a minimum of 160 semester hours of credit.
The university does not grant two degrees of the same kind to any one person at the same time,
such as two B.A.’s or two B.S.’s. However, after one degree has been conferred, students may
earn a second degree a by completing an additional 32 or more semester credits, meeting the
basic degree requirements of both degrees and meeting the requirements of a second major.
GENERAL EDUCATION
Rationale
The General Education program of Oakwood University equips students with a broad,
informed, Christ-centered understanding of his/her service in the world. Through an integrative
and cross-disciplinary course of study, the General Education program provides the foundation
for students to develop intellectually, spiritually, physically, and professionally. It also prepares
students for the rigors of inquiry and praxis required for courses in their majors. Ultimately, the
General Education program prepares students for responsible leadership and service in com-
munities at home and abroad. The General Education curriculum accomplishes this primarily
through the active development of six critical competencies—broadening cultural awareness,
applying biblical foundations for moral decision-making, using effective oral and written com-
munication, demonstrating critical thinking, applying quantitative and scientifi c reasoning, and
utilizing technology and information literacy appropriately. The fi nal outcome of this integrative
and transformative educational process will be seen in the University’s unique product—the
Oakwood Man and the Oakwood Woman.
General Education Student Learning Outcomes
1. Cultural Awareness: Students will examine the impact of the contributions of diverse peoples
with an emphasis on African Americans and peoples of the African diaspora.
2. Biblical Foundations: Students will apply Biblical knowledge and Christ-centered values
and attitudes to current issues, health principles, service, and moral decision-making.
3. Communication: Students will demonstrate the ability to communicate effectively to local,
national and global audiences using multiple methods.
4. Critical Thinking: Students will demonstrate competence in critical thinking through writing.
5. Quantitative and Scientifi c Reasoning: Students will apply knowledge of basic science
and mathematics for understanding the physical and social world.
6. Technology/Information Literacy: Students will display competence in the application of
technology and information literacy.
65
General Education Requirements for all Bachelors Degrees
All bachelor’s degrees require a minimum of 120 semester hours composed of: general edu-
cation requirements (47-59 hours), major requirements, and electives. In those instances where
the credits for general education, the major, and electives within the major are less than 120
hours, additional electives outside the major are required. Variations in the total hours required
for degree completion or in the selection of general education courses are noted in the bulletin
sections of the appropriate departments. Please consult the appropriate academic advisor for
details.
General Education Curriculum
The following courses satisfy the general education requirements:
BIBLICAL STUDIES, HEALTH, AND WELLNESS: 16-17 hours
Students entering as freshmen are required to complete all religion requirements before gradu-
ation. Dual degree students are required to complete RG 102, RG 202, and RG 301. Transfer
students who are sophomores are required to complete RG 102, RG 202, and RG 301; juniors
and seniors are required to complete RG 202 and RG 301.
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
RG 202 Fundamentals of SDA Beliefs 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy 3 hours
Select one course from: RG 101, RG 203, or RG 390 3 hours
PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition 2-3 hours
Select two PE activity courses from: PE 100-200 level courses, excludes
PE 205, PE 210, PE 270 and PE285 2 hours
HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 12 hours
EN 111, EN 112 Freshman Composition I, II (minimum grade of C-) 6 hours
CO 201 Public Speaking 3 hours
Select one course from: EN 201, EN 213, EN 221*, AR 217, MU 200, MU 223* 3 hours
Foreign Language (see additional requirements)
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 10 hours
OU 101 Freshman Seminar 2 hours
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education 2 hours
Select one History course from: HI 103, 104, 265*, 267*,or 268* 3 hours
Select one Psychology, Sociology or Social Work course from:
PY 101, SO 101, or SW 201 3 hours
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 6-8 hours
Select one Biological or Physical science course from: BI 101, 102, 111, 131,
CH 100, CH 101, CH 141,PH 101, PH 103, PH 121 3-4 hours
Select one Mathematics course from: MA 101, 108, 121, 123, 171 3-4 hours
TECHNOLOGY 3 hours
Select one Technological Skills course from: IS 120 or CM 210 3 hours
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Select one *African-American culture course from: EN 221, HI 265, HI 267, HI 268 or MU
223 (also meets a requirement above)
66
Two semesters (6 hours) of the same language is required for all B.A. degrees
Any student who has not taken at least two full years of a single foreign modern language at
the high school level is required to take at least one full year of a single foreign language at
the college level.
Total for B.A. Degrees 53-59 hours
Total for other Baccalaureate Degrees 47-53 hours
Requirements for Associate Degrees
1. The satisfactory completion of required remedial courses and removal of admission defi cien-
cies. This may add to the total hours required to complete the degree.
2. The satisfactory completion of the general education requirements for Associate Degrees.
3. The satisfactory completion of a major of at least 27 hours, including a minimum of 8 hours
of upper division courses.
4. The satisfactory completion of a minimum of 60 semester hours with a minimum cumulative
GPA of 2.00.
5. The attainment of a minimum overall GPA of 2.25 in the major. No grade below C may apply
toward the major.
6. A minimum of 24 semester hours in residence at Oakwood University.
7. The satisfactory completion of the major departmental exit examination.
General Education Requirements for Associate Degrees
All associate degrees require a minimum of 60 semester hours, composed of: general educa-
tion requirements (31-33); major requirements; electives, as required, in the major; and electives,
as necessary, outside the major. Variations in the total hours required for degree completion or
in the general education requirements are noted in the bulletin sections of the appropriate de-
partments. In those instances where the credits for general education, the major, and electives
within the major are less than 60 hours, additional electives are required. Please consult with the
appropriate academic advisor for details.
BIBLICAL STUDIES, HEALTH, AND WELLNESS: 9-10 hours
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy 3 hours
PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition 2-3 hours
Select one PE activity course from: PE 100-200 level courses, excludes
PE 205, PE 210, PE 270 and PE285 1 hour
HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 hours
EN 111, EN 112 Freshman Composition I, II (minimum grade of C-) 6 hours
CO 201 Public Speaking 3 hours
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 7 hours
OU 101 Freshman Seminar 2 hours
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education 2 hours
Select one course from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 265*, HI 267*,or HI 268*
PY 101, SO 101, or SW 201 3 hours
67
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 3-4 hours
Select one course from: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 131,CH 100, CH 101, CH 141,
PH 101, PH 103, PH 121, MA 101, MA 108, MA 121, MA 123, MA 171 3-4 hours
TECHNOLOGY 3 hours
Select one Technological Skills course from: IS 120 or CM 210 3 hours
Total for Associate Degrees .................................................................................. 31-33 hours
Degree Candidacy
To be eligible to begin the degree candidacy process, a student must have no more than 36
hours to complete in their senior year, including both fall and spring semesters. Students are
considered degree candidates when the following have been satisfactorily met:
1. Approval of an Application for Graduation is processed through the major advisor to the
department chair by September 15 and to the Registrar’s Offi ce by October 1 for seniors
enrolled during the fall semester.
2. Payment of the required graduation fee of $239 and an additional $100 for regalia by
October 15 of the academic year in which graduation is anticipated.
3. Payment of an extra $35 for each additional degree, beyond the fi rst degree, by October
15 of the academic year in which graduation is anticipated.
3. CLEP, incompletes, and transfer credit results, including Griggs University credits, must
be in the Registrar’s Offi ce by April 1 or the fi rst business day in April for participation in
spring graduation.
4. Enrollment in Home Study courses must be completed by the end of regular registration
for the graduation term.
No application for spring graduation will be accepted after February 1.
Commencement Participation
The following policy defi nes the requirements that must be met for students to participate in
commencement exercises. Spring graduates must:
have an application for graduation on le that has been reviewed and approved by the
Registrar’s Offi ce
be enrolled in spring semester classes at Oakwood University that will complete all de-
gree requirements
be fi nancially cleared by the Student Accounts Offi ce
Graduation Diplomas
Diplomas for degree candidates are ordered for those qualifi ed to participate in the senior
presentation program. Diplomas are only issued to graduates who have fulfi lled all academic
and fi nancial obligations to the university. Diplomas are issued at the following times:
by the end of June for spring semester completion
by the end of August for summer completion
by the end of December for fall semester completion
68
Graduation in Absentia
All spring semester degree candidates are expected to participate in the Commencement
exercises. A request to graduate in absentia must be sent to the Registrar’s Offi ce accompanied
by a receipt from the Student Accounts Offi ce for the $40 fee.
69
NON-DEPARTMENTAL DEGREES
Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Purpose
The interdisciplinary studies major provides an opportunity for students to pursue an area of interest
that crosses disciplines and prepares them to meet the needs of new or undefi
ned/emerging professions
and to achieve personal educational goals.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies degree will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the interrelatedness of their three fi elds of study.
2. Apply an interdisciplinary approach to address complex problems and/or new situations.
3. Critique the strengths and weaknesses of each discipline when applied to problem-solving/
decision-making.
4. Formulate ideas and information effectively utilizing oral, written and appropriate media formats
5. Differentiate applicable general biblical principles for ethical decision-making in the disciplines
Major Requirements
1. The general education requirements are the same as for other B.A. degrees.
2. Instead of a single major, three disciplines of a minimum of 18 hours each are required. Each
discipline must include at least 11 upper division hours and fulfi ll the requirements for a minor in
the discipline, if offered. No more than two disciplines may be from the same department.
3. IN 410 Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies is required.
Students who are interested in this major are advised to meet with the director of the program as early as
possible to plan their program of study.
Course Description
IN 410 Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies 1 hour
This course requires an interdisciplinary approach by integrating three areas of study in addressing
contemporary issues. Students will select a contemporary topic of study and write a paper
demonstrating the interrelatedness and unique contributions that each area of study brings to the
topic. Special emphasis will be placed on the strengths and weaknesses of each discipline as part
of an integrated approach to problem-solving/decision-making. The proposed research must be
approved by the program advisor. Prerequisites: An Interdisciplinary Studies major and senior standing.
70
Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Purpose
The
Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies degree requires a minimum of 60 semester hours
composed of general education requirements and core elective hours. This degree provides students with
a broad-based education that promotes critical thinking skills and allows for an opportunity to make an
informed choice in educational preferences.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the A.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies degree will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate general knowledge and applicatin of Biblical and theological issues and principles.
2. Exhibit a foundation in general education knowledge and skills.
3. Possess the ability to pursue further study or serve in various roles in the church or society.
Major Requirements
Recommended courses for Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Biblical Studies, Health and Wellness
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus ......................................................................... 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition ..................................................... 2 or 3 hours
Select 1 PE activity course .......................................................................................1 hour
Humanities and Fine Arts
EN 111 Freshman Composition I (minimum grade of C-) .......................................... 3 hours
EN 112 Freshman Composition II (minimum grade of C-) ......................................... 3 hours
CO 201 Public Speakinig ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
OU 101 Freshman Seminar ....................................................................................... 2 hours
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education ........................................................... 2 hours
Select one from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 211, HI 212, HI 265, HI 267, HI 268, PY 101, SO 101,
or SW 201 ................................................................................................................. 3 hours
Science and Mathematics
Select one course from: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 131, CH 100, CH 101, CH 141, PH 101,
PH 103, PH 121, MA 101, MA 108, MA 121, MA 123. MA 171 ............................. 3-4 hours
Technology
IS 120 or CM 210 ....................................................................................................... 3 hours
Culture
African-American culture elective: HI 267, HI 268, EN 221 ....................................... 3 hours
Total General Education ............................................................................................ 33-34 hours
71
Core Elective Requirement (27 hours)
A minimum of 9 hours must be completed in 3 different disciplines including a minimum of 9 hours of
upper division courses to meet the core requirements. Only courses approved by the department chair of
each discipline will meet this requirement.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, core
requirements, major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in General Studies
Purpose
Oakwood University developed its Bachelor of Science in General Studies program to meet the
needs of traditional Oakwood students who want to complete their college education without declaring a
specifi
c major or minor. Students selecting this degree are encouraged to pursue further education that
focuses on a specifi c discipline or career track.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.S. in General Studies will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Present content, whether verbally or in writing, in a coherent, organized fashion
2. Relate ideas and information effectively utilizing various formats
3. Support ethical judgments applying general applications of biblical principles
4. Appraise specifi c areas of personal responsibility in a domestic and global society
5. Demonstrate competency in fundamental concepts, methods, and techniques used in various
elds
6. Formulate how at least one area of study applies to a broader picture of human knowledge
Degree Requirements
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science in General Studies must meet the degree requirements
as stated in the Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees section of this bulletin, with the following
variations:
1. Quantitative requirement 3: Only coursework with a C or better and not including courses fulfi lling
general education requirements shall be considered for meeting the requirements related to a major
(including a minimum of 40 hours of upper division courses). Coursework need not be discipline
specifi c.
2. Qualitative requirement 2: The coursework identifi ed for Quantitative requirement 3 must have
a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25, with no grade below C (2.00). No grade below C- (1.70) for
EN 111 and EN 112, and no grade below D (1.00) in other courses may apply toward the general
education requirements.
Students who are interested in this major must contact the director of the program as early as
possible to plan their program of study.
All General Studies majors are required to take an exit examination during their senior year. A minimum
of 73 percent is required for passing. Students who fail must retake the examination.
72
Associate of Science in General Studies
Purpose
The
Associate of Arts in General Studies degree requires a minimum of 60 semester hours
composed of general education requirements and core elective hours. This degree provides students
with a broad-based education that promotes critical thinking skills and allows for an opportunity to make
an informed choice in educational preferences.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the A.A. in General Studies degree will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Analyze and interpret texts in a variety of disciplines.
2. Present orally one’s own thoughts and plan.
3. Recognize a problem and devise a plan of action to solve it.
4. Demonstrate an ethical mindset and exercise professional responsibility in a global context.
Major Requirements
Recommended courses for Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Biblical Studies, Health and Wellness
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus ......................................................................... 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition ..................................................... 2 or 3 hours
Select 1 PE activity course .......................................................................................1 hour
Humanities and Fine Arts
EN 111 Freshman Composition I (minimum grade of C-) .......................................... 3 hours
EN 112 Freshman Composition II (minimum grade of C-) ......................................... 3 hours
CO 201 Public Speakinig ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
OU 101 Freshman Seminar ....................................................................................... 2 hours
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education ........................................................... 2 hours
Select one from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 211, HI 212, HI 265, HI 267, HI 268, PY 101, SO 101,
or SW 201 ................................................................................................................. 3 hours
Science and Mathematics
Select one course from: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 131, CH 100, CH 101, CH 141, PH 101,
PH 103, PH 121, MA 101, MA 108, MA 121, MA 123. MA 171 ............................. 3-4 hours
Technology
IS 120 or CM 210 ....................................................................................................... 3 hours
Total General Education ............................................................................................ 32-33 hours
Core Elective requirements
The satisfactory completion of an area of study of at least 27 hours, including a minimum of 9 hours
of upper division courses.
73
Adult and Continuing Education
Director: Ellengold Goodridge, M.A.Ed./A.E.T
.
Majors: Church Leadership (B.S.)
General Psychology (B.S.)
General Studies (B.S.)
Information Technology (B.S.)
Organizational Management (B.S.)
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education to meet the needs of working
adults who are twenty-fi ve years or older and have one or more years of college credit (30 credits).
However, prospective students who have earned an Associate degree and are under the age of
25 may also apply to the LEAP program.
Application for Admission
All inquiries and applicants must apply online at leap.oakwood.edu
Contact Information:
Oakwood University
Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education
McKee Business and Technology Building (Lower Level)
7000 Adventist Boulevard, Huntsville, AL 35896
Telephone: 256-726-7098
Fax: 256-726-8223
Admission to Adult and Continuing Education Program
To be admitted into the Adult and Continuing Education degree completion program, students
must:
1. Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours from a regionally accredited college/post-
secondary institution (70 semester hours for General Studies program). For Information
Technology, students must have 10 hours of IT related coursework or one year experience
working in an IT related fi eld within the last three years.
2. Be at least 25 years old or earned an Associate degree and are under the age of 25.
3. Have a GPA of 2.00 or better on a 4.00 scale on prior academic work.
4. Have offi cial transcripts sent from all colleges and universities previously attended.
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, all undergraduate policies, located in the undergraduate
studies section, are also applicable to the Adult and Continuing Education students.
74
Academic Year for LEAP
The academic year runs from July to December, fall semester; January to June is the spring
semester.
Schedule of Classes
Each semester the Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education publishes a schedule of classes
which lists the courses offered, the time of meetings, the rooms, and the instructors. The University
reserves the right to set limits on class size, when necessary, and to cancel any course offering
for which there are fewer than six students.
Drop/Add Process for LEAP
If students want to drop a class or change a section, they must follow one of these procedures:
1. Obtain a drop/add form from the Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education or under LEAP
Forms in MyOakwood. Drop a course by 5:30 p.m. on the date of the second class date for
a full refund. No grade will appear on the transcript; OR
2. A course may be dropped by 5:30 p.m. on the date of the third class meeting to receive a W
(Withdrawal) grade.
Forgetting or failure to drop offi cially by the specifi ed time will result in a nal grade of FA (Failure
due to absences).
If students want to add a class after having completed registration, they must follow one of
these procedures:
1. Students may not add a course after the course has begun.
2. Add a course online by the rst day of class before 5:30 p.m.; or obtain a drop/add form from
the Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education or under LEAP Forms in MyOakwood, and
submit it to the LEAP offi ce for appropriate signatures and fee (if required).
A charge of $10 is incurred for each change of schedule after a class has begun, except:
when the change is made necessary by the class cancellation of a scheduled class, or
the change of class time which renders it impossible for students to maintain their original
schedule.
Incomplete Work
Because of the compressed format of Adult and Continuing Education courses, the policy for
a grade of “I” (incomplete) varies from the traditional program. Students must adhere to these
procedures:
1. Obtain and fi ll out a “Request and Authorization for Incomplete” from the Adult and Continu-
ing Education Offi ce.
2. Attach a physician’s statement if the reason is medical.
3. Obtain the appropriate signatures.
4. Return the form to the Offi ce of the Adult and Continuing Education at least ve working days
before the last class meeting.
An “I” may be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks (at the discretion of
the instructor), but no longer than 5 weeks after the end of the course, even when the student is
75
not currently registered for classes. The “I” automatically converts to an “F” if not removed within
the prescribed time. Should more time, because of further illness or unavoidable circumstances,
be needed to remove the incomplete, the student may, before the deadline expires, request in
writing an extension of time from the Director of Adult and Continuing Education.
Credit for Prior Learning
Credit for Prior Learning (CPL) is granted upon the evaluation of accomplishments and
competencies not ordinarily considered part of the traditional classroom experience. The policy is
designed for the adult who has been accepted into the LEAP program, and paid the fee required
for the CPL evaluation. Credit, however, only applies to electives. It is the student’s responsibility
to prove to the satisfaction of the academic department disciplines that from experience he/she
has developed competencies that are equivalent to classroom learning. Students should follow
procedures outlined by the degree department which may include the following:
1. Meet with the academic advisor in the Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education.
2. Pay applicable fee ($50).
3. Work with the CPL coordinator, LEAP program manager, and academic advisor, to determine
eligibility for earning credit for prior learning.
4. If eligible for CPL, submit documented evidence that will be used to verify the experiences
identifi ed.
The following evaluation formula will be used:
1. Not more than 30 hours of the 120 credit hours required for graduation shall be earned
through CPL experience.
2. The charge for CPL credit is the same as the current tuition per credit hour charge.
Academic Bankruptcy Policy
The Adult and Continuing Education Academic Bankruptcy policy provides a second chance
to adults, who, since their tenure at Oakwood, have proven through their subsequent work record
and/or academic success that they can successfully matriculate through the program.
1. A LEAP applicant who was enrolled at Oakwood University ve or more years ago, may petition
the Academic Administration department to have a maximum of three complete semesters
of coursework exempted from their Oakwood University grade point average calculation.
2. Students may not select individual courses; all work for each semester selected will be ex-
cluded from the GPA calculation.
3. A record of coursework taken and the grades earned will remain on the transcript, but the
quality point values will be removed from the cumulative quality point average. A notation
on the transcript will indicate which courses have been bankrupted.
4. Implementation of academic bankruptcy at Oakwood University does not guarantee that other
institutions will approve the action. This determination will be made by the representative
transfer institution.
5. A student may request and be granted academic forgiveness only once over their academic
lifetime at Oakwood University.
A successful petition for academic bankruptcy has no retroactive effect on any academic
determinations made prior to bankruptcy, including but not limited to: academic probation,
suspension, or dismissal; determinations of ineligibility to pursue application to upper division/
professional phase of College programs; Dean’s List eligibility; nancial aid eligibility; or tuition
liability. A student with bankrupted course work is eligible for graduation and other honors which
are based on cumulative GPA.
76
Tuition Amnesty Program
Oakwood University offers fi nancial amnesty or ‘tuition forgiveness’ to former students who
have not attended Oakwood University in the past ve (5) years and wish to complete their Oak-
wood degrees through the University’s LEAP degree completion program in the Offi ce of Adult
and Continuing Education.
In order to receive tuition amnesty, former Oakwood students:
1. Must enroll in and complete one of the Oakwood University’s Bachelor of Science degrees
through the LEAP degree completion program in the Offi ce of Adult and Continuing Education.
2. Must keep their new Oakwood University LEAP tuition payments current.
3. Must complete all graduation requirements before the debt is forgiven. The “old” balance
will remain on the student’s account until the completion of all graduation requirements has
been confi rmed by the Oakwood University’s Registrar’s Offi ce.
Oakwood University will not remove the past due tuition and fees owed on the student’s ac-
count until the student has fulfi lled the requirements to receive forgiveness of debt (amnesty).
As a result, the student may be ineligible to receive a refund.
When the graduation requirements are completed, former students will be awarded their
Oakwood degrees in either Organizational Management, Psychology, General Studies, Church
Leadership, Information Technology or any degree offered throught the LEAP program on the
applicable graduation conferment date, and at the same time, the former Oakwood University
debt will be erased.
Class Absences
Attendance with punctuality is required at all onsite classes and by all online dates. Absences
are counted from the rst offi cial day of classes. Since LEAP classes are accelerated, two ab-
sences may, at the discretion of the instructor, result in a nal grade of FA. It is the responsibility
of students to keep themselves informed of the requirements of the instructor, to take all examina-
tions at the time prescribed by the instructor, and to turn in all assignments when they are due.
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, all undergraduate policies, located in the undergraduate studies
section, are also applicable to Adult and Continuing Education students.
General Education Requirements for all Majors
Adult Education Orientation Seminar ................................................. 1 semester hour
Computer and Health ......................................................................... 5 semester hours
Humanities ....................................................................................... 15 semester hours
Natural Science and Math .................................................................. 9 semester hours
Religion .............................................................................................. 6 semester hours
Required: One lower division: RG 101, RG 102, RG 202 or RG 203
Required: One upper division: RG 301 or RG 321
Social and Behavioral Sciences ......................................................... 9 semester hours
Total General Education Requirements ..................................... 45 semester hours
Total Degree Requirements for Graduation .................................................... 120 hours
77
Bachelor of Science in Church Leadership
The purpose of the B.S. in Church Leadership degree is to provide theological education
for individuals who are 25 years old or older, who have a keen sense of God’s calling on their
lives but are unable to attend traditional classes. Students completing this degree can integrate
Christ-centered biblical, theological, and evangelistic knowledge, with various leadership or service
oriented roles in their local church, their professional lives, or as volunteers in the community.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in Church Leadership will be profi cient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Utilize applicable leadership skills within organizational and church contexts
2. Critique ethical practices in organizations
3. Critique the practice of a ministerial vocation through the lenses of theology, history, the social
sciences and a Christ-centered knowledge of the Bible
4. Interpret Scripture through the utilization of sound hermeneutical and exegetical principles
that are compatible with a Christ-centered Seventh-day Adventist theological perspective
Major Requirements:
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles ........................................... 3 hours
LD 310 Communication Strategies in Leadership ...................................................... 3 hours
LD 320 Applied Leadership in Organizational Change .............................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the SDA Church ............................................................................. 3 hours
RB 311 New Testament .............................................................................................. 3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RL 211 Greek I ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
RL 311 Hebrew I ........................................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 231 Personal Evangelism .................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I........................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 434 Church Organization and Polity .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth......................................................... 3 hours
RP 443 Christian Ministry II........................................................................................ 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................. 2 hours
RT 421 Christian Theology ........................................................................................ 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 49 hours
Exit Examination
All students in Church Leadership are required to take an exit examination during their fi nal
semester. A minimum of 73 percent is required for passing, and a student who fails must retake
the examination.
78
Bachelor of Science in General Psychology
It is the purpose of the Adult and Continuing Education Department to provide the adult
student a liberal arts, undergraduate foundation with a basic understanding of the facts, principles,
approaches and methods in psychology.
Human understanding and service constitute great needs among people today and as a result,
psychology graduates are entering a variety of occupations in business, government, teaching,
and private human-services agencies. The bachelor’s degree in psychology is a exible and
versatile way to prepare for a career in human services and diverse lines of work.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in General Psychology will be profi cient in
following student learning outcomes:
1. Evaluate psychological concepts using Biblical foundations
2. Apply concepts from psychological science (e.g., theory, research, etc.) to explain real-life
phenomena
3. Analyze data collected through the use of the scientifi c method to solve problems
4. Demonstrate profi ciency writing reports in APA format that focus on various research
designs in psychology
5. Demonstrate ethical behavior within the fi eld of psychology
Major Requirements:
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................... 3 hours
PY 201 Psychology of Religion .................................................................................. 3 hours
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology .................................................................................. 2 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ........................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 319 Theories of Personality .................................................................................. 3 hours
PY 320 Social Psychology ......................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior ........................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 325 Developmental Psychology ........................................................................... 3 hours
PY 331 Group Dynamics............................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 361 Marriage and the Family................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 371 Biological Psychology.................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology .............................................................. 3 hours
PY 411 Research I ..................................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 415 Research II .................................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 423 Counseling Theories ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 460 Experimental Psychology and PY 460L Experimental Psy. Lab .................... 4 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 48 hours
Exit Examination
All Psychology students are required to take an exit examination during their nal semester.
The minimum passing score is 70 percent. Students who do not achieve a passing score on their
rst attempt may apply to take the exam again after completing remediation recommended by the
department. Students must complete the second administration of the exam within one calendar
year of the rst administration during the offi cially scheduled exam time. Students who do not
successfully pass the second exam within one year will be referred to another degree program
(e.g. General Studies).
79
Bachelor of Science in General Studies
Oakwood University’s Bachelor of Science in General Studies program meets the needs of
students with two or more years of accumulated college credit (70 credits). The General Studies
program allows students the exibility of choosing from the LEAP course offerings additional
concentrations of study. No majors or minors are required. Ideally for these majors the transcript
should demonstrate a concentrated academic focus.
Major Requirements:
Electives* ................................................................................................................. 35 hours
Upper-division semester credit hours ...................................................................... 40 hours
*Electives must include 40 upper-division credit hours
General Education program ..................................................................................... 45 hours
Total Hours for degree ............................................................................. 120 semester hours
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in General Studies will be profi cient in
following student learning outcomes:
1. Express ideas and information logically in various formats
2. Support ethical judgements with clear cogent reasons
3. Describe specifi c areas of personal responsibility in society
4. Demonstrate competency in fundamental concepts, methods, and techniques used in various
elds
Exit Examination
All students in General Studies are required to take an exit examination during their nal
semester. A minimum of 73 percent is required for passing. Student who fail must retake the
examination.
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
Careers in information technology/computer information systems-related areas are among
the high-earning, fast-growing, and high-demand elds. Professionals who hold technology
certifi cations and degrees can make tremendous advancement in their careers.
Oakwood University’s Information Technology degree was developed for people with existing
knowledge of the eld to be able to earn an undergraduate degree. Applicants are expected to
have either a minimum of 10 hours of IT-related coursework within the last three years or one
year of experience in an IT-related fi eld.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in Information Technology will be profi cient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Develop algorithms to solve problems
2. Write computer code using advanced programming language constructs
3. Explain how computers perform computations and execute at the hardware levell
4. Secure networks using various operating systems
5. Install and confi gureactive directories, services and network hardware/software
80
6. Demonstrate profi ciency in micro-computing and programming
7. Identify end-user technologies that can help organization operate more effi ciently and more
effectively
9. Diagnose technology needs for organizations
Major Requirements:
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ ....................................................................... 3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science Data Structures II with C++ ............................................ 3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ................................................................................ 3 hours
CM 350 Computer Architecture .................................................................................. 3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................. 3 hours
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications ............................................ 3 hours
IS 335 Modern Database Design & Implication ......................................................... 3 hours
IS 342 Advanced Business Networks (Lab) ............................................................... 3 hours
IS 343 Information Security (7-week class) ............................................................... 3 hours
IS 405 Information Policy (7-week class) ................................................................... 3 hours
IS 420 Project Management for Information Systems ............................................... 3 hours
IS 450 Information Resource Management ............................................................... 3 hours
IT 320 Web Design & Multimedia ............................................................................. 3 hours
IT-related Electives .................................................................................................... 4 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 43 hours
Exit Examination
Students majoring in Information Technology are required to pass an exit examination with
at least a grade of C (70%).
Bachelor of Science in Organizational Management
The bachelor’s degree in Organizational Management is designed to equip students reach
their business-focused career goals and develop management skills necessary to excel within
many business arenas. The program equips learners to become an effective manager, supervisor,
leader, or entrepreneur.
The Organizational Management degree track is offered either fully online or fully on-site
(cohort required).
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in Organizational Management will be
profi cient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate mastery of basic management concepts
2.
Apply the various functions of management to the internal and external organizational and
external organizational environment
3. Implement sound decision-making and problem-solving skills to adapt to changing
domestic and global markets
4. Execute electronic devices, software and technology to enhance the communication
process in the business sector
5. Select and effectively communicate ideas and information in oral, written and various
formats
81
6. Differentiate between business and biblical ethical principles and practices in leadership
and management
Major Requirements:
OM 301 Adult Development and Life Assessment ..................................................... 3 hours
OM 303 Foundations of Management ....................................................................... 3 hours
OM 304 Principles of Business Writing (W) ............................................................... 3 hours
OM 305 Group & Organizational Dynamics ............................................................... 3 hours
OM 308 Marketing for Managers ............................................................................... 4 hours
OM 309 Accounting for Managers ............................................................................. 4 hours
OM 330 Economics for Managers ............................................................................. 4 hours
OM 340 Finance for Managers .................................................................................. 4 hours
OM 350 Personnel Management ............................................................................... 3 hours
OM 413 Legal & Social Environment in Business ...................................................... 3 hours
OM 430 Research Design & Analysis ........................................................................ 3 hours
OM 440 Career Management Seminar ...................................................................... 1 hour
Business-related Electives ......................................................................................... 6 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 44 hours
Exit Examination
All OM students are required to successfully pass a standardized examination from Educational
Testing Services (ETS), administered near the end of the student’s nal semester. There is a
charge of $35 for the exit exam. Student who take the departmental exam and are unsuccessful
must enroll in the OM 250 Business Review course. An exit exam will be repeated at the end of
the OM 250 course. The student is not billed for this second exam taken in the OM 250 course.
82
83
SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Dean: Kenneth LaiHing, Ph.D.
Purpose Statement
The School of Arts and Sciences supports the mission of Oakwood University through its com-
mitment
to create an academic environment where faculty teaching, scholarship and service
enhance the academic, spiritual, social and physical development of its students. The school
seeks to equip all students with the skills necessary for success in a rapidly evolving environment:
critical thinking, effective oral and written communication, research, and computer competency.
Departments
Biological Sciences
Juliet Bailey-Penrod, Ph.D.
Chair
Chemistry
Marlon Rhem, Ph.D.
Chair
Communication
Rennae Elliott, Ph.D.
Chair
English and Foreign Languages
Ramona Hyman, Ph.D.
Chair
Mathematics and Computer Sciences
Lisa James, Ph.D.
Chair
Music
Jason Ferdinand, D.M.A..
Chair
Psychology
Martin Hodnett, Psy
.D.
Chair
84
Department of Biological Sciences
Professors:
Safawo Gullo, Ph.D.
Onesimus Otieno, Ph.D.
Londa Schmidt, Ph.D.
Elaine Vanterpool, Ph.D.
Associate Professors:
Juliet Bailey-Penrod, Ph.D. (Chair)
Juliet Durant, Ph.D.
Melissa Richardson, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Marie-Claire Boutrin, Ph.D.
Stanton Dulan, M.D.
Majors: Biology (B.S.)
Biology Education (B.S.)
Biomedical Sciences (B.S.)
Minor: Biology
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Biological Sciences to develop in its students a thor-
ough understanding and an appreciation of the principles underlying the basic functions of living
organisms. The curriculum is designed for those students wishing to enter graduate, medical,
dental, veterinary, or allied health schools, as well as for those planning to teach in elementary
or secondary schools. Opportunity is also available for laboratory research for those planning to
enter research careers.
High School Preparation
Students wishing to pursue a degree in biology or biomedical sciences should take high school
courses in biology, chemistry, general science, and mathematics. Where possible AP classes in
any or all of these areas should be considered.
Program Description
The Department of Biological Sciences endeavors to develop in its students a thorough
understanding and appreciation of the principles underlying the basic structure and functions
of living organisms. The basic principles of molecular, cellular, physiological, morphological,
developmental, ecological biology and genetics are emphasized. Biology graduates have been
taught to think critically, to work independently and to make meaningful contributions to team
efforts. Students are encouraged to participate in research and problem solving activities which
deepen their appreciation of the eld of biology, increase their skills in laboratory techniques and
85
applications; and their awareness of the available opportunities. The program prepares students
for further studies in graduate and professional schools, and for careers in a variety of fi elds.
Exit Examination
All senior biology and biomedical science majors are required to take the exit examination.
The ETS Major Field Test (MFT), is used as the exit exam. A scaled score representing one
standard deviation below the mean of the national mean is considered a pass. Students who
fail to achieve this score after two attempts must take BI 250 Biology Review. Students can opt
to take the GRE Advanced Biology Test which must be passed with a score of at least 850.
Career Opportunities
A degree in Biology or biomedical sciences remains the major of choice for students who
desire to enter the elds of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, pharmacy, and biomedical
research. Students interested in nursing and other health related eld will nd that biology
provides the best foundation for entry to and success in these areas. It is also the best degree
for conservation, crop development, biology education, bioinformatics, biotechnology, medical
and scientifi c illustration, and many other career choices.
Major Degree Requirements
Students are required to complete co-requisites courses and labs for application towards a
degree in Biology and Biomedical Sciences. Students from other departments must consult with
their advisors and program coordinators for co-requisites degree requirements.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
The biology program is a four-year full time course of study requiring the successful completion
of 128 approved semester credits and leads to a Bachelor of Science (BS) degree in Biology.
Students in this program must maintain a minimum cumulative science GPA of 2.25. This degree
is designed to equip the students in such a way that they have the wide spectrum of careers in
Biology open to them.
Students who complete the B.S. in Biology will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Correctly apply the scientifi c method
2.
Integrate cellular, systemic and organismal processes
3. Illustrate basic biological concepts
4. Identify a Biblical principle in relation to biological concepts and processes
5. Demonstrate the ability to perform quantitative analysis using instrumentation or other
technological resources
Major Requirements:
BI 132 General Biology and Laboratory ....................................................................4 hours
BI 204 Introduction to Research .............................................................................. 1 hour
BI 215 Introductory Biostatistics ................................................................................2 hours
BI 230 Plant Biology and Laboratory ........................................................................4 hours
BI 321 Genetics and Laboratory ...............................................................................4 hours
86
BI 323 Undergraduate Research ............................................................................. 1 hour
BI 403 Biology Seminar ........................................................................................... 1 hour
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ...................................................................................2 hours
BI 460 Cell and Molecular Biology and Laboratory ...................................................4 hours
BI Electives*(12 hours should be upper division) ....................................................20 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry I-II and Laboratory).................................................8 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory) .........................................................8 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................67 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
Free electives ........................................................................................................ 3-4 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Lab ...............................................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121, 122, or 123 may be required fi rst) ...............................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
*Premedical students should include BI 331 Histology, and BI 388 Developmental Biology,
BI 422-423 General Physiology, BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy as part of their biology
electives; premedical students may wish to take CH 401-402 Biochemistry, MA 171 Calculus I,
PY 101 Principles of Psychology, SO 101 Principles of Sociology, and to discuss requirements
for medical school with their advisors by the fi rst semester of their junior year.
Bachelor of Science in Biology Education
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation
(CEAP). The program qualifi es a person to teach secondary school biology. After graduation,
students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certifi cate: Biology, grades 7-12; and the SDA Basic
Teaching Certifi cate: Biology, grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline. Program
advisor: O. Otieno.
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Sciences
The biomedical sciences program is a four-year, full time intensive course of study requiring
the successful completion of 128 approved semester credits and leading to a Bachelor of Science
(BS) degree in Biomedical Sciences. For continued enrollment in the program, a student must
maintain a cumulative science GPA of 3.20. First-year applicants must have: 1) a SAT combined
score of at least 1100, with a mathematics score of at least 500 or an ACT score of at least 23; 2)
an overall grade point average of B or higher in the sciences; 3) research or outreach experience;
and 4) AP and Honors courses.
87
Students who complete the B.S. in Biomedical Science will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Correctly apply the scientifi c method
2.
Demonstrate integration of cellular, systemic, and organismal processes
3. Illustrate basic biological concepts
4. Identify a Biblical principle in relation to biological concepts and processes
5. Demonstrate the ability to perform quantitative analysis using instrumentation or other
technological resources
Major Requirements:
BI 132 General Biology and Laboratory ....................................................................4 hours
BI 204 Introduction to Research .............................................................................. 1 hour
BI 215 Introductory Biostatistics ................................................................................2 hours
BI 241 General Microbiology and Laboratory ...........................................................4 hours
BI 316 Biological Instrumentation .............................................................................2 hours
BI 321 Genetics and Laboratory ...............................................................................4 hours
BI 323 Undergraduate Research ............................................................................. 1 hour
BI 331 Histology and Laboratory ...............................................................................4 hours
BI 388 Developmental Biology and Laboratory .........................................................4 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ...................................................................................2 hours
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular Biology and Laboratory .............................................4 hours
BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy I-II and Laboratory ............................................8 hours
BI Electives ..............................................................................................................8 hours
CH 141-CH 142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ................................................8 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry I-II and Laboratory ..................................................8 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry I and Laboratory .....................................................................4 hours
CH 402 Biochemistry II .............................................................................................3 hours
PE 450 Epidemiology ................................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................82 hours
General Education ...................................................................................................... 49-50
Total required for degree ................................................................................ 131-132 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Lab ...............................................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121, 122, or 123 may be required fi rst) ...............................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness
RG 321 Christian Ethics ........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
88
Minor in Biology
BI 131-132 General Biology and Laboratory .............................................................8 hours
BI 230 Plant Biology and Laboratory ........................................................................4 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ...................................................................................2 hours
BI Electives (upper division) ......................................................................................6 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................20 hours
89
Department of Chemistry
Professors:
Kenneth LaiHing, Ph.D.
Rufus Ranatunga, Ph.D.
Marlon Rhem, Ph.D., (Chair)
Alexandre Volkov, Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Steven LaiHing, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor:
Kevin Anderson, Ph.D.
Patrick Ochieng, Ph.D.
Majors: Biochemistry (B.S.)
Chemistry (B.S.)
Chemistry/Chemical Engineering (B.S.)
Minor: Chemistry
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Chemistry is to provide students with quality Christian
education
that integrates faith with science, technology and learning. The Department prepares
graduates to serve humanity as chemists, biochemists and health care professionals. Also, the
department prepares them for graduate or professional school in fulfi llment of their educational
objectives.
High School Preparation
Students planning to study chemistry at Oakwood sho
uld include as many science and
mathematics courses as possible in high school, and they should endeavor to make superior
grades in these courses. The following courses are strongly recommended: Algebra I, Algebra
II, Precalculus, Geometry, Biology, Chemistry, and Physics.
Application for Admission
To be admitted as a major in the Department of Chemistry, students must have completed
at least 32 hours of course work, including EN 112 Freshman Composition, and have an overall
minimum GPA of 2.25.
Prerequisites:
All prerequisites must be passed with a minimum grade of C.
90
Exit Examinations
Chemistry majors will be required to take an exit examination prepared by the American
Chemical
Society that will be administered in the junior year. The examination is designed to
ascertain the student’s general knowledge of the subject areas of general, organic, analytical,
physical chemistry, instrumental methods and biochemistry. A minimum of 45 percent is required
for passing, and if failed, the student may repeat the examination in the senior year.
Career Opportunities
Ask an old chemist what he would like most, and his answer would be, ‘’a young chemist.”
This
statement describes the atmosphere of enthusiasm about chemistry and chemical research
that permeates the department. Indeed, chemistry at Oakwood is an exciting confrontation of the
student with the theories and the methods of modern chemistry and biochemistry. Many of the
graduates of this department have earned doctoral degrees in science, medicine, and dentistry
from some of the most prestigious universities in this country and in Europe. Others have achieved
successful careers in the laboratories of government and industry as chemists, biochemists, and
engineers. Oakwood has been listed as one of the 23 historically Black colleges that are most
productive of Black scientifi c talent.
Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
This program is designed to meet the needs of those students who are primarily interested in
preparing for careers in such areas as biochemistry, biotechnology, pharmacology, neurochemistry,
medicine, dentistry, or pharmacy.
Students who complete the B.S. in Biochemistry will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate Christian values through service
2.
Integrate best practices in the Biochemical Sciences
3. Construct laboratory reports using standard scientifi c writing protocols
4. Evaluate fundamental concepts and applications in biochemical sciences necessary for
graduate/professional schools and discipline-related careers
Major Requirements:
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory. ......................................................8 hours
CH 341 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory. ............................................................4 hours
CH 350 or 351 Chemistry Seminar .......................................................................... 1 hour
CH 401-402 Biochemistry and Laboratory ............................................................... 8 hours
CH 410 Applied Chemistry and Laboratory ...............................................................4 hours
CH 411 Instrumental Methods and Laboratory ....................................................... 4 hours
CH 490 or CH 491 or CH 492 Research & Independent Study ............................... 1 hour
BI 132 General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................................4 hours
BI 321 Genetics ........................................................................................................4 hours
BI 460 Cell and Molecular Biology or BI 481 Human Gross Anatomy I ....................4 hours
91
MA 172 Calculus II ....................................................................................................4 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................66 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................7 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................ 122-123 hours
Required General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory ....................................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) ............................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry/Chemical Engineering
This is a ve-year program in collaboration with the University of Alabama in Huntsville
where the student spends three years at Oakwood and two years at the University of Alabama in
Huntsville. After successful completion of all requirements, the University of Alabama in Huntsville
will grant the degree of B.S. in Chemical Engineering and Oakwood will grant the degree of B.S.
in Chemistry.
Students who complete the B.S. in Chemistry/Chemical Engineering program will be profi cient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate Christian values through service
2. Integrate best practices in the Biochemical Sciences
3. Construct laboratory reports using standard scientifi c writing protocols
4. Evaluate fundamental concepts and applications in chemical sciences necessary for graduate/
professional schools and discipline-related career
5. Formulate chemistry laboratory protocols that are transferable to solving chemical engineering
design problems
Major Requirements:
CH 142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ............................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory .....................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory .........................................................4 hours
CH 341 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory ...........................................................4 hours
MA 172 Calculus II ..................................................................................................4 hours
MA 271 Calculus III .................................................................................................4 hours
MA 311 Differential Equations .................................................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics .............................................................................3 hours
PH 121-122 General Physics (Calculus based) and Laboratory ..............................8 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................42 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
UAH requirements ..................................................................................................40 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................ 131-132 hours
92
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory ..............................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) ............................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
This program is designed to meet the needs of those chemistry majors who are primarily
interested in a professional career in chemistry or graduate studies. This program prepares the
student either for work in the chemical industry or for advanced studies in graduate school.
Students who complete the B.S. in Chemistry will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate Christian values through service
2.
Integrate best practices in the Biochemical Sciences
3. Construct laboratory reports using standard scientifi c writing protocols
4. Evaluate fundamental concepts and applications in chemical sciences necessary for graduate/
professional schools and discipline-related career
Major Requirements:
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory .................................................... 8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ......................................................... 4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory. .................................................... 8 hours
CH 341-342 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory. ................................................... 8 hours
CH 350 or CH 351 Chemistry Seminar ................................................................... 1 hour
CH 401 Biochemistry and Laboratory ......................................................................4 hours
CH 410 Applied Chemistry and Laboratory ..............................................................4 hours
CH 411 Instrumental Methods and Laboratory ........................................................4 hours
CH 490 or CH 491 or CH 492 Research & Independent Study ........................... 1-2 hours
MA 172-271 Calculus ...............................................................................................8 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra .............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Differential Equations ..................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
Total ................................................................................................................ 64-65 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................7 hours
Total hours required for degree are 120-122.
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory ....................................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121,122, or 123 may be required fi rst) ................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
93
Minor in Chemistry
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory. .....................................................8 hours
CH 350 or CH 351 Chemistry Seminar ................................................................... 1 hour
Total ......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives
94
Department of Communication
Associate Professors:
R. Rennae Elliott, Ph.D., (Chair)
Bobby Harrison, M.S.
Janice Watson, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Dawnette Chambers, M.S.
Dwyane Cheddar, M.A.
Kyna Hinson, M.A.
Majors Offered: Visual Media (A.S.)
Concentrations: Graphic Design, Photography
Communication (B.A.)
Concentrations: Communication Arts, Public Relations
Communication Media (B.A.)
Concentrations: Broadcast Journalism, Film & TV Production, Print/
Digital Media
Visual Media (B.A.)
Concentrations: Graphic Design, Photography, Photojournalism
Minors Offered: Art
Communication
Communication Media
Visual Media
Purpose
The purpose of the Communication Department is to s
hape the communication professionals
of tomorrow by providing a synergistic learning experience that combines spiritual awareness,
theoretical grounding, and practical application, thus enabling our students to successfully complete
in today’s marketplace.
Introduction
The Department of Communication serves a dual purpose. First, it provides general education
courses for a large segment of the student population; second, it offers majors in four distinct
areas.
Service Department
The department provides general education course offerings in public speaking and art, thus
serving most students.
Majors
The department offers three majors: communication, communication media, and visual media.
Communication: This major allows students to pursue one of two concentration tracks:
communication arts or public relations.
95
The communication
arts concentration provides students with expertise applicable to
people-oriented careers, including the ability to organize and communicate ideas effectively
in a variety of contexts such as law, medicine, politics, management, etc.
For those students who enjoy fast-paced excitement, the public relations concentration
facilitates the development and use of skills in a variety of areas, including event planning,
corporate communication, media relations, and crisis management.
Communication Media:
This major allows students to pursue one of three concentration tracks:
broadcast journalism, fi lm & TV production, or print/digital media.
The broadcast journalism concentration focuses on providing students with a high degree
of competency and knowledge enabling them to obtain entry-level positions in a broad
spectrum of radio and television information programming.
The lm and television production concentration focuses on providing both practical and
theoretical knowledge needed to enter the workforce at entry level or graduate school.
Students should be able to demonstrate competencies in writing, technical operation,
producing, and directing.
Graduates with emphasis in p
rint/digital media have built successful careers in newspaper
and broadcast journalism, web design, technical writing, education, governmental public
service, and law.
Visual Media: This major provides the students with skills to seek employment in the media
elds of photojournalism, photography, or graphic design. Course content is designed to equip
students with theoretical and practical experience to handle creative solutions for his or her visual
media concentration selection
The graphic design concentration develops the student’s ability to explore and create
visual concepts by hand and use of computer software to communicate ideas that inspire,
inform, and captivate the masses. Career opportunities include: multimedia, web, and logo
designers, creative/art director, and layout artist.
The photography concentration focuses on the principles and techniques of communicating
information, ideas, moods, and feelings through the creation of images on digital imaging
sensors, photographic fi lms, and papers. The program prepares the student to enter the
world of professional photography careers in: portraiture, commercial, fashion, sports,
wedding, and freelance photography.
The p
hotojournalism concentration provides the student with theories and practice in both
photography and writing. The two arts combined become a powerful means of conveying
concepts and ideas.
The Associate degree in Visual Media allows students to pursue one of two concentrations:
graphic design or photography.
Graphic design prepares students to make rapid application of their skills in the world of
visual communication.
Photography has very broad and practical uses such as photojournalism, portraiture,
documentation, illustration, and fi ne art.
Students are encouraged to continue their preparation by completing one of the four year Visual
Media degrees after earning the associate degree.
High School Preparation
Students wishing to major in communication or art should follow the college preparatory
program in high school. Students should endeavor to read widely and learn to express themselves
clearly and correctly in speech and in writing.
96
Admission Requirements
Admission
to Oakwood University does not guarantee admission to the Department of Com-
munication. Freshmen intending to major in the department receive provisional admission upon
arrival or declaration of the major.
Any student may apply for admission to this department after meeting the following require-
ments:
Completion of 32 credit hours with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher;
Completion of EN 111: Freshman Composition with minimum grade of C;
Completion of CO 201: Fundamentals of Public Speaking with a minimum grade of C;
and
Completion of the Departmental Diagnostic Exam
Exit Requirements
During their fi nal year, all majors are required to:
pass an exit examination with a minimum passing grade of C.
complete a senior project specifi c to their area of concentration. Projects may include
activities such as portfolio presentations, participation in art shows, and research papers.
Career Opportunities
Students in communication are prepared for professional careers in broadcasting, journalism,
and public relations, or for media-related positions in education and industry. Other opportunities
include graduate school, consulting, law, library science, public affairs, and teaching. Artists fi nd
employment in a variety of professions in thousands of organizations around the world. For more
detail on career opportunities, refer to the departmental website.
Bachelor of Arts in Communication
Concentration: Communication Arts
Students who complete the concentration in Communic
ation Arts will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Deliver effective oral presentations
2. Write effectively in multiple formats for various audiences
3. Evaluate content of written and oral communication
4. Use appropriate technology effectively (software and hardware)
5. Develop and demonstrate research abilities
6. Apply communication theories within every day and workplace communication
7. Communicate effectively in various communication contexts
Core Requirements:
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 330 Communication Theory................................................................................. 3 hours
97
CO 395 Communication Research Methods ............................................................. 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 13 hours
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 13 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction or CO 301 Effective Presentations .................................. 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 345 Small Group Communication ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 415 Organizational Communication or CO 425 Intercultural Communication ..... 3 hours
CO 421 Persuasion .................................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Electives ........................................................................................... 15 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
General Education Requirements:
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Elective Options for Communication Arts:
BJ 232 Writing Non-fi ction for Electronic Media ......................................................... 3 hours
BJ 342 Radio and Television Broadcasting ................................................................ 3 hours
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations ................................................ 3 hours
CO 301 Effective Presentations ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 415 Organizational Communication .................................................................... 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
CO 435 Editing ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................. 1-3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication .............................................................................. 3 hours
EN 341 Professional Writing ...................................................................................... 3 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 47 hours
Modern Language requirement (same language) ...................................................... 6 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................0-3 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Concentration: Public Relations
Students who complete the concentration in Public Relations will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Analyze biblical themes of reconciliation and transformation using public relations
principles and practices
98
2. Write effectively in multiple formats for various audiences
3.
Use appropriate technology effectively (software and hardware)
4. Construct an effective PR campaign or program
5. Demonstrate the ability to implement a PR campaign or program
6. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry entry-level positions
7. Effectively evaluate written and oral communication
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 13 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations ................................................ 3 hours
CO 311 Principles of Advertising ................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 331 Public Relations Planning and Case Studies ............................................... 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations........................................................................... 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations Lab.................................................................... 0 hour
CO 371 Public Relations Management ...................................................................... 3 hours
CO 373 Working with the Media in Public Relations .................................................. 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication ........ 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 6 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
General Education Requirements:
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Elective Options for Public Relations:
AR 141 Fundamentals of Photography ...................................................................... 3 hours
CO 232 Writing Non-fi ction for the Electronic Media.................................................. 3 hours
CO 301 Effective Presentations ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 401/402 Practicum in Communication or
CO 403 Internship in Communication ..................................................................... 1-3 hours
CO 421 Persuasion .................................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
CO 435 Editing ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................. 1-3 hours
EN 341 Technical Writing ........................................................................................... 3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................. 3 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 47 hours
Modern Language requirement (same language) ...................................................... 6 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................0-3 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
99
Bachelor of Arts in Communication Media
Media is a multifaceted eld ranging from the written word to the still and moving image. The
Bachelor
of Arts in Communication Media prepares students for stimulating careers in broadcast-
ing, photojournalism, and print journalism through theory, hands on assignments, and practical
experiences.
Concentration: Broadcast Journalism
Students who complete the concentration in Broadcast Journalism will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of design and composition effectively in media works
2.
Use emerging communication media
3. Write effectively for various types of electronic media
4. Analyze content of written, oral, and visual communication
5. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry level positions
6. Produce programs from concept to reality
7. Use appropriate technology effectively (software and hardware)
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication ........ 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 19 hours
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 19 hours
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio and Video Production ............................................... 3 hours
BJ 232 Writing Non-fi ction for Electronic Media ......................................................... 3 hours
FT 300 Introduction to Video Editing .......................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 342 Radio and Television Broadcasting ................................................................ 3 hours
BJ 345 Fundamental of News Production .................................................................. 3 hours
BJ 362 Advanced News Production ........................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 380 News Magazine Program .............................................................................. 3 hours
BJ 315 Media Literacy ............................................................................................... 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
General Education Requirements:
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
100
Elective Options for Broadcast Journalism:
AR 141 Fundamentals of Photography ...................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 375 Investigative Journalism ................................................................................ 3 hours
BJ 410 Broadcast Advertising .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 211 Media Writing ................................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 242 Mass Communication and Society ............................................................... 3 hours
CO 310 Advanced Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................. 1-3 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................53-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................0-3 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................... 120-121 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Concentration: Film & Television Production
Students who complete the concentration in
lm & television production will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Write effectively for various types of electronic media
2. Use emerging communication media
3. Analyze content of written, oral, and visual communication
4. Produce programs from concept to reality
5. Use appropriate technology effectively (software and hardware)
6. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry entry-level positions
7. Integrate principles of design and composition effectively in media works
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication or FT 145 History of Film ................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting or CO 232 Writing Non-Fiction for Electronic Media ... 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication or
FT 401 Film Thesis Production or FT 403 Television Thesis Production .............. 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 19 hours
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 19 hours
FT 146 Fundamentals of Television Production ......................................................... 3 hours
FT 300 Introduction to Video/Film Editing .................................................................. 3 hours
FT 346 Television Production ..................................................................................... 3 hours
FT 350 Production Management................................................................................ 3 hours
101
FT 360 Fiction and Dramatic Screen Writing ............................................................. 3 hours
FT 365 Fiction and Dramatic Film/TV Production ...................................................... 3 hours
FT 385 Cinematography ............................................................................................ 3 hours
FT 380 Multi-camera Television Studio Directing ....................................................... 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
Elective Options for Film & Television Production
AR 235 Photoshop/Digital Design Imaging ................................................................ 3 hours
AR 241 Digital Photography ....................................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 410 Broadcast Advertising .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 403 Internship in Communication ........................................................................ 3 hours
FT 401 Film Thesis Production .................................................................................. 3 hours
FT 403 Television Thesis Production ......................................................................... 3 hours
EN 355 Creative Drama ............................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 370 Literature of Film ........................................................................................... 3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................... 53-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................0-3 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................... 120-121 hours
General Education Requirements:
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Concentration: Print/Digital Media
Students who complete the concentration in Print/Digital Media will be profi
cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Write news effectively for multiple journalistic platforms
2. Use established processed to produce news - research, interviews, live coverage
3. Incorporate Associated Press style
4. Analyze print and visual content
5. Use appropriate technology for composition, design (hardware and software)
6. Use appropriate newsroom/editorial technology (hardware and software)
7. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry entry-level positions
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 19 hours
CO 211 Media Writing ................................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 310 Advanced Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 435 Editing ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
102
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 6 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 43 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Humanities & Fine Arts
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Elective Options for Print/Digital Media:
AR 341 Advanced Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 431 Photojournalism ............................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 242 Mass Communication and Society ............................................................... 3 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 330 Communication Theory................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations........................................................................... 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................. 1-3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication .............................................................................. 3 hours
EN 341 Professional Writing ...................................................................................... 3 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................56-60 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................4-8 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 128 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Visual Media
Visual Media is a wide-ranging eld encompassing written word, imaging, and creative design.
The Bachelor of Arts in Visual Media prepares students for exciting careers in graphic design,
photography, and photojournalism. Teaching methodologies include artistic and graphic theory,
hands on assignments, and practical experiences.
Concentration: Graphic Design
Students who complete the concentration in Graphic Design will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2.
Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Show effective use of typography as related to graphic design
5. Produce compelling print and digital media using computer layout programs
6. Illustrate through production, effective media layouts
103
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum or AR 403 Internship .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ............................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Art/Photography ............................................................... 1 hour
AR 498 Gallery Presentation ..................................................................................... 1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 17 hours
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 17 hours
AR 102 Basic Design II .............................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 121 Fundamentals of Painting ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 201 Color Theory ................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 231 Typography ................................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 235 PhotoShop for Graphic Design ..................................................................... 3 hours
AR 311 Advanced Drawing ........................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media ..................................................................... 3 hours
AR 332 Graphic Design for Web Media ..................................................................... 3 hours
AR 433 Graphic Design for Media III ......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 434 Package Design ............................................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Electives (must be upper division ....................................................... 3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................... 56 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................53-54 hours
Minor required ........................................................................................................ 18 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 127 hours
Elective Options for Graphic Design”
PJ 386 Editorial Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media ........................................................................ 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration: Photography
Students who complete the concentration in Photograp
hy will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Exhibit application of studio photography techniques
5. Develop original creative image productions
6 Use image-fi lling software effectively
104
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum or AR 403 Internship .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ............................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Art/Photography ............................................................... 1 hour
AR 498 Gallery Presentation ..................................................................................... 1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 17 hours
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 17 hours
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography .......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 242 Fundamentals of Film Photography .............................................................. 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 262 History of Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography I ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 342 Advanced Photography II .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography ..................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 441 Advanced Photography III ............................................................................. 3 hours
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism ............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 385 Travel Photography/Writing ........................................................................... 3 hours
Concentration Electives (must be upper division) ...................................................... 6 hours
Total ............................................................................................................................... 56 hours
Elective Options for Photography:”
PJ 386 Editorial Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media ........................................................................ 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following
Humanities and Fine Arts
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
General Education ................................................................................................... 47 hours
Foreign Language Requirement ................................................................................ 6 hours
Minor required ........................................................................................................ 18 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 127 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
105
Concentration:
PhotoJournalism
Students who complete the concentration in PhotoJournalism will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Write correctly and clearly in forms and styles appropriate for the photojournalistic professions,
audiences and purposes they serve
5. Use photographs to communicate in different media
6 Apply a variety of media including photographs, video, and text to create multimedia packages
conveying stories to a general audience
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum or AR 403 Internship .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ............................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Art/Photography ............................................................... 1 hour
AR 498 Gallery Presentation ..................................................................................... 1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 17 hours
Concentration Requirements:
Core Requirements .................................................................................................. 17 hours
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography .......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 242 Fundamentals of Film Photography .............................................................. 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 262 History of Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism ............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 384 Introduction to Photojournalism ..................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 385 Travel Photography/Writing............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 386 Editorial Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media ........................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Elective (must be upper division) ........................................................ 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 56 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Humanities & Fine Arts:
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111-EN 112 Freshman Composition and CO
201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
106
Elective Options for PhotoJournalism:
AR 342 Advanced Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography ..................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 53 hours
Minor required .......................................................................................................... 18 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 127 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Associate of Science in Visual Media
Concentration: Graphic Design
This two-year program is designed to prepare students to make rapid application of their
skills.
The students concentrate on creating posters, banners, murals, and other publicity-type
productions. Designs and layouts for books, magazines, advertisements, and other printed
materials are studied in a practical manner to produce camera-ready art for printing.
Students who complete the concentration in Graphic Design will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Show effective use of typography in graphic design layouts
3. Illustrate through production designs effective media layouts
4. Develop a professional body of work
Major Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design 2D ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 102 Basic Design 3D ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing or AR 121 Fundaments of Painting ................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 231 Typography .................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 235 Photoshop/Digital Design Imaging ............................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Digital Photography ...................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media I .................................................................. 3 hours
AR 434 Package Design ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR Electives (must be upper division) ...................................................................... 6 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 33 hours
General Education ............................................................................................. 31-33 hours
Total required for degree ............................................................................................. 64 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Humanities and Fine Arts
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................ 3 hours
107
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Concentration: Photography
This two-year program provides theory and practical experience with analog and digital
cameras as well as professional light equipment that will prepare the individual to begin a rewarding
career in the many facets of photography.
Students who complete the concentration in Photography will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2.
Show effective use of typography in graphic design layouts
3. Illustrate through production designs effective media layouts
4. Develop a professional body of work
Major Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design 2D ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ....................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography .......................................................... 3 hours
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography ......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography .......................................................... 3 hours
AR 262 History of Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography ................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR Electives (must be upper division) ...................................................................... 6 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 33 hours
General Education ............................................................................................. 31-33 hours
Total required for degree ............................................................................................ 64 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Humanities and Fine Arts
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................ 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
108
Minor in Art
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 111 Fund. of Drawing or AR 121 Fund. of Painting ............................................. 3 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic design ........................................................ 3 hours
AR 241 Digital Photography ...................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 311 Advanced Drawing, AR 321 Advanced Painting, or
AR 341 Advanced Photography ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR Electives (must be upper division) ...................................................................... 6 hours
Total .................................................................................................................... 21 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Humanities and Fine Arts
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................ 3 hours
Elective Options for AS degrees and Minor in Art:
AR 312 Advanced Drawing ....................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 235 Photoshop ................................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 342 Advanced Photography ................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 374 Studio Photography ...................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum in Art/Photography ....................................................................... 3 hours
AR 403 Internship in Art/Photography ....................................................................... 3 hours
AR 431 Photojournalism ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study .............................................................1-3 hours
Minor in Communication
CO 231 Beginning Reporting .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ...................................................................... 3 hours
CO 421 Persuasion ................................................................................................... 3 hours
Electives (in one concentration; at least 9 upper division) ...................................... 12 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 21 hours
Minor in Communication Media
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication .......................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting .................................................................................... 3 hours
Electives (in one concentration; at least 9 hours upper division) ............................ 12 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 21 hours
109
Minor in Visual Media
AR 101 Basic Design 2D ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography .......................................................... 3 hours
Elective (9 hours must be upper division) ............................................................... 12 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 21 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................... 31-33 hours
Total required for degree ............................................................................................. 64 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Elective Options:
AR 341 Advanced Photography I .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 311 Advanced Drawing I ..................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 332 Graphic Design for Web Media .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 434 Package Design ........................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism ........................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 385 Travel Photography/Writing ........................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 386 Editorial Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
110
Department of English and Foreign Languages
Professors:
Derek Bowe, Ph.D.
Ramona L. Hyman, Ph.D., (Chair)
Associate Professors:
Chandra T. Mountain, Ph.D.
Benson Prigg, Ph.D.
Kayla Ward, Ed.D.
Eva Wheeler, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Karen Tucker, M.S., M.Ed.
Joshua Williams, M.A.
Majors Offered: English (B.A.)
Concentrations: Literature; Professional Writing; Teaching
English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL)
English Language Arts Education (B.S.)
Spanish (B.A.)
Minors Offered: English
Spanish
Arabic**
French**
German**
Italian**
Portuguese**
NOTE: ** these minors can only be obtained through an Adventist Colleges Abroad year-
long program
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of English and Foreign Languages is to provide students
with
varied opportunities to enhance oral and written communication and critical thinking skills
through the study of language and literatures within various contexts in preparation for careers
and further study. The Department achieves this purpose through the study and practice of
literature, professional writing, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL), and
foreign languages. The Department supports the mission of the University by using the Bible as
a foundational text for thinking through issues in language and literary studies.
Introduction
Two distinct goals emerge from the Department of English and Foreign Languages’ purpose,
one that is related to the University’s General Education program and the other that focuses on
the development of the student major.
111
A. General Education
The Department provides a major component of the University’s liberal arts curriculum through
general
education offerings in writing, literature, and foreign languages. The Department also
provides remediation through courses in reading, writing, and English as a second language.
B. Majors
The English program meets the needs of students who desire a strong liberal arts founda-
tion and writing skills by offering the traditional English major concentration in literature as well
as concentrations in professional writing and Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages
(TESOL). Graduates in English pursue advanced studies in English and related elds, as well
as law, medicine, and other careers.
The Spanish language program offers students the opportunity to gain the cultural and
linguistic profi ciency that will enable them to understand and explore, in-depth, different aspects
of the Hispanic culture and the Spanish language. The content and experiences in the required
courses will help prepare students to use Spanish in professional contexts by focusing on Culture,
Film, Linguistics, Literature and Translation. Study abroad opportunities, in conjunction with
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA), are interwoven into the fabric of the curriculum to increase
students’ uency and profi ciency, their awareness and sensitivity of the social dynamics surround-
ing language, and their relevance when placed in various academic, social, political, professional,
and religious contexts of the Spanish-speaking world.
High School Preparation
Students wishing to major in English or Spanish sho
uld follow the college preparatory program
in high school. Students should endeavor to read widely and learn to express themselves clearly
and appropriately in speech and writing.
Exit Examinations
All students must complete a capstone experience: Majors in English produce a senior thesis
or project; Spanish majors participate in the ACA program for one year and produce a senior
thesis; language arts majors complete the Praxis examination and teaching practicum.
Career Opportunities
By the end of their tenure, students majoring in En
glish and foreign languages will be qualifi ed
to pursue a number of interesting, challenging and rewarding professions, such as teaching,
translation, interpretation, diplomacy, law, creative and/or technical writing, publishing, public
relations, communications, advertising, banking, retailing, or business- and industry-related
activities. Moreover, English and foreign languages majors are also poised to consider graduate
school options in such areas as literature, linguistics, rhetoric, language studies, cultural studies,
law, speech pathology, medicine, business, and education.
112
Bachelor of Arts in English
The Bachelor of Arts in English is intended to meet the needs of students desiring a strong
liberal arts background or of students planning to enter graduate or professional school or the
work force.
The Department’s curriculum for the English major is designed so that students:
Literature:
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2.
Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Critique texts from diverse literary traditions
6. Demonstrate skills in close reading, critical thinking, analysis, and evaluation of a variety of
texts
Professional Writing:
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2. Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Analyze writer’s processes and techniques
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL):
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2. Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Evaluate language learners’ English profi ciency levels
6. Use explicit knowledge of language as an integrative system
*All majors must take the required core courses and choose a concentration of courses listed
below:
English Core Curriculum:
EN 201 World Literature............................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 213 British Literature ............................................................................................ 3 hours
EN 303 Survey of American Literature ....................................................................... 3 hours
EN 304 Advanced Composition ................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 313 African American Literature ........................................................................... 3 hours
EN 412 Linguistics or EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar .................................... 3 hours
EN 470 Senior Seminar in English .............................................................................1 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 19 hours
113
Concentration:
Literature
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 205 Genre Studies .............................................................................................3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .........................................................................................3 hours
EN 311 Theory and Practice in Literacy Criticism ....................................................3 hours
EN 325 U.S. Ethnic Literatures ................................................................................3 hours
EN 431 Shakespeare ..............................................................................................3 hours
EN upper division electives .................................................................................. 3-9 hours
Total ................................................................................................................ 20-26 hours
Concentration: Professional Writing
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 220 Writers at Work ............................................................................................3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .........................................................................................3 hours
Select one Special Topics* from: EN 330 Poetry, EN 331 Fiction,
EN 332 Creative Non-fi ction, EN 333 Playwriting or
EN 334 Technical Writing ....................................................................................3 hours
EN 341 Professional Writing ....................................................................................3 hours
EN 351 Creative Writing ...........................................................................................3 hours
EN 401 Writing Studies ............................................................................................3 hours
EN 460 Writing for Publication .................................................................................3 hours
EN upper division elective ........................................................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................26 hours
*Students are required to select one course from the Special Topics series, but may elect no more
than two courses from series. Student may not take the same course for credit more than once.
Concentration: TESOL
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 214 TESOL: Theory and Culture ........................................................................3 hours
EN 215 TESOL: Practices and Materials .................................................................3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .........................................................................................3 hours
EN 413 Descriptive Grammar ..................................................................................3 hours
EN 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
EN upper division electives ......................................................................................6 hours
ED 370 Educational Tests and Measurements ........................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................26 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................53-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives ............................................................................................................ 4 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 120 hours
General Education requirements: Majors and Minors must earn a minimum grade of C in
college composition and all English and Language related courses.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
114
Bachelor of Science in English Language Arts Education
The English Language Arts Education program is accredited by the Council for the Accredita-
tion
of Educator Preparation (CAEP). The program qualifi es persons to teach secondary school
English or language arts. After graduation, students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certifi cate:
English Language Arts, grades 7-12; and SDA Basic Teaching Certifi cate: English Language
Arts, grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline. Program
Advisor: English Department Chair.
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
T
he Spanish major offers students an opportunity to gain the cultural and linguistic profi ciency
that will enable them to understand and explore in depth different aspects of the Hispanic culture
and the Spanish language. The content and experiences in the required courses will help prepare
students to use Spanish in professional contexts focusing on culture, lm, linguistics, literature, and
translation. Study abroad opportunities are interwoven into the fabric of the curriculum to increase
Spanish uency, profi ciency, awareness and sensitivity of the social dynamics surrounding
language, and their relevance when placed in various academic, social, political, professional,
and religious contexts of the Spanish-speaking world.
Students who intend to use ACA classes to major or minor in Spanish must be advised by
the program director or department chair before registering for classes.
Students who complete the B.A. in Spanish will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Communicate thoughts, ideas, and opinions orally in the target language as described
by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) Profi ciency
Guidelines
2. Communicate thoughts, ideas, and opinions in writing in the target language as described
by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) Profi ciency
Guidelines
3. Interact within diverse social and cultural contexts in the target-language-speaking world
4. Demonstrate an understanding of complex questions and answers in the target language,
refl ecting multiple perspectives
5. Contextualize and explain the signifi cance of a representative selection of fi gures, texts,
and tendencies in the literature and other cultural productions of the target language-
speaking world
6. Analyze a text in the target language using research techniques
Major Requirements: One Year Study Abroad
SP 201-202** Intermediate Spanish ......................................................................... 6 hours
SP Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 41 qtr. hrs.) ........................................... 27 hours
SP 455*** Survey of Spanish Literature or
SP 456*** Survey of Spanish-American Literature .............................................. 3 hours
SP 457*** Advanced Composition and Conversation ............................................... 3 hours
SP 470*** Seminar .................................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 42 hours
115
General Education
..............................................................................................50-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .......................................................................................................3-10 hours
Total required for degree ......................................................................................... 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
**Students majoring or minoring in Spanish are required to take two intermediate courses before
enrolling in an ACA school. Otherwise, they must take 33 hours (50 quarter hours) of electives
instead of 27 hours (41 quarter hours) at the ACA campus.
***To be completed upon return from ACA campus
NOTE: .667 quarter hours = 1 semester hour
Major Requirements: One Spring Semester Study Abroad
SP 201-202** Intermediate Spanish ......................................................................... 6 hours
SP 243 Spanish Grammar and composition ............................................................. 3 hours
SP 250 Intro to Spanish Phonetics and Phonology .................................................. 3 hours
SP 267 Hispanic Cultures, Film, and Media .............................................................. 3 hours
SP Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hrs.) ........................................... 18 hours
SP 455*** Survey of Spanish Literature or
SP 456*** Survey of Spanish-American Literature .............................................. 3 hours
SP 457*** Advanced Composition and Conversation ............................................... 3 hours
Spanish Electives*** .................................................................................................. 6 hours
SP 470*** Seminar .................................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 48 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................50-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives ...................................................................................................................0-4
Total required for degree .................................................................................. 120-123 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
**Students majoring or minoring in Spanish are required to take two intermediate courses before
enrolling in an ACA school. Otherwise, they must take 24 hours (36 quarter hours) of electives
instead of 18 hours (27 quarter hours) at the ACA campus.
***To be completed upon return from ACA campus
NOTE: .667 quarter hours = 1 semester hour
Minor in English
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................. 2 hours
EN upper division electives from Literature or Professional Writing curriculum ........ 9 hours
EN upper division electives (not previously taken) .................................................... 9 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 20 hours
116
Minor in English (TESOL emphasis)
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................. 2 hours
EN 214 TESOL: Theory and Culture ......................................................................... 3 hours
EN 215 TESOL: Practices and Materials .................................................................. 3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .......................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 413 Descriptive Grammar ................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
ED 370 Tests and Measurements ............................................................................. 3 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 20 hours
Minor in Spanish
SP 201-202** Intermediate Spanish ......................................................................... 6 hours
SP Electives (Offered at ACA campus - 13.5 quarter hours) ..................................... 9 hours
SP 470 *** Seminar in Spanish Linguistics .............................................................. 3 hours
SP 457*** Advanced Composition and Conversation ............................................... 3 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 21 hours
**Students majoring or minoring in Spanish are required to take two intermediate courses before
enrolling in an ACA school. Otherwise, they must take 15 hours (22.5 quarter hours) of electives
instead of 9 hours (13.5 quarter hours) at the ACA campus.
***To be completed upon return from ACA campus
NOTE: .667 quarter hours = 1 semester hour
Minor in Arabic
One Year Study Abroad Option
ARB Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in French
One Year Study Abroad Option
FR Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in German
One Year Study Abroad Option
GRM Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in Italian
One Year Study Abroad Option
ITL Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in Portuguese
One Year Study Abroad Option
POR Electives (Offered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
117
Adventist Colleges Abroad
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA is a consortium of Seventh-day Adventist colleges and
university in North America under the auspices of the Offi ce of Education of the North American
Division of Seventh-day Adventists located in Columbia, Maryland. The ACA consortium
provides qualifi ed undergraduate students opportunities to study in other countries such as
Argentina, Austria, Brazil, England, France, Italy, Lebanon, and Spain while completing the
requirements of their programs at their home colleges. Studying abroad allows students to be
immersed in the culture and life of another country while becoming conversant in its language.
Students can minor in a foreign language through one of the ACA programs. Through such
experiences students also may gain an appreciation of, and perhaps an inspiration for, mission
or other multicultural services. For more information on ACA programs, see the Department
of English and Foreign Languages and the ACA website: https://www.acastudyabroad.com.
118
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
Professors:
A. John Osei, Ph.D.
Darayas Patel, Ph.D.
Associate Professors:
Lisa James, Ph.D. (Chair)
Shushannah Smith, M.S.
Tara Young, Ed.D.
Assistant Professors:
Joseph Jeries, M.S.
Jea Joseph, M.S.
Professor Emeritus:
John Blake, Ed.D.
Majors: Applied Mathematics ( B.S.)
Concentrations: Quantitative Science, Mathematical Techniques,
Engineering
Computer Networks (B.A.)
Computer Science (B.S.)
Information Technology (B.S.-LEAP/Adult Education)
Mathematics (B.A. and B.S.)
Mathematics Education (B.S.)
Minors: Computer Science
Mathematics
Physics
Affi liated Program: Engineering (B.S.)
Purpose
The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
seeks to provide students with
experiences that will assist them in defi ning their life and career objectives. Course offerings,
advising, and day-to-day contact with faculty and other students contribute to this goal. The courses
provide the necessary background to allow students to pursue graduate work, teach secondary
school, obtain employment in government and industry, and acquire mathematical tools for use in
the physical, social, life, and management sciences. The Department also functions as a service
unit for the entire University, teaching such mathematics courses as other departments deem
necessary for their programs. In addition to the students’ academic development, the Department
provides an intellectual environment for fostering personal development, interpersonal skills, and
self-understanding. These goals refl ect the Department’s philosophy that our primary reason for
being is to foster the intellectual growth and development of the students.
High School Preparation
Potential mathematics majors should follow the college preparatory program in high school.
119
Students should take as many mathematics courses as possible to acquire the knowledge and
skills in algebra, geometry, and trigonometry needed for college calculus.
Application for Admission
To be admitted as a major in the Department of Math
ematics and Computer Science, students
must have completed as least 32 hours of course work, including EN 112 Freshman Composi-
tion. Students must also have completed MA 171-172 Calculus if a mathematics major, or CM
210-220 if a computer science major. Applicants must have an overall minimum GPA of 2.00
and a minimum GPA of 2.25 in mathematics or computer science. Application forms must be
obtained from and returned to the department.
Exit Examination
Majors in the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science are required to pass an
exit
examination with a minimum passing grade of C. The exit examination is administered
during both the fall and spring semesters. See the exit examination policy and procedures in the
departmental curriculum guide.
Career Opportunities
Since mathematical scientists use mathematics to solve real-world problems, a degree in
mathematics and computer science prepares a student for a variety of positions in business,
government, industry, and education (teaching K-12). The types of exciting and rewarding careers
available include actuary, cryptologist, computer programmer, computer systems analyst, informa-
tion scientist, mathematician, numerical analyst, operations research analyst, and statistician.
Dual Degree Program in Applied Mathematics/ Engineering
This is a cooperative dual degree program in which most students complete the rst 96 or
more hours at Oakwood University (OU) and 60 or more hours at the University of Alabama in
Huntsville (UAH). Following the successful completion of all program requirements, the student
will be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Mathematics with a concentration
in Engineering from Oakwood University. The student will also receive the Bachelor of Science
degree in Engineering from UAH in one of the following areas: aerospace engineering, civil
engineering, computer engineering, electrical engineering, industrial and systems engineering,
mechanical engineering, or optical engineering.
Admission Requirements for the Dual Degree Program
Admission to Oakwood University does not guarantee admission to the dual degree program. A
separate
application to the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science is necessary to
gain admittance into the dual degree program and should be submitted after all the admission
requirement below have been met.
1. University cumulative GPA of 3.00 or above on a 4.00 scale
2. Earn a grade of B or better in MA 171 Calculus I and EG 201 Introduction to Engineering
(formerly EG 111). Note: EG 201 is a prerequisite course for admission into the dual degree
program. The dual degree program begins with EG 212 Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD
(formerly EG 112 Engineering Graphics)
120
3. Students having two failures (C- or less) in the hard sciences (biology, chemistry, physics),
mathematics,
or engineering courses will lose admittance in the dual degree program and
will be placed in the B.S. in Applied Mathematics 4-year program
Dual Degree Applied Mathematics/Engineering Requirements:
B.S. Applied Mathematics: Engineering ........................................................ 120-125 hours
UAH requirements ............................................. Completion of B.S. degree in Engineering
Total for degrees ...................................................................................................... See Advisor
Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics
This program is designed to prepare students for employment in the private sector or in
government agencies requiring high-level quantitative skills and the ability to think critically and
locally. It also provides the background required to enter graduate school in mathematics or re-
lated areas.
Students who complete the B.S. in Applied Mathematics will be profi
cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how a mathematical concept reveals a biblical principle(s) or attribute of God
2. Integrate technological tools to solve applied mathematics problems
3. Demonstrate quantitative skills through the application of mathematics
4. Demonstrate experimental skills through the application of scientifi c principles
Applied Mathematics Core Requirements:
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
MA 172, 271 Calculus II & III .....................................................................................8 hours
MA 221 Introductory Statistics ..................................................................................3 hours
MA 305 Applied Mathematics or
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics ..........................................................3 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra ..............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Differential Equations ...................................................................................3 hours
MA 312 Numerical Analysis ......................................................................................3 hours
MA 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
PH 121-122 General Physics (calculus based) ........................................................8 hours
BI 131 & BI 131L General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................4 hours
CH 142 General Chemistry and Lab .........................................................................4 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................45 hours
Major Requirement
Applied Mathematics Core ......................................................................................45 hours
Concentration (Choose one from: Mathematical Techniques, Quantitative Science, Com-
puter Science or Engineering) ................................................................................. 21-24 hours
Total hours ............................................................................................................ 66-69 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-53 hours
Electives (3 hrs must be upper division) ............................................................... 0-7 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................. 120-125 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health and Wellness (no grade below C)
RG 390 Ethics in the Professions (W) ......................................................................3 hours
121
Technology (no grade below C)
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
Science & Mathematics (no grade below C)
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory ..............................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I .....................................................................................................4 hours
E
ach course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
Concentration: Quantitative Science
Students who complete the concentration in Quantitative Science will be profi cient in the fol-
lowing student learning outcomes:
1. Apply mathematical analysis to solve a broad range of quantitative science problems
2. Apply mathematical models to real-world phenomena
Concentration Requirements:
Choose two tracks ............................................................................................ 18-21 hours
Upper Division Electives (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ............................................6 hours
Total hours ............................................................................................................ 24-27 hours
Track: Actuarial Science
MA 321 Probability & Statistics .................................................................................3 hours
MA 322 Probability & Statistics II ..............................................................................3 hours
Upper Division Elective (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ..............................................3 hours
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Biology
BI 132 & BI 132L General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................4 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ...................................................................................2 hours
Upper Division Elective (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ..............................................3 hours
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Chemistry
CH 311-CH 312 Organic Chemistry and Lab ............................................................8 hours
Upper Division Elective (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ............................................. 1 hour
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Computer Science
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ...............................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
Upper Division Elective (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ..............................................3 hours
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Engineering
EG 201 Intro to Engineering .....................................................................................2 hours
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD .........................................................3 hours
EG 312 Engineering Graphics II with AutoCAD ........................................................3 hours
EG 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................12 hours
122
Concentration: Mathematical Techniques
Students who complete the concentration in Mathematical Techniques will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Apply mathematical analysis to solve a broad range of mathematical problems
2. Explain the fundamental concepts involved in the analysis of change
3. Develop quantitative skills through the application of mathematics
4. Construct logical mathematical proofs
Concentration Requirements:
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 401 Advanced Calculus ......................................................................................3 hours
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra ....................................................................3 hours
MA 419 Real Analysis ...............................................................................................3 hours
Upper Division Elective (MA or PH) ..........................................................................6 hours
Elective (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ......................................................................3 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................21 hours
Concentration: Engineering
Students who complete the concentration in Engineering will be profi cient in the following stu-
dent learning outcomes:
1. Apply mathematical analysis to solve a broad range of engineering problems
2. Design a system which meets real-world constraints such as economics, environment
manufacturability, and sustainability
Concentration Requirements
EG 201 Intro to Engineering .....................................................................................2 hours
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD .........................................................3 hours
EG 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics ..............................................................................3 hours
Upper Division Electives (EG courses only) ...........................................................13 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................24 hours
Bachelor of Arts in Computer Networks
This curriculum is appropriate for students planning a career in industry in the computer
networking fi eld. It provides computer networks majors with a broad based knowledge in areas
such as computer programming, algorithm design and analysis, computer architecture, and
computer networks. The courses provide a deep knowledge in various computer topics and
especially in the eld of computer networks. Students who successfully complete the program
will be ready for industry jobs in computer networks fi elds as a network engineer.
Students who complete the B.A. in Computer Networks will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1.
Explain how a mathematical concept reveals a Biblical principle(s) or attribute of God which
will allow students to view the fi eld of Computer Networks through the lens of the Bible
2. Write a C++ program to implement a complex algorithm using Objected Oriented concepts
123
3. Design and implement computer networks and protocols such as LANs, WANs, VLANs, RIP,
and OSPF
4.
Simulate the components of a CPU (e.g. Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Register Bank, Control
Unit, or Program Counter)
Major Requirements:
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ...............................................................................3 hours
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture .............................................................3 hours
CM 352 Operating Systems I ....................................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM 370 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming in Java ................................3 hours
CM 381 Computer Networks .....................................................................................3 hours
CM 401 Discrete Structures ......................................................................................3 hours
CM 402 Design and Analysis of Algorithms ..............................................................3 hours
CM 480 Selected Topics ...........................................................................................3 hours
CM 481 Advanced Computer Networking .................................................................3 hours
CM 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
MA elective (MA 171 or above) or IS elective (IS 3 25, IS 415, or IS 425) ...............3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................39 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 53-59 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 1-10 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
Science & Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 121 Precalculus Algebra (or higher) ........................................................... 3 or 4 hours
E
ach course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
This curriculum is appropriate for students planning a career in industry or graduate study
in computer science. It provides computer science majors with a broad based knowledge in
areas such as computer programming, algorithm design and analysis, computer architecture,
and computer networks. The program includes adequate courses from mathematics to provide
the quantitative tools required for problem solving in computer science.
Students who complete the B.S. in Computer Science will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how a mathematical concept reveals a Biblical principle(s) or attribute of God which
will allow students to view the fi eld of Computer Science through the lens of the Bible
2. Write a C++ program to implement a complex algorithm using Objected Oriented concepts
124
3. Convert mathematical concepts into computer data structures
3.
Simulate the components of a CPU (e.g. Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Register Bank, Control
Unit, or Program Counter)
Major Requirements:
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ...............................................................................3 hours
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture .............................................................3 hours
CM 352 Operating Systems I ....................................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM 401 Discrete Structures ......................................................................................3 hours
CM 402 Design and Analysis of Algorithms ..............................................................3 hours
CM 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
Select three courses from:
CM 370 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming in Java,
CM 381 Computer Networks,
CM 480 Selected Topics in Computer Science,
CM 481 Advanced Computer Networking, or
CM 491 Research and Independent Study ........................................................ 9 hours
MA 172-271 Calculus ................................................................................................8 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra ..............................................................................................3 hours
MA 312 Numerical Analysis ....................................................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics ..............................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................50 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-53 hours
Free Electives ................................................................................................... 17-23 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus I .....................................................................................................4 hours
Technology (no grade below C)
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelors of Science in Mathematics
The following core courses are required for all B.A. and B.S. in Mathematics:
Mathematics Core Curriculum:
MA 172-271 Calculus II, III ........................................................................................8 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra .............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Differential Equations ...................................................................................3 hours
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics ..............................................................................3 hours
MA 401 Advanced Calculus ..................................................................................... 3 hours
125
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra ....................................................................3 hours
MA 419 Introduction to Real Analysis .......................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................32 hours
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
The B.A. in Mathematics program is designed to prepare students for employment by the
private sector or by government agencies requiring high-level quantitative skills and the ability
to think critically and locally. It provides the background required to enter graduate school in
mathematics or related areas. This program differs from the B.S. in Mathematics program in
that the student pursuing a B.A. in Mathematics degree (1) is required to select a minor course of
study offered at the university, and (2) may take fewer hours of mathematics or science courses
than the B.S. requires.
Students who complete the B.A. in Mathematics will be profi
cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how mathematical concepts reveal Biblical principles
2. Demonstrate profi ciency in communicating mathematical concepts
3. Construct induction, equality, and implication proofs
4. Perform high-level mathematical computations
5. Develop mathematical models of real-world phenomena
Major Requirements:
Mathematics Core ...................................................................................................32 hours
MA upper division electives (only 3 hours from the MA 490-491 sequence) ............9 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................41 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 53-59 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free electives ........................................................................................................ 0-8 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................ 120-121 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C):
M
A 171 Calculus I .....................................................................................................4 hours
PH 103 General Physics or CH 141 General Chemistry and Lab .................... 3 or 4 hours
Technology (no grade below C):
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
126
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
This program is designed to prepare students for graduate school in Mathematics or a career
in mathematical research. The program requires students to complete a variety of courses that will
give them the foundation needed to be successful in any graduate program in mathematics. This
program differs from the B.A. in Mathematics in that the student pursuing a B.S. in Mathematics
degree (1) is not required to select a minor course of study, and (2) is required to take more hours
of mathematics and science courses than the B.A. requires.
Students who complete the B.S.
in Mathematics will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how mathematical concepts reveal Biblical principles
2. Explain the fundamental concepts involved in the analysis of change (e.g. limits, differentiation)
3. Perform high-level mathematical computations
4. Construct induction, equality, and implication proofs
Major Requirements:
Mathematics Core ...................................................................................................32 hours
MA upper division electives .....................................................................................18 hours
PH 121-122 General Physics I & II with Calculus and Labs .....................................8 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................58 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-53 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 9-15 hours
Total required for degree ........................................................................................120 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C):
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory or
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I .................................................................................................... 4 hours
Technology (no grade below C)
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation
(CAEP). The program qualifi es a person to teach secondary school mathematics. After gradu-
ation, students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certifi cate: Mathematics, grades 7-12; and
the SDA Basic Teaching Certifi cate: Mathematics, grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline.
127
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
This degree program is designed specifi cally for the adult learner and offered in a non-
traditional format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the
program outline and description of courses.
Minor in Computer Science
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ .....................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structure with C++ ............................................3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ..............................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM electives (upper division) .................................................................................. 6 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Minor in Mathematics
MA 171-172, 271 Calculus (may need MA 121-122 or MA 123 fi rst) ......................12 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra .............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Differential Equations ...................................................................................3 hours
MA elective (upper division) ......................................................................................3 hours
Total ...................................................................................................................... 21 hours
Minor in Physics
PH 121-122 General Physics I & II with Calculus and Labs .....................................8 hours
PH 301 Theoretical Mechanics .................................................................................3 hours
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics ...............................................................3 hours
PH 311 Electricity and Magnetism ............................................................................3 hours
EG 211 Statics ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................20 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives
128
Department of Music
Professors:
Wayne Bucknor, D.M.A.
Audley Chambers, Ph.D.
Jason Ferdinand, D.M.A., (Chair)
Associate Professors:
Julie Moore Foster, D.M.A.
Sung Jun Kim, Ph.D.
Andrew Marshall, D.M.A.
Assistant Professors:
Iris Hankins-Fordjour, M.M.
Stephen Murphy, M.M.
Majors: Music (B.A.)
Concentrations: General Music, Piano, Voice, Instrument, Composition
Music Composition and Recording Arts (B.M.)
Music Education: Instrumental (B.S.)
Music Education: Choral (B.S.)
Vocal Performance and Pedagogy (B.M.)
Minor: Music
Recording Arts
Purpose
The Music Department supports the mission of the un
iversity by providing students with access
to quality music instruction, opportunities, and services. The Department prepares students for
graduate school and employment by offering curricula leading to a Bachelor of Arts in Music,
Bachelor of Science in Music Education, a Bachelor of Music in Music Composition and Recording
Arts, and a Bachelor of Music in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy. Students who are committed
to developing their musical talent for service to God and to humankind are encouraged to apply.
Application for Admission
Music majors must fulfi ll all the general admission
requirements of the University. Acceptance
to the University, however, does not guarantee admission to the Music Department as a music
major. Students who want to major or minor in music at Oakwood University will need to audition
on their instrument or voice. The Admission Audition for the music faculty can be either in person
or by audio/video tape. This audition must be accompanied by three letters of recommendation.
Students must take placement examinations.
How to Prepare for Auditions
Naturally, music study and vocal and/or instrumental practice are very important. While it is
not a requirement for admission as a music major, most students auditioning for acceptance as
music majors have had private lessons. All music majors at Oakwood, regardless of performance
area, are required to reach a basic profi ciency in piano, so piano study before attending the
129
university is useful. If a defi ciency is found in this area at the Admission Audition, the student will
be required to take the Piano Profi ciency course MU 161-164. Failure to accomplish this task
by the end of the sophomore year may prolong the time for fulfi lling the degree requirements.
Foreign language study is also helpful for all music majors; French, German or Italian is required,
for voice majors.
Music Ensemble Participation
Majors and minors must participate in a departmenta
l ensemble eight consecutive semesters
(except when student teaching or doing internship). Students may enroll in more than one
ensemble, but must remain for the entire year. Large ensembles include Aeolians, University
Choir, Wind Ensemble, and Orchestra. Small ensembles include composition, piano, chamber
ensembles, vocal, string and instrumental.
Recital Requirements
Every student majoring in music is required to enroll in and successfully complete a recital
class
every semester of residence. Graded on a pass/fail basis, this course receives zero (0)
hours credit. A passing grade is based on the attendance of seven approved recitals, forums, or
master classes per semester. This requirement is prorated for part-time students according to
hour load. The requirements for transfer students are determined on an individual basis by the
department chairperson.
Examinations
Placement. All entering students into the music department are required to take written and
aural placement examinations in music theory, piano profi ciency, and in the applied area. The
results of these exams are used to place students in classes appropriate to their level of ability.
To obtain Freshman standing as a music major, the student must qualify for MU 211, Theory I
and MU 165, applied area.
Piano Profi ciency. All music majors must demonstrate keyboard profi ciency by passing a piano
profi ciency examination. Students who fail the exam will be required to take piano profi ciency
courses until the exam can be passed. This must be completed by the sophomore year. Keyboard
profi ciency includes the ability to play hymns, scales, triads, several moderately easy compositions
and accompaniments, and harmonize simple folk melodies.
Solo Recital. Solo recitals are required for junior and senior music majors and minors. Individual
instruction is required and must be preceded by a pre-recital four weeks prior to the recital date.
Exit Examinations. All majors in the Music Department are required to take a written exit
examination, administered during the fall and spring semesters of the student’s senior year, and
pass with the minimum score of 70 percent.
Career Opportunities
Study in the eld of music offers a general creati
ve education as well as skills in communication
and analysis that are essential in most careers. Some students pursue careers closely related
to music, such as performers, educators, songwriters, church musicians, conductors, arrangers,
composers, musicologists and music business attorneys. Others choose to work behind the
scenes, or in the business area of music in careers such as producers, engineers, managers,
agents, and in publishing and sales. Many careers do not require a specifi c major but rather a
130
wide range of demonstrated skills and accomplishments. Thus, some graduates pursue careers
in elds quite unrelated to music. Regardless of your career choices, increasing your marketability
to employers through internships, responsible work experience, good grades, and involvement in
university activities is important. A bachelor’s degree is suffi cient for many entry-level positions,
but for advancement in an area of specialization, an advanced degree may be required.
Bachelors Degrees
The following core courses are required of all music students as part of their major.
NOTE: Timely progression in the music core is contingent upon the passing of all aspects of
one’s entrance audition. To eliminate conditional music admission, we strongly recommend early
(pre-college) piano and instrumental studies especially for prospective Music Teacher Education
majors. Such studies should include sight reading, sight singing, sight playing, and accompanying.
Early serious study minimizes one’s conditional music acceptance.
Students who complete the core requirements for the Bachelor’s degree in Music will be profi cient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the ability to perform and/or produce a varied repertoire of music
2. Demonstrate a basic profi ciency in oral skills and notation
3. Demonstrate the ability to conduct a variety of musical works
4. Demonstrate the ability to describe and evaluate musical styles and music performances
5. Compose and arrange melodies for solo and instrumental combinations using music software
such as Finale and Sibelius
6. Defi ne, describe, and identify various musical styles and literature of Western and non-Western
culture
Music Core Curriculum:
MU 090 Music Recital Class-every semester of residence ......................................0 hours
MU 165, 166, 265, 266, 365, 366, 465, 466 Individual Instruction and
Laboratory (in area of concentration) ...................................................................16 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory** ....................................................................6 hours
MU 217, 218 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation ...........................................2 hours
MU 220 Music Repertoire .........................................................................................3 hours
MU 311-312 Theory II and Laboratory*** .................................................................6 hours
MU 317, 318 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation ...........................................2 hours
MU 320, 321, 322 Music History I, II, III ....................................................................9 hours
MU 360 Conducting ..................................................................................................3 hours
MU Ensemble (MU 201, MU 202, MU 204, MU 205, MU 207) .................................8 hours
MU 499 Recital .........................................................................................................0 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................55 hours
**Must be taken concurrently with MU 217, 218
***Must be taken concurrently with MU 317, 318
Minor is not required
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
131
Bachelor of Arts in Music
This degree offers a broad-based study of music within a liberal arts curriculum. Students
interested in general music as a double major are encouraged to pursue this degree. In addition
to the core requirements, students can elect one of ve areas of concentration: general music,
piano, voice, instrument, or composition.
Students who complete the B.A. in Music will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the ability to perform standard repertoire at a required level
2. Demonstrate the ability to interpret standard repertoire with appropriate performance practice
3. Demonstrate the ability to analyze, notate, sight read, and conduct various repertoire related
to their instrument
Major Requirements:
Music Core ..............................................................................................................55 hours
Music elective (upper division) ................................................................................. 3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................58 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................53 hours
Free Electives ...........................................................................................................9 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Music in Music Composition and Recording Arts
A professional degree designed to prepare undergraduate music composition and recording
arts majors to meet the entrance requirements for graduate schools, schools of music, conser-
vatories, and professional pursuits.
Students who complete the B.M. in Music Composition and Recording Arts will be profi cient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Compose and arrange music within specifi c guidelines
2.
Analyze various musical scores and identify the contrapuntal devices that are used
3. Record and produce music with major music software and hardware
4. Demonstrate the knowledge of using microphones for live or studio recording projects
5. Score and produce music using music notation programs and virtual instruments
6. Score music for common orchestral instruments
7. Demonstrate the knowledge of the basic theory of musical acoustics
8. Demonstrate the knowledge of the applied theory of musical acoustics
Major Requirements:
Music Core Curriculum ............................................................................................ 55 hours
MU 170 Introduction to Music Technology ................................................................ 3 hours
MU 270 Music Acoustics ........................................................................................... 2 hours
MU 316 Orchestration ................................................................................................3 hours
132
MU 470 Audio Workstation I .......................................................................................3 hours
MU 471 Audio Workstation II ......................................................................................3 hours
MU 472 Virtual Instruments ........................................................................................2 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................71 hours
General Education .................................................................................................47 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total required for degree ........................................................................................121 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Music Education
Choral or Instrumental Major
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP)
and qualifi es a person to teach either vocal/choral or instrumental music. After graduation,
students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certifi cate: Vocal/Choral or instrumental music,
grades preschool-12; and the SDA Basic Teaching Certifi cate: Music, grades preschool-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for program outline. Program
advisor:
Bachelor of Music in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy
This is a professional degree and is designed to better prepare undergraduate vocal
music majors to meet the entrance requirements for graduate schools, schools of music, and
conservatories, or to teach studio voice.
Students who complete the B.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate through teaching practicum the understanding of the breath cycle, phonation,
the vocal tract, and vocal health to a party inexperienced in the art of singing
2. Demonstrate the ability to pronounce English, German, French, Italian, and Latin with correct
phonemes
3. Demonstrate knowledge of operatic literature for beginning voice students with appropriate
libretto and character study
4. Demonstrate ability of teaching private lessons though a supervised practicum
5. Demonstrate an understanding of representative composers, poets, and works, with extensive
listening and performing in class
Major Requirements:
Music Core Curriculum ...........................................................................................55 hours
MU 140 English and Italian Diction ..........................................................................3 hours
MU 141 French and German Diction .......................................................................3 hours
MU 326 Vocal Literature - Song Repertoire .............................................................2 hours
MU 340 Modern Foreign Language Reading for Musicians .....................................3 hours
MU 362 Opera Workshop I or MU 363 Opera Workshop II ......................................2 hours
MU 383 Anatomy for Singers ...................................................................................3 hours
133
MU 384 Vocal Pedagogy ..........................................................................................3 hours
T
otal ......................................................................................................................74 hours
General Education .................................................................................................50 hours
Total required for degree ........................................................................................124 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Music
MU 090 Music Recital Class ....................................................................................0 hours
MU 165-466 Individual Instruction and Laboratory
(three hours must be upper division) ...................................................................6 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory ......................................................................6 hours
MU 217, 218 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation ..........................................2 hours
MU 320 or MU 321 or MU 322 Music History .........................................................3 hours
MU 360 Conducting .................................................................................................2 hours
MU Ensemble (MU 201, MU 202, MU 204, MU 205, MU 207) ................................2 hours
MU 499 Recital .........................................................................................................0 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................21 hours
NOTE: Music fees, in addition to tuition, are assessed for certain courses (see department
course fees).
Minor in Recording Arts
MU 170 Introduction to Music Technology ...............................................................3 hours
MU 270 Music Acoustics ..........................................................................................2 hours
MU 316 Orchestration ..............................................................................................3 hours
MU 470 Audio Workstation I .....................................................................................3 hours
MU 471 Audio Workstation II ....................................................................................3 hours
MU 472 Virtual Instruments ......................................................................................2 hours
MU 165 CMP, MU 166 CMP, MU 265 CMP .............................................................6 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................22 hours
NOTE:
Music fees, in addition to tuition, are assessed for certain courses (see department
course fees).
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
134
Department of Psychological Sciences
Professor:
Howard Weems, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Colwick Wilson, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Associate Professors:
Carmen Bucknor, Ph.D.
Pamelea Cook, Ph.D.
Brandon Gamble, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Pauline Sawyers, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Martin Hodnett, Psy.D., (Chair)
Regular Part-time:
Helen Kessio, M.S.
Eva Starner, Ph.D.
Majors: Psychology (B.A. and B.S.)
Minors: Correctional Science
Psychology
Sociology
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Psychological Sciences to provide a liberal arts, un-
dergraduate
foundation with a basic understanding of the theories, principles, facts, approaches,
and methods of research in psychology. The goal of the department is to aid the student in (1)
acquiring knowledge and developing skills for entry-level professional service, (2) understanding
and embracing the scientifi c nature of the eld, (3) preparing for entry into graduate programs, (4)
receiving a Christian perspective of psychology, and (5) expanding an understanding of self and
others with an appreciation of the origin and nature of individual differences from the psychological
viewpoint.
High School Preparation
A strong academic background with emphasis on biology, computer skills, mathematics, and
social sciences will be valuable for aspiring psychology majors.
Application for
Admission
Students seeking to pursue a degree in the Department of Psychological Sciences will be
admitted upon completion of the following admission criteria:
Submission of departmental application in the fall semester of the student’s sophomore year.
Applications must be obtained from and returned to the department.
Applications must be submitted and approved by the end of the sophomore year.
A cumulative college GPA of at least 2.50. This GPA must be maintained until graduation.
135
Exit Examination
All
Psychology students are required to take an exit examination during their nal semester.
The minimum passing score is 70 percent. Students who do not achieve a passing score on their
rst attempt may apply to take the exam again after completing remediation recommended by the
department. Students must complete the second administration of the exam within one calendar
year of the rst administration during the offi cially scheduled exam time. Students who do not
successfully pass the second exam within one year will be referred to another degree program
(e.g. General Studies)
Career Opportunities
Human understanding and service constitute great needs among people today. Psychology
graduates
are entering a multiplicity of occupations including business, law, government, private
practice or mental health agency employment, and education. The bachelor’s degree in psychol-
ogy is a exible and versatile way to prepare for a career in human services and diverse lines
of work. Psychology graduates are upwardly mobile, but their advances are strongly correlated
with training beyond the bachelor’s degree.
Bachelors Degrees
Psychology Core Curriculum:
All psychology majors are required to complete the following courses as part of their program:
PY 105 Introduction to Psychology for the Major ......................................................3 hours
PY 201 Psychology of Religion .................................................................................3 hours
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology ...............................................................................2 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .....................................................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 371 Biological Psychology...................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Research I ....................................................................................................3 hours
PY 415 Research II ...................................................................................................3 hours
PY 460 Experimental Psychology .............................................................................3 hours
PY 460L Experimental Psychology Lab ................................................................... 1 hour
Total .......................................................................................................................27 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Lab (required for BS degree) ......................................4 hours
BI 101 Life Science (BA degree) ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 108 College Algebra ...........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
136
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
The
B.A. degree in Psychology offers a broad study of behavior and provides the academic
preparation required for graduate training. This degree is designed around the American Psy-
chological Association (APA) guidelines for the undergraduate psychology major.
Students who complete the B.A. in Psychology will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Apply Biblical foundations to psychological concepts and issues as it applies to ethical behavior.
2. Successfully organize research ideas based upon the scientifi c method.
3. Demonstrate acquisition of actual knowledge with regards to their own behavior, to ways of
interacting with others, and to their roles in culture and society.
4. Construct research papers based upon principles of the scientifi c method.
5. Construct portfolios refl ecting acquisition of knowledge on abnormal behavior using scientifi c
research and critical thought.
Major Requirements:
Psychology Core Curriculum ..................................................................................27 hours
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology .............................................................3 hours
Select from: PY 320 Social Psychology,
PY 319 Theories of Personality,
PY 325 Developmental Psychology, and
PY 345 Adolescent Psychology .............................................................................6 hours
PY Electives ..............................................................................................................9 hours
Total ................................................................................................................... 45 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-48 hours
Foreign Language requirement .................................................................................6 hours
Free Electives* .................................................................................................. 21-22 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
*Minor recommended [cannot be within the Psychological Sciences Department]
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 101 Life Science (BA degree) ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 108 College Algebra ...........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
137
Bachelor of Science in Psychology
T
he B.S. Psychology degree is designed around the American Psychological Association (APA)
guidelines for the undergraduate psychology major. Students will develop an understanding of
human learning, emotions, and behaviors. Learners will also develop skills in research, writing,
problem solving, and critically synthesizing and evaluating information, which are valued in a wide
range of professions beyond psychology. Successful graduates of this program are prepared to
continue their studies at the graduate level or pursue careers in a variety of elds that employ
psychological knowledge and skills, including public service, law enforcement, business, sales,
market research, health care, and social services.
Students who complete the B.S. in Psychology will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Examine the Biblical Foundations of psychology.
2.
Apply the theories and research fi ndings of the discipline to psychological phenomena.
3. Distinguish between the major perspectives of psychology.
4. Demonstrate ability to apply counseling methods.
5. Produce an original research paper involving data collection and analysis.
6. Exhibit ethical behavior in the fi eld based on spiritual principles.
Major Requirements:
Psychology Core Curriculum ..................................................................................27 hours
Select two from: PY 320 Social Psychology, PY 319 Theories of Personality,
PY 325 Developmental Psychology, or PY 345 Adolescent Psychology ...............6 hours
Select one from:
PY 331 Group Dynamics, PY 351 Organizational Psychology, or
PY 430 Psychological Testing ...............................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills or PY 423 Counseling Theories .......................................3 hours
PY 422-424 Counseling Practicum ...........................................................................4 hours
Select one from:
PY 340 Behavior Disorders in Children, PY 431 Black Psychological Perspectives, or
SO 361 Marriage and the Family ...........................................................................3 hours
PY or SO Electives..................................................................................................15 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................61 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 48-49 hours
Free electives .....................................................................................................10-11 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Lab ...............................................................................4 hours
MA 108 College Algebra ...........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives
138
Bachelor of Science in General Psychology-Adult and Continuing Education (LEAP)
This degree program is designed specifi cally for th
e adult learner and offered in a nontraditional
format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the program
outline and description of courses.
All students who select a minor from the Department of Psychological Sciences must be
advised by an advisor within the department
Minor in Correctional Science
PY 101 Principles of Psychology or
PY 105 Intro to Psychology for the Major.............................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 398 Psychology and the Law ..............................................................................3 hours
PY or SO Electives....................................................................................................6 hours
SO 398 Probation .....................................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Psychology
PY 201 Psychology of Religion .................................................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior .......................................................................................3 hours
Select from: PY 320 Social Psychology, PY 319 Theories of Personality, and
PY 331 Group Dynamics .......................................................................................6 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills or PY 423 Counseling Theories .......................................3 hours
PY Elective ..............................................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social & Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
Minor in Sociology
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
SO 231 Social Problems ...........................................................................................3 hours
SO 241 Race Relations ............................................................................................3 hours
SO Electives ............................................................................................................9 hours
PY Elective (upper division) ......................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
139
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Dean: John
Anderson, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Purpose Statement
The School of Business supports the mission of Oakwood University by promoting excellence in
p
roviding quality Christian education for business students, enabling them to meet the challenges
of the global competitive marketplace and to wholeheartedly serve God and humanity.
Departments
Business and Information Systems
Theodore Brown, Sr., Ph.D., M.B.A.
Chair
140
Department of Business and Information
Systems
Professor:
John Anderson, Ph.D., M.B.A. (Dean)
Theodore Brown, Sr., Ph.D., M.B.A. (Chair)
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D., M.B.A. (Administrator)
Prudence Pollard, Ph.D., M.P.H., SPHR (Administrator)
Associate Professors:
George Charles, D.B.A.
Habtalem Kenea, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Japheth Kessio, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Assistant Professors:
Throy Campbell, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Handel Fraser, Ed.D., M.B.A.
Vern Gohanna, M.B.A.
Shaunda Roach, M.B.A.
Monica Sudeall-Hawkins, Ed.D., M.B.A.
Majors: Accounting (B.S.)
Business Administration (B.B.A.)
Emphasis in: Health Care Administration, Human Resource Management,
Management, Marketing
Finance (B.S.)
Management Information Systems (B.S.)
Organizational Management (B.S.)
Minors: Accounting
Entrepreneurship
International Business
Management
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Business and Information Systems is to provide students
with
a quality Christian education in business and information systems, enabling them to meet
the challenges of the global competitive market.
Accreditation
Oakwood University, through its Business and Information Systems Department, is nationally
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs to offer the follow-
ing business degrees: The Bachelor of Science (B.S.), with majors in Accounting, Finance,
Management Information Systems and Organizational Management; the Bachelor of Business
Administration (B.B.A.) with concentrations in Health Care Administration, Human Resource
141
Management, Management, and Marketing.
Application for Admission
To be admitted as a major in the Department of Business and Information Systems, students
must
have completed at least 30 hours of course work including EN 112 Freshman Composition,
and have an overall minimum GPA of 2.00.
Any Business and Information Systems courses taken without prior satisfactory completion of
all catalog prerequisite courses will not be counted toward fulfi llment of graduation requirements.
Exit Examinations
All
majors in the Business and Information Systems Department are required to successfully
pass an exit examination, administered during the fall semester of the student’s senior year.
There will be a charge of $35 for the exit exam.
Students who take the departmental exit exam (Fall Semester) and do not pass must enroll
in BA 250 Business Review (Spring Semester). The ETS Exit Exam will be given as the nal
exam for BA 250. The exam will be at the expense of the department.
Internships
Every business major may choose to do an internship in his/her respective major area with
the exception of Health Care majors who are required to do a practicum as an internship and
Management and Marketing who are required to do an internship. Internships must have a
minimum of 150 hours. All Internships MUST be applied for and approved by the department
chair prior to deployment for internship. In order to receive credit/grade, students must register
for the Internship in their respective discipline.
Bachelors Degrees
Students who complete the core requirements for a Bachelor’s degree in Business will be profi cient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Create oral and written business reports
2.
Demonstrate critical thinking in business decision-making
3. Effectively collaborate in the dynamic global environment
4. Interpret fi nancial data for decision-making
5. Identify the economic forces that impact business operations
6. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles for ethical decision-making in the
business environment
The following core courses are required of all business students as part of their major.
Business Core Curriculum:
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting ......................................................................6 hours
BA 260 Business Statistics .......................................................................................3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication ............................................................................3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
BA 371 Production Management* ............................................................................3 hours
BA 375 Business Law ..............................................................................................3 hours
BA 460 Business Ethics ...........................................................................................3 hours
142
BA 495 Business Policy .......................................................................................... 3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics ....................................................................3 hours
FN 311 Principles of Finance ...................................................................................3 hours
IS 200 Management Information Systems** ............................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ...............................................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................42 hours
*Not needed by management information systems or marketing majors
**Not needed by accounting majors.
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C )
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Accounting
This degree is designed to offer an institutional program with an emphasis on the principles
a
nd concepts of accounting relating to measuring, recording, classifying, summarizing, and
interpreting nancial transactions. It prepares students for accounting careers in business,
government, not-for-profi t organizations, and graduate school.
Students who complete the B.S. in Accounting will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate and execute planning and control skills necessary for achieving accuracy and
ethical analysis and interpretations of data for the reporting of fi
nancial data
2. Master the use of fi nancial reporting systems
3. Demonstrate the transaction cycle for a business
4. Design internal controls that validate fi nancial information
5. Prepare and present fi nancial reports in accordance with GAAP
6. Demonstrate an ability to identify textual and practical examples of secular accounting
principles and theorems and their correlation to biblical principles of truth and stewardship
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................39 hours
AC 325-326 Intermediate Accounting .....................................................................6 hours
AC 341 Cost Accounting .........................................................................................3 hours
AC 350 Federal Taxation ........................................................................................ 3 hours
AC 351 Corporate Taxation .....................................................................................3 hours
AC 380 Accounting Information Systems .................................................................3 hours
AC 420 Governmental and Non-Profi t Accounting .................................................. 3 hours
AC 421 Advanced Accounting ..................................................................................3 hours
143
AC 431 Auditing ......................................................................................................3 hours
AC 432 Auditing II ....................................................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Mathematics and Science (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Business Administration
This is a professional degree, with concentrations in Health Care Administration, Management,
and Marketing.
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum ............................................................................... 39-42 hours
Concentration in Health Care Administration, Management, or Marketing* ..... 24-27 hours
Total ................................................................................................................ 63-69 hours
Health Care Administration concentration:
T
his concentration provides a broad understanding of health care management and hands-on
experience in applying learned principles. It is designed for those persons interested in a career
in health care administration. Graduates will be prepared for careers in health care organizations,
including hospitals, public agencies, health care networks, group practices, long-term care, and
managed-care settings.
Students who complete the concentration in Health Care Administration will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Critique the current U.S. Healthcare Delivery System based on its historical development,
how it operates today, who participates in the system, what legal and ethical issues arise as
a result of the system, how it is nanced, and what problems continue to plague the health
care system
2. Appraise the operational and resource responsibilities of today’s health care administrators
and the utility of products and services offered by health care organizations
3. Formulate a knowledge base of the abilities, skills, and expertise essential to managing
144
complex health organization in an environment of constant change.
4.
Critique the response of the current health care environment to the vast array of challenges
including regulatory and policy changes; medicinal and technological advancements; funding;
education; and ethical issues that plague the industry
5. Evaluate the rationale for a health care system oriented to chronic care
6. Develop a major management project that evaluates and critiques the management functions
of the health care institution or agency to which the student has been assigned for a practicum
experience, and provides recommendations for improvements in the production and provision
of care.
7. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles in relations to the role of moral and
ethical decision-making in the health care industry
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology....................................................................................3 hours
HC 325 Introduction to Health Services Administration ...........................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ....................................................3 hours
HC 340 Health Technology and Human Diseases ...................................................3 hours
HC 454 Long Term Care Administration ...................................................................3 hours
HC 495 Health Services Management Problems and Research .............................3 hours
HC 497 Practicum in Health Care Management ......................................................6 hours
IS 250 Business Application in Excel & Access .......................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ................................................................3 hours
T
otal ......................................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Human Resource Management concentration:
This concentration focuses on people as human resources in domestic and global
organizations, and examines the overall purpose in which human resources are utilized
to achieve and maximize employee performance and productivity in the organization and
workplace. Students will also learn the function of the HR department processes domestically
and globally in areas such as employee-benefi ts and compensation; employee recruitment;
training and development; and performance appraisals, etc. as it relates to organizational
145
behavior and change.
Students who complete this concentration in Human Resource Management will be profi
cient
in the follow student learning outcomes:
1. Execute understanding of applications, concepts, terms, processes and strategies of human
resource management pertaining to HR department and management
2. Develop a knowledge base of the abilities, expertise and skills necessary to effectively manage
a human resource department
3. Interpret domestic and global trends impacting the fi eld of human resource management
4. Evaluate employee training and career development; and employee benefi ts and compensation
packages
5. Examine the infl uence of employment law and labor relations on HR planning in organizations
6. Design of a plan for human resources that contribute to an organization’s overall performance
and strategy
7. Apply general biblical principles pertaining to ethics, problem-solving and decision-making
that is applicable to human resource management
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
BA 380 Employment Law .........................................................................................3 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business .................................................................................3 hours
BA 387 Employment Staffi ng and Development ......................................................3 hours
BA 390 Compensation Management .......................................................................3 hours
BA 415 Organizational Behavior ..............................................................................3 hours
BA 487 Negotiations .................................................................................................3 hours
BA 488 Leadership and Organizational Climate ......................................................3 hours
BA 492 Internship .....................................................................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ................................................................3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Management concentration:
This concentration focuses on people and productivi
ty. Management is the process of planning,
organizing, leading, and controlling the efforts of organizational members, of making decisions,
and of using all other organizational resources to achieve stated organizational goals. Students
learn how to be productive managers in their study of such fundamental professional skills as
leadership, team building, project coordination, performance evaluation, resource allocation, and
strategy formulation.
Students who complete the concentration in Management will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate mastery of basic management concepts
2. Apply the various functions of management to the internal and external organizational
146
environment
3.
Implement sound decision-making and problem-solving skills to adapt to changing domestic
and global markets
4. Execute electronic devices, software and technology to enhance the communication process
in business sectors
5. Select and effectively communicate ideas and information in oral, written and various formats
6. Differentiate between business and biblical ethical principles and practices in leadership and
management
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business .................................................................................3 hours
BA 415 Organizational Behavior ..............................................................................3 hours
BA 487 Negotiations .................................................................................................3 hours
BA 488 Leadership and Organizational Climate ......................................................3 hours
BA 492 Internship .....................................................................................................3 hours
AC 330 Managerial Accounting ................................................................................3 hours
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making ..........................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
MK 480 Supply Chain Management ........................................................................3 hours
T
otal ......................................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Marketing concentration:
This concentration emphasizes the facilitation of e
xchanges between one business and
another, as well as between businesses and consumers. Key marketing activities include designing
and modifying products, pricing, selling, and sales management, and gathering market information.
Career opportunities include sales, retail management and buying, advertising account executives,
and marketing research associates.
147
Students who complete the concentration in Marketing will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Effectively analyze fundamental marketing concepts, theories, principles, best practices,
and developments within the fi
eld
2. Assess problem-situations and be able to make recommendations and provide solutions
3. Formulate promotional theories, strategies, and tools to demonstrate a systematic
approach to marketing
4. Utilize effective communication skills, creativity, and artistry to prepare appropriate
business documents and deliver professional oral presentations
5. Collaborate with cross-functional teams for designated projects
6. Establish decision-making processes and systematic approaches
7. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles for ethical decision-making in the
marketing fi eld
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................39 hours
MK 342 Marketing Research ....................................................................................3 hours
MK 343 Consumer Behavior ....................................................................................3 hours
MK 345 Advertising Management ............................................................................3 hours
MK 350 Sales Management .....................................................................................3 hours
MK 448 International Marketing ...............................................................................3 hours
MK 468 Retail Merchandising and Design Management .........................................3 hours
MK 480 Supply Chain Management ........................................................................3 hours
MK 492 Internship ....................................................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications ................................................................................3 hours
T
otal ......................................................................................................................69 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
148
Bachelor of Science in
Finance
The degree in Finance focuses on the nancial sectors of the modern economy. Students
are taught the concept of value: the creation of wealth. Students will be challenged to be critical
thinkers and to master fundamental nancial management tools used in analyzing and executing
the nancial aspects of managerial decisions. Graduates majoring in Finance will be prepared
to fi nd employment in nancial institutions such as banks, insurance companies, and brokerage
rms; with government agencies; and in church institutions.
Students who complete the B.S. in Finance be profi ci
ent in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate comprehension of basic fi nance concepts, principles and theories
2. Use Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) and other valuation techniques to value projects and rms
3. Appraise contemporary measures of performance and risk in Financial Institutions
4. Evaluate the global environment and the impact in making fi nancial decisions
5. Build a diversifi ed portfolio and assess its performance
6. Illustrate the general application of biblical principles for ethical decision-making in fi nance
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
FN 321 Money and Banking .....................................................................................3 hours
FN 381 Investments .................................................................................................3 hours
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making ..........................................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ...............................................................3 hours
FN 426 Financial Markets and Institutions ...............................................................3 hours
FN 436 Management of Financial Institutions ..........................................................3 hours
FN 481 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis ..............................................3 hours
FN 486 International Finance ...................................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
T
otal ......................................................................................................................69 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
149
Bachelor of Science in Management Information Systems
T
he purpose of the Management Information Systems (MIS) major is to prepare students for a
career in information systems. This program is designed to build a bridge between management
and technology. Graduates will be prepared to assume major roles in information systems within
business, industry and government in support of organizational objectives.
Students who complete the B.S. in Management Information Systems will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Evaluate and support information/database management within organizations
2. Demonstrate comprehension of the management information systems project
management process
3. Implement computer networking concepts and principles
4. Create computer programming code to solve organizations product/service needs
5. Demonstrate comprehension of organizations information security environment
6. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles of good stewardship of
information resources within organizations
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................39 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
IS 285 Business Application Programming in C++ ...................................................3 hours
IS 290 Advanced Business Application Programming in C++ ..................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications ................................................................................3 hours
IS 325 Web Design and Development .....................................................................3 hours
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications ..........................................3 hours
IS 340 Advanced Business Networks ......................................................................3 hours
IS 415 Database Management ...............................................................................3 hours
IS 425 Information Security and Policy ....................................................................3 hours
IS 440 Systems Analysis and Project Management .................................................3 hours
IS 450 Information Resource Management .............................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C):
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C ):
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required fi rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to fi nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
150
Bachelor of Science in Organizational Management
T
his degree program is designed specifi cally for the adult learner and offered in a nontraditional
format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the program outline
and description of courses.
Minor in Accounting
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting .....................................................................6 hours
AC 325-326 Intermediate Accounting ......................................................................6 hours
AC Electives ...........................................................................................................9 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Entrepreneurship
EP 400 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Business ..................................................3 hours
EP 410 Entrepreneurship Development and Perspectives .......................................3 hours
EP 420 Selected Topics on Entrepreneurship ...........................................................3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting ........................................................................6 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
FN 311 Principles of Finance ....................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in International Business
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business ..................................................................................3 hours
BA 410 International Management ............................................................................3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics .....................................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................3 hours
MK 448 Global Marketing .........................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
151
Minor in
Management
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................3 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA Electives (6 hours must be upper division) ..........................................................9 hours
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting ........................................................................6 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Management Information Systems
IS 200 Management information Systems ................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Application in Excel and Access .....................................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications .................................................................................3 hours
IS 325 Web Design and Development ......................................................................3 hours
IS 440 Systems Analysis and Project Management .................................................3 hours
BA 302 Business Communications ...........................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Marketing
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................3 hours
MK 343 Consumer Behavior .....................................................................................3 hours
MK 350 Sales Management ......................................................................................3 hours
MK 448 Global Marketing .........................................................................................3 hours
MK 468 Retail Merchandising and Design ................................................................3 hours
Electives (Marketing or Communication/Art; must be approved by advisor) ............3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
152
153
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
AND
SOCIAL
SCIENCES
Dean: James Mbyirukira, Ph.D.
Purpose Statement:
The purpose of the School of Education and Social Sciences is to provide quality Christian educa-
tion that challenges each student to set higher expectations for his/her intellectual and professional
growth and to help each student to expand his/her understanding of society and human behavior.
Departments
Education
Deril Wood, Ph.D.
Chair
History and Political Science
Samuel London, Ph.D.
Chair
Social W
ork
Octavio Ramirez, Ph.D.
Chair
154
Department of Education
Professor:
James Mbyirukira, Ph.D. (Dean)
Associate Professor:
Olivia Beverly
, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Joyce Johnson, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Deril Wood, Ph.D., (Chair)
Assistant Professors:
Ellengold Goodridge, M.S. (Administrator)
David Richardson, Ed.D. (Administrator)
Denise Shaver, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Dana Wilchcombe, Ph.D.
Donaldson Williams, Ph.D.
Part-time:
Jeannette Dulan, Ph.D.
Sharon Lewis, M.S..
Marilyn Schenck, M.S.
Majors Offered (B.S.):
Biology Education
Music: Instrumental Education P-12
Elementary Education Music: Vocal/Choral Education P-12
English Language Arts Education Religious Education
Health/Physical Education Teaching P-12 Social Science Education
Mathematics Education
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Education is the “holistic preparation of teachers for service
in a multicultural society.” The programs are designed to prepare teachers for certifi cation in
Seventh-day Adventist church schools and in public school systems, as well as for graduate study
in education and related fi elds. The Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) conceptual framework
is built on the theme--”Holistic Preparation of Teachers for Service in a Multicultural Society”
and provides the framework for the teaching and assessment systems. The fteen conceptual
framework outcomes are clearly identifi ed in every aspect of teaching and of the assessment
system to help students gain knowledge, skills, and dispositions to become effective teachers (see
Conceptual Framework outcomes on unit website, Internship Handbook, and Policy Handbook).
Accreditation
The Teacher Education Program is a member of the American Association of Colleges
for Teacher Education and it is approved by the Alabama State Department of Education, the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventist Department of Education, and the Council for the
Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
155
Elementary Education
The elementary education curriculum prepares students for elementary school teaching,
graduate studies, employment in supervision, and related services. The curriculum quali es
students to apply for Alabama Class B Certifi cation: grades K-6; certifi cation in other states; and
SDA Basic Teaching Certifi cation: grades K-8.
Secondary Education
The following teaching areas are offered in seconda
ry education: Biology Education, English
Language Arts Education, Mathematics Education, Religious Education, and Social Science
Education. Religious education majors are certifi ed by the church. However, if state certifi cation
is desired, a second teaching eld (state approved) must be pursued in order to be eligible for
state certifi cation (see education advisor).
Students pursuing secondary education must have earned an academic major in the ap-
propriate discipline except Physical Education and Religion.
P-12 Programs
The following teaching areas are offered in pre-school through grade 12 programs: music
e
ducation instrumental (P-12), music education vocal-choral (P-12), and physical education
teaching (P-12).
These curricula allow students, upon graduation, to apply for Alabama Class B Certifi cation:
P-12; and SDA Basic Teaching Certifi cation: K-12. The certifi cation requirements for the North
American Division states that “an applicant for denominational teaching certifi cate must be a
member of the Seventh-day Adventist Church as outlined in the employment policies of the union
conference education code.” (See Certifi cation Requirements K-12 for North American Division
Seventh-day Adventist Schools.)
The North American Division of Education and the Alabama State Board of Education periodi-
cally revise the requirements governing certifi cation. Therefore, requirements for degrees leading
to certifi cation are subject to change from those published in this catalog. The student is required
to seek advisement from the Education Department at the beginning of his/her program of study
to ensure that both degree requirements and certifi cation requirements are met.
Application for Admission
Admission to Oakwood University does not mean admission to a teacher education program.
Criteria for admission into teacher education include the following:
1. A formal written application for admission to teach
er education submitted after completion
of at least 60 semester hours, including 48 hours of general education.
2. No candidate may take method courses before admission to the program.
3. A cumulative GPA of 2.75 and no grade below C in all courses.
4. A passing score on the Praxis Core.
5. Satisfactory recommendations from advisor(s) including content area advisors for
secondary candidates only, an employment supervisor (if applicable), and a residence
hall dean (if applicable).
6. An acceptable disposition assessment rating.
7. No incompletes.
8. A satisfactory personal statement to members of the Teacher Education Council.
9. Criminal background check and fi ngerprinting.
156
Additional Guidelines
Students who wish to receive credit for study at institutions outside the United States must
obtain an evaluation of the credits from a state, federal, or private foreign credential evaluation
service recognized by the Teacher Certifi cation Offi ce of the Alabama Department of Education.
All correspondence work in general studies or work taken off campus must have prior approval
by the department.
Students desiring a career in secondary education must consult the secondary education
program advisor no later than the rst semester of the sophomore year in order to plan an ap-
propriate course of study.
The exact course requirements may differ from candidate to candidate depending on the
precise time a candidate enrolls in teacher education. This curriculum is based on denominational,
state, and institutional policies and is thereby subject to change.
The Teacher Education Assessment and Review Council (TEARC) reserves the right to
admit persons to teacher education who, in the judgment of the council, are most likely to profi t
from the teacher education program of study offered at Oakwood University. The TEARC has
the responsibility and authority to administer, evaluate, and revise all professional education
programs.
Application to Internship
Prior to the student teaching semester/year, the candidate must submit an application for
internship (student teaching) to his/her respective advisor and review the following criteria with
his/her advisor to ensure that these requirements have been met.
1. Cumulative, professional, and teaching fi eld GPA of 2.75
2. Passing score in all three sections of the Praxis Core test.
3. A grade of C or higher in all courses.
4. Recommendations (advisor, education faculty)
5. Passing score on the English Profi ciency Exam
6. An acceptable disposition assessment rating
7. Passing two PRAXIS II tests for Elementary and one Praxis II test for Secondary.
It is the candidate’s responsibility to prepare and submit to the Education Department the
f
ollowing items: application for graduation (which includes the nal year schedule), transfer credit
form with the required signatures (if applicable), completed checksheet, university transcript,
applications for SDA and Alabama State certifi cations information for graduate registry, and
confi rmation of registration with Career Services.
Consult your education advisor about courses in general studies that may also be counted in
the teaching fi eld for P-12 and secondary education programs. (For additional information, see
unit website, Internship Handbook, and Policy Handbook.)
Application for Graduation
During their junior year, it is the candidate’s responsibility to prepare and submit a graduation
application to the Education department the following items: a graduation application accompanied
by OU transcript/degree audit; a complete checksheet and state checklist; a grade of C or higher
is required on all courses. Courses to be taken must be listed on the application. Candidates must
meet with their education advisors to review the application and obtain signatures.
157
Due Process - Field Experience Program
At the recommendation of a cooperating teacher, a student can be placed on probation for
two or more weeks. During the probationary period, the student will be closely observed by the
college supervisor and the coordinator of student teaching. Any infraction during the probationary
period is cause for immediate removal from the program. The student will be notifi ed in writing.
Any student removed from student teaching (internship) for any cause, is automatically
removed from the student teaching (ST) program. To be readmitted the student is required to
reapply and to submit a letter of intent that addresses his/her problem. The letter and the applica-
tion will be reviewed by the Teacher Education Assessment and Review Council (TEARC). The
student will be notifi ed in writing of the recommendation from the TEARC.
A student who wishes to appeal any grievance arising during internship or any other eld
experience, should follow the steps outlined in the unit’s website, Internship Handbook, and
Policy Handbook.
Grievances other than those related to eld experiences follow Oakwood University Student
Handbook policies.
Exit Examination
PRAXIS II replaces the departmental exit examinatio
n for all elementary and secondary
programs except Religious Education.
State Certifi cation
Alabama state certifi cation requires: (1) a completed application; (2) an application fee; (3)
an offi cial transcript (submitted by the candidate); (4) completed program checksheet.
Candidates are encouraged to apply for Alabama certifi cation within one (1) year of their
graduation date.
Graduate Defi ciency
The Education Department will provide remediation, free of charge, to any graduate whose
performance is found to be defi cient in his/her area of specialization within two years of the
program’s completion.
Bachelors Degrees
Students who complete the core in Education will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Use multiple approaches in teaching
2.
Integrate technology in his/her teaching fi eld as a tool to enhance learning
3. Assess student progress
4. Be sensitive to student needs
5. Utilize research to improve instruction
The following core courses are required of all education students as part of their major:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum:
ED 130 Orientation to Teaching ................................................................................. 2 hours
ED 200 Educational Psychology.................................................... ............................ 3 hours
158
ED 240 Principles of Teaching: P-12.......................................................................... 2 hours
ED 254 History, Philosophy, and Foundations of Education......... ............................. 2 hours
ED 275 Instructional Technology................................................... ............................. 3 hours
ED 300 Classroom Organization and Management: P-12 ......................................... 3 hours
ED 350 Introduction to Special Education..................................... ............................ 3 hours
ED 370 Tests and Measurements................................................... ........................... 3 hours
ED 400 Praxis II Preparation ..................................................................................... 1 hour
ED 420 or 430 or 440 Internship ......................................................................... 11-12 hours
CD 355 Human Development .................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ................................................................................................................... 36-37 hours
Bachelor of Science in Biology Education
Students
who complete the B.S. in Biology Education will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Critical analysis of experimental data
2. Profi ciency in general, organic, physical, and analytical chemistry, and biochemical,
biological and mathematical concepts
3. Critical thinking skills in the practice of philosophical and scientifi c inquiry
4. Quantitative skills in describing genetic characteristics in populations
5. Understand and apply scientifi c principles in describing the diversity of life
6. Understand and apply basic scientifi c principles at the Ecosystem level
7. Quantitative analytical skills in analyzing ecological phenomena
8. Demonstrate critical thinking skills in the practice of philosophical and scientifi c inquiry
9. Demonstrate proper care and appropriate use of equipment
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 335 Methods in Teaching Science ....................................................................... 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 41 hours
Academic Major: General Biology
BI 131-132 General Biology ....................................................................................... 8 hours
BI 204 Introduction to Research ................................................................................ 1 hour
BI 215 Introduction to Biostatistics ............................................................................. 3 hours
BI 221 Microbiology ................................................................................................... 4 hours
BI 230 Plant Biology and Laboratory ........................................................................ 4 hours
BI 321 Genetics and Laboratory ................................................................................ 4 hours
BI 403 Biology Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
BI 422 General Physiology ........................................................................................ 3 hours
BI 425 General Ecology ................................................................................. 3 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science .................................................................................2 hours
BI 451 Special Topics in Biology ................................................................................ 2 hours
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular and Laboratory ........................................................... 4 hours
BI 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................. 1 hour
CH 141-142 General Chemistry ................................................................................. 8 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 48 hours
159
General Education ...........................................................................................49-50 hours
T
otal required for the degree ...........................................................................134-135 hours.
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .......................................... 4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education
S
tudents who complete the B.S. in Elementary Education will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Apply biblically-based principles that undergird excellence in teaching and service to
elementary level students
2. Explore a variety of research-based strategies in providing effective instructions for
students in all subjects taught at the elementary level
3. Analyze effective reading instruction and practices including those identifi ed in the
Alabama Reading Initiative publication: Essential Skills of Teachers of Reading
4. Use research-based strategies in helping children develop numeracy skills at the mastery
level specifi ed by the NCTM
5. Evaluate the theoretical and practical exercises that promote safety as well as physical,
social, and emotional well-being of students
6. Engage in a variety of activities that foster children sociocultural development and political
understandings
7. Facilitate the teaching of the arts including music, music theory and history as well as
active engagement in producing and responding to music
8. Engage students in a variety of activities that encourage discovery, solutions, and
improved understanding of the scientifi c process
9. Create of select a variety of assessments for data collection and tracking of students;
progress
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 341 Foundations of Reading .............................................................................. 3 hours
ED 342 Reading Diagnosis ........................................................................................ 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 42 hours
Teaching Field:
ED 311 Methods in Teaching Science and Health: K-8 .......................................... 3 hours
ED 312 Methods in Teaching Music: K-8 ................................................................. 3 hours
ED 313 Methods in Teaching Lang. Arts and Children’s Literature: K-8 .................... 3 hours
ED 315 Methods in Teaching Mathematics: K-8 .................................................. 3 hours
ED 316 Methods in Teaching Art: K-8 ................................................................... 3 hours
ED 318 Methods in Teaching Social Studies and Bible: K-8 .................................. 3 hours
PE 330 Methods in Teaching Physical Education: P-12 ............................................ 3 hours
Total .................................................................................................................... 21 hours
160
General Education ................................................................................................ 47 hours
Additional State Requirements:
English elective .......................................................................................................... 3 hours
Mathematics electives ................................................................................................ 9 hours
Natural Science electives ........................................................................................... 9 hours
Social Studies electives ............................................................................................. 9 hours
Total required for the degree ................................................................................... 140 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Humanities and Fine Arts:
Literature: EN 201, 213, or 221* ................................................................................ 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in English Language Arts Education
Students
who complete the B.S. in English Language Arts Education will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. The writing process including the stages of prewriting, drafting, revising, editing, publishing,
and the role of writing across the curriculum
2. Appropriate communication tasks consistent with the developmental levels of students and
the inter-relatedness of listening, speaking, reading, and writing
3. Use various patterns and research competency, support of a given view
4. Identify subjects, thesis statements, types and characteristics of creative writing
5. Present ideas clearly and persuasively in support of given viewpoints and write analytically
and grammatically
6. Teach students to explore and relate personal experiences and develop interpretations
7. Teach students to structure and expand ideas into coherent writing
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 332 Methods in Teaching Language Arts ........................................................... 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading ................................................... 3 hours
Total .................................................................................................................... 41 hours
Academic Major: English
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 213 Survey of English Literature ........................................................................ 3 hours
EN 303 Survey of American Literature ....................................................................... 3 hours
EN 304 Advanced Composition ................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 311 Theory and Practice in Literary Criticism ....................................................... 3 hours
EN 313 Survey of African-American Literature .......................................................... 3 hours
EN 323 Twentieth Century American Literature ......................................................... 3 hours
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing .................................................................... 3 hours
EN 355 Creative Drama ............................................................................................. 3 hours
161
EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar
..................................................................... 3 hours
EN 431 Elizabethan Literature ................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 470 Seminar in English ........................................................................................ 1 hour
Total ..................................................................................................................... 37 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total required for the degree .................................................................................... 128 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Humanities and Fine Arts
EN 201 World Literature............................................................................................. 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education
Students
who complete the B.S. in Mathematics Education will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Able to read, communicate, and interpret mathematical ideas making use of numerical,
graphical, and symbolic viewpoints
2. Construct proofs
3. Analyze the validity of arguments and problems
4. Use technology for conceptual understanding, signifi cant computations, and creating simple
programs
5. Express natural laws in mathematical language to analyze, model, and solve real world
phenomena
6. Demonstrate a strong grasp of the fundamental concepts necessary for advanced coursework
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 334 Methods in Teaching Math .................................................................... 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading ............................................... 3 hours
Total ................................................................................................................. 41 hours
Academic Major: Mathematics
MA 172 Calculus II .................................................................................................... 4 hours
MA 221 Introductory Statistics ................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 251 Geometry ...................................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 271 Calculus III .................................................................................................... 4 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra ............................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 311 Differential Equations .................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials ................................................................................ 3 hours
MA 401 or MA 402 Advanced Calculus I or II ............................................................. 3 hours
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra ..................................................................... 3 hours
MA upper division electives (only 3 hours from MA 490 or MA 491) .......................... 4 hours
Total** ..................................................................................................................... 33 hours
162
**Pending Alabama State approval
General Education ................................................................................................... 48 hours
Total required for the degree ................................................................................... 122 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
MA 171 Calculus I ...................................................................................................... 4 hours
Technology:
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ ................................................................. 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Music Education-Instrumental
Students
who complete the B.S. in Music Education will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Defi ning, describing, and identifying music
2. Reading and notating music
3. Performing and or producing a varied repertoire of music
4. Planning lessons appropriate for teaching general music, choral or instrumental class (K-
12)
5. Performing in vocal or instrumental ensemble
6. Conducting a choral or instrumental work
7. Performing at an advanced level a 40 minute recital
8. Performing a variety of large and small ensemble
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
MU 230 Principles of Teaching Music Education ...................................................... 2 hours
MU 332 Methods and Materials of Teaching I ............................................................ 2 hours
MU 333 Methods and Materials of Teaching II ........................................................... 3 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading ............................................. 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
Academic Major: Music Instrumental
MU 165, 465, 466 Individual Instruction .................................................................... 6 hours
MU 204 Wind Ensemble (repeatable) ........................................................................ 5 hours
MU 205 Chamber Ensemble or MU 207 Orchestra (repeatable) ............................... 2 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory .............................................................. 6 hours
MU 231 Survey of Woodwind Instruments ...........................................................1 hour
MU 232 Survey of String Instruments .....................................................................1 hour
MU 233 Survey of Percussion Instruments ................................................................1 hour
MU 234 Survey of Brass Instruments ........................................................................1 hour
MU 311-312 Theory II and Laboratory ....................................................................... 6 hours
MU 315 Form and Analysis ....................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 320, 321 or 322 Music History and Literature I, II, or III .................................... 6 hours
MU 330 Literature of School Music ............................................................................ 3 hours
163
MU 360 Conducting ................................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 499 Recital ..........................................................................................................0 hour
Total ........................................................................................................................ 44 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 140 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Music Education-Choral
Students
who complete the B.S. in Music Education will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Defi ning, describing, and identifying music
2. Reading and notating music
3. Performing and or producing a varied repertoire of music
4. Planning lessons appropriate for teaching general music, choral or instrumental class (K-12)
5. Performing in vocal or instrumental ensemble
6. Conducting a choral or instrumental work
7. Performing at an advanced level a 40 minute recital
8. Performing a variety of large and small ensemble
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
MU 230 Principles of Teaching Music Education ...................................................... 2 hours
MU 332 Methods and Materials of Teaching I ............................................................ 2 hours
MU 333 Methods and Materials of Teaching II ........................................................... 3 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
Academic Major: Music Choral
MU 165, 465, 466 Individual Instruction .................................................................... 6 hours
MU 201 University Choir (repeatable) ........................................................................ 5 hours
MU 205 Chamber Singers (repeatable) ..................................................................... 2 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory ........................................................................ 6 hours
MU 311-312 Theory II and Laboratory ....................................................................... 6 hours
MU 315 Form and Analysis ....................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 320 Music History and Literature I ....................................................................... 3 hours
MU 321 or 322 Music History and Literature II, or III ................................................ 3 hours
MU 330 Literature of School Music ............................................................................ 3 hours
MU 331 Diction for School Music ............................................................................... 1 hour
MU 360 Conducting ................................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 499 Recital ..........................................................................................................0 hour
Total .................................................................................................................... 41 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total required for degree ......................................................................................... 137 hours
164
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Health/Physical Education Teaching
Students who complete the B.S. in Health/Physical Education Teaching will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education for
service to God and humanity
2.
Evaluate fundamental movements of the human body over the life-span
3. Apply understanding of the muscular, skeletal, and physiological systems as they relate to
movement
4. Analyze current health and safety problems that affect people
5. Create various protocols for teaching sports and activities
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum .................................................................... 37 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 40 hours
Teaching Field:
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education ................................................................ 3 hours
PE 303 Individual and Team Sports I ......................................................................... 3 hours
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Offi ciating Athletic Contests ....................................... 3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries ........................................................ 3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................. 3 hours
PE 330 Methods: Physical Education ........................................................................ 3 hours
PE 340 Administration of Physical Education ............................................................ 3 hours
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR ........................................................................... 3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise .................................................................................. 3 hours
PE 410 Adapted Physical Education .......................................................................... 3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ................................................................................................... 3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .......................................... 4 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 37 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 47 hours
Total required for degree ......................................................................................... 124 hours
**Pending Alabama State approval
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Human Anatomy & Physiology and Laboratory ............................................... 4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness::
PE 207 Intermediate Swimming ...................................................................................1 hour
PE Elective: Take any 100 or 200 level except PE 205, 211, or 285) ..........................1 hour
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
165
Bachelor of Science in Religious Education
Students who complete the B.S. in Religious Education will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Interpreting the message of Scripture employing sou
nd hermeneutical and exegetical principles
that are compatible with a Christo-centric and SDA worldview.
2. Interpreting the history of the Christian Church, including Seventh-day Church, in light of
God’s guidance in the establishment of his kingdom and the fulfi llment of his plan of salvation
through history.
3. Practicing a personal Spirit-led relationship with Christ through a regular devotional life
based on the spiritual disciplines to facilitate spiritual formation and maturation.
4. Critiquing the dogmatic categories of theology and humanistic philosophies in light of
biblical theology.
5. Developing, from a Christ-centered perspective, a theology of social responsibility through
structured service learning projects that meet community needs.
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum .................................................................... 36 hours
ED 331 Methods in Teaching Bible ............................................................................ 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 41 hours
Academic Major: Religious Education
RB 311-312 New Testament I, II .............................................................................3-3 hours
RB 411-412 Old Testament I, II ............................................................................... 3-3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RG 321 Christian Ethics ............................................................................................. 3 hours
RP 351 Introduction to Religious Education .............................................................. 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................. 2 hours
RT 421 Christian Theology I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 37 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 128 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
166
Bachelor of Science in Social Science Education
Students who complete the B.S. in Social Science Education will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Identify a problem and formulate a thesis in History
2.
Identify complex problems and evaluate their components
3. Identify ethical problems in History
4. Use a methodology to document sources in History
5. Write critically on issues relating to History
6. Demonstrate the ability to use appropriate technology in doing research and making
presentations in History
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 333 Methods in Teaching Social Studies ............................................................. 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 41 hours
Academic Major: History
GE 302 Regional Geography ................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 104 World Civilizations II .................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 267 African American History I or HI 268 African History II ................................... 3 hours
HI 211, 212 United States History .............................................................................. 6 hours
HI 265 Minorities in America ...................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 319 Colonial Latin America or
HI 320 Recent Latin America/Caribbean .............................................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
HI 321 or HI 322 History of England I or II ................................................................. 3 hours
HI 327 African History I or HI 328 African History II ................................................... 3 hours
HI 459 Recent American History or HI 460 America in the Industrial Age ................. 3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ............................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 480 Research Seminar .......................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 490 Independent Study ......................................................................................... 3 hours
HI upper division electives ......................................................................................... 3 hours
PS 211 American Government ................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 48 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total required for degree ......................................................................................... 139 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences:
HI 103 World Civilizations I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
167
Department of History and Political Science
Professor:
Samuel London, Ph.D., (Chair)
Associate Professor:
Alfonzo Greene Jr., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor:
Marcya Burden, J.D.
Preston Foster, M.P.A.
Amanda Ringer, J.D.
Majors: History (B.A.)
International Studies (B.A.)
Pre-Law (B.A.)
Public Policy (B.A.)
Social Science Education (B.S.)
Minors: American Civil Rights History
Christian History
History
Political Science
Introduction
The Department of History and Political Science comprises areas of study in history, pre-law,
political science, international studies, and geography. Courses are designed to address the
questions of the past, present, and future.
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of History and Political Science to educate students in
the disciplines of history, pre-law, political science, and international studies. The Department’s
programs are designed to prepare students for graduate and professional schools, as well as the
workforce.
Eligibility Requirements
Prospective majors must have an overall minimum GPA of 2.00.
Exit Examinations
Candidates for the B.A. degree must pass a departmental exit examination in their senior
year with a minimum grade of 70%, or take one of the national standardized tests (e.g., the GRE,
LSAT).
168
Double Majors
Students
are not allowed to double major within the Department. This prevents “double-
dipping,” which academic policy does not allow.
Career Opportunities
The list of careers available to students that major in the elds of history, international studies,
political science, and pre-law is almost endless. However, a brief list of job opportunities associated
with these academic elds of study are: advertising executive, analyst, archivist, broadcaster,
consultant, lawyer, teacher, editor, foreign service offi cer, foundation staffer, information specialist,
intelligence agent, journalist, lobbyist, public relations staffer, researcher, diplomat, politician,
librarian, and paralegal.
Bachelor of Arts in History
This program is designed to educate students in history, including that of the United States
and other regions of the world.
Students who complete the B.A. in History will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1.
Discuss history from a Biblical foundation
2. Relate historical events to modern situations
3. Examine ethical problems in history
4. Critique historical matters in writing using appropriate citation methods
5. Develop a presentation using technology
Major Requirements:
GE 302 Regional Geography ....................................................................................3 hours
HI 103 World Civilizations I .......................................................................................3 hours
HI 104 World Civilizations II ......................................................................................3 hours
HI 211 U.S. History I..................................................................................................3 hours
HI 212 U.S. History II ...............................................................................................3 hours
HI 324 History of England .........................................................................................3 hours
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movement ............................................3 hours
HI 480 Research Seminar .........................................................................................3 hours
HI 495 Capstone Senior Seminar .............................................................................3 hours
Students must choose three of the following courses
HI 318 Latin American History ...............................................................................3 hours
HI 326 African History ............................................................................................3 hours
HI 330 Asian History ..............................................................................................3 hours
HI 340 Middle Eastern History ...............................................................................3 hours
HI 459 Recent American History ............................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ..........................................................................................3 hours
HI Electives (must be upper division) ........................................................................6 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................42 hours
169
General Education Requirement: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
HI 267 African American History I .............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ................................................................................................... 10-13 hours
Total required for degree ........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Arts in International Studies
This program is designed to prepare students for careers in an international setting. Special
emphasis
is given to international history and politics, and an understanding of the world we live
in.
Students who complete the B.A. in International Studies will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Discuss international relations from a Biblical foundation
2. Identify problems within international relations
3. Examine the unique policies and cultures of nation states
4. Critique issues concerning international relations using appropriate citation methods
5. Incorporate technological tool to communicate key concepts within international relations
Major Requirements:
GE 302 Regional Geography ...................................................................................3 hours
HI 318 Latin America History ....................................................................................3 hours
HI 326 African History ...............................................................................................3 hours
HI 459 Recent America .............................................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ..............................................................................................3 hours
HI 480 Research Seminar. ........................................................................................3 hours
HI 495 Capstone Senior Seminar or PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ..................3 hours
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 200 Comparative Governments. .........................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy. ................................................................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations. ................................................................................3 hours
PS 450 American Diplomacy ...................................................................................3 hours
EC 282 Microeconomics or EC 283 Macroeconomics ..............................................3 hours
FR 201-202 Intermed. French or SP 201-202 Intermed. Spanish* .......................... 6 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................2 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................47 hours
*All modern foreign languages at the intermediate level taken at other accredited institutions
will be accepted to meet this intermediate language requirement in the International Studies
Program.
170
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ....................................................................................................... 5-8 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Public Policy
This major is designed to prepare students for the
world of politics. Special emphasis is given
to public policy, constitutional interpretation, and U.S. foreign relations.
Students who complete the B.A. in Public Policy will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Discuss political science from a Biblical foundation
2. Examine the role and policies of governmental systems
3. Critique political theories using appropriate citation methods
4. Develop a public policy prescription
5. Incorporate technological tool to communicate key concepts within political science
Major Requirements
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 200 Comparative Governments ..........................................................................3 hours
PS 211 American Government ..................................................................................3 hours
PS 300 State and Local Government. .....................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 355 Social Justice Advocacy ...............................................................................3 hours
PS 400 Church and State .........................................................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations ................................................................................3 hours
PS 450 American Diplomacy ....................................................................................3 hours
PS 471 U.S. Constitutional Law I ..............................................................................3 hours
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ............................................................................3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics .....................................................................3 hours
HI 318 Latin American History ..................................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ..............................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .......................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................45 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
171
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required
................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 7-10 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Pre-Law
This major is designed to prepare students for law school and other careers related to law.
Special emphasis is given to legal analysis, critical thinking, writing and editing, legal research
and exposure to the law.
Students who complete the B.A. in Pre-Law will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Discuss matters of law from a Biblical foundation
2. Interpret the law
3. Examine ethical problems in law
4. Critique court decisions using appropriate citation methods
5. Incorporate technological tools to communicate key concepts within law
Major Requirements:
HI 324 History of England .........................................................................................3 hours
PL 101 Logic I .......................................................................................................... 1 hour
PL 201 Logic II ......................................................................................................... 1 hour
PL 275 Legal Research .............................................................................................3 hours
PL 280 Legal Assistant Certifi cation ..........................................................................3 hours
PL 301-302 Critical Thinking I-II ................................................................................2 hours
PL 350 Negotiations ..................................................................................................2 hours
PL 375 Special Topics in Law ...................................................................................3 hours
PL 485 Legal Writing .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 211 American Government ..................................................................................3 hours
PS 300 State and Local Government .......................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 471-472 Constitutional Law I-II ...........................................................................6 hours
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ............................................................................3 hours
Students may choose one of the following:
PL 250 Mock Trial ................................................................................................. 1 hour
PL 252 Moot Court ................................................................................................ 1 hour
PS 253 OU Law and Politics Blog ........................................................................ 1 hour
Total .......................................................................................................................43 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
HI 211 or HI 212 U.S. History I or II...........................................................................3 hours
172
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required* ............................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 9-12 hours
Total required for degree ........................................................................................120 hours
*(Students in this program cannot minor in Political Science)
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Social Science Education
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
The degree provides a comprehensive secondary school social science program, including
economics, history, geography, political science, psychology, and sociology. After graduation,
students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certifi cate: Social Science, grades 7-12; and the
SDA Basic Teaching Certifi cate: Social Science grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section of this bulletin for the program outline.
Minor in American Civil Rights History
HI 265 Minorities in America .....................................................................................3 hours
HI 267, HI 268 African American History I and II .......................................................6 hours
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movement ...........................................3 hours
HI 459 Recent American History ..............................................................................3 hours
HI Elective (must be upper division) .........................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Christian History
HI 103 World Civilization I .........................................................................................3 hours
HI 212 U.S. History II ................................................................................................3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ...............................................3 hours
HI 340 Middle Eastern History ..................................................................................3 hours
HI 443 History of Christianity ...................................................................................3 hours
HI Elective (must be upper division) .........................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
173
Minor in History
GE 302 Regional Geography ....................................................................................3 hours
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
HI 211 or HI 212 U.S. History I or II...........................................................................3 hours
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movement ............................................3 hours
HI Electives (3 hours must be upper division) ..........................................................6 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Political Science
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science .............................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations ............................................................................3 hours
PS 211 American Gov’t. or PS 300 State and Local Gov’t. ................................3 hours
PS 351 or PS 352 Public Policy I or II ..................................................................3 hours
PS 450 American Diplomacy .................................................................................3 hours
PS 471 or PS 472 U. S. Constitutional Law I or II ................................................3 hours
PS Electives (12 hours upper division are required, not 480 or 490) ................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
174
Department of Social Work
Professors:
George Ashley, Ph.D., M.S.W. (Director, Field Instruction)
Octavio Ramirez, Ph.D., LICSW, PIP, (Chair)
Assistant Professors:
Lorraine Frye, M.S.W.
Sherrod, Shalunda, M.S.W.
Major: Social Work (B.S.W.)
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Social Work
to prepare students for entry-level,
generalist practice for service to individuals, groups, families, organizations, and communities.
This preparation includes an emphasis on personal, spiritual, and professional introspection
and growth through a liberal arts foundation and core curriculum of social work values, ethics,
knowledge, and skills. This prepares students to: meet the changing need of clients; be advocates
for underserved populations; promote a global perspective; promote social and economic justice;
advance human rights; promote the elimination of poverty; and improve conditions for all people
regardless of race, ethnicity, culture, economic status, religion, sexual orientation, and physical or
mental capability. The core curriculum and fi eld education provide students with the knowledge,
skills, and values necessary to assess, plan, intervene, evaluate, and terminate service to diverse
populations within the micro, mezzo, and macro systems.
Accreditation
The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education.
Council on Social Work Education
1701 Duke Street, Suite 200
Alexandria, VA 22314-3457
USA
Phone: + 1.703.683.8080
Fax: + 1.703.683.8099
High School Preparation
High school students who anticipate entering the eld of social work should take as many
college
preparation courses as possible. Courses in the social sciences and those relating to
marriage and family and to the problems of society will be helpful, as well as basic computer
courses designed to enhance student software application skills. At least two years of foreign
language is encouraged.
175
Application for Admission
Students who apply for admission to the social work program must meet the following criteria
which is simplifi
ed in three phases:
Phase I
Students must obtain admittance into Oakwood University and declare Social Work as a
major. Applications into the program will not be considered unless students have formally
completed Phase I.
Phase II
1) Students are required to read the programs’s Admission Handbook and the Student
Handbook. A copy of both handbooks is available online under the program’s website. After
reading the manuals, students must sign the “Agreement Form of Acknowledgement and
Compliance” and give the signed form to the SW 202 faculty instructor. Students are formally
oriented about the Social Work Department’s admission’s process through the SW 202 course.
The Social Work Student Handbook, and all related forms will be reviewed during the course.
It is also in this course that students review the following expectations and requirements of
all social work majors.
2) Have attained a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 by the conclusion
of the spring semester of their freshman year.
3) Have completed the Student Self-Assessment. The assessment results are to be included
as a part of the departmental entrance forms. The assessment is designed to help students
develop introspection into their personal values, ethics and competence as it relates to
the eld of social work. The assessment is also used to aide in the determination of the
student’s suitability for the profession of social work. It is anticipated that students will use
this assessment as a means for personal evaluation and professional growth.
4) Have demonstrated a commitment to the profession as refl ected in class discussions,
class assignments (i.e. SW 201 and SW 202), the application material, and participation in
the various clubs available within the Department of Social Work..
5) Have demonstrated written and verbal skills that are commensurate with collegiate level
expectations.
Phase III
Each student is required to complete 15 hours of service learning as a part of the SW 202
Introduction to Social Work course. The instructor conducts a formal evaluation of the student’s
performance. During this course, students undergo a formal interview by the department’s
faculty. During the interview, a series of questions are asked in order to ascertain the student’s
motivation for and readiness for admission into the program. As part of the interview, students
are given a short case scenario and ask to respond to it from a student desiring to enter the
profession. The purpose is to uncover the student’s thoughts, attitudes, and introductory skills
around a social work issue. Students are informed that the purpose of using this exercise is
to illustrate the kind of situations that they may encounter in social work practice. Students
are informed that there is no right or wrong answers. A time limit of 10 minutes is given to
each student, after which the student is told to return to the interviewing room to discuss
thoughts in relations to the case scenario. The faculty provides each student with feedback
on the scenario and the interview. The student is invited to ask questions concerning the
Social Work program. Finally, the student is briefed on the process, specifi cally who, when
and when they will expect to be informed of the outcome. The faculty, utilizing the Admission
Interview Evaluation Rubric, generates a score for the student.
176
Students are notifi ed in writing concerning the depa
rtment’s decision regarding their admission to
the Social Work Department. Transfer students who have already completed SW 202 may acquire
the application information from the departmental offi ce and are subject to the same admission
requirements. Admission to the program is a prerequisite for taking the following courses: SW 334,
SW 350, SW 380, SW 400, SW 420, SW 451, SW 452, SW 453, SW 454, SW 455, and SW 480.
Field Education Practicum and Service Learning
Social Work majors are required to complete fi eld education practicum and service learning
projects for the integration of theoretical knowledge, values, and skills acquired in the classroom
with practice. Required eld education and service learning hours are as follows: SW 202
Introduction to Social Work, students complete 15 hours of service learning; and in SW 454 and
455 Field Instruction and Seminar I and II, students are required to complete 450 hours (225 in
each course) of eld education in an assigned social service agency. Transportation to and from
eld placement is the sole responsibility of the student.
Students who qualify to enter the senior fi eld education courses are required to enroll in the
course SW 350 Pre-Field Orientation during the spring semester of their junior year. The orienta-
tion course includes the completion of the eld application package and individual interviews
with each potential senior fi eld student to review his or her preparedness for fi eld, and 50 hours
in pre-fi eld internship at a local social service agency. Students must complete a background
check, become a member of the National Association of Social Workers (NASW), and purchase
liability insurance. Students must show evidence of their completion of all lower division classes
and required foundation social work courses in order to be approved for enrollment in the senior
eld education course SW 454. Students must also successfully complete SW 400 and SW 451
in order to gain admittance to SW 454.
Detailed information on the social work major is outlined in the Social Work Admissions Manual,
Social Work Student Handbook, and Field Instruction Manual available on the departmental
website (see the Oakwood University website, Academic link).
Exit Examination
T
he exit examination process for social work seniors includes three major components:
the completion of a professional portfolio, an oral interview, and a review of the student’s eld
practicum performance. An Exit Exam Committee will assess each of these areas to determine
the student’s readiness for social work practice. Students must successfully complete each of
these stages with a minimum score of 80% in each area to pass the exit exam process.
Portfolio. All Social Work majors are required to develop, maintain, and complete a profes-
sional eportfolio designed to measure their progress in achieving the program competencies and
disposition expectations. The eportfolio serves as a key instrument used to assess the student’s
progress in their personal character and professional growth within the program. The completed
eportfolio will be reviewed by members of the Exit Exam Committee comprised of social work
faculty and members of the Social Work Advisory group. The portfolio process is outlined in the
ePortfolio Handbook, and is available to students online.
Oral Interview. Students will present their ePortfolio before an Exit Exam Committee consisting
of faculty and Social Work Advisory Board practice professionals. The Committee will assess
the student’s progress toward achieving the program competencies based on the quality of the
completed ePortfolio and the student’s interview scores during an oral evaluation.
177
Field Education Practicum. The eld education practicum experience is the signature component
in the general curriculum in which a student is able to demonstrate their ability to integrate theory
and practice. The Exit Exam Committee will review the student’s eld evaluations as a part of
assessing the student’s readiness for professional practice.
Career Opportunities
Students having a bachelor’s degree in social work (BSW) may fi nd employment in a large
a
ssortment of agencies. Some examples are: business sector (i.e. employee assistance programs),
child welfare services, correctional facilities, counseling, gerontology, hospitals, law offi ces,
addictions (drug, alcohol) programs, private practice, mental health centers, nursing homes,
public health agencies, public welfare agencies, substance abuse, and the school system. Also,
employment may be found in public relations with public and private non-profi t organizations,
administrative areas where relationship skills are valuable, personnel areas, where a knowledge
of human relations is essential, and/or research with various organizations.
Bachelor of Social Work
Detailed information on the social work major is outlined in the Social Work Student Handbook
and is available to all majors on the departmental web page. Additional information concerning the
requirements for the eld instruction courses are outlined in the Field Instruction Manual which
is also available on the departmental web page.
Students who complete the requirements for the Bachelor of Social Work will be profi cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior in the classroom and in the fi eld
2.
Develop an appreciation for diversity and difference in practice
3. Create a plan that advances human rights, social, economic and environmental justice
4. Generate practice-informed research and research-informed practice
5. Analyze policies
6. Develop the skills used to engage with individuals, families, groups, communities and
organizations
7. Create a plan of assessment with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations
8. Demonstrate interventions at the generalist level with individuals, families, groups, communities
and organizations
9. Evaluate interventions used with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations
10. Evaluate social work content from a biblical foundational perspective
11. Analyze the historical evolution of the social welfare system as a framework for understanding
Major Requirements:
SW 201 Introduction to Social Welfare .....................................................................3 hours
SW 202 Introduction to Social Work .........................................................................3 hours
SW 330 Human Behavior and Social Environment I ................................................3 hours
SW 331 Human Behavior and Social Environment II ...............................................3 hours
SW 334 Understanding Diversity and Oppression ....................................................3 hours
SW 340 Modern Social Work Theories and Practice ................................................3 hours
SW 350 Pre-fi eld Orientation ....................................................................................3 hours
SW 380 Welfare Policies...........................................................................................3 hours
178
SW 391 Ethics in Social Work Practice.....................................................................3 hours
SW 400 Generalist Skills and Practice .....................................................................3 hours
SW 420 Research in Social Work .............................................................................3 hours
SW 430 Research in Social Work II ..........................................................................3 hours
SW 451 General Methods of Micro Social Work ......................................................3 hours
SW 452 General Methods of Mezzo Social Work .....................................................3 hours
SW 453 General Methods of Macro Social Work......................................................3 hours
SW 454 Field Instruction and Seminar I ...................................................................7 hours
SW 455 Field Instruction and Seminar II ..................................................................7 hours
SW 480 Career Preparation ......................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .....................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Principles of Research .................................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................68 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Free Electives ...........................................................................................................5 hours
Total required for degree ....................................................................................... 120 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Science
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
HI 267 African American History I or
HI 268 African American History II .............................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics:
BI 101 Life Sciences .................................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
179
SCHOOL OF NURSING
AND
HEAL
TH PROFESSIONS
Dean: Karen Benn Marshall, Ph.D.
Purpose Statement
The School of Nursing and Health Professions has the primary objective of educating health
professionals in nursing, allied health, exercise science, nutrition and dietetics. The school aims
to facilitate learning that focuses on a Christ-centered, service oriented curriculum that promotes
excellence in character development, achievement of professional goal, and adherence to pro-
fessional standards,.
Departments
Allied Health
Earl Henry
, Dr. PH
Chair
Health and Physical Education
Benjamin A. Young, Ph.D.
Chair
Nursing
Karen Anderson, Ph.D., RN, CNE
Chair
Nutrition and Dietetics
Sherine Brown-Fraser, Ph.D.
Chair
180
Department of Allied Health
Assistant Professors:
R. Isariah Hannah, M.S.
Earl S. Henry, Dr. P.H., (Chair)
Elaine Isaac, Ed.D.
Mishael Williams, M.S.
Majors:
Child Development and Family Studies (B.S.)
Allied Health Science (B.S.)
Concentrations: Pre-Physical Therapy; Pre-Occupational Therapy;
Pre-Physician Assistant
Medical Technology (B.S.)
Pre-Speech-Language Pathology (A.S.)
Minors: Child Development
Purpose
The Department of Allied Health provides quality Christian education that emphasizes faith
and learning, service learning, critical thinking skills, cultural competence, and principles that can
be applied to health care, family, and personal ethical behavior.
It is our purpose to provide undergraduate education for future Christian health care providers
in the disciplines of child development and family studies, medical technology, physical therapy,
occupational therapy, physician assistant, and speech language pathology. The department
prepares graduates for licensure and/or entrance into graduate professional programs in health
care and family services. This education will respond to current and future health care market
demands for minority health care providers and family specialists.
The department also provides advising in such areas as pre-dentistry, pre-dental hygiene,
pre-optometry, pre-medicine, pre-health information management, pre-pharmacy, pre-physical
therapy assistant, pre-respiratory therapy, and pre-X-ray technology. Students must ensure that
they will meet the minimum entrance requirements of their prospective professional schools.
Application for Admission
Students must have an overall minimum GPA according to the following majors and con-
centrations: Child Development and Family Studies 2.00; Medical Technology 2.5; Pre-Physical
Therapy 2.5; Pre-Occupational Therapy 2.5; Pre-Physician Assistant 2.5; and Pre-Speech
Language Pathology 2.5.
Exit Examination
All students are required to take an exit examination prior to graduation from all programs.
Evaluation of conceptual skills, techniques of projects, and laboratory performances will be
included in the examination. All students must pass the examination before graduation with 75
percent profi ciency for dietetics majors, 70 percent profi ciency for child development and family
studies majors, and 50 percent profi ciency for all other majors.
181
Career Opportunities
Most of the growth that is occurring in health professions is happening in the allied health
c
areers. Physical therapy, occupational therapy, physician assistant and dietetics are examples of
allied health careers that are consistently on the Bureau of Labor Statistics list of highly desirable
professions that will enjoy good salaries and job security due to their role in the health care system
and because demand outstrips supply. Minority students are especially needed in the allied health
professions, as Blacks are underrepresented in almost every health profession. However, good
academic preparation is vital to success. Therefore, the Allied Health curriculum and advisement
are designed to maximize academic success and support the University’s mission to assist in the
development of Christian character.
Career choices for graduates from this department include: child life specialist, dietician,
family life specialist, hospital administrator, medical technology, nutritionist, occupational therapist,
physical therapist, physician assistant, preschool director and teacher, and speech-language
pathologist.
Bachelor of Science in Child Development and Family Studies
Child Development and Family Studies (CDFS) is an interdisciplinary program that provides a
comprehensive academic and professional background for working with children and families. The
program strives to improve the lives of children and families. This program prepares students to
work with children, adults, and families throughout the lifespan in a broad range of settings. The
curriculum prepares students for careers in child development, child life, family life, government,
social services agencies, and businesses which specialize in goods and services for the family,
The CDFS majors have the opportunity to utilize the Oakwood University Child Development
Laboratory to gain hands on experience in Child Development
Students who complete the B.S. in Child Development and Family Studies will be profi cient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Assess the development, roles, and interaction patterns of children, youth, and families within
their social structure
2. Apply Biblical principles and ethics in the care of children and families across the lifespan
3. Communicate effectively oral and written developmental concepts and theories
4. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunitie
s in child development and family studies
5. Incorporate diverse teaching methods and strategies which are appropriate to addressing
the needs of children and families
Major Requirements:
CD 101 Introduction to Child Development and Family Studies .............................. 1 hour
CD 210 Principles of Early Childhood Education ......................................................3 hours
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children ......................................................3 hours
CD 302 Preschool Environments ..............................................................................3 hours
CD 305 Parent-Child Relations .................................................................................3 hours
CD 355 Human Development ...................................................................................3 hours
CD 358 Infant and Toddler Development ..................................................................3 hours
CD 403 Child Development Practicum .....................................................................3 hours
CD 404 Administration and Supervision of Preschools .............................................3 hours
CD 453 Senior Seminar .......................................................................................... 1 hour
182
CD 454 Internship in Child Development and Family Studies ..................................3 hours
Upper Division Electives in CD, PY, SO, and SW .....................................................9 hours
FS 340 Family Economics and Management ...........................................................3 hours
FS 342 Intimate Relations and Marriage ..................................................................3 hours
FS 452 Advanced Family Studies .............................................................................3 hours
ED 341 Foundations of Reading ...............................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 345 Adolescent Psychology ................................................................................3 hours
SO 231 Social Problems ...........................................................................................3 hours
SW 330 Human Behavior and Social Environment ..................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................62 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................48-49 hours
General Electives .................................................................................................. 9-10 hours
Total required for the degree ................................................................................... 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Allied Health Science
Concentration: Pre-Physical Therapy
Following completion of the concentration requirements and the degree, the student can
complete professional masters or doctoral education at a physical therapy graduate school.
This concentration is designed to allow students who desire to apply to the 3+3 programs (e.g.
Loma Linda University or Andrews University) to complete all the prerequisite courses by the
end the junior year. The student must complete the general education requirements at Oakwood
University before entering the partnering institution. The student must complete: BI 111-112
Anatomy and Physiology with labs; BI 131-132 General Biology with labs; CH 141-142 General
Chemistry with labs; PH 103-104 General Physics with labs; PY 101 Principles of Psychology;
PY 307 Statistical Methods; PY 325 Developmental Psychology; PE 401 Physiology of Exercise;
and AH 350 Medical Technology. Three-plus-three students who successfully complete the fi rst
year of physical therapy professional graduate school will be awarded the B.S. in Allied Health
Science from Oakwood University.
The Pre-Physical Therapy students have two options: The generic track; and the accelerated
(3+3) track:
Generic track: complete the four year B.S in Allied Health Science curriculum at Oakwood
U
niversity, then attend a physical therapy graduate school. Having a bachelor degree expands
the number of professional school programs that a student can choose from, and increases
the likelihood of acceptance. Completion of a doctorate in physical therapy requires 3 years
after Oakwood.
Accelerated (3+3) Track: complete the Pre-Physical Therapy concentration curriculum through
the junior, then transfer to a 3+3 physical therapy program (e.g. Andrews University or Loma
Linda University). After successful completion of the rst year of professional graduate school,
the student is eligible to receive the B.S. in Allied Health Science from Oakwood University
(completion of the doctorate in physical therapy requires 3 years after Oakwood.) See the
Allied Health advisor for additional information.
183
Students who complete the B.S in Allied Health Scien
ce with the Pre-Physical Therapy
concentration will be profi cient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Plan strategies to integrate Christian principles and ethics in the care of patients
2. Construct critical thinking strategies to problem solving, decision making and evaluation of
research
3. Apply principles of cultural competence
4. Arrange the organization and function of the human body from the cell to system levels
5. Demonstrate the importance of disease prevention, wellness promotion, and the impact of
health disparities
6. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for physical
therapy
7. Demonstrate essential communication skills and professional demeanor
8. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities relative to Allied Health professions
Concentration Requirements:
AH 100 Intro. to Health Professions .........................................................................2 hours
AH 103 Intro. to Public Health ..................................................................................2 hours
AH 210 Practicum in Physical Therapy ....................................................................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care ...................................................................2 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .....................................................4 hours
BI 131-132 General Biology and Laboratory ............................................................8 hours
BI 221 Microbiology ..................................................................................................4 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects of Health Care .....................................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ............................................................................................2 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ................................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ..................................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ......................................................................................3 hours
PY 357 Health Psychology or PY elective ................................................................3 hours
RG 390 Ethics in the Professions ............................................................................3 hours
SO 211 Cultural Anthropology ..................................................................................3 hours
SW 382 Human Sexuality ........................................................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................75 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 48-49 hours
Total required for degree ........................................................................................123 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy & Physiology and Laboratory .............................................4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus I ...............................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
184
Concentration:
Pre-Occupational Therapy
This concentration is designed for students who desire to pursue a career, but may also be
used as a foundation for graduate study in many medical and health related professions. This
concentration contains the prerequisite courses required by most occupational therapy professional
programs. Pre-Occupational Therapy concentration majors will complete the four year bachelor
of Allied Health Science degree program and then apply to a masters or doctorate professional
program in Occupational Therapy. Programs that offer master’s degrees typically require 2 years
after Oakwood; doctoral education typically requires 3 years.
Students who complete the B.S in Allied Health Science with the Pre-Occupational Therapy
concentration will be profi cient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Plan strategies to integrate Christian principles and moral integrity in the care of patients
2. Construct critical thinking strategies to problem solving, decision making and the evaluation
of research
3. Arrange the organization and function of the human body from the cell to the system levels
4. Recognize normal physiological behavior and the common treatment modalities for abnormal
behavior
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the
occupational therapist
6. Demonstrate essential communication skills and professional demeanor
7. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities relative to Allied Health Professions
Concentration Requirements:
AH 100 Intro. to Health Professions .........................................................................2 hours
AH 103 Intro. to Public Health ..................................................................................2 hours
AH 200 Practicum in Occupational Therapy ............................................................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
AR 217 Art Appreciation ...........................................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .....................................................4 hours
BI 131-132 General Biology and Laboratory ............................................................8 hours
CH 101-102 Introduction to Organic & Biochemistry and Laboratory ......................6 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
PE 205 First Aid & CPR .......................................................................................... 1 hour
PE 315 Motor Learning ............................................................................................2 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ..................................................................................................3 hours
PH 101 Physical Science .........................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ......................................................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior or upper division elective. ............................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills or upper division elective ................................................3 hours
PY or FS upper division elective ............................................................................. 3 hours
RG 390 Ethics in the Professions ............................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
SO 211 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ..........................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................63 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................9 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
185
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 1
11 Human Anatomy & Physiology and Laboratory .............................................4 hours
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Laboratory ...................................3 hours
MA 121 Precalculus I ...............................................................................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
PY 101 Principles of Psychology .............................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Concentration: Pre-Physician Assistant
This concentration is designed for students who desire to pursue a career in Physician
Assistant, but may also be used as a foundation for graduate study in many medical and health
related professions. This concentration contains the prerequisite courses required by most
physician assistant professional programs. Pre-Physician Assistant concentration majors will
complete the four year Bachelor of Science in Allied Health Science degree program, and then
apply to a master’s professional program in Physician Assistant. Programs that offer master’s
degrees typically require two years after Oakwood.
Students who complete the B.S in Allied Health Science with the Pre-Physician Assistant
concentration will be profi cient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the Biblical foundation principle ‘Transformation’ and its
application to personal and public health
2. Describe the organization and function of the human body from the cell to the system level
3. Describe the structure and function of organic molecules
4. Explain the importance of disease prevention, wellness promotion, and the impact of health
disparities
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the
physician assistant
6. Demonstrate basic communication skills and professional demeanor
7. Construct critical thinking strategies to problem-solving, decision-making, and the evaluation
of research
8. Apply principles of cultural competence
9. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities relative to Allied Health professions
Concentration Requirements:
AH 100 Intro. to Health Professions .........................................................................2 hours
AH 103 Intro. to Public Health ..................................................................................2 hours
AH 220 Practicum in Pre-Physician Assistant ..........................................................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care ...................................................................2 hours
BI 111-112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ...............................................8 hours
BI 221 Microbiology and Laboratory ........................................................................4 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 311 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory .............................................................4 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
186
HC 330 Legal Aspects of Health Care .....................................................................3 hours
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions .........................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics I & II and Laboratory .................................................8 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ......................................................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior or PY upper division elective ........................................3 hours
PY 411 Principles of Research .................................................................................3 hours
RG 390 Ethics in the Professions ............................................................................3 hours
SO 211 Cultural Anthropology ..................................................................................3 hours
SW 334 Understanding Diversity and Oppression ...................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................73 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 48-49 hours
Total required for degree ................................................................................ 121-122 hours
Required General Education selections: Students should select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology ...........................................................................................4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus I ...............................................................................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
This
is a consortium program in which the student spends three years at Oakwood University
and approximately twelve months at a partnering institution: Andrews University. The student
must complete the general education requirements at Oakwood University before entering the
partnering institution (Andrews University). (Application for admission to partnering institution must
be made separately and admission is based on a minimum overall and science GPA of 2.5).
Students who complete the B.S. in Medical Technology will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the Biblical foundation principle ‘Transformation’ and its
application to personal and public health
2. Identify biomolecules such as carbohydrates, amino and nucleic acids, lipids, enzymes,
vitamins, and cofactors
3. Describe biological processes that occur at the human cellular level, system level, and in
the ecological environment
4. Identify the clinical features of bacterial diseases and diagnostic procedures
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the clini-
cal laboratory scientist
6. Demonstrate clinical laboratory skills and professional demeanor appropriate for the entry-
level clinical laboratory scientists
Major Requirements:
AH 100 Introduction to Health Professions
.............................................................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
BI 132 General Biology ............................................................................................4 hours
187
BI 241 General Microbiology ....................................................................................4 hours
BI 321 Genetics and Laboratory ..............................................................................4 hours
BI 422 General Physiology and Laboratory .............................................................4 hours
BI 455 Immunology and Laboratory .........................................................................4 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory .....................................................8 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry and Laboratory ......................................................................4 hours
MA 122 Precalculus ................................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics ...................................................................................8 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ......................................................................................3 hours
AH 400, 401 Medical Technology Clinical Education ............................... (hours may vary)
Total ................................................................................................................... 63+ hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 47-53 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................................4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus .................................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Associate of Science in Pre-Speech-Language Pathology
Following completion of this degree, the student must complete professional education at a
college or university that offers this major.
Students who complete the A.S. in Pre-Speech-Language Pathology will be profi
cient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Apply Christian principles to the delivery of health care services
2. Arrange the organization and function of the human body from the cell to system level
3. Identify the basic components of vocal production and the impact of non-verbal communication
4. Demonstrate the importance of disease prevention, wellness promotion and the impact of
health disparities
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the speech-
language pathologist
6. Demonstrate essential communication skills and professionalism
Major Requirements
AH 100 Introduction to Health Professions ..............................................................2 hours
AH 103 Introduction to Public Health .......................................................................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
BI 111-112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ...............................................8 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory .............................................................4 hours
188
CO 320 Voice and Diction ........................................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................28 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 31-33 hours
Free electives ........................................................................................................ 0-1 hour
Total required for degree ..................................................................................... 60-61 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics
MA 121 Precalculus .................................................................................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
PY 101 Principles of Psychology .............................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Minor in Child Development
CD 210 Principles of Early Childhood Education ......................................................3 hours
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children ......................................................3 hours
CD 302 Preschool Environments ..............................................................................3 hours
CD 305 Parent-Child Relations .................................................................................3 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
CD 358 Infant and Toddler Development Studies .....................................................3 hours
CD 403 Child Development Practicum .....................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
189
Department of Health and Exercise Science
Professor:
Howard Shaw
, Ph.D., Ed.S.
Assistant Professors:
Terry Hamilton, M.Ed.
Bruce Peifer, M.S.
Vashon Williams, M.S.
Benjamin Young, Ph.D., (Chair)
Majors: Fitness and Wellness (B.S.)
Health and Physical Education Teaching (B.S.)
Health Science (B.S.)
Sports Management (B.S.)
Sports Marketing (B.S.)
Minors: Fitness and Wellness
Health and Physical Education
Purpose:
The Health and Exercise Science Department promotes quality Christian education and
academic excellence by providing faculty, staff, and students with physical pursuits that will
enhance their mental, social, personal, and spiritual dimensions.
The Department provides instruction in health principles and a variety of physical activity and
theory courses. These courses are designed to promote healthful living and physical tness, as
well as knowledge and skill development.
Eligibility Requirements:
To be accepted as a major in the Department of Health and Exercise Science, students
must have completed at least 32 hours of course work, including EN 112 Freshman Composition
and four hours of physical education. Prospective majors must have and maintain a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.50.
Exit Examination:
Seniors are required to take and pass at the 70th percentile a written exit examination from
the department, the fi rst attempt to be taken by the end of the fall semester of their senior year.
Career Opportunities:
Graduates in this department may have careers as coaches, tness specialists, health
educators, public health analysts, hospital health educators, corporate wellness coordinators,
intramural directors, parks and recreation programmers, sports medicine personnel, teachers,
and water safety instructors. The B.S. degree in Health Science offers a broad study of health
care and provides the academic preparation required for pre-med, pre-dental and other clinical
degrees.
190
Academic Credit for Participation in Competitive Intercollegiate Athletics
Academic credit is offered for participation in competitive intercollegiate athletics at Oakwood
University. The student must register for the course in advance and will be awarded in the semester
of participation. One credit hour will be awarded for successful participation as a member of the
team. The student will receive a letter grade for the course. To receive credit, a student must
enroll in either PE 193 or PE 194 Independent Activity for Intercollegiate Team Sports, a course
specifi cally designated for athletes. An application must be completed and approved by the Health
and Physical Education Department chair and the Registrar for registration in this course. Athletic
participation on a team must be confi rmed in writing by the team coach. The student must pay
normal course fees at the time of registration to receive academic credit. Student athletes can
receive this credit only once during their years of active competition.
Bachelor of Science in Fitness and Wellness
This program is designed to meet the needs of students who are seeking a career as a tness
specialist, athletic trainer, exercise physiologist, kinesiologist or corporate tness consultant or
graduate studies. Admission to this curriculum requires approval of the department.
Students who complete the B.S. in Fitness and Wellness will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education for
service to God and humanity
2.
Apply solutions to current health and fi tness related challenges
3. Design an Individualized Exercise Prescription (IEP) as a preventive measure to circumvent
chronic diseases and maintain a health enhancing level of physical fi tness
4. Analyze movement concepts as they relate to the development of motor skills
5. Evaluate fi tness assessments, health behaviors, and risk factors for physical dysfunction
6. Apply anthropometric techniques in evaluating the components of health-related fi tness
Major Requirements:
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education ...............................................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .......................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................3 hours
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement ..............3 hours
PE 325 Water Safety Instructor .................................................................................3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ..................................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Ed. ........................................3 hours
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR Certifi cation ......................................................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise .................................................................................3 hours
PE 410 Adapted Physical Education .........................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ...................................................................................................3 hours
PE 421 Health Promotion .........................................................................................3 hours
PE 422 Fitness Management ....................................................................................3 hours
PE 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................3 hours
PE 492 Internship for Health Professions .................................................................3 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business ..............................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ....................................................3 hours
191
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................3 hours
ND 131 Nutrition .......................................................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills ..........................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................64 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
PE 207 Intermediate Swimming ............................................................................... 1 hour
PE 280 Weight Training ........................................................................................... 1 hour
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................6 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Health Science
This program is designed to meet the needs of students who are seeking a career as a health
educator, public health analyst, hospital health educator, or health inspector. It meets require-
ments for pre-med, pre-dental, and other clinical degrees and graduate studies. Admission to
this curriculum requires approval of the department chair.
Students who complete the B.S. in Health Science will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education for
service to God and humanity
2.
Analyze how socioeconomic, cultural, behavioral, structural, biological, environmental and
other factors impact the health of individuals and communities
3. Apply skills of leadership and management to human, scal, capital and social resources
when administering health education strategies
4. Synthesize information relevant to improving global health
5. Evaluate theories of health, disease, and well-being in the planning, implementation,
assessment of various health programs
Major Requirements:
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ..................................................................3 hours
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions ..........................................................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise .................................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ...................................................................................................3 hours
PE 421 Health Promotion .........................................................................................3 hours
PE 450 Epidemiology and Disease Control ..............................................................3 hours
192
PE 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................... 3 hours
AH 103 Introduction to Public Health ........................................................................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ...........................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
BI 131-132 General Biology and Lab ........................................................................8 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Lab ..................................................................8 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ....................................................3 hours
NU 106 Non-Drug Therapeutics................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Lab ......................................................................8 hours
PY 357 Health Psychology........................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................66 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
MA 108 Fundamentals of Mathematics .....................................................................3 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................6 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Health and Physical Education Teaching
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation
(CAEP). The program qualifi es a person to teach physical education. After graduation, students
may apply for the Alabama Class B Certifi cate: Physical Education, grades P-12; and the SDA
Basic Teaching Certifi cate: Physical Education, grades P-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline. Program
advisor: A. Young.
Bachelor of Science in Sports Management
This program is designed to prepare students to develop the skills and experience they’ll need
to succeed in the competitive industry of sports management. Through courses that encourage
and develop critical thinking and problem solving, the program will progress students into leaders
who can apply business practices to the sports industry.
Students who complete the B.S. in Sports Management will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education for
service to God and humanity
2.
Create concepts from business disciplines that apply to complex sports management issues
193
3. Evaluate global perspective as it relates to the fu
nction of sports management in an increasingly
multicultural world
4. Apply ethical standards to contemporary business situations
5. Apply current concepts of sports business management
Major Requirements:
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Offi ciating Athletic Contests ......................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .......................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................3 hours
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement ..............3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ..................................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education ...............................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise .................................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ...................................................................................................3 hours
PE 490 or PE 491 Research and Independent Study .............................................. 3 hours
PE 492 Internship for Health Professionals ..............................................................3 hours
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I & II ...............................................................6 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business ...............................................................................3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................3 hours
BA 375 Business Law ...............................................................................................3 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business ..................................................................................3 hours
BA 487 Negotiations .................................................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ....................................................3 hours
PY 351 Organizational Psychology ...........................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................67 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................5 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
194
Bachelor of Science in Sports Marketing
This program is designed to prepare students to work on the business side of the sports
industry. Graduates of this specialized marketing degree will be equipped to manage the sales,
promotion, and advertising of athletic organizations or products
Students who complete the B.S. in Sports Marketing will be profi cient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education for
service to God and humanity
2.
Analyze the process and structure in sports events
3. Evaluate the sports marketing environment and trends infl uencing marketers
4. Create a proposal for the sponsorship of a sports-related sponsorship property (e.g. league,
team or athlete)
Major Requirements:
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .......................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................3 hours
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement ..............3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ..................................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education ...............................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise .................................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ...................................................................................................3 hours
PE 490 or PE 491 Research and Independent Study .............................................. 3 hours
PE 492 Internship for Health Professionals ..............................................................3 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business ...............................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ....................................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications .................................................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................3 hours
MK 343 Consumer Behavior .....................................................................................3 hours
MK 345 Advertising Management .............................................................................3 hours
MK 350 Sales Management ......................................................................................3 hours
MK 468 Retail Merchandising & Design ...................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
PY 351 Organizational Psychology ...........................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills ..........................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................64 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................8 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
195
Each course taken by the student may be applied to o
nly one program: general education,
major, minor, or free electives.
Minor in Fitness and Wellness
ND 131 Nutrition .......................................................................................................3 hours
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education ...............................................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .......................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education ...............................3 hours
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR Certifi cations ....................................................3 hours
PE 422 Fitness Management ....................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
Minor in Health and Physical Education
PE 303 Individual/Team Sports I ...............................................................................3 hours
PE 304 Individual/Team Sports II ..............................................................................3 hours
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Offi ciating Athletic Contests ......................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .......................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................3 hours
PE 330 Methods of Teaching Physical Education .....................................................3 hours
Total .............................................................................................................................18 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
196
Department of Nursing
Professor:
Karen
Anderson, Ph.D., RN, CNE (Chair)
Associate Professors:
Dwight Huslin, M.S.N, RN
Rise Lowery, Ph.D., RN
Jillian Wills, M.S.N., RN, CNE
Assistant Professors:
Bianca Norris, M.S.N., CRNP
Mukesha Mbuguje, M.S.N., RN
Priscilla Morris, M.S.N., RN
Mattie Sherard, DNP, RN
Major: Nursing ( B.S.)
Generic Option
RN Completion Program
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Nursing to provide Christ-centered education for nursing
students that promotes excellence in character, achievement of professional goals, leadership
and service to a multicultural community and prepares nurses to care for the biopsychosocial
and spiritual needs of clients across the life cycle in a variety of health-care settings.
Accreditation
The program in nursing is accredited (2010-2018) by the
Accreditation Committee for Education in Nursing (ACEN)
3343 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 500
Atlanta, GA 30326
404-975-5000
www.acenursing.org
Approval
The program in nursing is approved by the
Alabama Board of Nursing
RSA Plaza, Ste. 250
770 Washington Ave.
Montgomery, AL 36104
www.abn.state.al.us
197
Career Opportunities
The Department of Nursing offers two baccalaureate
degree options: a generic (four-year BS)
option that prepares students to take the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered
Nursing (NCLEX-RN); and a two-year BS completion program for RNs that provides registered
nurses prepared at the associate degree or diploma level an opportunity to obtain a bachelors
degree in nursing. Both programs prepare students for graduate study in nursing and to practice
at the professional level in a variety of health care settings, including the community, industry,
government, hospitals, and clinics.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Generic Option
Admission Requirements:
1. Admission by the university and submission of separate application to nursing
2. University cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 or above on a 4.00 scale.
3. ACT composite score of 17 or above, or SAT composite of 840 or above.
4. Demonstrated reading at the 13th grade level, as indicated through diagnostic testing on
the Nelson Denny Exam.
5. Earn a grade of C or better in the NU 107 Introduction to Professional Nursing course.
6. No grade less than C in the sciences (biology, chemistry) courses.
7. Achieve a cumulative score of 75 percent or above on the HESI Admission Assessment
Exam (reading/comprehension, math, grammar, anatomy & physiology).
Admission by Transfer
1. Transfer credits for cognate courses will be evaluated by the appropriate university
department.
2. Transfer credits for nursing courses are non-transferable.
3. Credits for science courses in anatomy & physiology, microbiology, nutrition, and chemistry
earned more than ve years prior to admission will not be accepted. Applicants may
choose to validate knowledge by examination or by repeating the course.
Progression
T
o progress through the nursing program to graduation, the student must:
1. Pass a math profi ciency examination at the 100 percent level in NU 210 Fundamentals
and Skills, and pass a dosage calculation examination at the beginning of each nursing
performance course at the 100 percent level.
2. Pass all required clinical skills performance assessments.
3. Maintain a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 or above.
4. Maintain a nursing cumulative GPA of 3.00 or above for progression throughout the
program.
5. Complete with a passing grade all previous level courses (cognate and nursing) before
progression to the next level.
6. Repeat successfully all nursing and cognate courses in which the minimum grade (2.00)
was not achieved. No more than two courses may be repeated, only one of which
may be a nursing course. Courses may be repeated in the following combination: one
nursing and one cognate, or two cognate courses.
198
7. Fulfi ll any remedial contracts specifi ed by the department.
8. Present annual verifi cation of current CPR certifi cation and tuberculosis screening.
9. Demonstrate the personal qualifi cations necessary to the professional practice of nursing
as evaluated by the Department of Nursing faculty.
10. Participate in scheduled and random drug screening and background checking as required
11. Complete all standardized testing at the required level.
Students who are dismissed from the university through the Disciplinary Policy are not eligible
for progression.
Students who do not maintain the minimum required cumulative GPA of 3.00 and the nursing
cumulative GPA as described above may not progress to the next nursing course until the required
GPA is achieved.
Students who engage in misconduct that would jeopardize their professional performance as
nurses may be denied admission to or be removed from the program.
The Department of Nursing reserves the right to revise, add, or delete courses as needed
to maintain the quality of the nursing program. The Nursing Department Student Handbook is
renewed and updated regularly and supersedes policies contained here.
Students in the generic option must graduate in order to write the National Council Licensure
Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN). The RN license may be denied where there
is failure to show good moral character as it pertains to nursing, including but not limited to
conviction of a felony, abuse of or addiction to alcohol or drugs, and theft of drugs. The decision
as to whether the applicant is of good moral character is at the discretion of the State Board of
Nursing.
HESI RN Integrated Testing Program
In preparation for the NCLEX-RN exam which all nursing graduates must take to become
registered nurses, the Health Education Systems Inc. (HESI) integrated testing program is
administered throughout the student’s course of study. Students must successfully complete
HESI remediation as required throughout the program. This will assist students in being prepared
after graduation to pass the NCLEX-RN on the fi rst attempt. Refer to the departmental Student
Handbook for complete details.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.S. in Nursing (generic or RN completion) will:
1. Exhibit a pattern of caring behaviors consistent with Christ’s attitude and actions.
2.
Utilize the nursing process to provide evidence-based nursing care for individuals, families,
groups and communities.
3. Develop plans to promote health based on SDA health principles.
4. Demonstrate awareness of innovative use of technology and tools to improve health in a
variety of settings.
5. Develop social and professional responsibility through leadership roles, quality initiatives,
and service learning.
199
Major Requirements:
NU 107 Introduction to Professional Nursing ............................................................. 2 hours
NU 111 Health Promotion and Environmental Health ................................................ 3 hours
NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills ............................................................................... 3 hours
NU 211 Assessment and Skills ................................................................................. 3 hours
NU 212 Pharmacology for Nursing ............................................................................ 2 hours
NU 214 Nursing Performance I .................................................................................. 1 hour
NU 319 Nursing Ethics ............................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 330 Pathophysiology ........................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 331 Adult and Gerontological Nursing I ............................................................... 3 hours
NU 332 Mental Health Nursing .................................................................................. 3 hours
NU 333 Nursing Performance II ................................................................................. 2 hours
NU 334 Nursing Informatics ....................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 335 Transcultural Nursing .................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 336 Research in Nursing ..................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 338 Nursing Performance III ................................................................................ 4 hours
NU 339 Adult and Gerontological Nursing II .............................................................. 3 hours
NU 409 Nursing With Infants and Children ................................................................ 3 hours
NU 411 Community Health Nursing ........................................................................... 3 hours
NU 412 Nursing With Women during Childbearing Years .......................................... 3 hours
NU 413 Nursing Performance IV ............................................................................... 4 hours
NU 416 Management and Complex Medical-Surgical Nursing .................................. 3 hours
NU 417 Nursing Performance V ................................................................................ 3 hours
NU 421 Nursing Seminar ........................................................................................... 2 hours
Cognates: (No grade below C)
BI 112 Anatomy and Physiology and Lab ................................................................ 4 hours
BI 221 Microbiology and Lab ..................................................................................... 4 hours
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab ................................................ 3 hours
CH 102 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry and Lab ....................................... 3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ........................................................................................ 3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................. 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 82 hours
General Education (includes 12 hours of Biblical Studies) .............................. 49 hours
Nursing requirements ........................................................................................... 62 hours
Required cognates ................................................................................................ 20 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 131 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following: (no grade below C)
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness
ND 131 Nutrition ........................................................................................................ 3 hours
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Anatomy and Physiology and Lab ................................................................... 4 hours
MA 101 Fundamentals of Mathematics or MA 108 Introduction to College Algebra .. 3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................... 3 hours
200
Humanities and Fine Arts elective
EN 221 Literature of African Peoples ......................................................................... 3 hours
Technology
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ............................................................................ 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
RN Completion Program
Admission Requirements
1. Admission by the university. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission
to a specifi c department or program.
2. University cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 or above.
3. Current license to practice as a registered nurse in Alabama.
4. Completion or equivalency credit for an accredited associate degree program in nursing.
(See prerequisite courses below).
5. Evidence of current CPR certifi cation.
6. Medical clearance from Oakwood University Health Services.
7. Students having two failures (C- or less) in the physical sciences (biology, chemistry,
microbiology) or two failures in previous nursing courses are not eligible for admission
to the nursing program.
Prerequisites
Specifi c prerequisite requirements will vary according to the student’s previous program of
study. The student is expected to have completed the following courses with a grade of C (2.00)
or better prior to entering the program in nursing:
English Composition I and II
Anatomy and Physiology I and II
College Mathematics or Beginning Calculus
Microbiology
Inorganic Chemistry
Introduction to Psychology
Nutrition
Public Speaking
PE Activity (1 semester credit)
Successful completion of NU 340 Transition to Professional Nursing is prerequisite to
progression to the second semester of the nursing program.
Progression
1. Earn a grade of B (3.00) or better in each required nursing theory course and a grade of
Pass in each required nursing clinical (nursing performance) course.
2. Courses required for the major may be repeated only once. No more than two courses
may be repeated, only one of which may be a nursing course.
3. Graduation requirements include a minimum GPA of 3.00 in the major.
201
Major Requirements:
NU 319 Nursing Ethics ............................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 330 Pathophysiology ........................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 334 Nursing Informatics ....................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 335 Transcultural Nursing .................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 336 Research in Nursing ..................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 340 Transition to Professional Nursing ................................................................ 4 hours
NU 411 Community Health Nursing ........................................................................... 3 hours
NU 414 Nursing Performance RN I ............................................................................ 2 hours
NU 415 Gerontological Nursing ................................................................................. 3 hours
NU 416 Management and Complex Medical-Surgical Nursing .................................. 3 hours
NU 418 Nursing Performance RN II ........................................................................... 4 hours
NU 450 Nursing Elective ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CH 102 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry and Lab ....................................... 3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................. 3 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 40 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
202
Department of Nutrition and Dietetics
Professor:
Sherine Brown-Fraser
, Ph.D.,(Chair)
Assistant Professors:
Lisa Dalrymple, Ph.D.
Nadine Dowdie, M.P.H., RD
Majors: Dietetics (B.S.)
Nutrition with Vegetarian Culinary emphasis (BS)
Minors: Food and Nutrition
Postbaccalaureate Certifi cate: Dietetic Internship
Purpose
The Department of Nutrition and Dietetics provides
quality Christian education that emphasizes
faith and learning, service learning, critical thinking skills, cultural competence, and principles that
can be applied to health care, family, and personal ethical behavior. It is our purpose to provide
undergraduate education for future Christian health care providers in the discipline of dietetics,
food & nutrition and the dietetic internship. The department prepares graduates for licensure and/
or entrance into graduate professional programs in health. This education will respond to current
and future health care market demands for minority health care providers. The department also
provides advising in such areas as clinical dietetics, food and nutrition, and dietetic internship.
Students must ensure that they will meet the minimum entrance requirements of their prospective
professional schools.
Application for Admission
Students must have an overall minimum GPA of 2.7 for admission to Dietetics and 3.0 for the
Dietetic Internship.
Exit Examination
All students are required to take an exit examination prior to graduation from the Dietetics and
Distance Dietetic Internship programs. Evaluation of conceptual skills, techniques of projects,
and laboratory performances will be included in the examination. All dietetics majors must pass
the exit examination with 75 percent profi ciency before graduation.
Career Opportunities
Dietetics is an example of an allied health career that is consistently on the Bureau of Labor
Statistics list of highly desirable professions that enjoy good salaries and job security due to
their role in the health care system and because demand outstrips supply. Minority students are
especially needed in the profession, as Blacks are underrepresented. However, good academic
preparation is vital to success. Therefore, the dietetics curriculum and advisement are designed
203
to maximize academic success and support the University’s mission to assist in the development
of Christian character. Career choices for graduates from this department include dietitian,
nutritionist, public health/community nutritionist, administrative dietitian, food service dietitian,
sports nutritionist, food service director, nutrition research analyst, and nutrition entrepreneur.
Bachelor of Science in Dietetics
This program is designed for students who possess a strong interest in the sociological,
psychological, physiological, and economic aspects of food and nutrition, with emphasis on health
promotion/disease prevention. College Level Examination Program (CLEP) results do not meet
the requirements for this degree.
Admission Requirements for the Didactic Program in Dietetics:
1. Sophomore classifi cation
2. Minimum GPA of 2.7 on a 4.0 scale
3. A minimum grade of C in EN 111-112 Freshman Composition
4. Evidence of 12th grade reading level from diagnostic testing (any college testing center)
5. Submit personal statement and attend an interview
Students who do not meet the following requirements jeopardize their continuance in the dietetics
program.
1. Score 75 percent or better on the exit exam
2. Maintain a minimum 2.7 GPA on a 4.0 scale
3. Earn a minimum C grade in all dietetic and cognate courses as outlined in this section.
4. Earn a minimum 75 percent score on all tests, projects and assignments
5. Spend at least one summer acquiring pre-approved work or volunteer experience in the
eld of dietetics. (See Appendix A of departmental student handbook for details)
6. Maintain a professional development portfolio. (See Appendix A of departmental student
handbook for details)
Classes must be taken in sequential order and must logically progress from introductory learning
activities, to build on previous knowledge to achieve the expected depth and breadth of knowledge
upon completion of the program.
Students who complete the B.S. in Dietetics will be profi cient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Communicate effectively in presenting food and nutrition information
2. Use physical, biological, & social science concepts in nutrition settings
3. Do basic research in food and nutrition
4. Use nutrition concepts in health promotion and disease prevention
5. Prepare and serve quality food items for different settings
6. Practice management skills in budget preparation, cost analysis, and marketing
7. Demonstrate a Christ-centered SDA worldview in food and nutrition-related activities
Major Requirements:
ND 102 Introduction to Dietetics .............................................................................. 1 hour
ND 111 Food Preparation and Laboratory ................................................................3 hours
204
ND 233 Food Science and Laboratory ......................................................................3 hours
ND 321 Advanced Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition ......................................................................................3 hours
ND 323 Community Nutrition ...................................................................................3 hours
ND 351 Nutrition Assessment and Counseling and Laboratory ................................4 hours
ND 421 Quantity Food Management and Laboratory ...............................................3 hours
ND 431 Food Systems Management and Laboratory ..............................................3 hours
ND 439 Medical Nutrition Therapy I and Laboratory .................................................3 hours
ND 440 Medical Nutrition Therapy II and Laboratory ................................................3 hours
ND 442 Nutrition and Wellness .................................................................................3 hours
ND 453 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................2 hours
NU 330 Pathophysiology ..........................................................................................3 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ...........................................................3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
BI 111-BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology ........................................................8 hours
BI 221 General Microbiology .....................................................................................4 hours
CH 102 Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry with Lab ....................3 hours
CH 331 Nutritional Biochemistry ...............................................................................3 hours
EN 341
Technical Writing or BA 302 Business Communication ................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Research I ....................................................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................73 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................51 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................124 hours
Required General Education selections: Student must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab ...............................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences:
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness:
ND 131 Nutrition and Lab .........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Nutrition with Vegetarian Culinary Emphasis
The Vegetarian Culinary Nutrition degree program integrates the theoretical foundations of
nutrition and food science with practical vegetarian culinary applications. This degree is designed
with emphasis on the principles and concepts of vegetarian culinary arts.
Students who complete the B.S. in Nutrition with a Vegetarian Culinary emphasis is expected to:
1. Integrate scientifi c information and research into scientifi c and evidenced-based practice
2. Demonstrate the beliefs, values, attitudes and behaviors for a professional level of practice
of vegetarian diets
3. Perform customer services including the development and delivery of information, products,
and services to individuals, groups, and populations.
205
4. Apply the strategic principles of management syste
ms in the provision of services to
individuals an organizations.
Core requirements
ND 233 Food Science and Laboratory ......................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 323 Community Nutrition ....................................................................................3 hours
ND 351 Nutrition Assessment & Counseling and Lab ...............................................4 hours
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 421 Quantity Food Management and Lab ..........................................................3 hours
ND 431 Food Systems Management ........................................................................3 hours
ND 438 Nutrition and Wellness .................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Research I ....................................................................................................3 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................30 hours
Major Requirements
Core requirements ................................................................................................... 30 hours
ND 132 Essentials of Menu Planning ........................................................................ 3 hours
ND 134 Introduction to Baking and Pastry ................................................................. 3 hours
ND 137 Nutrition and Sensory Analysis ..................................................................... 3 hours
ND 138 Fundamentals of Food Service Production and Lab ..................................... 4 hours
ND 224 International Cuisine ..................................................................................... 3 hours
ND 317 Designing Healthy Desserts ......................................................................... 3 hours
ND 352 Principles of Food Product Development ..................................................... 3 hours
ND 417 Wellness Cuisine .......................................................................................... 3 hours
ND 493 Senior Culinary Practicum ............................................................................ 3 hours
ND 494 Advanced Culinary Nutrition Internship ......................................................... 3 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business ................................................................................ 3 hours
BI 112 Anatomy & Physiology and Lab ...................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours ................................................................................................................... 68 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 48 hours
Free Electives ............................................................................................................ 4 hours
Total hours for degree ............................................................................................... 120 hours
Required General Education selections: Student must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences:
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness:
ND 131 Nutrition and Lab .........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
206
Dietetic Internship
The Dietetic Internship Program at Oakwood University is a post-baccalaureate Distance Learning
certifi cate program accredited by the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics
(ACEND) of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND). Interns receive 1200 hours of supervised
practice by registered dietitian preceptors in clinical nutrition, food systems management, and
community nutrition with a concentration in medical nutrition therapy. Upon successful completion
of the dietetic internship program, the interns receive a certifi cate. This qualifi es them to take the
professional registration examination given by the Commission on Dietetic Registration (CDR)
which is the credentialing agency for the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND). Successful
passage of this examination allows interns to become qualifi ed professional registered dietitians.
Students who complete the Dietetic Internship Certifi
cate program will be profi cient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Use their knowledge of nutrition and dietetics to serve the community
2. Practice clinical counseling skills in the area of dietetics
3. Use nutrition concepts in health promotion and disease prevention
4. Practice the principles of medical nutrition therapy (MNT) in acute care setting
5. Demonstrate a Christ-centered SDA worldview in food and nutrition-related activities
Requirements:
ND 495-496 Dietetics Internship I-II ........................................................................24 hours
Minor in Food and Nutrition
ND 111 Food Preparation and Lab ............................................................................3 hours
ND 131 Nutrition .......................................................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 323 Community Nutrition ....................................................................................3 hours
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 421 Quantity Food Management ........................................................................3 hours
ND 431 Food System Management ..........................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................21 hours
207
SCHOOL OF
RELIGION
Dean:
Agniel Samson, Th.D.
Purpose Statement
The purpose of the School of Religion is to develop competent spiritual leaders through the de-
livery
of theological education that is Christ-centered, integrative, and contextually relevant from
a Seventh-day Adventist perspective.
Departments
Religion and Theology
Gilbert Ojwang, D.Min.
Chair
Graduate Program
Trevor Fraser, D.Min.
Coordinator
208
Department of Religion and Theology
Professors:
Tarsee Li, Ph.D.
Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D., (Chair)
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min. (Administrator)
Agniel Samson, Th.D., (Dean)
Associate Professors:
Gregory Allen, Th.D.
Finbar Benjamin, D.Min.
Keith Burton, Ph.D.
Trevor Fraser, D.Min.
Ifeoma Kwesi, D.Min.
Manuel Moral, Ph.D., D.Min.
Russell Seay, Ph.D.
Jesse Wilson, D.Min.
Assistant Professors:
Cory R. Rowe, D.Min., BCC
Majors: Ministerial Theology (B.A.)
Concentrations: Pastoral/Evangelistic Ministry; Pastoral Care and Pre-
Chaplaincy
Biblical Studies and Languages (B.A.)
Church Leadership (B.S.-LEAP/Adult Education)
Religious Education (B.S.)
Minors: Theology
Biblical Languages
Certifi cate: Church Leadership
Graduate: Pastoral Studies (M.A.)
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Religion and Theology is to develop competent Christian
leaders
through the delivery of theological education that is Christ-centered, integrative, and
contextually relevant from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective. This approach to theological
education is provided to both undergraduate and graduate students. For our general education
students, it supports the harmonious development of their personal, spiritual, social, and intellectual
faculties along with their majors.
Introduction
The department offers two Bachelor of Arts degrees, namely: Ministerial Theology (with a
concentration in either Pastoral and Evangelistic Ministry or Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy),
and Biblical Studies and Languages. The department also offers two Bachelor of Science degrees,
209
namely; Religious Education (in partnership with the Department of Education), and Church
Leadership, offered through LEAP for Adult Professionals 25 years or older.
While all degrees may be used as “pre-seminary” preparation, the BA degree in Ministerial
Theology (concentrating on pastoral and evangelistic ministry in churches), the BA in Biblical
Studies and Languages (for the person desirous of a strong biblical research component for
developing a foundation for pastoral ministry or teaching), and the BA in Pastoral Counseling and
Pre-Chaplaincy (specializing in pastoral care in various health care settings) focus on “entry level”
preparation for the seminary. These three degrees enable students to enter seminary with few or
no prerequisites to fulfi ll. The two BS degrees, all require additional courses before graduates
can meet the entry-level seminary requirements. However, these students may go on to pursue
other graduate degrees.
Majors must maintain an overall grade point average of 2.30 or above in major courses with
no grade lower than “C” in any religion course, required cognate, or religion courses in general
education.
.
Admission Requirements
When a student is accepted and admitted by the university, he or she selects a major eld of
study. The School of Religion evaluates its majors to determine who will be permitted to continue
as a major according to the following process:
1. During the rst semester of the second or sophomore year, all majors regardless of concentra-
tion must make formal application to the program. A successful application enables students
to enter the Candidacy stage of their studies in which they will focus mainly on upper division
courses. They will receive personal mentoring by an appointed faculty to help develop their
spiritual and professional lives. This is initiated by lling out the appropriate form located in the
offi ce of the chairman or Dean, followed by a personal conference with the assigned advisor.
(Specifi c detailed expectations of each major concentration are available in the central offi ce.)
2. The evaluation of each applicant will consider:
a. Spiritual commitment
b. Moral integrity
c. Emotional stability
d. Professional skills
e. Grade point average
3. The applicant will receive an offi cial decision/response verifi ed by a card, letter, or certifi cate.
4. To maintain “Candidate” status, the student must continue to meet all of the standards
mentioned in number 2 above plus:
a. Completion and passing of the Exit Exam during the fall semester of the senior year
b. Completion of the Emotional Competency Inventory (ECI)
c. Completion of Field Work by majors in Ministerial Theology and Pastoral Care and Pre-
Chaplaincy and recommendation by Externship Supervisor
d. Submission of a personal resume’ and sitting for photograph for inclusion in published
announcement of prospective graduates.
Exit Examination
All graduating seniors in major programs must take a comprehensive examination in the fall
semester of their nal year. The examination will evaluate profi ciency in four areas of competency:
biblical studies, theological studies, historical studies, and practical studies. A minimum of 73
percent is required for passing. Students who fail must retake the examination. See the exit
examination policy in the central offi ce for criteria and procedures.
210
Bachelor of Arts in Ministerial Theology
The Bachelor of Arts in Ministerial Theology is designed to expose students to selected
vocational options in ministry and provide a foundation for graduate education. The degree
requirements emphasize Christian spirituality and ministerial knowledge and skills. In addition to
core requirements for the major, students must choose from one of two concentrations: Pastoral/
Evangelistic Ministry or Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy Ministry.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.A. in Ministerial Theology will be profi
cient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by
Biblical spirituality, compassion,
interpersonal skills, ethics, and cultural fl uency.
2. Apply critically informed hermeneutical and exegetical principles to a Christ-centered, Seventh-
day Adventist interpretation of Scripture.
3. Utilize traditional Seventh-day Adventist perspectives in the critical analysis of common
Christian doctrines and the history of the Christian church.
4. Transfer knowledge of basic pastoral responsibilities to effective entry level pastoral leadership
in local congregations.
Core Requirements:
RB 311-312 New Testament I, II .............................................................................3-3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 402 Pentateuch and Writings ............................................................................... 3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel ........................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 231 Personal Evangelism .................................................................................... 2 hours
RP 341-342 Biblical Preaching I, II .........................................................................3-3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 441 Christian Worship and the Black Liturgical Experience ................................. 2 hours
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth......................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 421 or 422 Christian Theology I or II ............................................................. 3 or 2 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ................................................................................................ 6 hours
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV ............................................................................................ 4 hours
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II ............................................................................................. 6 hours
Total ................................................................................................................... 60-61 hours
Concentration 1:
Pastoral/Evangelistic
The Bachelor of Arts in Ministerial Theology with Pastoral/Evangelistic concentration is
designed to prepare students for entry level pastoral and evangelistic ministry through a pre-
seminary curriculum.
Students who complete the requirements for Pastoral/Evangelistic concentration will be
profi cient in the following student learning outcome:
1. Demonstrate practical skills of pastoral/evangelistic ministry
211
Concentration Requirements:
RT 422 Christian Theology II ..................................................................................... 2 hours
RP 443 Christian Ministry II........................................................................................ 3 hours
HI 444 History of Christian in the World I ................................................................... 3 hours
HI 445 History of Christian in the World II .................................................................. 3 hours
Concentration Electives* ......................................................................................... 2-4 hours
Total Concentration ......................................................................................... 13-15 hours
General Education requirement ............................................................................... 47 hours
Core Requirement ...............................................................................................60-61 hours
Concentration Requirement ................................................................................ 13-15 hours
Total for degree ............................................................................................ 121-123 hours
*Ministerial theology and other students wishing to fulfi ll pre-seminary requirements for
intermediate level Hebrew must take RL 413 Hebrew III and RL 414 Hebrew IV as part of their
electives.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
Concentration 2: Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy
The major in Ministerial Theology with the Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy concentration
will be profi cient in the following student learning outcome:
1. Apply foundational level pastoral care and counseling skills in clinical settings
Concentration Requirements:
RP 361-362 Pastoral Care and Counseling I-II .......................................................... 6 hours
RP 460 Pre-Counseling/Pre-Chaplaincy Practicum ................................................... 3 hours
PY 361 Marriage and Family...................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Concentration .............................................................................................. 15 hours
General Education requirement ............................................................................... 47 hours
Core Requirement ...............................................................................................60-61 hours
Concentration Requirement ..................................................................................... 15 hours
Total for degree ............................................................................................ 122-123 hours
*Ministerial theology and other students wishing to fulfi ll pre-seminary requirements for
intermediate level Hebrew must take RL 413 Hebrew III and RL 414 Hebrew IV.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives.
212
Bachelor of Arts in Biblical Studies and Languages
The program in Biblical Studies and Languages is designed both for the person who desires
to
enter pastoral ministry with a strong Biblical studies and languages component, while fulfi lling
pre-seminary requirements, as well as the one who desires special training in Bible research and
inquiry although not necessarily claiming a “call” or commitment to traditional pastoral ministry.
Such a curriculum may lead to a variety of areas of religious service principally teaching Bible
on college, university, or graduate levels and provides a religious foundation for law, dentistry,
education, medicine, paramedical, or technological professions. (Certifi cation to teach Bible on
elementary or academy/high school levels should be pursued through the “Religious Education”
major located in the Department of Education in collaboration with the School of Religion.) All
students in this major take courses in the “Major Requirements” section and then select either
Pastoral Ministry concentration or Pre-professional minor concentration equivalency. The
remaining credits are earned from free electives.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the requirements in Biblical Studies and Languages will be profi cient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by B
iblical spirituality, compassion,
interpersonal skills, ethics, and cultural fl uency
2. Apply critically informed hermeneutical and exegetical principles to a Christ-centered, Seventh-
day Adventist interpretation of scripture
3. Apply knowledge of Ancient Near Eastern and Classical languages and history to biblical
exegesis and theology
Major Requirements:
RB 311-312 New Testament I, II .............................................................................3-3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 402 Pentateuch and Writings ............................................................................... 3 hours
RB 415 Senior Seminar in Biblical Exegesis ............................................................. 3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel ........................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ............................................................................................. 3-3 hours
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV ......................................................................................... 2-2 hours
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II ..........................................................................................3-3 hours
RL 413-414 Hebrew III, IV .......................................................................................2-2 hours
Select two from the following:
RB 416 Topics in Ancient Near Eastern History and Archeology
RL 415 Topics in Biblical Languages
RT 331 Introduction to Biblical Theology ................................................................ 6 hours
Select Pre-seminary or Pre-professional option ...................................................... 24 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 73 hours
Pre-Seminary option:
RP 231 Personal Evangelism .................................................................................... 2 hours
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I........................................................................................ 3 hours
RT 421 Christian Theology I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
RT 422 Christian Theology II ..................................................................................... 2 hours
213
HI 444 History of Christianity in the World I ............................................................... 3 hours
HI 445 History of Christianity in the World II .............................................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the SDA Church ............................................................................. 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
General Electives ....................................................................................................... 2 hours
Total Concentration requirements ............................................................................ 24 hours
Pre-Professional option:
Minor equivalency (in Pre-law, med. dentistry, etc.,
see relevant section of the bulletin) ................................................................ 18-21 hours
Free electives ..........................................................................................................3-6 hours
Total Concentration requirements ............................................................................ 24 hours
Major requirements .................................................................................................. 73 hours
General Education requirements ............................................................................. 47 hours
Total required for degree .......................................................................................... 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education,
major, minor or free electives
Bachelor of Science in Church Leadership-Adult and Continuing Education (LEAP)
This degree program is designed specifi cally for th
e adult learner and offered in a nontraditional
format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the program outline
and description of courses.
Bachelor of Science in Religious Education
The Bachelor of Science in Religious Education is designed to qualify a person to teach
secondary-school Bible and to pursue graduate study in such areas as school administration
and religious education. Upon conferral of the degree, students may apply for the Seventh-day
Adventist Basic Teaching Certifi cate: Religion, grades 7-12. Degree requirements are listed in
the Department of Education section of the bulletin.
Minor in Theology
The Minor in Theology offers a bi-vocational ministerial option to non-majors interested in
supplementing
their primary discipline with signifi cant coursework in theology and religion. The
minor is especially designed for students not pursuing professional ministry but who recognize
that God calls believing people of all vocations to spiritual service. The Minor in Theology also
fulfi lls the discipline of theology requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies.
Minor Requirements
RB 311 New Testament I ............................................................................................ 3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 231 Personal Evangelism or RP 442 Public Evangelism ..................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
214
RG 321 Christian Ethics ............................................................................................. 3 hours
RG 202 Fundamentals of Seventh-day Adventist Beliefs .......................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Minor in Biblical Languages
The Minor in Biblical Languages is designed for theology majors in recognition of the practical
benefi t of in-depth knowledge and skill in biblical languages for ministerial practice. Students
other than theology majors are also permitted to enroll in a Minor in Biblical Languages.
Minor Requirements
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ............................................................................................. 3-3 hours
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV ........................................................................................ 2-2 hours
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II ..........................................................................................3-3 hours
RL 413-414 Hebrew III, IV .......................................................................................2-2 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Certifi cate in Church Leadership
This one-year program prepares the participant for effective lay leadership or self-supporting
m
inistry. The program also provides certifi cation for ministers with training from other denominations
who seek to practice ministry in a Seventh-day Adventist context.
Certifi cate Requirements:
RB 311 New Testament I ............................................................................................ 3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy ..................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I........................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth......................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RG 321 Christian Ethics ............................................................................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ..........................................2 or 3 hours
Total .................................................................................................................. 34-35 hours
215
GRADUATE STUDIES
MBA and MPH Programs
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2019-2020
Events Fall Semester
Graduate New Student Orientation ..................................................................... July 29-Aug. 11
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 1 ............................................................................Aug. 12
Graduate Instruction Ends-Session 1 ..................................................................................Oct. 6
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 2 .............................................................................Oct. 14
Graduate Instruction Engs-Session 2 .................................................................................Dec. 8
Events Spring Semester
Graduate New Student Orientation .....................................................................Dec. 30-Jan. 10
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 1 .............................................................................. Jan. 6
Graduate Instruction Ends-Session 1 ................................................................................. Mar. 1
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 2 .............................................................................. Mar. 9
Graduate Instruction Engs-Session 2 ................................................................................. May 3
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2020-2021
Events Fall Semester
Graduate New Student Orientation
....................................................................... July 27-Aug. 9
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 1 ............................................................................Aug. 10
Graduate Instruction Ends-Session 1 ................................................................................Oct. 11
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 2 .............................................................................Oct. 19
Graduate Instruction Engs-Session 2 ...............................................................................Dec. 13
Events Spring Semester
Graduate New Student Orientation .......................................................................Dec. 28-Jan. 8
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 1 .............................................................................. Jan. 4
Graduate Instruction Ends-Session 1 ............................................................................... Feb. 28
Graduate Instruction Begins-Session 2 .............................................................................. Mar. 8
Graduate Instruction Engs-Session 2 ................................................................................. May 2
216
GRADUATE STUDIES CALENDARS
MAPS and Urban Ministry Programs
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2019-2020
Events Fall Semester
MAPS Summer Assignment ..............................................................................................July 15
MAPS New Student Orientation .........................................................................................Aug. 5
MAPS Intensive Part I begins .............................................................................................Aug. 6
MAPS Intensive Part I ends................................................................................................Aug. 8
MAPS Intensive Part II begins ............................................................................................Dec. 2
MAPS Intensive Part II ends...............................................................................................Dec. 5
Events Spring Semester
MAPS New Student Orientation ......................................................................................... Jan. 6
MAPS Intensive Part I begins ............................................................................................. Jan. 7
MAPS Intensive Part I ends................................................................................................ Jan. 9
MAPS Intensive Part II begins ...........................................................................................Apr. 27
MAPS Intensive Part II ends..............................................................................................Apr. 30
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2020-2021
Events Fall Semester
MAPS Summer
Assignment ...............................................................................................Aug. 3
MAPS New Student Orientation .........................................................................................Aug. 4
MAPS Intensive Part I begins .............................................................................................Aug. 6
MAPS Intensive Part I ends................................................................................................Aug. 8
MAPS Intensive Part II begins .......................................................................................... Nov. 30
MAPS Intensive Part II ends...............................................................................................Dec. 3
Events Spring Semester
MAPS New Student Orientation ......................................................................................... Jan. 4
MAPS Intensive Part I begins ............................................................................................. Jan. 5
MAPS Intensive Part I ends................................................................................................ Jan. 7
MAPS Intensive Part II begins ...........................................................................................Apr. 26
MAPS Intensive Part II ends..............................................................................................Apr. 29
217
GRADUATE STUDIES
The Oakwood University Offi ce of Graduate Education consists of all graduate programs and
courses
offered by the campus and monitors decisions regarding admission, academic progress,
and eligibility for graduation of students in most programs. Departments and programs may have
additional requirements for admission. Consult the appropriate portion of this bulletin for such
requirements.
Admission Standards
General Information
Oakwood University welcomes applicants regardless of race, color, nationality, ethnicity, sex,
or physical challenges. Students who meet the academic requirements and character expectations
of the university and are willing to adjust to and to be comfortable within its religious, social, and
cultural atmosphere maybe admitted subject to available space.
Application for admission to graduate study is open to any person with a four-year bachelor’s
degree from a regionally accredited institution. Applicants must have a satisfactory grade point
average (see requirements for individual Schools). All application materials become the property
of the University and are not forwarded or returned. Incomplete and inactive applications are
purged after two years. An applicant whose fi le has been purged must reapply by the deadline
dates for the term in which enrollment is anticipated.
Enrollment in a graduate program is a privilege that may be withdrawn at the discretion of the
Associate Provost for Graduate Education if the integrity of university standards is jeopardized.
The University Board of Trustees, upon recommendation by the president, approves all admission
policies.
Application and Acceptance
Where to Write: Inquiries about admission and acceptance should be addressed to:
Oakwood University Telephone: (256) 726-7000
Offi ce of Graduate Education (256) 726-8091
7000 Adventist Boulevard, NW
Huntsville, AL 35896 E-mail: [email protected]
Admission Requirements
1. A minimum GPA is required – see specifi c requirements for individual Schools.
2. Graduate application form (available online).
3. Non-refundable application fee.
4. Offi cial transcript from the undergraduate school granting the undergraduate degree.
5. Professional recommendations as requested by each respective School.
6. Scores from the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT), and/or entrance examinations as required by the respective School.
7. Additional materials as required by the respective School.
Once all pertinent materials are received by the Offi ce of Graduate Education, the application
is reviewed and forwarded to the respective School. Applicants are accepted at the discretion
of each School’s admissions committee and are notifi ed by mail/e-mail once an action is taken.
218
Deadlines
Application materials should be submitted to the Offi ce of Graduate Education by these dates:
Term U.S. Residents International Students
Fall July 1 May 1
Spring November 1 September 1
Admission Categories
Admission to a graduate program is based on academic preparation and potential. Applicants
who meet the admission requirements may be accepted under one of three categories.
Regular Admission
Regular admission status is granted to degree-seeking students meeting all admission criteria,
including program-specifi ed requirements.
Provisional Admission
Provisional admission status may be granted to an applicant whose GPA or test scores do
not meet the minimum academic requirements. Under provisional admission, students may take
a maximum of 12 graduate hours and must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00. Regular admission
status may be granted once this requirement is met; students not meeting the GPA requirement
are not eligible to take additional classes. See School specifi c admission requirements.
Non-degree Admission
Non-degree admission status may be granted to applicants who meet the academic
requirements, but who are not pursuing a degree or who have not fully completed the admissions
process (see Admissions Requirements). International students on student visas are not eligible
for non-degree status.
Under non-degree admission, students may take a maximum of 12 graduate hours and
must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00. Non-degree admission does not guarantee acceptance
into a degree program. Non-degree students who decide to pursue a degree must still meet all
admission requirements.
Applicants who are not pursuing a degree may be granted non-degree status upon submitting
these items to the Offi ce of Graduate Education.:
• Non-degree Application form.
• Non-refundable application fee.
• Offi cial transcript, with facts of graduation, from the undergraduate school granting the
undergraduate degree.
Transfer Policy
Students wishing to transfer to Oakwood University from another college or university must
follow the same application procedures as other new students (see Admissions Requirements).
Transfer students must also submit offi cial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended.
Offi cial transcripts must be sent directly from the issuing institution to Oakwood University.
If an applicant holds a master’s degree or has graduate credits from an accredited institution,
they may transfer a maximum of six (6) semester credit hours that are relevant to their selected
eld of study. Specifi c transfer policies may apply for individual graduate programs (see specifi c
requirements for individual Schools). The faculty of each School will evaluate all requests for
transfer credit and make the nal determination about the courses and credits that will be accepted.
219
Admission of International Students
International applicants must have a bachelor’s degree equivalent with a minimum GPA of
3.00 and meet the admissions requirements for acceptance. The following items must be submitted
before admission is considered:
1. A completed application form and nonrefundable application fee.
2. Offi cial or attested university records, including proof of all degrees received, with certifi ed
translations and evaluations (see International Evaluations).
3. Certifi cation of English profi ciency. Students whose native language is not English must
have a minimum TOEFL score of 500 (written test) or 173 (computer test); TOEFL scores
must be sent directly to the Oakwood University Offi ce of Graduate Education. TOEFL
information and registration are available online at www.ets.org/toefl .
4. Documented Affi davit of Support along with documents of nancial resources to support
rst calendar year, in addition to an international student deposit of $3,000 (USD).
5. Offi cial scores on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or Graduate Management
Admission Test (GMAT), if required.
6. Letters of recommendations or rating forms.
After admission is granted and nancial documentation and degree confi rmation are received,
Oakwood University issues the I-20 Form for obtaining a visa. Only students approved by the
U.S. Department of Homeland Security may enroll at Oakwood University. The University issues
a letter of acceptance and the I-20 Form, which are to be presented to the U.S. consular offi cer
when applying for a student visa.
International students admitted to graduate study are encouraged to arrive on campus two
weeks prior to the beginning of classes. They should contact the international student adviser as
soon as they arrive. Graduate Studies must be notifi ed of any change in the entering date after
admission has been granted. All international students with student visas are required by current
immigration laws to be enrolled in a full course study (a minimum of nine graduate credit hours)
for each semester in attendance.
According to current immigration laws, international students with student visas may work
on campus if employment is available and provided that the student is enrolled in a full course
of study, nine (9) graduate hours for each semester in attendance and is making progress to the
completion of a degree. On-campus employment is limited to 20 hours per week while classes
are in sessions and 40 hours per week during university vacation days.
International students should not leave their homeland until they have in their possession:
1. An admission letter of acceptance from Oakwood University.
2. I-20 Form issued by Oakwood University.
3. A valid passport.
4. A valid visa to travel to the United States.
5. Suffi cient funds for the fi rst year at Oakwood University.
International Transcripts
Precise, word-for-word, English translations are required for all non-English documents. Often
the issuing institution will provide an English translation. Alternatively, the student may provide
the translation. If the translation is anything other than the issuing institution’s offi cial document,
an original language offi cial transcript is still required from the issuing institution. Inclusion of the
student’s name in English on an original language transcript, by the issuing foreign school, helps
identify the transcript.
220
International Evaluations
All non-U.S. transcripts must be submitted through one of the following approved credential
evaluation agencies:
• Educational Credential Evaluators, Inc (ECE): www.ece.org
• Foreign Credits: www.foreigncredits.com
• World Education Services: www.wes.org
Evaluations are to be sent directly to Oakwood University, Offi ce of Graduate Education, by the
service. All evaluation reports are advisory; Oakwood University reserves the right to make nal
equivalency decisions.
English Profi ciency
Regardless of nationality or citizenship, an applicant whose native language is not English
must submit TOEFL scores. TOEFL scores are valid for two years from the test date. After two
years, the test must be retaken, and the new score submitted. Students who have earned a
baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited U.S. institution will be exempted from the
TOEFL.
221
Financial Policies
Schedule of Charges
For
Academic Year 2019-2020
[SUBJECT TO CHANGE]
TUITION
Per credit hour charge $570
FEES
Matriculation fee/Technology $418
Housing and Meals are available for a nominal fee.
Other Expenses
Books and supplies: $500 per semester (approximately)
Health insurance: $625 per semester
Late registration: $195
Testing fee: $40 and up
Graduation fee: $271
Drop/add: $10 up until last day for a refund
Remittance
Personal checks are not accepted. Please make all payments in the form of bank drafts,
cashier’s checks, certifi ed personal checks, traveler’s checks, money orders, American Express,
Visa, or MasterCard. Include the student’s I.D. number on all payments to ensure proper credit.
Graduate students are required to pay 100 percent of tuition and fees at the time of registration.
A minimum of 70 percent of tuition and fees is accepted with an approved payment plan.
Tuition and fees (9 hrs) $5,548 x 70% = $3,883
Tuition and fees (12 hrs) $7,258 X 70% = $5,080
Balance due in the following installments:
Fall Semester 9 hrs 12 hrs
September 1 $555 $726
October 1 $555 $726
November 1 $555 $726
Spring Semester 9 hrs 12 hrs
January 31 $555 $726
February 28 $555 $726
March 31 $555 $726
222
Return of Funds Policy
Refund
and repayment requirements apply when a student who is the recipient of nancial
assistance (fi nancial aid/scholarships) makes changes in course load, withdraws, drops out,
takes an unapproved leave of absence, fails to return from an approved leave of absence, or is
expelled. Scholarships are charged back at the same rate that tuition is refunded.
Repayment of Title IV Federal Financial Aid is based on the U.S. Department of Education’s
Return of Title IV Funds Policy. If a recipient of Title IV aid (ex. Stafford loans, etc.) withdraws
during a payment period (or a period of enrollment), the institution must calculate the amount
of Title IV loan assistance the student earned as of the withdrawal date. The unearned portion
must be returned to the Title IV programs in accordance with Federal Regulations. In certain
instances, the student may also be required to return Title IV funds to the Department of Education
in addition to that which the school is required to return [CFR 668.22]. If withdrawal occurs after
the specifi ed sixty percent (60%) point of the semester calendar, no adjustment to the initial Title
IV award will be made.
The effective date for refund or repayment of fi nancial assistance is determined by the date
the student notifi es Oakwood University and completes a withdrawal form. If the student fails
to offi cially withdraw or appropriately notify Oakwood University, the last recorded date of class
attendance by the student, documented by Oakwood University, will be the effective date.
Students receiving nancial aid should consult with the Financial Aid Offi ce concerning the
possible effect of withdrawal or change in course load on awards received. Any remaining balance
on the account must be paid at the time of withdrawal or dismissal.
Financial Aid
Students applying for the Federal Financial Aid Program (known as Title IV) must comply with
the following procedures in a timely manner. A student’s noncompliance may result in the loss of
potential benefi ts and will result in a protracted and negative institutional registration experience
if the student needs the federal resources to assist in his or her educational expenses.
The following procedures are strongly advised:
1. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). After the FAFSA has
been processed, a Student Aid Report (SAR) will be emailed to you. Once you receive
your SAR, check it for accuracy of information. The Financial Aid Offi ce (FAO) will elec-
tronically retrieve it; however, Oakwood University must be listed as one of the schools
of attendance in order for us to retrieve it.
2. Students applying for scholarships through Oakwood University must submit all required
documentation by the specifi ed deadline dates.
3. An entrance interview must be completed online at www.studentloans.gov by all rst-time
loan borrowers before loan proceeds can be applied to the student’s account.
223
Financial Aid Policies
Satisfactory Academic Progress for Semesters, Terms, and Sessions (Summer).
Federal regulations require the University to establish reasonable standards for measuring
academic progress. The University must monitor participants in student nancial aid programs
to ensure that those academic standards are met, and that students make real progress toward
completing their degrees. The policy must contain a qualitative component, a quantitative
component, and an overall timeframe component. A student must maintain satisfactory academic
progress regardless of whether the student was a previous recipient of fi nancial aid or not.
Qualitative Component
The University’s current academic standards are the qualitative standards for this policy. This
policy articulation also recognizes the cumulative grade point average as the sole numeric measure.
Graduate students must maintain a cumulative 3.00 GPA by the end of 12 attempted credit
hours to continue to receive federal fi nancial aid.
Quantitative Component
Once at least 30 semester hours have been attempted, a student’s cumulative hours passed
must be at least 67% of the cumulative hours attempted. For example, a student enrolling in 15
hours per term for two semesters would be required to pass 20 of those hours to retain nancial
aid benefi ts. A student enrolling in 6 hours per term for 5 semesters would also be required to
pass at least 20 hours. This component will be evaluated at the time of each application. For
example, a student who has attempted 60 semester hours must have earned at least a “C” in 40
of the hours attempted.
Overall Time Frame
Federal regulations require that we track the academic progress of nancial aid recipients
from the rst date of enrollment at Oakwood University, whether or not nancial aid was received.
Credits transferred from all other credit sources will be considered as attempted and completed
credits in the evaluation of the completion rate standards.
Students are no longer eligible to received Title IV federal fi nancial aid after attempting 150
percent of the published academic program hours. For graduate students, if the published length
of the program is 36 hours, then the maximum number of hours for which a student may receive
nancial aid is 54 hours (that is 36 x 1.5).
Students whose attempted credits, including transfer credits, exceed the 150 percent timeframe
for any reason will be placed on Financial Aid Denied status. No nancial aid will be disbursed
for the student unless the student has made an appeal to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee
and the appeal is granted.
Transfer, Summer, Consortium and Transient Hours
Students transferring to the University are assumed to be maintaining reasonable academic
progress. All hours transferred from prior or concurrent attendance at other schools will be con-
sidered in establishing the class standing for grade requirements, and are integral in determining
the overall time frame allowed for nancial aid eligibility. GPA’s from other Universities will not
factor into your cumulative GPA at Oakwood University.
224
Grades
Courses with non-assigned grades, including withdrawals are considered in determination
of the percentage of hours completed toward the degree. Refer to the Grading System section
of the University Bulletin for the regulations concerning the effect on cumulative hours earned
and cumulative hours attempted. Acceptable grades are A, B, C, P. Unacceptable grades are
D, F, I, W, NC, FA, AU, DG, U. All of these grades are considered in evaluating the qualitative,
quantitative and overall time frame components.
Loss of Aid Eligibility
According to federal regulations, a student is not allowed to receive further aid from Title
IV if he or she does not meet the University’s standards of satisfactory progress. Students who
become ineligible to receive further federal aid will be notifi ed at the address listed on the most
recent Student Aid Report (SAR) obtained by the Offi ce of Financial Aid, or a more recent one,
if provided by the student prior to the last day of the semester. Students receive rst notice of
grades, and are held responsible to monitor the cumulative grade point average. All other notices
are a courtesy of the University.
Financial Aid Appeals
Students may submit an appeal for funding to the Financial Aid Offi ce. Applications may
be obtained from the Financial Aid Offi ce or from the Financial Aid web page under Forms.
Students with approved appeals may be placed on “probation” with the Financial Aid
Offi ce for “one payment period”.
During a probation period, students will continue to receive fi nancial aid.
Acceptable Conditions to File an Appeal
Death of a family member
Student’s own serious illness
Serious illness or injury of a family member
Student received an approved medical withdrawal
Extreme change in fi nancial or legal circumstances
Compulsory military duty
The following procedure has been established for those who lose federal Title IV eligibility due to
failure to maintain satisfactory academic progress. The procedure must be followed precisely and
without exception. Failure to adhere to the procedure as prescribed may result in an automatic
denial. NO PERSONAL APPEARANCES WILL BE GRANTED before the Financial Aid Appeals
Committee. (Note: This appeal is for determining the eligibility for Federal Financial Aid.)
You must submit an application for appeal and an accompanying letter, indicating the
reason(s) why you failed to complete the necessary hours, or attain the required GPA
during the prior academic period.
You must submit legitimate documentation supporting your claim or rationale (i.e.,
CURRENT physician/counselor’s statement outlining ailment, clergy statement, family
death certifi cate, obituaries, court documents). Furthermore, you MUST outline the plan
for improving your academic performance
Students with non-mitigating circumstances (e.g. return to school after extended leave,
change of major etc) are required to document what has changed in their situation that
will now enable them to meet SAP requirements.
225
Students who did not meet the Maximum Timeframe SAP requirement are required to meet
with their academic advisors to complete the SAP Appeal “Maximum Timeframe Form”.
Students who successfully appeal will be placed on Financial Aid probation for one
semester and must agree to an academic progress plan by the semester’s academic
progress plan deadline.
For all appeals, students may attach other supporting documents that further validates
their situation.
The review time for appeals may take a minimum of 4-6 weeks.
Students awaiting a response are responsible for paying their tuition and will receive the
appeal determination by mail or email.
All applications for appeal must be submitted to Oakwood University; Center for Academic
Success; 7000 Adventist Blvd., NW; Huntsville, AL 35896 by July 15th for Fall Semester
and by January 15 for Spring Semester.
The Financial Aid Appeals Committee will meet as needed.
Reinstatement
Students who lose eligibility for Title IV because of failure to maintain reasonable progress
towards a degree may reapply. No reapplication will be considered until the student clears the
defi ciency or attains the minimum grade point average.
Verifi cation of Enrollment
Students who require enrollment verifi cation for student loan deferment purposes must contact
the Registrar’s Offi ce.
Transfer Students Eligibility for Aid
Transfer students are eligible for federal aid during their rst semester of attendance at the
university. Refer to the Satisfactory Academic Progress brochure obtainable from the Offi ce of
Financial Aid or the Enrollment Management Offi ce.
Other Available Funds
Federal Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loan: A loan that a student may borrow, regardless
of need, but will have to pay all interest charges.
Entrance/Exit Interview
First-time borrowers at Oakwood University must complete an entrance interview online at
www.studentloans.gov before receiving any loan proceeds. This federally mandated requirement
is to ensure that the students have received loan counseling and understand their responsibili-
ties as borrowers. An exit interview is required of all students who have received loan proceeds
during their matriculation at Oakwood and is completed online prior to graduation or terminating
enrollment.
Loan Limits
Unsubsidized $20,500
226
Who May Apply for Financial Aid
To receive aid from the federal student aid programs you must:
1. Have fi nancial need.
2. Have an undergraduate degree or meet other standards your state establishes that are
approved by the U.S. Department of Education.
3. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a regular student working toward a degree or certi cate
in an eligible program. (You may not receive aid for correspondence or telecommunications
courses unless they are part of an associate or bachelor’s degree program.)
4. Be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen.
5. Have a valid Social Security number.
6. Make satisfactory academic progress.
7. Sign a statement of educational purpose and a certifi cate statement of overpayment and
default [both found on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)].
8. Register with Selective Service, if required.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Credit
The unit of credit is the semester hour.
Study Load
A class load of 9-12 credit hours is considered full-time and 8 or fewer credit hours is considered
part-time.
Permanent Student Records
The student’s permanent academic record is the transcript. The transcript contains biographi-
cal, geographical, and academic information regarding courses taken and grades earned. This
information is taken from application for acceptance forms, registration forms, teachers’ grade
sheets, drop/add forms, and teachers’ change-of-grade forms.
Retention and Disposal of Student Records
The retention and disposal of student records is in accordance with the recommendations of
the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Offi cers, as published in the
guide entitled Retention of Records: A Guide for Retention and Disposal of Student Records.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Oakwood University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(FERPA). A student’s record is regarded as confi dential, and release of this information is regulated
by the FERPA Act. Students have the right to inspect their records at any time. Parents of a
student termed “dependent” for income tax purposes are entitled to receive information relating to
the student’s educational records upon request. A copy of the act is on le in the Records Offi ce.
227
Transcripts
The Registrars Offi ce releases an offi cial or unoffi cial transcript of a student’s work at Oakwood
upon the student’s request. Students may request an offi cial transcript online or by mail. The
instructions and fees for each can be found online at www.oakwood.edu/records under Transcript
Request Information. Offi cial transcripts must be sent directly to the recipient indicated on the
student’s request.
Requests for unoffi cial transcripts must be made directly to the Registrars Offi ce by mail or
in person. The fee for an unoffi cial transcript is $2, payable by cashier’s check or money order.
NO PERSONAL CHECKS or CASH will be accepted by the Registrars Offi ce.
Currently enrolled students may obtain a printout of their academic history for personal use
by accessing MyOakwood using the student ID and password.
The University reserves the right to withhold all information concerning the record of any
student who has unpaid accounts or other charges, or who is delinquent or in default status in
the payment of student loans.
Offi cial transcripts from other institutions which have been presented to Oakwood for admission
and evaluation of credit become the property of the University and are not reissued or copied for
release.
Registration
Registration includes advising, selection of courses, and payment of fees. Students are
required to register on the designated registration dates. Information on registration is available
at the registration site.
Late Registration
Students failing to register during the scheduled registration periods are assessed a late
registration fee of $149. Class periods missed because of late registration are counted as absences
from the class.
Grading System
The university grading system utilizes the four-point scale. The grade point values are outlined
as follows:
Grade Grade Point
Per Hour
A (superior) .............................................................................................................................. 4.0
A- ............................................................................................................................................ 3.7
B+ ......................................................................................................................................... . 3.3
B (above average) ................................................................................................................... 3.0
B- ............................................................................................................................................ 2.7
C+ ............................................................................................................................................ 2.3
C (average).............................................................................................................................. 2.0
F (failure) ................................................................................................................................ 0.0
FA (failure due to absences) ................................................................................................... 0.0
AU (audit)
DG (deferred grade)
I (incomplete) ......................................................................................................................... 0.0
NC (noncredit)
228
P/U (pass/unsatisfactory)
W (withdrew)
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) for the semester is computed by totaling quality points earned
in all courses attempted and dividing by the quality hours attempted (GPA=QP/QHA). Credits are
included in calculating the GPA for grades of F, FA and I. The symbols AU, NC, DG, IP, NR, W, and
P/U are disregarded in computing the grade point average. The academic progress record allows
for repeated courses without GPA penalty. However, the GPA used to determine the eligibility for
nancial aid includes all work attempted.
Deferred Grades
A deferred grade (DG) is assigned when an instructor determines that instructional obstacles,
not the student, are responsible for incomplete work. This may be the result of books or research
materials arriving late, equipment failure, or insuffi cient time. A statement of outstanding require-
ments, including deadlines for their completion, shall be made available to the student.
A DG will be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks, but no longer than the
sixth week of the next semester, even when the student is to registered for the next semester.
The DG automatically converts to an F if not removed within the prescribed time. Before the
deadline expires, the instructor may submit a request for an extension of the time to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs. The request must be in writing and must be adequately justifi ed.
Incomplete Work
When at the end of a semester students are behind in their classwork, the teacher does
not automatically grant a grade of I for more time to do the requirements. However, because of
interruptive illness or other unavoidable circumstances, students may request the privilege of
receiving a grade of I to allow more time to fulfi ll class requirements. They must apply in time so
that a fi nal decision is made before the beginning of fi nal examination week. The procedures to
be followed are:
1. Obtain and ll out a “Request and Authorization for Incomplete” from the Offi ce of the Associate
Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning.
2. Attach a physician’s statement if the reason is medical.
3. Obtain the appropriate signatures.
4. Return the form to the Offi ce of the Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning
at least fi ve working days before the beginning of fi nal examinations.
An ‘I’ may be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks, but no longer than the
sixth week of the next semester, even when the student is not registered the next semester. The
‘I’ automatically converts to an ‘F’ if not removed within the prescribed time. Should more time,
because of further illness or unavoidable circumstances, be needed to remove the incomplete,
the student may, before the deadline expires, request in writing an extension of time from the
Graduate Council.
229
Grade Reports
Grade reports are issued to the student via the Internet at the end of each semester.
Errors and Corrections
Upon reviewing of his/her grades, the student should carefully check them for correctness
as to the courses, credits, and grades recorded. Requests for corrections must be initiated within
one month.
Academic Honesty
Oakwood University is dedicated to scholastic integrity. Consequently, students of the
University are required to maintain high Christian standards of honesty. If students are found or
suspected of engaging in any of the following types of academic misconduct, the procedures set
forth in this policy will be implemented.
Types of Academic Dishonesty:
1. Dishonesty in testing (e.g., copying from another student’s paper, using unauthorized
materials, or collaborating with any other person without authority from the instructor during
an examination; stealing test materials; obtaining test information prior, during, or after an
administered examination; or any other form of test dishonesty).
2. Plagiarism, defi ned as unacknowledged use of another’s work (e.g., submitting any written,
oral, aesthetic, computer, or laboratory work prepared totally or in part by another person;
such work need not be copyrighted).
3. Any other practice deemed by the university as academic misconduct not listed above.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty
If a teacher nds irrefutable evidence of academic dishonesty, the teacher should immediately
speak with the student and issue zero credit for the particular examination, assignment, or project.
If academic misconduct is suspected by a teacher, that teacher must follow certain steps.
1. The teacher must rst speak with the student about the question of dishonesty. If the student
acknowledges engaging in academic misconduct, the student will be given no credit for the
particular examination, assignment, or project.
2. If the situation cannot be resolved between the teacher and student, then it must be brought
to the attention of the teacher’s department chair.
3. If the department chair is unable to resolve the matter, the Associate Provost for Graduate
Education/Online Learning must then be consulted, and may refer the issue to the Academic
Appeals Committee.
4. Subsequent incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible for dismissal from the
university. Students are, however, given the option of appealing this decision to the Academic
Appeals Committee.
5. Each established incident of academic misconduct shall be departmentally documented and
submitted to both the student, the student’s major department chair, the Associate Provost
for Graduate Education/Online Learning , and the vice president for Student Services.
230
Academic Grievance
Any student who desires to express concern regarding instructional matters such as perceived
unfairness, grading methodology, cheating, or some other misunderstanding within or without the
classroom is encouraged to confer rst with the instructor of the class and, if deemed necessary,
with the instructor’s department chair. If the matter is not resolved satisfactorily at the rst two
levels, the student should confer with the dean of the school. The dean of the school may refer
the matter to the Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning should the matter
not be resolved.
The Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning will review the matter to (a)
make a nal determination of the matter, or (b) refer the matter to the Academic Appeals Committee
for further review and recommendation. In either case, the nal decision is the responsibility of
the Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning .
The Academic Appeals Committee receives referrals directly from the Provost. Cases are
referred to this committee if the Provost determines that more information is needed to make an
equitable decision. The process is as follows: (a) the Provost notifi es the chair of the Academic
Appeals Committee of the student’s concern, (b) the aggrieved student submits a written report
of the complaint to the chair of the Academic Appeals Committee, and (c) a recommendation is
made to the Provost.
Students or faculty members have the option to appear in person before the Academic Appeals
Committee, bringing documentation to support their views; however, it is not required that they
appear in person. It should be understood that the purpose of the appeals process is to peaceably
resolve issues which have not been resolved through other means. Therefore, the approach to
problem resolution in the appeals process is through consensus, so far as is possible.
The membership of the Academic Appeals Committee consists of fi ve individuals: the USM
academic vice president (chair), one elected student representative, two full-time teaching faculty,
and one full-time staff member. The Provost or designee may choose to sit with the Academic
Appeals Committee for purposes of hearing the discussion or for clarifi cation of issues, but not
for voting purposes.
Orientation to Graduate Online Instruction
All entering Oakwood graduate online students are required to complete a graduate level
orientation course as listed below.
GL 500 Graduate Level Orientation Course
This course is required of all new graduate students enrolled in Oakwood University’s graduate
education programs. The course is designed to provide access to pertinent information
about Oakwood University, including its mission and history and unique culture. Students
will additionally be exposed to academic success resources that support critical thinking and
academic writing, including APA writing style and formatting, D2L navigation, MyOakwood
technology, and library e-resources. This course will also emphasize the biblical foundation
upon which some elements of course content will be founded.
231
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
The Eva B. Dykes Library
http://www
.oakwood.edu/library
Mission Statement: The Eva B. Dykes Library promotes academic excellence by supporting
the University’s curriculum. It provides the Oakwood University community and constituents with
access to quality resources and services that enhance teaching, learning, research, and the
integration of faith.
Goals:
1. Provide and promote access to resources and services at the time and place of need.
2. Prepare an information literate graduate.
3. Enrich teaching, learning and research through collections, access, and content management.
4. Recruit, support, and retain qualifi ed and competent staff.
5. Continue to position and promote the library as a place that supports scholarship.
6. Promote the physical and virtual library’s role in supporting teaching and learning.
7. Employ and support current and emerging technologies, allowing users and staff to accomplish
their goals.
The Eva B. Dykes Library offers a variety of resources to meet patrons information needs.
Whether the search is for print, electronic, archival, or multimedia materials, all are available or
accessible from the Eva B. Dykes Library. All Oakwood students, faculty and staff may borrow
library materials. The Oakwood University ID card is also a library card. Librarians and staff are
ready to assist users in identifying, locating, evaluating, and using resources effectively.
Services include access to 42 networked computers in the Computer Lab, and another 14
distributed on the main and upper oors; wireless internet connection; interlibrary loans from
libraries worldwide; and class or individual instruction. In addition to the book collection, resources
include thousands of electronic journals and e-books accessible on and off campus; over 500
print periodicals, 7,000 plus videos and DVDs, laptops, digital cameras, projectors and other
equipment. Oakwood University students, faculty, and staff may also borrow books directly from
the Learning Resource Center at Alabama A&M University and from Athens State University
Library. Simply present current ID prior to checking out items.
The Library is an affi liate member of the Network of Alabama Academic Libraries (NAAL) and
a member of the Adventist Libraries Cooperative (ALICE) and Southeastern Library Information
Network (SOLINET). The consortia provide electronic resources at reduced cost, offer on-going
professional development and training for library faculty and staff. The Library is also a member
of the HBCU Library Alliance and is a member of the Alabama Virtual Library (AVL) which makes
over 40 databases available to the Library.
The Ellen G. White Estate Oakwood Branch Offi ce
The Ellen G. White Estate Oakwood Branch Offi ce is a research center located on the lower
oor of the library. It houses several complete sets of Ellen White’s published writings, duplicates of
her original letters and manuscripts (1844-1915), books about Ellen White and other Seventh-day
Adventist pioneers, denominational histories, and other related documents. Microfi che, microfi lm,
and Ellen White research software are available.
232
School of Business
Dean:
John Anderson
Chair and/or Program Coordinator: Theodore Brown, Sr.
Graduate Faculty:
John Anderson,
Theodore Brown, Sr.
Throy Campbell
George Charles
Habtalem Kenea
Japheth Kessio,
Leslie Pollard
Prudence Pollard
Adjunct Faculty:
Cornelius Thomas
Mission Statement: The mission of the School of Business is to provide students with a quality
Christian education in business and information systems, enabling them to meet the challenges
of the global competitive market.
Degrees Offered
Master of Business Administration (MBA) – Leadership Concentration (Online)
Accreditation
Oakwood University, through its Business and Information Systems Department, is nationally
accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP) to offer
the following business degree:
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) with majors in Accounting, Finance, Management Information
Systems and Organizational Management; the
Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) with concentrations in Health Care Administration,
Management, and Marketing;
Masters of Business Administration (M.B.A.) with a concentration in Leadership (application
pending).
Prerequisites for Admission
Applicants with undergraduate degrees in disciplines other than business/business-related
programs must take three (3) courses from the following categories prior to starting the MBA
professional core:
Research or Statistics
Principles of Accounting or Accounting for Managers or Economics or Finance
Principles of Management or Organizational Behavior or Human Resources
Admission Requirements
The School of Business considers both qualitative and quantitative factors when considering
an applicant’s acceptance into graduate programs. While no single formula exists for determining
acceptance, the following factors are considered: undergraduate GPA, undergraduate degree,
233
recommendations, and the application essay (statement of purpose). These factors, as well
as additional factors, are considered in determining the applicant’s potential for success in our
graduate programs as well as success in a business career upon completion of our program. In
addition to the general admission requirements for graduate study, a candidate for a Master of
Business Administration will comply with the following requirements unless noted otherwise in
specifi c degree requirements:
1. A baccalaureate degree in business with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or a graduate degree
with a cumulative GPA of 3.0, or an international equivalent, from an accredited institution
[offi cial transcript required]. Students who have completed an undergraduate degree
other than in business will need to complete three (3) pre-requisite courses as shown in
the course requirements for the MBA program.
2. Completion of a graduate application form [which includes the need for a statement of
purpose and three (3) recommendations].
3. Payment of a nonrefundable application fee of $100.00.
4. Applicants whose native language is not English are required to take the Test of English as
a Foreign language (TOEFL) and score at least 500 (written test) or 173 (computer test).
All TOEFL scores must be sent directly from Educational Testing Service to the Oakwood
University Offi ce of Graduate Education. Students who have earned a baccalaureate
degree or higher from an accredited institution whose language of instruction is English
will be exempted from the TOEFL.
Provisional Admission
A student accepted on academic provisional basis may be admitted to regular status upon the
completion of 12 credit hours taken through Oakwood with a minimum grade of B in each course.
Students are not permitted to repeat courses in order to satisfy this requirement. Students who
do not satisfy this requirement will not be permitted to continue in the program. This provision
does not apply to students accepted provisionally for other reasons.
Admission to the Program
Students may be admitted into the program during fall or spring semester.
Time Limits
The programs are structured to meet the needs of the part-time as well as the full-time
student. Normal progress through the programs for the full-time student will be four courses per
semester. Normal progress for part-time students will be one or more courses per semester. The
time allowed from enrollment to the graduate program to the conferring of the Master of Business
Administration degree may not exceed ve years. Application for an extension will be considered
on an individual basis.
Residence
The last 30 semester hours must be taken through the Oakwood University School of Business.
Transfer Credit and Progression
1. A maximum of six semester hours with a minimum grade of B may be transferred into
the program to satisfy graduation requirements provided they are equivalent to course
requirements and were completed within the last ve (5) years. The School of Business
234
graduate of Oakwood University will evaluate all requests for transfer credit and make the
nal determination about the courses and credits that will be accepted.
2. A course may be repeated one time for the purpose of improving the GPA. A maximum of
two courses may be repeated.
Second Emphasis
Each emphasis must include a minimum of 12 hours that do not overlap with any other
emphasis.
Graduation Requirements
A candidate must:
1. Complete an application to graduate, which must be led with the Offi ce of Graduate Education
two months prior to the anticipated graduation date.
2. Complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in accordance with program requirements,
maintaining a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0.
3. Complete all course requirements according to schedule and within six (6) years of initial
acceptance. Part-time participants must take at least one course per semester in order to
complete the program in six (6) years.
4. Complete three (3) semester hours of core courses, and three (3) semester hours of specialty
courses with a minimum grade of B.
5. Complete eighteen (18) semester hours in the concentration with no grade below C+ and a
GPA of 3.0.
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, M.B.A.
The Master of Business Administration program consists of 36 hours of courses (24 core and
12 emphases).
Program Goals
The goals of the Master of Business Administration (MBA) program are to:
1. Engage students in a transformative learning experience through the integration of faith and
learning
2. Promote holistic learning inclusive of the spiritual, dispositional and cognitive dimensions
3. Expose students to local, national and global perspectives on current issues in leadership
and management
4. Use technology to add value to students’ learning experiences and equip them with current
technological skills
5. Elicit and build on learners’ ability to think critically, creatively and divergently
6. Promote appreciative inquiry, innovation and change for socioeconomic responsiveness
Program Student Learning Outcomes
By the end of the MBA in Leadership program, students should be able to:
1. Articulate their relationship with a higher power and take a reasoned position on servant
leadership
2. Practice and promote sound ethical leadership and management principles
3. Employ technical knowledge bases and practical skills to solve leadership and management
challenges
235
4. Use effective communication skills and socio-emotional intelligence for building team spirit
and positive working relationships
5. Use technology in a value-added manner to achieve effi ciency and customer satisfaction
6. Take a research-driven approach to problem-solving, decision-making and appreciative inquiry
at the local and national levels
Courses for the Master of Business Administration – Leadership Concentration
Professional Core Courses
EC 520 – Managerial Economics
AC 530 – Managerial Accounting
FN 540 – Managerial Finance
BA 560 – Ethical Decision-Making in Business
RB 500 – Introduction to Research
LD 550 – Leadership and Christian Perspective
Concentration/Specialty Courses: Leadership
LD 605 – Leadership Innovation and Change
LD 615 – Strategic Leadership
LD 625 – Leadership Thought & Creativity
LD 635 – Global Leadership: A Case Study Approach
LD 645 – International Business
LD 650 - Capstone
236
School of Nursing and Allied Health
Dean: Karen Benn-Marshall (Interim)
Chair and/or Program Coordinator: Earl Henry
Graduate Faculty:
Earl Henry
Jocelyn Peterson
Adjunct Faculty:
Mission Statement: The School of Nursing and Health Professions has the primary objective of
educating health professionals in nursing, allied health, exercise science, nutrition and dietetics.
The school aims to facilitate learning that focuses on a Christ-centered, service oriented curriculum
that promotes excellence in character development, achievement of professional goals, and
adherence to professional standards.
Degrees Offered
Masters in Public Health: Concentration in Nutrition and Wellness (Online)
Accreditation
Oakwood University, through its Department of Nutrition and Dietetics, is nationally accredited
by the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics to offer the following degrees/
programs:
Prerequisites for Admission
Applicants must complete all prerequisite courses before registering for courses in the
program. The prerequisite courses for the MPH are: One year of Biology with a lab or Physiology
with a lab or Anatomy and Physiology with a lab, with a grade of C or better; Two courses in nutrition
(one introductory nutrition course similar to ND 131-Nutrition or equivalent and one intermediate
level nutrition course similar to ND 321-Life Span Nutrition or equivalent) with a grade of C or
better.
Admission Requirements
To be eligible for regular admissions to the MPH program, candidates will be required to
meet the following criteria: Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent that is earned from a regionally
accredited institution recognized by the United States Department of Education with an overall
grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 or better (on a 4.0 scale)
Provisional Admission
Overall GPA 2.5- 2.9
Must complete the GRE prior to acceptance. Minimum GRE scores: 150-Verbal, 150-
Quantitative, 3.5-Analytical
If admitted, students are required to earn a GPA of 3.0 or better during the rst term of
matriculation to obtain regular standing and continue in the program
237
Admission to the Program
Students are admitted into the program once a year during the fall semester.
Time Limits
The program is structured to meet the needs of the part-time as well as full-time student.
Normal progress through the program for full-time students is four courses per semester. Normal
progress for part-time students is one or more courses per semester. The time allowed from
enrollment to the graduate program to the conferring of the Masters of Public Health degree may
not exceed fi ve years. Application for an extension will be considered on an individual basis.
Transfer Credit and Progression
Students wishing to transfer into the Oakwood University MPH program from another
college or university must follow the same application procedure as other new students. Transfer
students must also submit offi cial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended.
Offi cial transcripts must be sent directly from the issuing institution to Oakwood University Offi ce
of Graduate Education . If an applicant holds a Master’s degree or has graduate credits from an
accredited institution, they may transfer a maximum of nine (9) credit hours that are relevant to
the MPH degree. The graduate faculty of the MPH degree in Nutrition and Wellness will evaluate
all requests for transfer credit and make the nal determination about the courses and credits
that will be accepted.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate from the program, students are required to:
• Complete the didactic portion of the program with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 or above
• Pass the comprehensive examination with a score of 75% or above
• Successfully complete the capstone research project, practicum and portfolio with a minimum
grade of B for each one
Masters of Public Health: Concentration in Nutrition and Wellness
The total number of credit hours for the MPH program is 48. Forty-one credits have been
allotted to didactic work and 7 credits will satisfy the required culminating activities (capstone
research project and practicum). The didactic portion includes 5 CEPH required public health
courses in the areas of biostatistics, epidemiology, environmental health sciences, health services
administration, and social and behavioral science. Additional didactic courses include 2 research
classes and 6 nutrition and wellness courses, including one course focused on minority nutrition
and wellness issues. The capstone and practicum components of the program satisfy CEPH’s
requirements that “all graduate professional public health degree students must develop skills in
basic public health concepts and demonstrate the application of these concepts through a practice
experience that is relevant to students’ areas of specialization.”
Program Goals:
The MPH in Nutrition and Wellness seeks to provide graduate level knowledge, cultural
competence and application through collaborative service. Program goals in each area are as
follows:
238
1. Knowledge: Prepare graduate health professionals who are able to provide innovative
evidenced-based nutrition education to diverse communities.
2. Cultural Competence: Prepare students to develop, implement, and assess programs to
promote the health of individuals, groups, and communities.
3. Application: Facilitate sustainable collaborations between faculty, students, and faith-based
and non-profi t organizations in service to communities.
Program Student Learning Outcomes:
Students will demonstrate the ability to:
1. Articulate cultural approaches to food, nutrition and health with an emphasis on plant-based
diets.
2. Assess population needs, assets and capacities that affect communities’ health.
3. Provide leadership in the design, implementation and evaluation of public health nutrition and
wellness programs and policies.
4. Communicate audience-appropriate public health nutrition and wellness content.
5. Collect, analyze and interpret quantitative and qualitative data.
6. Read, interpret and apply public health nutrition and wellness peer-reviewed research
Courses for the Masters of Public Health - Nutrition and Wellness Concentration
ND 501 - Introduction to Public Health
ND 502 - Principles of Epidemiology
ND 503 - Introduction to Biostatics
ND 504 - Principles of Environmental Health
ND 505 - Principles of Health Behavior
ND 506 - Principles of Health Administration
ND 507 - Fitness and Health Promotion
ND 508 - Grant Writing
ND 509 - Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness
ND 510 - Ethnic Food Practices
ND 511 - Program Planning and Evaluation in the Community and Lab
ND 512 - Assessment of Nutritional Status
ND 517 - Health Research Methods
ND 518 - Health Disparities and Minority Health
ND 601 - Research Seminar
ND 602 - Capstone Research Project
ND 603 - Practicum
239
School of Religion and Theology
Graduate Program Coordinator: Trevor Fraser, D.Min.
Graduate Faculty
Agniel Samson, Th.D.
Gregory Allen, Th.D.
Finbar Benjamin, D.Min.
Trevor Fraser, D.Min.
Tarsee Li, Ph.D.
Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D.
Russell Seay, Ph.D.
Jesse Wilson, D.Min.
Adjuncts:
Carlton Byrd, D.Min.
Harold Lee, D.Min.
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min.
Major: Pastoral Studies (M.A.)
Concentration: Church Development
Urban Ministry and Community Development (M.A.)
The Religion and Theology Department of Oakwood University offers a Master of Arts in
Pastoral Studies, a professional degree designed to foster the spiritual development and integrative
skills of pastors and lay leaders.
The Department sees its graduate instruction as a harmonious interaction of various learning
strategies and resources. Qualifi ed faculty members from the Religion and Theology Department
and from other participating departments apply various methods of delivery such as lectures,
classroom discussions, seminar formats, group presentations and re ection, audio-visual
presentations and onsite visits that provide hands-on experience and/or stimulate learning. The
culminating experience is a major fi eld project in which participants practice how to become life-
long corporate and independent learners by discerning and evaluating a congregational need or
challenge and working with the congregation to address it.
Program Location
Administration and instruction for the Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies are located in the
Calvin E. Moseley Religion Complex and the Bradford-Cleveland-Brooks Leadership Center.
The Religion Complex, originally built in 1977 and completely renovated in 2007, houses the C.T.
Richards Chapel and offi ces and classrooms for the Department of Religion and Theology. The
Bradford-Cleveland-Brooks Leadership Center, a 10,000 square foot extension to the Religion
Complex, completed in 2007, promotes continuing education in ministry. The extension includes
an auditorium, four classrooms, a learning research lab, and four offi ces.
Admission of New Students
The Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies program is designed for individuals who already have
some familiarity with the religious and theological thought of the Christian Church and who have
already been exposed to the challenges and responsibilities of contemporary church leadership,
240
but who would like to expand their knowledge and skills to meet the spiritual and moral needs of
today’s church and society.
Entrance Requirements include:
1. A baccalaureate degree with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or a graduate degree with a cumulative
GPA of 3.0, or an international equivalent, from an accredited institution [offi cial transcript
required]
2. Sixteen hours of coursework in the following areas: Christian Theology (3 hrs), Biblical
Preaching (3 hrs), New Testament Survey (3 hrs), The Gift of Prophecy (2 hrs) and Spiritual
Disciplines (2 hrs); if a student does not have the prerequisite courses, he/she must
successfully pass at least twelve hours before taking any of the core courses and complete
all sixteen hours by the end of the fi rst year in the program
3. Evidence of at least two consecutive years of pastoral experience, or local church leadership
experience within the past ve (5) years; local church offi cers must have been voted into
offi ce by the local church except students who graduated from Oakwood University with a
bachelors degree in religion and theology
4. A current resume
5. Two letters of recommendation; pastors should present one letter from a conference
administrator, and one from the head elder of the local church where they are ministering.
church offi cers need to present one letter from their pastor and one from a current church
leader or offi ce in the church where they have served
6. Applicants whose native language is not English are required to take the Test of English as
a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and score at least 500 (written test) or 173 (computer test);
TOEFL scores must be sent directly to the Oakwood University Religion and Theology Depart-
ment from Educational Testing Service; students who have earned a baccalaureate degree
or higher from an accredited U.S. institution will be exempted from the TOEFL
7. A nonrefundable application fee of $100 must accompany each application
Additional requirements for offi cial acceptance into the Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies:
8. Complete the Biblical Literacy Entrance Test (BLET), with a minimum score of 70% during
the rst intensive of the program. Students with a Masters degree in religion or theology may
be able to have this requirement waived for degrees completed within the last fi ve years.
9. Complete the fi rst semester (at least 9 credit hours) with a minimum GPA of 3.0.
Transfer Policy
Students wishing to transfer to Oakwood University from another college or university must
follow the same application procedure as other new students (see Admissions Requirements).
Transfer students must also submit offi cial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended.
Offi cial transcripts must be sent directly from the issuing institution to Oakwood University.
If an applicant holds a Masters degree or has graduate credits from an accredited institution,
they may transfer a maximum of six (6) semester credit hours that are relevant to the MAPS
degree. If the Master’s degree is in Religion or Theology, admissions requirement 13 may be
waived for degrees completed within the last fi ve years.
The Religion and Theology graduate faculty of Oakwood University will evaluate all requests
for transfer credit and make the nal determination about the courses and credits that will be
accepted.
241
Purpose
The Religion and Theology Department of Oakwood University, a historically Black Seventh-
day Adventist institution of higher learning, seeks to educate and prepare pastors, church
administrators, and lay leaders for quality spiritual pastoral ministry. The Master of Arts in Pastoral
Studies is designed to equip them with the skills needed to improve their effectiveness in spiritual
and professional practice.
Completion Requirements
1. Complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in accordance with program requirements,
maintaining a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0.
2. Complete all course requirements according to schedule and within six (6) years of initial
acceptance. Part-time participants must attend two intensives in sequence and take at least
one course per semester in order to complete the program in six (6) years.
3. Complete three (3) semester hours of core courses, and six (6) semester hours of Heritage
courses with a minimum grade of B-.
4. Complete eighteen (18) semester hours in the concentration with no grade below C+ and a
GPA of 3.0.
5. Complete a graduation application form by January 31 of the graduating year.
6. Provide two copies of a completed integrated project-resource by February 28 of the graduating
year.
7. Give an oral presentation and make a successful defense of the completed integrated project-
resource during the second intensive of the graduating year (fi nal semester).
8. Receive a minimum grade of “B” for the overall project by an appointed advisor. Participants
who fail to receive a “B” grade will have only one additional opportunity to meet this requirement.
Participants will not be able to continue with the degree if a second failure occurs.
Repeated Courses
There is no limit to the number of times a course may be repeated with the exception of
the Research Project, RP 571 and RP 572. Please see “Completion Requirements”, item 8.
Otherwise, the better grade for a repeated course will be accepted for credit.
Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies (MAPS)
Concentration: Church Development
Program Description
The Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies (MAPS) is a professional degree designed to foster the
spiritual development and the integrative practical skills of pastors and lay leaders. The program
is grounded in the academic disciplines of biblical and theological studies and pastoral praxis.
It also evaluates and interacts with other academic disciplines to foster contextual learning and
best professional practice.
The degree emphasizes development of Christian identity, integrity, and service to others.
Students develop competencies in pastoral leadership, pastoral care, and pastoral evangelism
and discipleship and are equipped to offer faithful spiritual leadership. The program promotes a
holistic development of congregations in the contextual ministries and also exposes participants
to the issues involved in planning building projects, budgeting, and managing physical facilities.
The MAPS degree is a thirty-six (36) semester hour program (except for those who do not have
a baccalaureate degree in Religion or Theology) with a concentration in Church Development.
242
Candidates must successfully complete all prerequisites and admissions requirements before
regular admission to the program.
Program Outcomes:
Students who complete the requirements for the M.A. in Pastoral Studies will be profi cient in
the following program outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by a life of faith, moral integrity, and
compassion for others.
2. Critically evaluate Biblical, theological and interdisciplinary knowledge, from a Seventh-day
Adventist perspective.
3. Critically relate ministry to different cultural contexts, with an emphasis on the African-American
and Seventh-day Adventist contexts.
4. Design strategies for effective ministerial leadership in the local congregation, community,
and the global context.
Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies Degree Components
TRACK 1 - Prerequisites Met
Program Component Semester Hours
Core ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Biblical and theological foundational requirements
Church Development Concentration ...................................................................................... 21
Pastoral care, pastoral evangelism, and pastoral leadership competencies
Adventist Heritage ...................................................................................................................... 6
Adventist heritage and pastoral practice as relates to the contextual contributions of black
Seventh-day Adventists and other ethnic minorities
Research Project ........................................................................................................................ 6
An interactive, action-refl ection, and collaborative learning experience for the participant and
the church, culminating in a professionally written resource-manual, which must be submitted
the fi nal semester of the program
The Project is a major assessment and evaluative component of the student’s learning. It is
intended to help participants make a critical contribution to the spiritual life, evangelistic mission,
management, and caring ministries of a local congregation. It requires participants to formulate
a thesis-project proposal focused on a specifi c issue, need, or challenge in pastoral ministry.
This must be followed by pastoral praxis programs designed to meet that need. The project must
be carried out by the participants in their context of ministry, and must be critically informed by
the academic courses and assigned readings. A selected Church Development Project Group
(CDPG) and a Focus Group (FG) from the context of need will evaluate the process and value
of the pastoral interventions for the church, as well as the overall growth of the participant. The
project will be developed and conducted at specifi c times during the two-year period of the degree.
The participant will fi nally summarize the overall effectiveness of the project and produce a nal
integrative pastoral resource manual. The resource manual must be presented in a form that
would make it easy for other pastors to implement the program to address a similar need in their
own context.
243
Full time participants can complete the Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies in four (4) semesters.
Part-time participants will have up to six years to complete the degree.
Major Requirements:
Core:
RT 501 Biblical Interpretation for Pastoral Ministry ..........................................................3 hours
Sub-total .........................................................................................................................3 hours
Church Development Concentration:
Pastoral Care
RP 521 Pastoral and Practical Theology for Christ-Centered Ministry ............................ 3 hours
RP 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling in Multicultural Contexts .................................... 3 hours
Pastoral Evangelism
RP 531 Evangelistic Preaching and Church Growth ....................................................... 3 hours
RP 532 Church Planting and Discipleship in Urban Settings .......................................... 3 hours
Pastoral Leadership
RP 541 Church Administration ........................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 542 Church and Community Relations ...................................................................... 3 hours
Sub-total ..................................................................................................................... 18 hours
Adventist Heritage:
RP 551 Worship and Development in Black SDA Churches ........................................... 3 hours
RP 552 Black Adventist Preaching and Church Development ........................................ 3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 6 hours
Research Project:
RP 571 Contextual Pastoral Research Seminar ............................................................. 3 hours
RP 572 Contextual Pastoral Praxis & Resource ............................................................. 3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 6 hours
Electives (one required):
RP 500 Clinical Pastoral Education (CPE) ...................................................................... 3 hours
RP 523 Preaching and Pastoral Care for Church Development ..................................... 3 hours
RP 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity ....................................... 3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 3 hours
Total hours required ................................................................................................... 36 hours
TRACK 2 - Prerequisites Unmet
Prerequisites: Semester Hours
RB 511 New Testament .................................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 512 Old Testament ..................................................................................................... 3 hours
RG 501 Dynamics of Christian Living ............................................................................... 2 hours
RG 522 Gift of Prophecy .................................................................................................. 2 hours
RP 544 Biblical Preaching ................................................................................................ 3 hours
RT 521 Christian Theology ............................................................................................... 3 hours
244
Major Requirements:
Core:
RT 501 Biblical Interpretation for Pastoral Ministry ..........................................................3 hours
Sub-total .........................................................................................................................3 hours
Church Development Concentration
Pastoral Care
RP 521 Pastoral and Practical Theology for Christ-Centered Ministry ............................ 3 hours
RP 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling in Multicultural Contexts .................................... 3 hours
Pastoral Evangelism
RP 531 Evangelistic Preaching and Church Growth ....................................................... 3 hours
RP 532 Church Planting and Discipleship in Urban Settings .......................................... 3 hours
Pastoral Leadership
RP 541 Church Administration ........................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 542 Church and Community Relations ...................................................................... 3 hours
Sub-total ..................................................................................................................... 18 hours
Adventist Heritage:
RP 551 Worship and Development in Black SDA Churches ........................................... 3 hours
RP 552 Black Adventist Preaching and Church Development ........................................ 3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 6 hours
Research Project:
RP 571 Contextual Pastoral Research Seminar ............................................................. 3 hours
RP 572 Contextual Pastoral Praxis & Resource ............................................................. 3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 6 hours
Electives (one required):
RP 500 Clinical Pastoral Education (CPE) ...................................................................... 3 hours
RP 523 Preaching and Pastoral Care for Church Development ..................................... 3 hours
RP 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity ....................................... 3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 3 hours
Total hours required .............................................................................................. 36-52 hours
Master of Arts in Urban Ministry and Community Development
Program Description
The Master of Arts in Urban Ministry and Community Development (MAUM) is a thirty-six
(36) semester hour program delivered in an online and hybrid format.
The Master of Arts in Urban Ministry and Community Development is a professional/academic
degree that fosters the intellectual development and the integrative practical skills of its graduates.
The program is grounded in the academic disciplines of biblical and theological studies, and
pastoral praxis. It also interacts with other academic disciplines to enhance contextual learning
and benchmark from best professional practices.
The degree emphasizes the role of the Christian Church in the urban ministry context. It
seeks to develop competencies in contextual assessment, development of contextual ministries,
245
leadership and management of urban ministry projects. The degree explores Christian identity
and its correspondent responsibility of service to others.
Program Objectives:
The graduate of the MA in Urban Ministries and Community Development will be able to:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by a life of faith, moral integrity, and compas-
sion for others.
2. Apply biblical, theological and theoretical foundations to ministry situations in the urban context.
3. Relate Seventh-day Adventist heritage and Black identity to an effective urban ministry.
4. Design faith-based community development programs and interventions for diverse popula-
tions, in local and global settings.
Major Requirements:
Biblical/Theological Foundations:
RB 522 Biblical Principles for Urban Ministry .................................................................. 3 hours
RT 523 Christian Theology for Christ-centered Urban Ministry ....................................... 3 hours
RP 543 World Religions & Contempory Cultural Diversity .............................................. 3 hours
Seventh-day Adventist Heritage:
RP 525 Community Ministry in the Adventist Tradition .................................................... 3 hours
RP 551 Worship and Its Development in Black SDA Churches ...................................... 3 hours
RP 552 Black Adventist Preaching & the Prophetic Voice ............................................... 3 hours
Urban Ministry Core:
RP 526 Decoding the City for Effective Ministry .............................................................. 3 hours
RP 527 Non-Profi t Organization and Community Development ...................................... 3 hours
RP 532 Church Planting and Church Growth in Urban Settings ..................................... 3 hours
RP 542 Church and Community Relations ...................................................................... 3 hours
RP 571 Contextual Pastoral Research Seminar ............................................................. 3 hours
RP 572 Contextual Pastoral Praxis & Resource ............................................................. 3 hours
Total hours required ................................................................................................... 36 hours
Prerequisites/Co-requisites/Cognates:
RB 511 New Testament ................................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 512 Old Testament .................................................................................................... 3 hours
RG 501 Dynamics of Christian Living .............................................................................. 2 hours
RG 522 Gift of Prophecy ................................................................................................. 3 hours
RT 521 Christian Theology .............................................................................................. 3 hours
Capstone Courses/Experiences
Research Project (RP 573 and RP 574): An interactive, action-refl ection, and collaborative learning
experience for the participant and the church, culminating in a professionally written resource-
manual, which must be submitted the nal semester of the program. The student must give an
oral presentation and make a successful defense of the completed integrated project-resource
during the second intensive of the graduating year (fi nal semester).
246
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR TRADITIONAL UNDERGRADUATE
COURSES
Listed Alphabetically by Course Prefi x
Accounting
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I-II 3-3 hours
This course presents fundamental accounting concept
s, theories, and procedures.
Both accounting principles and practice are emphasized so that students can obtain an
understanding of the sources of nancial information and the uses of such information. Lab
required. Lab fee applies
AC 325-326 Intermediate
Accounting I-II 3-3 hours
Further in-depth analysis and discussion of intermediate nancial accounting theories,
concepts, and procedures. Emphasis is also placed on recent developments in accounting
evaluation and reporting practices. The course material is preparatory for the CPA examination.
Lab required. Lab fee applies. Prerequisite: AC 221.
AC 330 Managerial Accounting 3 hours
This course is designed to show students how accounting can help to solve problems that
confront those who are directly responsible for the management of an enterprise. Students
learn to interpret and apply accounting data in planning and controlling business activity. Lab
required. Lab fee applies. Prerequisite: AC 221.
AC 341 Cost Accounting 3 hours
Emphasis is placed on the determination and control of costs. Students learn to assemble
and interpret cost data for the use of management in controlling current operations and
planning for the future. The course presents the theory and practice for job order, process,
and standard cost systems. Prerequisite: AC 221.
AC 350 Federal Taxation I 3 hours
This
course is an analysis of the federal income tax law as it applies to individuals and a
survey of the law applicable to new regulations, cases, and tax issues. Prerequisite: AC
325.
AC 351 Corporate Taxation 3 hours
This course is an analysis of partnership and corporate tax laws and an introduction to tax
research and planning as a means of gaining an understanding of the role of tax practitioner.
Prerequisite: AC 326 and AC 350.
AC 380 Accounting Information Systems 3 hours
Students learn about the accounting system as an information system. Computer-related
issues and controls are identifi ed, discussed, and integrated in the overall discussion of
accounting concepts, principles, and controls. Prerequisite: IS 120.
AC 420 Governmental and Non-Profi t Accounting 3 hours
A thorough study of the accounting principles and practices involved in budgeting, recording,
and reporting for state and local governments, hospitals, colleges/universities, and voluntary
and welfare organizations. Prerequisite: AC 326.
247
AC 421 Advanced Accounting 3 hours
Emphasizes nancial accounting concepts utilized i
n business combinations, the preparation
of consolidated nancial statements, accounting for investments, branch accounting, segments
and interim reporting, foreign transactions, corporate reorganizations and liquidations, and
consignment transactions. Accounting for partnerships is also covered. Prerequisite: AC
326.
AC 431 Auditing I 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to help the student to understand the auditing part of the work
of the public accountant, and to help him/her apply the methods and procedures followed in
conducting an audit for a small or medium-sized concern. The procedures for the effective
auditing of cash, receivables, inventories, other assets, liabilities, and proprietorship are
studied with an above-average degree of care. The procedures to be followed in carrying
out detailed audit systems are also considered in the course. Prerequisite: AC 326.
AC 432 Auditing II 3 hours
An
advanced study of auditing theory and practice, with emphasis given to the function of
detecting and preventing fraud. Prerequisites: AC 326 and AC 431 (lacking these prerequisites
may have a detrimental effect on your ability to obtain a passing grade in this class).
AC 451 CPA Review 3 hours
This is an elective course. Intensive practice in the application of accounting theory to problems
of the caliber contained in CPA examinations. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
AC 492 Internship 3 hours
A work experience program offered in cooperation with business and industry to provide on-
the-job training intended to link the theoretical concepts with practical application. Students
must apply and be approved through the department.. Prerequisite: junior standing.
Allied Health
AH 100 Introduction to Health Professions 2 hours
This
course provides students with an overview of major health professions. The skills and
attributes required for each profession are explored, along with educational requirements and
employment outlook. The need for minority practitioners in health professions is emphasized.
AH 103 Introduction to Public Health 2 hours
This course is designed to enable students to develop an understanding and appreciation
for factors affecting health status and the personal and professional means by which they
might contribute to community health. All lectures examine applications to minority health
concerns, health objectives, and career opportunities with public health.
AH 200 Practicum in Occupational Therapy 2 hours
This course is designed to provide exposure to clinical occupational therapy at a local facility
and the student will obtain volunteer observation hours. The course also assists the student
in developing the specifi c skills required for submitting an application to the professional
school of his/her choice.
248
AH 210 Practicum in Physical Therapy 2 hours
This course is designed to provide exposure to clinical physical therapy at a local facility and
the student will obtain volunteer observation hours. The course also assists the student in
developing the specifi c skills required for submitting an application to the professional school
of his/her choice.
AH 220 Practicum in Physician Assistant 2 hours
This course is designed to provide exposure to clinical physician assistant at a local facility
and the student will obtain volunteer observation hours. The course also assists the student
in developing the specifi c skills required for submitting an application to the professional
school of his/her choice.
AH 230 Introduction to Dentistry 2 hours
This course is designed to give the student an understanding of dentistry and dental hygiene
as professions and to develop some basic and clinical skills. The course will give the students
basic knowledge in dental anatomy, morphology, and dentistry as a career. Laboratory
experience will include visits to local dentists’ offi ces and the School of Dentistry at Meharry
Medical College or UAB. Prerequisites: BI 131 and CH 141.
AH 350 Medical Terminology (W) and Laboratory 3 hours
The study of origins and usage of hundreds of the medical terms that must be mastered
by students in all health professions. The course covers and explains important prefi xes,
suffi xes, and word roots. Each system of the human body and its relevant medical terms
will be discussed. Sample case studies and hospital reports will be examined to refi ne the
usage of these medical terms. Prerequisites: BI 111-112 and EN 112
AH 400-401 Medical Technology Clinical Education hours may vary
Prerequisite: Completion of pre-professional clinical laboratory sciences.
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care (W) 2 hours
This course is designed to develop and enhance critical thinking skills, which are vital to health
care professionals. Critical thinking models and strategies will be introduced in the context of
the current health care environment. Using a problem-based learning approach, the student
will analyze clinical, legislative, ethical and patient care issues, working independently and
in small groups. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing; AH 103, AH 350, and EN 112.
AH 490 Research and Independent Study in Allied Health each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in Allied Health under the guidance of the faculty. Prerequisites:
senior standing and prior approval by department chair.
Art
AR 101 Basic Design I 3 hours
B
asic Design is a study of the basic principles and elements of representational and
nonrepresentational design. Two-dimensional design is explored. The course emphasizes
understanding of line, color, shape, texture, and balance in two-dimensional spatial
relationships. Courses must be taken in sequence. Lab fee required.
AR 102 Basic Design II 3-3 hours
Basic Design is a study of the basic principles and elements of representational and
nonrepresentational design. Three-dimensional design is explored. The course emphasizes
249
understanding of line, color, shape, texture, and balance in three-dimensional spatial
relationships. Courses must be taken in sequence. Lab fee required.
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing 3 hours
The course explores the fundamentals of rendering based on the principles and elements
of
design and spatial organization. Natural forms are approached to develop the powers of
observation, self-expression, and technical skills. Various black-and-white media are used.
Lab fee applies.
AR 121 Fundamentals of Painting 3 hours
T
his class focuses on the fundamentals of painting in oils and/or acrylics designed to develop
the proper use of equipment, media, and color in landscape, still-life, and gure subjects. Lab
fee required.
AR 201 Color Theory 3 hours
This course covers the basic elements of color concepts, but also provide an opportunity
for the more intuitive and practical applications of color in the making of art. The perceptual,
symbolic, an cultural signifi cances of color are explored and practiced. Color Theory is a
visual design course that continues to explore the design concepts introduced in AR 101,
Basic Design I and AR 102, Basic Design II.
AR 204 Page Layout and Design 3 hours
The study and use of lettering, type styles, graphics, page layout design and desktop
publishing are explored. The course is designed to study the advancement and refi nement
of graphic art techniques, with emphasis on the proper use of computer-aided (Macintosh)
desktop publishing systems, as they relate to visual design. (Previously Desktop Publishing
for Graphic Design)
AR 217 Art Appreciation 3 hours
Art Appreciation is a general survey of prehistory to contemporary art. By means of lectures,
Powerpoint, and video presentations. The course is designed to engender an appreciation
of visual expression and show how the art of cultures throughout the ages has shaped and
infl uenced modern Western culture.
AR 231 Typography 3 hours
Through the use of lectures, demonstrations and studio work, students are introduced to the
art of typography. An emphasis is placed on the history of type, anatomy of font forms and
appropriate uses of prescribed typefaces. Hand rendering and digital media are used.
AR 235 Photoshop for Graphic Design 3 hours
This course is an introduction of Photoshop techniques for digital photo manipulation, photo
restoration, and original image design. Emphasis is placed on program operation, scanning
techniques, and equipment used for digital imaging for print, web, and electronic media. Lab
fee required. (Previously Photoshop).
AR 236 PhotoShop for Photography 3 hours
This course focuses on the tools photographers need to know for optimizing images,
sharpening, retouching, black and white conversion, directing the viewer’s eye, HDR,
panorama-stitching, and preparing images for media reproduction. Emphasis is placed on
print, poster, and electronic media use.
250
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography 3 hours
Students are introduced to digital photography through the use of the digital SLR and
photo quality printers to explore the technical and artistic issues involved in the process of
shooting and making digital prints. Topics covered include basic camera operations, data
management, visual design, and creative solutions to digital imaging problems and digital
darkroom techniques.(Previously Digital Photography) Lab fee required.
AR 242 Fundamentals of Film Photography 3 hours
This class offers the fundamentals of using the camera as an instrument of creative expression.
The course is a hands-on experience in camera handling, black-and-white negative and print
developing, contact printing, and enlargements. Special emphasis is placed on materials,
lighting, exposure, and photography as a mean of creative aesthetic self-expression. Students
must have a 35mm camera. Rentals are available. Lab fee required.
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography 3 hours
A
survey of lighting techniques used in studio photography, ranging from portraiture and
still life, to photojournalist and commercial application. Class hours are devoted to lighting
demonstrations in the studio, lectures, and critiquing of assignments. Laboratory consists of
planning assignments, gathering props, shooting assignments, printing, and mounting for
class critiques. (Previously AR 374 Studio Photography). Lab fee required. Offered alternate
years. Prerequisite: AR 241
AR 262 History of Photography 3 hours
An in-depth examination and discussion of the history of photography (1840’s - present), with
specifi c emphasis on issues and ideas relative to contemporary image making.
AR 263 Art History I (Paleolithic - Gothic) 3 hours
A survey of visual art and architecture of Europe and the Near East, Africa and pre-Columbian
America from prehistory through the Gothic era. Attention is given to the essential role of art in
the religions and cultures of the world as well as on formal and aesthetic issues. Assignments
and examinations encourage students to think and write critically about art.
AR 264 Art History II (Renaissance - Modern) 3 hours
A
survey of the arts in Western and non-Western societies from the Renaissance through
the 19th century. The relationships between art, politics, and social identity as well as formal
and aesthetic issues are explored as students develop their ability to think and write critically
about art.
AR 311 Advanced Drawing I 3 hours
Students learn advanced development of competent graphic expression by drawing from
the model, with emphasis on line, mass, gesture, and structure. Students manipulate
various media and materials, developing an individual method and style. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 111.
AR 312 Advanced Drawing II 3 hours
Students learn advanced development of competent graphic expression by drawing from
the model, with emphasis on line, mass, gesture, and structure. Students manipulate
various media and materials, developing an individual method and style. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 111.
251
AR 321 Advanced Painting I 3 hours
The course offers a continued study in the advancement of personal style and skill through
the
study of form and color in portrait and gure painting using oils and acrylics. Lab fee
required. Prerequisite: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 121.
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media 3 hours
An advanced study of computer-generated graphic art design and page layout with emphasis
on print-based publication, and corporate design. Projects give students practical experience
in graphic design and computer applications. Lab fee required. Prerequisites: AR 101 and
AR 204.
AR 332 Graphic Design for Web Media 3 hours
An advanced study of computer-generated graphic art
design and page layout with emphasis
on web design concepts. Projects give students practical experience in graphic design and
computer applications. Lab fee required. Prerequisites: AR 101 and AR 204.
AR 341 Advanced Photography I 3 hours
The course explores advanced applications in digital photography, print production, and
enlargements with emphasis on personal expressions and creative use of photography in
illustration, ne art, and photojournalism. Individual experimentation is highly recommended.
Lab fee required. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio
Photography.
AR 342 Advanced Photography II 3 hours
To explore, understand, and demonstrate profi ciency and capability as a digital imaging
professional. This course will investigate current digital imaging software and its application
to contemporary photographically based work. An emphasis is placed on advanced skills in
Photoshop, and the development of an appreciation for digital imaging as a visual art form.
Lab fee required. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: AR 341 Advanced Photography I.
AR 343 Portrait Photography 3 hours
Advanced techniques for photographing people for portraits and fashion. Emphasis will be
on
developing and refi ning posing and lighting techniques in studio and on location shoots.
Completed assignments will be used to create a professional portfolio in both black-and-white
and color. Prerequisite: AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography.
AR 344 Commercial Photography 3 hours
A conceptually based course that will explore various avenues of commercial and product
photography. Topics studied will be lighting, historical and contemporary style and presentation.
The emphasis is on idea-based imagery used in advertising, editorial, and ne art photography.
Prerequisite: AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography.
AR 401-402 Practicum in Visual Media 1-3 hours
Student gains practical experience in commercial art, photography or photo journalism. The
student works under the cooperative direction of professionals and the art faculty. Student
becomes familiar with ongoing tasks and techniques in commercial art, photography, or
photo journalism concentration. Practicum of 10-12 hours each week is required. (Previously
Practicum in Art/Photography). Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of the instructor.
252
AR 403 Internship in Visual Media 1-3 hours
The student must work full-time in the commercial a
rt, photography or photo journalism
industry and perform ongoing tasks and practices of professionals in the student’s area of
concentration. Student must apply to the employing organization and be accepted to work six
to eight weeks under the direction of a professional. (Previously Internship in Art/Photography).
Prerequisites: junior standing and consent of the instructor.
AR 405 Special Projects 3 hours
Course covers specifi c topic areas in art, graphic design, and photography based on student’s
area of special interest. Prerequisite: Permission of program director.
AR 412 Advanced Drawing II 3 hours
Students learn advanced development of competent graphic expression while producing a
perfected
body of work for their portfolio and senior show. Students are encouraged to select
a topic that best refl ects their skills and interest. Students are required to express their ideas
through various media and materials, developing an individual method and style. Lab fee
required. Prerequisite: AR 311.
AR 422 Advanced Painting II 3 hours
The course offers a continued study in the advancement of personal style and skill through
the study of form and color in portrait and gure painting using oils and acrylics. Lab fee
required. Prerequisites: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 321.
AR 433 Graphic Design for Media III 3 hours
An advanced study of computer-generated art design concepts that combine techniques
learned in AR 341 and AR 342. Students are required to express their original ideas through
various design layout project while developing an individual method and style. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: AR 331 or AR 332.
AR 434 Package Design 3 hours
An advanced study of graphic design with emphasis on advertising and package design
concepts with attention given to aesthetics, form, and utility. Projects give students practical
experience in package design while maintaining guidelines with commercial and government
regulations. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: AR 331 or AR 332.
AR 441 Advanced Photography III 3 hours
Students will have the opportunity to further develop their photographic expertise in one or
m
ore of the following photography classifi cations: architectural, banquet, postcards/marketing
publications, business portraits, ne arts, fashion, conventions/special events, or weddings.
Prerequisite: AR 342 Advanced Photography II.
AR 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
Individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Limited to senior Communication
Media majors. Prerequisite: Prior approval of department chair.
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Visual Media 1 hour
This fi nal semester class is designed to give the student an opportunity to present a body of
work in professional format to the viewing public, and help prepare graduating visual media
seniors for entrance into the workforce. Gallery presentation, resume, portfolio, and mock
interview are required. Lab fee required.
253
AR 498 Gallery Presentation 1 hour
A nal semester class designed for graduating visual media seniors to present a body of work
to the in a professional format to the viewing public. Lab fee required.
Management
BA 100 Principles of Business Mathematics 3 hours
This course is a basic math review that is designed to help students acquire computation
skills
required in the offi ce. Through a variety of business-oriented exercises and realistic
consumer and job applications, students explore the important role math plays on the job.
Contents include: mathematics of accounting and records management, mathematics of
nancial and offi ce management, mathematics of marketing and retailing, and the metric (SI)
system. Offered alternate years.
BA 101 Business English 3 hours
Business English offers a thorough coverage of the
principles of grammar, punctuation,
capitalization, spelling, usage, and style. Required of all business students falling below 14
on the English ACT.
BA 105 Introduction to Business 3 hours
Introduction to Business offers an introduction to the principles and practices of business
and an overview of the functional areas. (Designed for non-business majors/minors and
prospective business teachers).
BA 250 Business Review 2 hours
A course designed for students who did not pass the Business Departmental Exam (Major
Field Test) required in their senior year. The course consists of a review of the major theories
and concepts for making sound business decisions. A variety of activities will be used to
reinforce these principles, and students will exhibit this understanding through case analysis,
completion of study guides, class discussions and written exams. The requirements of this
course may not be met by special examination. This course may not count toward a major
or minor in Business. Only students who have taken the Business Departmental Exit
Exam may register for BA 250.
BA 260 Business Statistics 3 hours
This is an introduction to the basic statistical concepts applied to economic and business
problems. Topics include: tabular, graphical, and numerical methods for descriptive statistics;
measures of central tendency, dispersion, and association for sets of data; probability;
discrete and continuous probability distributions; sampling and sampling distributions; an
introduction to confi dence intervals. The solution of problems using spreadsheets is integral
and mandatory for this course. Prerequisite: MA 101 or a semester high school pre-calculus
or trigonometry, or placement test.
BA 302 Business Communication (W) 3 hours
This course is a composite of theory, practices, a
nd technologies essential to the development
and refi nement of written communication skills in business. Prerequisite: Completion of EN
111 and EN 112.
254
BA 310 Principles of Management 3 hours
This
is an introductory course designed to familiarize students with the knowledge, roles,
responsibilities, and skills required of modern managers. Prerequisites: junior standing.
BA 371 Production/Operations Management 3 hours
Creative management of the production and operation function of the organization can lead
to competitive advantage. This course examines what production and operations managers
do, as well as investigates the latest tools and concepts they use to support key decisions.
Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 375 Business Law 3 hours
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the fundamental principles of the laws
of
business so they act intelligently and understand their rights, duties, and inabilities in
ordinary business transactions. Contracts, bailment, sales, creditors’ rights and bankruptcy,
and agency and employment relationships are covered. Emphasis is given to the Uniform
Commercial Code. Prerequisites: junior standing.
BA 380 Employment Law 3 hours
This course introduces concepts, practice, research and theories in employee staffi ng and
development. Specifi c course content areas include recruiting, selecting, training, and
development of individuals of employment in For-Profi t and Non-Profi t entities/institutions,
businesses and corporations, and organizations in general. Prerequisites: BA 383..
BA 383 Human Resource Management 3 hours
A study of the issues, trends, and problems involved in the strategic management of personnel
including recruitment, motivation, evaluation, compensation, and employee development.
Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 385
International Business 3 hours
A study of the international business environment, with emphasis on commercial policies and
treaties, export/import operations, government regulations affecting international business,
internal international business activities, and study of cultural issues. Prerequisites: EC 282,
EC 283, and BA 310
BA 390 Compensation Management 3 hours
This course introduces the components of employee compensation systems and how such
systems
are utilized in organizations to attract, retain and motivate a competent employee
workforce. Study is given to value of compensation and reward systems as key contributors
to organizational effectiveness. Students will explore in coursework how to assess reward
systems in areas such as equity and cost effectiveness; assessment and diagnosis of
compensation management issues and problems, and the development of appropriate
solutions. Prerequisite: BA 383
BA 410 International Management 3 hours
This course is designed to familiarize students with different aspects of international business
and management practices in a global environment inclusive of, but limited to international
culture, ethical decision-making, human resources development, environmental politics,
managerial functions, and strategic planning. Prerequisite: BA 310
BA 415 Organizational Behavior 3 hours
People are the common denominator of all organizational endeavors, regardless of
organizational size or purpose. This course examines theory and research regarding the
255
behavior of individuals and groups in organizations. Topics include motivation, communication,
group dynamics and decision making, leadership, and organizational change. Prerequisites:
BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 460 Business Ethics 3 hours
Emphasis
is placed on the ethical concepts that are relevant to resolving moral and legal
issues in business, the reasoning and analytical skills needed to apply ethical concepts to
business decisions, and the social and natural environments within which moral issues in
business arise. Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 487 Negotiations 3 hours
This course focuses on the problems and possibilities of effectively negotiating workable
a
greements in organizational and interpersonal situations. Emphasis is placed on intellectual
understanding and practical skills in everyday business negotiations. Cases and exercises are
used to build skills in thinking strategically and analytically when negotiating organizational
problems. Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 488 Leadership and Organizational Change 3 hours
This course examines the knowledge and skills relevant to the development of appropriate
leadership behavior in various organizational contexts as well as effective in uence in
interpersonal relations. Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 490-491 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours each
This course is designed to allow students to participate in supervised directed research on
practical organizational issues. Prerequisites: Consent of the department chair and senior
standing.
BA 492 Internship 3 hours each
A work experience program offered in cooperation with business and industry to provide on-
the-job training intended to link the theoretical concepts with practical application. Students
must apply and be approved through the department.. Prerequisite: junior standing.
BA 495 Business Policy and Strategy (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to develop an understanding
of policy formation and strategic planning
as related to current business practices. Integration of business fundamentals (marketing,
nance, accounting, production, economics) into a balanced analysis of the whole business
system is emphasized. Prerequisite: EN 112. Open to seniors only.
Biology
BI 101, 102 The Life Sciences 3,3 hours
This course is designed for non-science majors. It is a basic study of biological principles
involving various plants and animals. A major objective is the presentation of the concept of
man in his biological background, as well as his environment and his responsibility to it.
BI 111-112 Human Anatomy and Physiology 3-3 hours
This course is designed for those not majoring in the biological sciences such as nursing and
allied health majors. It is a basic study of the structure and function of the human organism,
including the cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in biology. Co-requisites: BI 111L-BI 112L.
256
BI 111L-112L Laboratory for Human Anatomy and Physiology 1-1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 111-BI 112.
BI 131-132 General Biology 3-3 hours
A study of the fundamentals of living organisms with emphasis on zoology and botany and
their biochemistry, physiology, genetics, systematics, behavior, and ecology. Review scientifi c
literature and relate to specifi c undergraduate courses covering concepts and their historical
perspectives including contributions of signifi cant gures and underrepresented groups. Co-
requisites: BI 131L-BI 132L.
BI 131L-132L Laboratory for General Biology 1-1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 131-BI 132.
BI 201, 202 Principles of Environmental Science 3,3 hours
A course designed to study the applications of ecological principles to human activities from
a global perspective. Current class discussions deal with contemporary environmental
issues, maintaining a sustainable environment, and developing positive environmental
ethics. The laboratory period includes fi eld trips, guest speakers, lms, debates, and more
in-depth discussions of specifi c current issues. May be applied to general education science
requirement for non-science majors and to meet certain state education requirements.
BI 204 Introduction to Research 1 hour
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to study various methods
and techniques related to and/or necessary for the development of a research protocol. The
student will prepare a research proposal, which will form the basis for his/her undergraduate
research. Directed study. Prerequisites: BI 132 and CH 142.
BI 215 Introductory Biostatistics 2 hours
This is an introductory course on probability theory and statistics. Special emphasis is given to
biological applications for sampling, tests of central tendency and dispersion, and experimental
design. Prerequisites: BI 132 and MA 171 or permission of instructor.
BI 221 Microbiology 3 hours
The nature of bacteria and disease-producing organisms with their habits and methods of
reproduction and the relationship of these organisms to disease in the human body are
studied. Three hours of laboratory are required each week. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in Biology. Co-requisites: BI 221L. Prerequisite: BI 112
BI 221L Laboratory for Microbiology 1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 221.
BI 222 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 hours
This course introduces the student to the core principles and tools of bioinformatics, databases,
and alignment of sequences and structures. Two hours of laboratory are required each week.
Prerequisites: BI 132, and IS 120 or CM 210.
BI 230 Plant Biology 3 hours
A study of phylogeny, structure, reproduction, and photosynthesis, beginning with simple
unicellular and proceeding through various levels of complexity to the owering plant. Co-
requisite: BI 230L. Prerequisite: BI 132.
257
BI 230L Laboratory for Plant Biology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 230.
BI 235 Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology 3 hours
This is a study of subcellular structures as related to the metabolic and functional capabilities
of cells. The basic structures and properties of macromolecules will be studied. Prerequisite:
BI 132.
BI 241 General Microbiology 3 hours
A study of microorganisms as they affect our environment, their relationship to disease in
man, plants, and animals, microbial metabolism and genetics, symbiotic associations, and
the control of microorganisms where needed. Co-requisite: BI 2241L. Prerequisites: BI 132
and CH 142.
BI 241L Laboratory for General Microbiology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 241.
BI 250 Biology Review 2 hours
This course is designed to examine and analyze the core concepts in the biological sciences.
Students are encouraged to critically examine the biological processes, and the scientifi c
techniques used to deduce them. This will result in a clearer understanding of the theories of
origin of life, the topics in Cell and Molecular Biology, Genetics, Organismal Biology, Population
Biology, Ecology, and Research in Biology. Prerequisite: Two times failure in the Major Field
Test in Biology.
BI 316 Biological Instrumentation 2 hours
This course is intended to introduce students to a variety of laboratory instrument and
experimental techniques used in some classical experiments that played key roles in the
development of modern understanding of the eld of biological science. One hour lecture
and one hour laboratory demonstration per week. Prerequisites: BI 132 and CH 312.
BI 321 Genetics 3 hours
A study of principles of inheritance in all living organisms will be undertaken. Classical,
molecular, and non-Mendelian genetics will be studied. Co-requisite: BI 321L. Prerequisites:
BI 132, CH 312 or BI 241, CH 311.
BI 321L Laboratory for Genetics 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 321.
BI 323 Undergraduate Research 1 hour
Directed independent research in which topics will be chosen, discussed, and approved by
the instructor as proposed in Introduction to Research, BI 204. Prerequisites: BI 204.
BI 331 Histology 3 hours
The student will undertake the study of the microscopic anatomy of vertebrate tissues and
organs, including references to their functions. Co-requisite: BI 331L. Prerequisite: BI 132.
BI 331L Laboratory for Histology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 331.
BI 380 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 3 hours
A study of the comparative anatomy of the chordates, with emphasis on the vertebrates.
258
Detailed dissections of the shark, necturus, and cat are made in the laboratory. Co-requisite:
BI 380L. Prerequisite: BI 132.
BI 380L Laboratory for Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 380.
BI 388 Developmental Biology (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to explore developmental mechanisms of animals. Sea urchin, frog,
and chick embryos are used as model animals. Emphasis is on human prenatal development.
Topics covered include gametogenesis, fertilization, implantation, transcription factors
and gene regulation of developmental induction, and other mechanisms of body systems
development. Co-requisite: BI 338L. Prerequisite: BI 132 and BI 321.
BI 388L Laboratory for Developmental Biology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 388.
BI 403 Biology Seminar 1 hour
Oral and written reports on both historical and current biological work as found in the biological
literature. The instructor will assign topical readings and the student will be required to present
their reports. Prerequisites: BI 132 and senior standing or permission of the instructor.
BI 422, 423 General Physiology 3, 3 hours
This course is a study of the function, interaction, and regulation of the major organ systems
of the human body, with emphasis on biochemical and biophysical processes. Co-requisites:
BI 422L, BI 423L. Prerequisites: BI 132 and BI 331.
BI 422L, 423L Laboratory for General Physiology 1,1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 422, BI 423.
BI 425 General Ecology 3 hours
A study of the interrelationships between organisms and their environment will be undertaken.
Laboratories and eld trips are designed to introduce the student to techniques used in basic
ecological research. Co-requisite: BI 425L. Prerequisites: BI 132.
BI 425L Laboratory for General Ecology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 425.
BI 430 Philosophy of Science (W) 2 hours
A careful, critical study and discussion of both biblical and scientifi c evidence on origins.
Particular emphasis will be given to rational, philosophical, and theological insights as a basis
for arriving at a comprehensive understanding of the origins of all things. Prerequisites: EN
112, BI 132 and senior standing or permission of the instructor.
BI 440 Parasitology 3 hours
A study of the parasitic forms of protozoan, helminthes, and arthropods, their life cycles,
controls, and economical, social, and health signifi cance. This course will place emphasis
on the molecular mechanisms of parasitic invasion and host-parasite interactions. Offered
alternate years. Co-requisite: BI 440L. Prerequisite: BI 241.
BI 440L Laboratory for Parasitology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 440.
259
BI 451 Special Topics in Biology 2 hours
The instructor, on approval of the department chair, at the time of registration will specify the
special topics and prerequisites. Topics include, but are not limited to, contemporary issues
in basic biology and biomedical elds such as preventive oncology, neurobiology, plant
pathology, environmental pollution, gene therapy, and global ecology. Prerequisites: BI 132
and senior standing.
BI 455 Immunology 3 hours
This course is a study of the function of the immune system and its response to antigens,
allergens, and self-molecules. Both the humoral and cell-associated systems will be studied.
Co-requisite: BI 455L. Prerequisites: BI 241, BI 321, and CH 312.
BI 455L Laboratory for Immunology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 455.
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular Biology (W) 3 hours
This course entails a study of cell ultrastructure and physiology as related to the metabolic
and functional capabilities of cells. The structure and properties of macromolecules will be
studied. Co-requisite: BI 460L. Prerequisites: EN 112, BI 321 and CH 312.
BI 460L Laboratory for Cellular and Molecular Biology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 460.
BI 471 Molecular Genetics 3 hours
A study of genetics at the molecular level, with emphasis on the interaction of genes, the
mechanisms of gene expression and their control, gene mutations and the modes of genetic
material repair. Genome mapping and methods of studying genomes will be scrutinized.
Three hours of laboratory are required each week. Co-requisite: BI 471L. Prerequisites: BI
321 and CH 312.
BI 471L Laboratory for Molecular Genetics 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 471.
BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy I-II 3-3 hours
Regional human anatomy with emphasis on cadaver dissection. Primarily for pre-medical and
pre-dental students. Human Gross Anatomy I covers the upper limb, thorax, and abdomen;
Human Gross Anatomy II covers the pelvis and perineum, lower limb, head and neck. It is
suggested that courses be taken in sequence. Exceptions will be made for dental students
in their last semester. Co-requisites: BI 481L-BI 482L. Prerequisites: senior status with GPA
of 3.0 or better in the sciences, or permission of instructor.
BI 481L-482L Laboratory for Human Gross Anatomy I-II 1-1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 481-BI 482.
BI 484 Mycology 3 hours
The study of fungi—their morphology, physiology, social and economic importance—is un-
dertaken in this course. Three hours of laboratory are required each week. Co-requisite: BI
484L. Prerequisite: BI 241. Offered alternate years.
BI 484L Laboratory for Mycology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 484.
260
BI 490-491 Research and Independent Study 1-1 hour
The laboratory or fi eld project must be chosen following consultation with a faculty member
who will help the student in preparing the research protocol to be approved by the depart-
ment’s research committee. A minimum of six hours per week in laboratory or eldwork is
required. Approval of the research topic by both the instructor and the research committee
must be completed prior to registration for this course. Laboratory or eld performance, a
written report, and an oral presentation of the ndings to the entire faculty will determine course
grade. Prerequisites: BI 132, cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 in science and non-science
subjects, consent of the instructor, and approval of the research topic by the department’s
research committee at least one semester before research is initiated.
Broadcast Journalism
BJ 232 Writing Non-fi ction for Electronic Media (W) 3 hours
Principles and techniques for script writing for non-fi ction radio and TV productions are
explored. Besides simulated exercises, students also write a nal documentary script targeting
a community-based organization. (Previously CO 232). Prerequisites: EN, 112.
BJ 315 Media Literacy 3 hours
Media plays an important tole in our lives today. This course provides a critical understanding
of the nature and various approaches on how information is conveyed through the media. The
course provides an opportunity for students to think critically, analyze, interpret, deconstruct,
create, and evaluate media content from articles, photographs, video images, and the internet.
Students will discuss media literacy philosophies and its’ impact or challenge the Christian
worldview through these various contents. The students will have the opportunity to create
at least one media message for critical in-class discussion. Lab fee required.
BJ 342 Radio and TV Broadcasting 3 hours
This is a course designed to help the student acquire the skills that lead to competent
performance as a media announcer. Study is given to the speech techniques that are required
in preparation, announcing, and narration of various types of material. Prerequisites: CO
201 and junior standing. (Previously CO 342)
BJ 345 Fundamentals of News Production 3 hours
Students will learn the basics of producing content for news production. The content covers
the basic knowledge and production skills including interviewing, news writing, reporting,
editing and approaches used in collecting information. The focus will be on television news
but the techniques are applicable to all digital platforms. Lab fee required. Prerequisites: FT
146 and BJ 232.
BJ 362 Advanced News Production 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with theory and organization of newscasts.
Students will write, shoot, report, produce, anchor and edit news stories while rotating
through different jobs, in the newsroom and studio operations. Students will produce several
newscasts during the semester along with a weekly news program for internet broadcast.
Editorial decision-making and production management will be emphasized. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: BJ 345.
BJ 375 Investigative Journalism 3 hours
The course offers the student an opportunity to research, investigate, write and report a story
that has not been fully made aware to the public. Students get the opportunity to utilize the
261
elements of journalism, ethics, laws, and techniques. The course provides an opportunity for
students to develop the skills needed to investigate public concern, organizations, injustices,
and government. This course focuses on longer-term journalistic documentaries for broadcast.
Students also write a nal documentary script targeted for use by students enrolled in BJ 380
News Magazine Program as part of their productions. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: BJ 362.
BJ 380 News Magazine Program 3 hours
Students will have the opportunity to develop and produce several news magazine stories
over the course of the semester. Emphasis will be placed on the production of completing the
20-30 minute documentary script, reporting, and storytelling. Students get the opportunity to
reinforce their skills to produce a journalistic video narrative. Lab fees required. Prerequisite:
BJ 375.
BJ 410 Broadcast Advertising 3 hours
In addition to acquiring an overview of how the advertising, broadcasting and media-buying
i
ndustries work in a synergic environment, students learn to write and produce effective
commercials for radio, TV, and the Internet. They also explore sales and marketing aspects
of the broadcast advertising industry. Each student simulates an advertising campaign which
includes at least three commercials/PSAs. Laboratory and lab fee are required. Offered
alternate years. (Previously CO 410) Prerequisite: CO 346.
Child Development
CD 101 Introduction to Child Development and Family Studies 1 hour
A survey of child development and family studies as a eld of study, its organizational
framework, growth and expansion, and present status; exploration of career opportunities
in child development, child life, and family life.(formerly FS 101 Introduction to Family and
Consumer Sciences)
CD 210 Principles of Early Childhood Education 3 hours
A course designed to give the prospective teacher an understanding of the principles and
procedures employed in the organization, management, and supervision of an early childhood
education program. (previously FS 210).
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children 3 hours
Development of creativity and self-expression in children through stories, music, rhymes, play
activities, and creative media. One three-hour laboratory is required each week. (previously
FS 231).
CD 302 Preschool Environments 3 hours
Examination of preschool programs in alternative environments, including criteria for physical
facilities, child health and safety, personnel and licensing, management of nances, and
current legislation. (previously FS 302). Prerequisite: junior standing.
CD 305 Parent-Child Relations 3 hours
Current theories related to the effects of various parenting methods. Emphasis on designing a
learning environment within the home for the holistic development of the child. Prerequisite:
junior standing. (previously FS 305).
262
CD 355 Human Development 3 hours
A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social development of the individual from
conception through senescence, with particular emphasis on normal adaptation to change
and learning processes. Observation and laboratory are required. (previously FS 355).
Prerequisite: junior standing.
CD 358 Infant and Toddler Development 3 hours
An in-depth study of infants and toddlers, with special emphasis on developing and setting
up creative programs for infants and toddlers. Observation and participation in infant and
toddler programs required. (previously FS 358). Prerequisite: junior standing.
CD 403 Child Development Practicum 3 hours
Effective methods of working with children, impact of teacher behavior on the behavior of
the children, teacher-parent and teacher-teacher relationships. Two lectures and six hours of
observation and participation in a child development laboratory program are required each
week. (Previously FS 403).Prerequisites: CD 210, CD 231, CD 302, CD 355, and CD 358.
CD 404
Administration and Supervision of Preschools
3 hours
Effective methods for operating a Development Center are emphasized: essential planning
procedures, including curriculum, guidance, health protection, housing, equipment, food
service, budgeting, parent-staff relations , social services, and community relations. Six
hours of laboratory are required each week. (previously FS 404). Prerequisite: FS 403.
CD 453 Senior Seminar for Child Development and Family Studies 1 hour
A study of professional organizations, meetings, and publications in all areas of human
development and family studies. Includes resume writing and job search. (Formerly FS 453
Senior Seminar for Human Development and Family Studies) Prerequisite: Senior standing
or permission of instructor.
CD 454 Internship in Child Development and Family Studies 3 hours
Organized opportunities for work experience in cooperative extension services and family
agencies. (Formerly FS 454 Internship in Human Development and Family Studies)
Prerequisite: senior standing or permission of instructor.
Chemistry
CH 100 Chemistry in Society 3 hours
A
non-mathematical study of chemical principles. Discusses the role of chemistry in society,
how molecules are built, react, and affect our lives. Topics covered will include current
problems such as acid rain, global warming, and ozone depletion.
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab 3 hours
A survey of the fundamental principles of inorganic chemistry. Three hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry.
CH 102 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry and Lab 3 hours
A survey of fundamental principles of organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry.
Prerequisite: CH 101 or equivalent.
263
CH 105 Pregeneral Chemistry 3 hours
A
survey of chemical calculations that are basic to an understanding of general chemistry.
Required of students who are not prepared to enter general chemistry.
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Lab 4-4 hours
A survey of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry, with special emphasis on the
working of problems and the relationship between atomic structure and the chemistry of the
elements. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite:
high school chemistry and high school precalculus. Co-requisite: MA 121.
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Lab 4 hours
The fundamental principles of quantitative analysis
using gravimetric, volumetric, and
spectrophotometric measurements. (previously Analytical Chemistry and Lab) Prerequisite:
CH 142
CH 230 Introduction to Dentistry 2 hours
This course is designed to give the student an understanding of dentistry and dental hygiene
as professions and to develop some basic and clinical skills. The course will give the students
basic knowledge in dental anatomy, mophology, and dentistry as a career. Laboratory
experience will include visits to local dentists’ offi ces and the School of Dentistry at Meharry
Medical College or UAB. Prerequisites: BI 131 and CH 141
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry 3-3 hours
A survey of organic chemistry, which includes a general treatment of the mechanisms of
organic reactions, resonance theory, the molecular orbital theory, the physiochemical basis
of synthetic reactions, and an introduction to spectroscopy. Prerequisite: CH 142.
CH 311L-312L Laboratory for Organic Chemistry (W) 1-1 hour
312L emphasizes qualitative organic analysis.
CH 331 Nutritional Biochemistry 3 hours
A study of metabolism, macronutrition, vitamins, tr
ace elements, food additives, and
processing. Does not apply to a major in biochemistry. Prerequisite: CH 312. Offered when
required.
CH 341-342 Physical Chemistry 3-3 hours
A study of the fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and quantum
mechanics. Prerequisites: CH 142, PH 104, and MA 172 or equivalent.
CH 341L-342L Laboratory for Physical Chemistry 1-1 hour
CH 350-351 Chemistry Seminar 1-1 hour
This course is designed to acquaint the students with current research. Extramural research
experience is also discussed. Open to all students interested in research.
CH 401-402 Biochemistry 3-3 hours
The chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, intermediary metabolism.
Biochemistry is the study of the biology and chemistry of the human body. It is the chemistry
of life. It explains, for example, why and how muscles grow during exercise and how the
body uses carbohydrates to produce energy. Biochemistry seeks to explain the rationale and
reasons for chemotherapy, control of blood pressure, diabetes, and cancer. Prerequisite:
CH 312.
264
CH 401L-402L Laboratory for Biochemistry (W) 1-1 hour
CH 410
Applied Chemistry and Lab 4 hours
A study of analytical instrumental techniques, with application to solving practical chemical
problems. Prerequisite: CH 312.
CH 411 Instrumental Methods and Lab 4 hours
Basic theory of instrument design and parameter optimization in the operation of scientifi c
instrumentation, with application to thermal and electrical instrumentation methods.
Prerequisites: CH 211 and CH 312.
CH 421 Special Topics in Chemistry (W) 3 hours
Exact topics will be listed in the schedule. Topic
s may include quantum chemistry, instrumental
analysis, qualitative organic analysis, and biochemistry. Offered when required. Prerequisites:
EN 112, junior or senior standing.
CH 441 Inorganic Chemistry and Lab 4 hours
This course will focus on the molecular structures and properties of inorganic complexes
and compounds. It will cover concepts in bonding, trends in periodic properties, molecular
symmetry and its relationship to spectra, solid-state, reaction mechanisms, coordination
chemistry and descriptive chemistry of selected elements. Prerequisite: CH 312.
CH 490-491-492 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in chemistry or biochemistry under the guidance of the faculty.
Prerequisites: EN 112, and CH 142.
Computer Science
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ 3 hours
An introduction to computers and structured programming using the C++ programming
language. Topics will include problem-solving methods and algorithms, data types, loops,
arrays, functions, structures, character strings, pointers, operations on bits, les, and computer
network sockets programming. Program design and program styles will be emphasized.
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ 3 hours
A continuation of the study of data representation
and algorithm design using C++. Principles
of good programming style and step wise refi nement will be emphasized. Topics will indicate
string processing, searching and sorting, recursion, and dynamic data structures, and computer
network sockets programming. Prerequisite: CM 210 Computer Science I with C++. Must
pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 340 Computer Logic Design 3 hours
Introduction to formal methods in design of computer logic circuits and systems, contemporary
design practices, and devices used in the synthesis of digital logic systems. Topics will include
combinational and sequential systems, gates, memory elements, registers, bus structure,
timing and control, arithmetic and logical unit, I/O units and computer network layering design.
Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
265
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture 3 hours
An introduction to the organization and structuring of major hardware components of digital
c
omputers. Includes a study of the following topics: information transfers and transformations
which occur inside a computer; architecture-instruction sets; instruction formats; addressing
modes; register usage; organization computer units–ALU, CPU, memory; I/O hardware
description methodologies; and taxonomy of computer architectures. Studies of an assembly
language and network architecture will be the case studies of the course. Prerequisite: CM
340 Computer Logic Design. Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 352 Operating Systems I 3 hours
An introduction to operating systems. Examines inte
rrelationships between operating systems
and computer hardware. Compares batch, real=time, and time-sharing operating systems.
Process management, CPU scheduling, memory management, I/O management, le system,
security, virtual memory and networking. Contemporary operating systems will be used as
examples. Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++. Must pass
prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 353 Operating Systems II 3 hours
Continuation of CM 352. Introduces advanced topics in the design of operating systems,
networking, device management and le management techniques, scheduling algorithms,
security, and queuing theories. Comparison of existing operating systems for client-server.
Networking of operating systems will be a case study in the course. Prerequisite: Junior
standing.
CM 367 Programming Languages 3 hours
Organization of programming languages, especially routine behavior of programs; formal
study of programming language specifi cation and analysis; study, comparison, and evaluation
of commercially available programming. BNF and syntax diagrams, grammars, program
constituents, scoping rules, precedence, binding, parameter passing, and compile-versus
interpretation. Prerequisite: CM 210 Computer Science I with C++. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 370 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming in Java 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the eld of Object-Oriented Programming. The Java
programming language will be used to implement the topics. Topics include classes,
subclasses, inheritance, and overriding. Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer Science II Data
Structures with C++. Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 381 Computer Networks 3 hours
This course will introduce data communication, base
-band and broad-band local area
networks, logical link control, Internet protocol, broad case protocol, and distributed processing.
Prerequisite: CM 340 Computer Logic Design or CM 401 Discrete Structures. Must pass
prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better..
CM 401 Discrete Structures 3 hours
Mathematical basis for students of computer science. Propositional logic and proof, set theory,
algebraic structures, groups and semi groups, graph theory, lattices and Boolean algebra,
and nite elds. Prerequisite: CM 210 Computer Science I with C++. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
266
CM 402 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 hours
Topics studied include: Analysis tools-Turing and Markov algorithms, complexity measures,
computational
techniques; bound analysis of algorithms. Algorithms for internal and external
searching/sorting. Network stack analysis. Optimality. Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer
Science II Data Structures with C++. Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 480 Selected Topics in Computer Science 3 hours
Students will study special topics of interest which are not normally included in their major
courses. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
CM 481 Advanced Computer Networking 3 hours
Students will study advanced computer networking to
pics. Topics include Networking Protocols
(RIP, IGRP, EIGRP, MPLS, and OSPF), Subnetting designs, LAN Switching and VLANS, and
Spanning Tree Protocol. Prerequisite: CM 381 Computer Networks. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
Formulation and solution of a selected problem in computer science. In this course students
are required to demonstrate their ability to write, using standard English. Prerequisites: EN
112 and junior or senior status
Communication
CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 hours
This course is a study of the fundamental principles of oral communication and includes
effective application of these principles through classroom speeches and constructive criticism.
Lab fee required. Prerequisite: EN 111.
CO 211 Digital Media Writing (W) 3 hours
Basic instruction in writing techniques for print, PR, audio, video and the Web. Prerequisite:
EN 111 with minimum grade of C. (Previously Media Writing) Prerequisite: EN 111 with
minimum grade of C. Open to majors and non-majors.
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours
A historical, social, economic and technological survey of mass communication models and
media. Prerequisite: EN 111 with minimum grade of C. Open to majors and non majors.
CO 231 Beginning Reporting (W) 3 hours
Instruction in information gathering and writing techniques for the various media. Prerequisites:
CO 221, EN 112 with minimum grade of C and IS 120 (or type 45 wpm), and passing score
on Communication Department Entrance Exam for Communication majors. Open to majors
and non-majors.
CO 232 Writing Non-fi ction for Electronic Media (W) 3 hours
Principles and techniques for script writing for no
n-fi ction radio and TV productions are
explored. Besides simulated exercises, students also write a nal documentary script targeted
for use by students enrolled in CO 346 as part of their productions. Prerequisites: EN, 112,
CO 231; concurrent enrollment is acceptable.
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations 3 hours
This course will serve as an introductory course for those pursuing the major. This course will
provide an overview of public relations practices and exposure to several topics in the eld
267
of public relations, including history, law, ethics and the globalization of public relations. This
course offers a comprehensive understanding of public relations’ role in organizations and
society; how public relations has developed as a discipline; and the modern roles of public
relations in organizations and society. Prerequisite: CO 221.
CO 242 Mass Communication and Society 3 hours
This class provides an analysis of the relationshi
ps between mass communication and
society, including institutional functions and socioeconomic, structural-cultural, and other
factors affecting mass communication processes. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: CO
221.
CO 301 Effective Presentations 3 hours
Students
learn advanced principles and skills in public speaking including analysis of issues,
persuasive argumentation, computer assisted/aided presentations, team presentations,
and special occasion speaking. Particularly useful for students in elds such as business,
behavioral sciences, pre-law, education, and theology or students interested in becoming
leaders in any area. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: CO 201 or permission of instructor.
CO 310 Advanced Reporting (W) 3 hours
In this course, students become reporters and designers for their own individual news
publications. They produce their work on the Department of Communication Mac Lab or
the Converged Newsroom. Extensive interviewing, eld reporting and writing profi ciency
is required in this W-designated course. Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 231, AR 204 with a
minimum grade of C and passing score on Communication Department Entrance Exam for
Communication majors. Open to majors and non-majors.
CO 311 Principles of Advertising 3 hours
Principles of Advertising is an institutional and functional study of persuasion, consumer
motivation and behavior, and application of the principles of advertising to electronic
media. Students prepare a media campaign for a product or service in a simulated market
environment. Prerequisite: CO 221.
CO 315 Mass Media Law 3 hours
This course is an overview of legal aspects of the media and First Amendment issues, with
emphasis
on libel, privacy and intrusion, copyright, FCC laws, advertising, and marketing.
Prerequisite: CO 221 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics (W) 3 hours
This course will encompass case studies of media practices, offering students a panoramic
view from the historical to the contemporary. They will produce original case studies in turn.
Philosophy, theories in ethics, Christian integrity and standards are deliberately interwoven
to lead from academics to solid, professional choices. Writing profi ciency is required in this
W-designated course. Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 231 with minimum grade of C and passing
score on Communication Department Entrance Exam for Communication majors.
CO 320 Voice and Diction 3 hours
Voice and Diction trains for improvement in the use of the speaking voice. Attention is focused
on range, exibility, clarity of articulation, and standards of pronunciation, with individual help
in the correction of faulty speech habits. Prerequisite: CO 201.
268
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication 3 hours
This course is a study of interpersonal communicati
on skills such as listening, con ict
management, and nonverbal communication. Practical applications of skills are emphasized.
Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 330 Communication Theory (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to general theoretical
perspectives and related theories in the eld of communication. Students will gain a rm
understanding of how theory helps us to understand communication phenomenon and will
develop further skills in evaluating theories, as well as applying abstract theoretical concepts to
their own lives and research. Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 201 and junior status or permission
of the instructor.
CO 331 Public Relations Planning and Case Studies 3 hours
Examines public relations strategic planning process through the analysis of case studies.
A
ddresses strategic communication planning issues in media relations, crisis communications,
ethics, creative planning, research, and evaluation, using real-world situations and clients.
Promotes learning individually and in teams. Provides an understanding of the concepts of
project coordination, strategic planning, and strategic vision within event coordination. Helps
students create, develop, manage, execute, and evaluate an event from a public-relations
approach. Prerequisites: CO 241 and CO 395
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations (W) 3 hours
Develops skills in persuasive writing for institutional or individual clients. Provides a hands-
on experience in learning to develop and utilize public relations writing tools for corporate,
non-profi t, government, and public relations organizations. Covers writing for the media,
designing and writing corporate literature, and working with the public on behalf of a business
or individual as it relates to public relations. Laboratory is required. Prerequisites: EN 112,
CO 221 and AR 204 (for communication majors and minors).
CO 333 Magazine and Feature Writing (W) 3 hours
Preparation of feature stories and articles. Students market work by submission to various
publications--student and professional, print and Web. (Previously Feature Writing)
Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 231 with minimum grade of C and passing score on Communication
Department Entrance Exam for Communication majors. Open to majors and non-majors
CO 345 Small Group Communication 3 hours
In this hands-on, practical class, students learn theories and principles of communicating in
small
groups. In addition to becoming familiar with research in the area, students actually
experience working with others, producing the ability to function more effectively, comfortably,
and competently within such units. Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 371 Public Relations Management 3 hours
A course analyzing public relations campaigns, solving/preventing problems, utilizing theories
and public relations strategy. Throughout the course students write press releases, learn
the research process for PR campaigns, address internal and external audiences, devise
strategies for guidance of executive leadership, and learn effective guidance of public
opinion with integrity. The course incorporates use of pertinent media tools and role-playing
presentations among other approaches to effective instruction. Prerequisites: CO 241 and
CO 330.
269
CO 373 Working With the Media in Public Relations 3 hours
Practical study and experience in successful strate
gies for agencies, organizations, businesses,
ministries and mission organizations as they pursue balanced media coverage and respond
to requests for interviews, data or other questions aimed at publication or broadcast on
various deadlines. Ethics of media relations practice from a Christian world-view are applied
to the media marketplace through discussion and project-driven experience. The course will
provide students with the media tools and grasp of marketing-related media theory needed
for effective digital communications in businesses and organizations. Course content will
cover the basic social media platforms and their uses from an organizational standpoint. Upon
completion, students will be equipped to crate digital communication strategies, understanding
the platforms and tools available along with method to measure effectiveness for a variety of
audiences. Prerequisites: CO 241 and CO 332.
CO 395 Communication Research Methods 3 hours
Communication Research is an introductory course that prepares students to be competent
consumers
and amateur producers of research. The course introduces students to a range
of research methods (qualitative and quantitative) employed in social sciences in general and
communication studies in particular. It also provides students with the knowledge base and
practical experience to pursue more advanced studies in research methods. Prerequisites:
CO 201, grade of ‘C’ or above in MA 101 or equivalent.
CO 401-402 Practicum in Communication each 1-3 hours
Students gain practical experience in journalism, communication arts, public relations,
audio/video production or photojournalism. Students work under the cooperative direction
of professionals and the communication faculty and become familiar with the ongoing tasks
and routines required in their areas of concentration. Practicum of 10 to 12 hours each week
is required. Prerequisites: adequate background and consent of the instructors.
CO 403 Internship in Communication 1-3 hours
Students must work full-time and perform ongoing tasks and practices of professionals in
the student’s area of concentration. Students must apply to the employing organization and
be accepted to work six to eight weeks under the direction of a professional. Prerequisites:
adequate background, junior standing, and consent of the instructor.
CO 410 Broadcast Advertising 3 hours
In addition to acquiring an overview of how the advertising, broadcasting and media-buying
i
ndustries work in a synergic environment, students learn to write and produce effective
commercials for radio, TV, and the Internet. They also explore sales and marketing aspects
of the broadcast advertising industry. Each student simulates an advertising campaign which
includes at least three commercials/PSAs. Laboratory and lab fee are required. Offered
alternate years. Prerequisite: CO 346.
CO 415 Organizational Communication 3 hours
This course helps students to understand and analyze organizations and gives them practice
in the skills of communicating within and for an organization. Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 421 Persuasion 3 hours
The primary goal of this course is to provide students with a solid grounding in theories,
principles, and strategies of social infl uence as they apply to everyday contexts in which
infl uence attempts take place. Students should gain familiarity with ndings from empirical
investigations on persuasion, social infl uence, and compliance-gaining, and will learn about
strategies and techniques of persuasion relating to a wide variety of real-life communication
270
contexts, situations, and settings. Students will also develop a better understanding of the
many ways that persuasion theories and skills can be used as a tool for civic and political
engagement. Prerequisites: CO 201 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
CO 425 Intercultural Communication (W) 3 hours
In this course, students examine the relationship between culture and communication and
the
ways culture infl uences values, perceptions and behaviors. Discussion and activities
help students to develop analytic and communication skills which enable them to interact
with cultural sensitivity and communicate more effectively in intercultural, interracial and
interethnic contexts. Particularly useful for students in elds such as business, behavioral
sciences, pre-law, education and theology. Prerequisite: EN 112 and CO 201.
CO 435 Editing (W) 3 hours
Techniques of journalistic editing for print and digital media are presented, including industry
s
tandards and practices. This course also builds skills for use in the converged media
environment, for publication in multiple formats. Students must master line editing for accurate
copy, and conduct news analysis over a range of contemporary ethical, legal, social, political
and religious issues. Writing profi ciency is required in this W-designated course. Prerequisites:
EN 112, CO 231 with minimum grade of C and passing score on Communication Department
Entrance Exam for Communication majors.
CO 477 Senior Seminar 1 hour
This nal semester class is designed to help prepare graduating seniors for entrance into the
workforce. Resume, portfolio, and mock interview are required.
CO 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
This class provides individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Limited to senior
Communication or Communication Media majors. Prerequisite: Approval of department
chair.
Economics
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics 3 hours
An analysis of the basic concepts which describe how individuals choose what to consume
a
nd how entrepreneurs choose what to produce. The pricing mechanism and the determination
of output level in the various market structures.
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 hours
An analysis of the basic concepts of the national income, including such various components
as consumption, investment, government expenditures, and the export-import sector. An
introduction to the general theories of infl ation, growth, and employment.
Education
ED 130 Orientation to Teaching (W) 2 hours
An introductory course that includes an overview of the American school system and the
preparation and qualities essential for successful teaching in public and private schools.
Students will engage in classroom observation and participation in public school classrooms.
Prerequisite for admission to teacher education and EN 112.
271
ED 200 Educational Psychology (W) 3 hours
A study of the nature of teaching and learning, which addresses the fundamentals involved
in
the expected developmental progression of the learning process. The course focuses
on ways in which psychological knowledge is applied to teaching at each domain (physical,
social, emotional, and cognitive) as individual characteristics that infl uence instructional
decisions. Additionally, it includes an investigation of theories of learning and motivation and
their instructional applications in educational settings. Prerequisites: EN 112, PY 101 or SO
101, and ED 130.
ED 240 Principles of Teaching P-12 2 hours
A
course designed to give the prospective teacher an understanding of the principles and
procedures of teaching. Opportunity is provided for observing, assisting, and instructing in
laboratory classroom activities, including required experiences in a multigrade classroom.
Prerequisite: ED 130
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education 2 hours
A study of the fundamental principles, concepts, and aims of Christian education. Prerequisite:
EN 112.
ED 254 History, Philosophy, and Foundations of Education (W)
2 hours
A study of historical, philosophical, and sociological foundations of education. Special
emphasis will be placed on ways of addressing the challenges posed by the cultural diversity
in American schools. Prerequisites: EN 112 and ED 130.
ED 275 Instructional Technology 3 hours
A course designed to provide the prospective teacher with a functional knowledge of the
computer and how to infuse technology in the classroom. It also encompasses a variety of
current technologies and media applications for specifi c instructional designs in curriculum
development and classroom presentations as well as the evaluation, selection, and use of
technological materials and equipment. Additionally, a working knowledge of programming
and software applications, such as word processing, spreadsheets, database, and PowerPoint
is included. Prerequisite: one unit of high school typing.
ED 300 Classroom Organization and Management 3 hours
A
nalysis and implementation of effective classroom organization in self-contained, nongraded
and multigraded settings. Strategies for effective discipline, exible grouping patterns, and
healthy classroom climate are investigated. Prerequisites: ED 130 and 240 and admission
to teacher education.
ED 311-318 Methods and Materials of Teaching: K-8
A series of courses in methods and materials used in teaching subject matter to elementary
students. Emphasis is placed on technology infusion as well as planning and implementing unit
activities in simulated and fi eld experiences. Prerequisites: ED 200 and 240 and admission
to teacher education.
ED 311 Methods in Teaching Science and Health: K-8 3 hours
ED 312 Methods in Teaching Music: K-8 3 hours
ED 313 Methods in Teaching Language Arts
and Children’s Literature: K-8 3 hours
272
ED 315 Methods in Teaching Mathematics: K-8 3 hours
ED 316 Methods in T
eaching Art: K-8 3 hours
ED 318 Methods in Teaching Social Studies and Bible: K-8 3 hours
ED 331-338 Methods and Materials of Teaching
in the Secondary Schools
A series of courses in methods and materials used in teaching subject matter to students in
the high school and intermediate grades. Emphasis is placed on planning and implementing
specifi c learning activities in simulated and clinical settings. Prerequisite: ED 240, 300 and
admission to teacher education.
ED 331 Methods in Teaching Bible in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 332 Methods in T
eaching Language Arts in the Secondary School 3 hours
ED 333 Methods in Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 334 Methods in Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 335 Methods in Teaching Science in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading 3 hours
A content area reading course designed to acquaint the pre-service teacher with reading and
study strategies needed to address content assignments with understanding. Prerequisite:
admission to teacher education.
ED 341 Foundations of Reading 3 hours
A course designed to examine the current trends and strategies used in teaching reading.
Students are required to develop teacher -made materials and participate in teaching children
to read as part of the fi eld practicum activities. Prerequisite: ED 240.
ED 342 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation 3 hours
This
course investigates current practices, trends, techniques, and materials for diagnosis
and remediation of reading diffi culties. Prerequisite: ED 341.
ED 350 Introduction to Special Education (W) 3 hours
This course acquaints prospective teachers and professional workers with the characteristics
and problems of exceptional children and youth, including: the mentally retarded and advanced;
the emotionally maladjusted; and those having visual, hearing, speech, or other physical
handicaps. Prerequisites: EN 112 and ED 130
ED 370 Educational Tests and Measurements 3 hours
A course designed to provide functional knowledge of the meaning, use, and operation of
tests and measurements in education. Use of measurement procedures in collecting data and
applying appropriate statistical procedures in interpreting the results is presented. The role
of evaluation in classroom instruction, the development of standardized tests, teacher-made
tests, and other types of tests, as well as the grading system, are studied. Prerequisites: ED
200 and ED 240.
273
ED 400 Praxis II 1 hour
This course will provide teacher candidates systematic and meaningful assistance in their
preparation for the Praxis II examination.
ED 420/430/440 Internship (420-Elementary; 430-Secondary; 440-P-12) 11 hours
This
course is offered each semester in cooperation with selected area schools. The student
teacher will be assigned to a cooperating teacher at the beginning of the semester and will
be expected to spend a minimum of 16 weeks full-time internship in the area school. Student
teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their teaching centers and to
follow the school calendars where they are assigned. University transportation is provided for
a fee. The course requires weekly attendance at the student teaching seminars. Application
to student teaching should be made during the spring semester prior to the beginning of the
academic year in which student teaching is planned. Prerequisite: must pass the English
Profi ciency exam; senior standing.
ED 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
A major research project which contributes to the knowledge base of the fi eld of education.
The
project is tailored to the student’s area of professional interest. Prerequisite: admission
to teacher education and permission of the department chair.
Engineering
EG 201 Introduction to Engineering 2 hours
Introduces the profession of engineering and its various disciplines. Reviews selected
mathematical concepts in Algebra, Plane Geometry ,and Trigonometry and applies them to
solving selected engineering problems using graphical techniques. Includes engineering
units/standards/scales of measure and design concepts. Introduces the organization and
construction of freehand drawings/sketches. Students will learn how to analyze, formulate,
and solve selected engineering problems. (Formerly EG 111 Introduction to Engineering).
Prerequisites: MA 121 Precalculus Algebra or by placement. Must pass prerequisite with a
C (2.0) or better.
EG 211 Statics 3 hours
The study of physical systems that remain at rest under the action of a set of forces. Topics
i
nclude: forces, resultant forces, moments, couples, equivalent systems, rigid body equilibrium,
2-D and 3-D force bodies, distributed loads, trusses, frames, machines, shear and bending
moment diagrams, static and kinematic friction, wedges, belt friction, and moments of inertia.
Prerequisite: MA 271 Calculus III and PH 121 General Physics with Calculus. Must pass
prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD 3 hours
Encompasses the eld of engineering design graphics and its application to the design
process. Designed to develop a student’s imagination and to devise methods of creating
innovative solutions. Major course content includes: design and creativity, computer graphics,
engineering drawing, descriptive geometry, and problem solving using two-dimensional
computer graphics by AutoCAD. Assignments will emphasize design techniques. (Formerly
EG 112 Engineering Graphics).
EG 312 Engineering Graphics II with AutoCAD Certifi cation 3 hours
This course aims at fully readying student for the AutoCAD User Certifi cation exam. Students
will explore essential techniques used in computer-aided design (CAD), including complex
274
plotting, external reference and image
les, and customization. This course is part 2 of the
AutoCAD sequence and will build upon concepts and add new concepts in 2D drawing and
3D modeling essential to the AutoCAD User Certifi cation exam. At the end of this course,
students can take the AutoCAD User Certifi cation Exam. Once certifi ed, students will be
qualifi ed for an entry level AutoCAD job assignment. Prerequisite: EG 212 Engineering
Graphics I with AutoCAD (formerly EG 112). Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
EG 490 Research and Independent Study (W) 1-3 hours
An independent study or an original investigation in engineering by the student under the
guidance of the faculty. Topics covered will be based on current real-world engineering
problems. In this course students are required to demonstrate their ability to write, using
standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112 and junior standing.
English
EN 090-091 English as a Second Language 2-2 hours
Study of and practice of English in its written form for students whose rst language is not
English. Laboratory is required. (Not counted in hours required for graduation).
EN 095 Composition Skills Review 2 hours
This course is required of all beginning freshmen d
uring their rst semester if the ACT
enhanced English score is below 16 or the SAT English score is below 410. Laboratory is
required. An exit examination is given before the completion of EN 095. (Not counted in
hours required for graduation).
EN 099 College Reading Strategies 2 hours
This course is designed to help students achieve success in reading purposefully, skillfully,
and critically and thereby gain confi dence in their ability to meet the demands of university, the
workplace, and our information -fi lled society. Students will practice active reading strategies
to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and concentration. (Not counted in hours required
for graduation).
EN 111-112 Freshman Composition I, II 3-3 hours
A study of rhetoric designed to teach students effe
ctive writing, reading, speaking, and listening.
In EN 111, emphasis is placed on critical thinking, and close study is given to expository and
argumentative writing. In EN 112, students are introduced to literature, methods of research
using the library, the Internet, and digital resources, and to writing a research paper. A nal
essay is given at the end of semester in EN 111. The required research paper for EN 112
must receive at least a C+ (77). The requirements for EN 112 may not be met by CLEP.
EN 201 World Literature 3 hours
A survey of selected world masterpieces of literature–some in translation. Emphasis is placed
on the ancient, medieval, and Renaissance periods, and on major African-American authors.
Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 203 Introduction to English Scholarship 2 hours
An intense introduction to making scholarly inquiries within the discipline of English. The course
explores modes of thought and writing used in the discipline; investigative and interpretive
options; research procedures and tools (including electronic forms); key points of literary
history, and the writing of professional papers. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
275
EN 204 Effective Reading Strategies for College Students 2 hours
A course designed for college students to increase their rate of comprehension. Speed drill,
vocabulary
, and comprehension exercises are covered.
EN 205 Genre Studies 3 hours
An introduction to major literary genres to prepare students for intense study in literary forms
in upper division courses. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
EN 213 Survey of British Literature 3 hours
A study of British Literature from its origins to the Middle Ages to the twenty-fi rst century.
(Formerly named Survey of English Literature). Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 214 TESOL: Theory and Culture 3 hours
An
exploration of the theories, methods and approaches for English as a second language.
The course provides an overview of the historic and sociocultural issues surrounding the
politics of education language minority students. Prerequisites: EN 112 and EN 203 or
permission of the instructor.
EN 215 TESOL: Practices and Materials 3 hours
An overview of second language (ELL2) methods and materials that frame the teaching
and learning of ELL2 literacy skills with focus on theory and practice related to the four key
elements of language literacy--reading, writing, vocabulary, and grammar. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 220 Writers at Work (W) 3 hours
A workshop focusing on the craft of writing as art and business. Attention is given to writing
as a career option. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
EN 221 Literature of African Peoples 3 hours
This course introduces students to the literature of sub-Saharan Africans, African Americans
and West Indians. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 250 English Fundamentals 2 hours
The basic mechanics of sentence and paragraph struc
ture will be reviewed until the student can
demonstrate the ability to write in acceptable standard American English. Only students who
have taken the English Profi ciency Examination may register for EN 250. The requirements of
this course may not be met by special examination. Writing of a profi cient college essay
passed by two English professors is required for passing the course. This course
may not count toward a major or minor in English.
EN 303 Survey of American Literature (W) 3 hours
A study of major American poets and prose writers and main currents of thought to which
they contributed. (This course replaces EN 301 and EN 302). Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 304 Advanced Composition (W) 3 hours
An intensive study designed to develop the writing skills of students through advanced
rhetorical strategies. Prerequisites: EN 112, junior standing, and completion of at least
one of the literature requirements: EN 201, EN 213 (previously EN 211 and 212), EN 303
(previously EN 301 and EN 302) or by permission of the instructor.
276
EN 305 Biblical Literature (W) 3 hours
A study of selected books from the Old and New Testaments, with emphasis on their literary
value
and with consideration of the place of the Bible in world literature. Prerequisite: EN
112.
EN 311 Theory and Practice in Literary Criticism (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with common concepts and theorists relevant to
literary criticism, in general, and, in particular, those concepts and theories relevant to African
American literature. Emphasis is given to judicial criticism. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 313 African-American Literature (W) 3 hours
A study of the literature of Americans of African d
escent-from the oral tradition through
contemporary genres. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 323 Twentieth Century American Literature (W) 3 hours
An introduction to major American writers of the twentieth century, with emphasis on modernism
and post-modernism, and their implication for Christian morality. Prerequisites: junior
standing and at least one of the following: EN 112, EN 213 (previously EN 211 and 212), EN
303 (previously EN 301 and EN 302)
EN 324 Twentieth Century British Literature (W) 3 hours
An introduction to major British writers of the twentieth century, with emphasis on the impact
of the politics of social change on the literature of the period. Prerequisites: junior standing
and at least one of the following--EN 112, EN 213, EN 303 .
EN 325 U.S. Ethnic Literatures (W) 3 hours
A comparative study of texts of the twentieth and twenty-fi rst centuries which represent at
least four ethnic groups of the United States. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better and
EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 326 Women’s Literature 3 hours
A study of a cross-cultural selections of women’s literature from historical, social, and literary
perspectives. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
EN 330 Special Topics in Writing: Poetry (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specifi c styles in poetry. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or
better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 331 Special Topics in Writing: Fiction (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specifi c styles in ction. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or
better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 332 Special Topics in Writing: Creative Non-fi ction (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specifi c styles in creative non-fi ction. Prerequisites: EN
112 with a C or better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 333 Special Topics in Writing: Playwriting (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specifi c styles in drama. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or
better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
277
EN 334 Special Topics in Writing: Technical Writing (W) 3 hours
A
workshop designed to explore specifi c styles in technical writing. Prerequisites: EN 112
with a C or better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 341 Professional Writing (W) 3 hours
A course designed to meet the demands of writing in industry. Writing of reports, proposals,
and memoranda, with emphasis on organization and clarity. Prerequisites: EN 112 and
junior standing.
EN 351 Creative Writing 3 hours
Designed to meet the needs of those interested in d
eveloping skills in creative writing, ction,
nonfi ction, and poetry. Prerequisites: EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing 3 hours
Theories of direction and production. Producing and directing a one-act play or one act from
a longer play for public performance. Prerequisite: CO 201.
EN 355 Creative Drama 3 hours
Study of and practice in developing drama-based activities for non-performance purpose
usually educational, therapeutic. Note: This is not a performative drama course. Prerequisite:
CO 201.
EN 370 Literature of Film 3 hours
A survey of diverse literary texts as seen through their cinematic adaptations. Discussion
of selected novels, stories and plays in relation to the lm versions of the same works will
generate appreciation of the differences involved in the transposition to lm. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 401 Writing Studies (W) 3 hours
An exploration of the history of rhetoric and introduction to the theories of writing and major
contributors in the fi eld of Writing Studies. Note: This is a specialized upper division course
about writing, not a writing course. Prerequisites EN 111/112 with a C or better; completion
of required general education literature course or permission of instructor.
EN 412 Linguistics 3 hours
Introduction to the core subfi elds of linguistics (phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax,
and semantics/pragmatics), focusing on the essential formalisms and analytical techniques
needed to pursue more specialized coursework in the fi eld. Prerequisites EN 111/112 with
a C or better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar 3 hours
An intensive study of English grammar from both the traditional and the linguistic points of
view
. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 421 Milton (W) 3 hours
A study of Paradise Lost and Paradise Regained, with some attention given to Milton’s minor
poems. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: EN 112 and EN 213 (previously EN 211 or
212).
278
EN 431 Shakespeare (W) 3 hours
A detailed study of the poetry and drama of William Shakespeare. Prerequisite: EN 213
(formerly named Elizabethan Literature).
EN 441 Nineteenth Century British Authors 3 hours
A specialized course of study in English poetry and
prose between 1798 and 1900. Emphasis
is placed on the major Romantic and Victorian poets and the rise of the novel during the
Victorian period. Prerequisites: EN 213 (previously EN 211 or 212).
EN 460 Writers for Publication (W) 3 hours
A career pathway opportunity for students in the major. Focus on and deeper practice in
professional publication. Prerequisites: EN 111/112 with a C or better, EN 203 and EN 351
EN 470 Seminar in English I (W) 1 hour
A seminar and capstone course in which senior English majors make a brief, comprehensive
review of the body of knowledge that comprises the English program at Oakwood University,
and study current problems and developments in the broad eld of English language, literature.
Prerequisites: EN 112, senior status and passed 27 upper division English hours or permission
of the department chair.
EN 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
Individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Limited to senior English majors.
Prerequisite: EN 112 and prior approval of the department chair.
Entrepreneurship
EP 400 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 hours
This course introduces concepts and terminology pertaining to entrepreneurship. An overview
of businesses aspects with emphasis on new ventures, startups and small businesses will also
be discussed in conjection with topics of accounting, nance, management, and marketing
related to successfully starting and/or operating a new business or small business operation.
EP 410 Entrepreneurship Development and Perspectives 3 hours
T
his course examines emerging and new attitudes, knowledge, skills and thoughts pertaining
to entrepreneur’s activities and performance. The primary focus is the development of an
entrepreneurial perspective with the intent of assisting students to understand and assess
assorted entrepreneurial situations and engagement for situational responses. Prerequisite:
EP 400
EP 420 Selected Topics on Entrepreneurship 3 hours
To enable the study of specifi c entrepreneurship topics of relevant and current interest with the
purpose of providing and enhancing depth of knowledge in areas pertaining to aspects such as
new and/or small businesses (individual, family, etc.) corporate and social entrepreneurship,
innovation, new venture creation and venture capital. Prerequisite: EP 400
279
Finance
FN 311 Principles of Finance 3 hours
N
ature and scope of business nance. Emphasis on nancial planning, forecasting, analysis,
corporate valuation, capital budgeting and risk assessment, cost of capital structure, short-
term and long-term nancial management, and international nance. Prerequisites: AC 221.
FN 321 Money and Banking 3 hours
An analysis of the interrelated nancial system, central banks, private banks, and other sources
and users of nancial capital. Theoretical and empirical policy and institutional issues are
analyzed using economics and fi nance methodologies. Topics include the theory of money
demand and supply. Prerequisites: EC 282 and EC 283.
FN 381 Investments 3 hours
I
ntroductory survey course focusing on the process and instruments of investment. Emphasis
on security market structure, characteristics and valuation of securities, approaches to
investment analysis, and international investments. Prerequisite: FN 311
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making 3 hours
Advanced nancial management course geared toward the nance major and directed toward
exploring the linkage between current nance theory and practice. Emphasis on capital
budgeting theory and techniques, risk adjustment, capital structure and nancial policy, and
mathematical programming approaches to project selection. Prerequisites: FN 311.
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management 3 hours
This course is designed to provide and familiarize students with Insurance and Risk
Management processes and methods of treating personal and business risk exposures within
the corporate and institutional environment. Focus is given to assisting students in becoming
more effi cient consumers of insurance and providing a necessary foundation to those who
will pursue further study in insurance and related areas. Prerequisite: FN 311.
FN 426 Financial Markets and Institutions 3 hours
Develops an understanding of the structure and func
tioning of our monetary- nancial system.
Emphasis on the institutional process of nancial intermediation in the nancial marketplace
and the role that specifi c institutions and instruments play. Prerequisite: FN 321.
FN 436 Management of Financial Institutions 3 hours
Development of fundamental concepts and principles of sound institutional management.
Includes the nancial environment, strategy, performance measures, and asset/liability
management topics within an overall decision framework. Prerequisite: FN 321.
FN 481 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis 3 hours
Rigorous course geared toward the senior nance major. Emphasis on integrating
portfolio theory with practical approaches to investment analysis and management. Topics
include effi cient diversifi cation and portfolio choice, capital asset pricing theory, arbitrage
pricing theory, and bond portfolio management, options pricing, and nancial futures.
Prerequisites: FN 381 and MA 171.
FN 486 International Finance 3 hours
Focus is on business operations in the framework of the growing fi eld of international
nance. Exploration of how American business can work with and use international nance
in foreign manufacturing and marketing operations. Prerequisite: senior standing.
280
FN 492 Internship 3 hours
A work experience program offered in cooperation with business and industry to provide on-
the-job
training intended to link the theoretical concepts with practical application. Students
must apply and be approved through the department.. Prerequisite: junior standing.
.
French
FR 101-102 Beginning French 3-3 hours
Study of the fundamentals of grammar, with elementary conversation and reading of simple
material on French culture. Accurate pronunciation is stressed. Laboratory is required.
Students who have successfully completed two or more years of high school French within
two years before resuming study of the language at Oakwood University must enroll in
Intermediate French.
FR 201-202 Intermediate French 3-3 hours
A general review and continuation of grammar and vo
cabulary building, with special emphasis
on the spoken language. Selected readings on French-American life and culture. Laboratory
is required. Prerequisite: FR 102.
Family Studies
FS 340 Family Economics and Management 3 hours
A study of supply and demand, consumer welfare, credit, protection and legal regulations,
and current issues which affect the individual’s total responsibility as a consumer in today’s
changing economic environment. . Prerequisite: junior standing.
FS 342 Intimate Relations and Marriage (W) 3 hours
Evaluation of membership in a social structure created to benefi t each person as a contributor
to the family and to society in their physical, mental, and religious aspects. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and FS 355.
FS 441 Management of Family Resources Practicum 3 hours
Cooperative living in homemaking groups in the home management house. Experience is
given in management, accounting, food preparation and services, aesthetic arrangements,
and entertaining. Charges are based on prevailing food costs. Registration required in the
department offi ce one semester in advance. Prerequisites: FS 111, FS 340, and senior
standing, or permission of instructor.
FS 452 Advanced Family Studies (W) 3 hours
A comparative study of families internationally, utilizing the United States as a framework.
Special attention will be given to developing countries, eastern Europe, and the Far East.
Prerequisites: EN 112, FS 342 and senior standing, or permission of instructor.
FS 490-491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in child development and family studies under the guidance of the
faculty. Prerequisites: Senior standing and prior approval by department chair.
281
Film/Television Production
FT 145 History of Film 3 hours
This course examines the history of cinema and survey the major developments through the
twentieth century and will explore the impact of technological developments on lm production.
The course analyses the relative successes or failures of major lms and analyzes how
present cultures and attitudes shape our view of the past. The student is introduced to the
basic fundamentals of cinematography including technical and artistic performance. Special
emphasis will be placed on shot composition and lighting. The student is encouraged to
utilize techniques of digital video production mixing aesthetic understanding with production
from the camera to the computer. The student will learn the language of cinema through the
hands-on practical application of the camera and basic postproduction and will complete a
basic production utilizing the stages of production. Lab fee required.
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio and Video Production 3 hours
This class is a hands-on introductory production course that builds skills and applies the
knowledge of video production in a class project. The student is expected to demonstrate
profi ciency with the operation of audio and video equipment, grammar of the visual medium,
and proper procedures of production. (Previously CO 146). Laboratory and lab fee are
required.
FT 300 Introduction to Video Editing 3 hours
This class is a hands-on introductory video editing course. The student learns the principles
and
techniques of video editing, cuts, dissolves, sound effects, and special effects used in
completing a television/video production. This course explores techniques that can be applied
in a range of non-linear editing programs, including ADOBE premiere, Final Cut and DaVinci
Resolve. (Previously CO 300). Lab fee required. Prerequisite: FT 146
FT 346 Television Production 3 hours
This class is a hands-on production course that builds skills, and applies the knowledge of
on-location studio and control room procedures for video production, beginning with routine
exercises. Emphasis is on the application of concepts, tools and techniques essential for the
student to complete a video production from the initial concept of a program to its delivery
to a client/distributor/end-user in a simulated market environment. Students are taught
to produce a live program for broadcast including the internet. Laboratory and lab fee are
required. (Previously CO 346). Prerequisites: CO 146.
FT 350 Production Management 3 hours
This class is a hands-on production management course that provides a working knowledge
of
the role of the line producer from pre-production through post-production. Emphasis is
given both to familiarization of various production processes and service systems, and to
quantitative analysis of problems arising in the management of operations. Included in the
process will be production planning, budgeting, scheduling, business considerations and
post-production process management. Students are given the opportunity to do practical
work on a major production. (Previously CO 350). Lab fee required. Prerequisites: FT 146.
FT 360 Fiction and Dramatic Screen Writing (W) 3 hours
The principles and techniques of script writing for dramatic and ction lm and television
productions are explored. In this course, students develop and write a major screenplay
suitable for production and pitching to potential producers and or investors. (Previously CO
360). Prerequisites: EN 112 and FT 346
282
FT 365 Fiction and Dramatic Film and TV Production 3 hours
This class is a hands-on production course that builds skills and applies the knowledge of
how
to develop a successful narrative script with actors. It utilizes industry-oriented tasks
and skills from idea development to nal master. The student is expected to demonstrate
profi ciency with the operation of audio and video equipment, grammar of the visual medium,
and proper procedures of production as a producer-director and/or a professional technician.
Laboratory and lab fee are required. (Previously CO 365). Prerequisites: CO 346 and CO
360.
FT 375 Multi-camera Television Studio Directing 3 hours
This course is a practical course that provides an in-depth knowledge of the production of
multi-camera
studio directing in the television studio or location for the creation of television
programming, including entertainment, sports, situation comedies, soap operas, talk shows,
and public affairs programming. This course is an advanced television production module and
emphasizes the use of pre-production including scripting before each production. Professional
industry studio cameras and equipment are utilized and require that the student has prior
experience in the use of studio cameras, audio equipment, studio lighting, production switchers,
and functions of the oor director, producing and directing. This course is designed to develop
the skills of potential studio or OB directors. Lab free required. Prerequisites: FT 146 and FT
346.
FT 385 Cinematography 3 hours
This is an intermediate course that focuses on aesthetics and styles while gaining extensive
hands-on experience with cinematography equipment. It provides practical applications
of motion picture photography through lighting, exposure and selection techniques.
Demonstrations and exercises will form elements of this course and students will serve in a
variety of crew positions for their colleague’s production. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: FT
346.
FT 387 Advanced Editing 3 hours
This course is an in-depth component of editing which requires speed, accuracy, organization
of materials, and creativity. It emphasizes techniques, principles, and the art of editing:
storytelling, rhythm, and structures. This course will give you an introduction to Adobe After
Effects. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: FT 300.
FT 401 Film Thesis Production 3 hours
This capstone course allows for the amalgamation of the student’s academic and practical
work, developing an individual project proposal and culminating in a fi nal major project. The
project must be well designed and demonstrates knowledge of specifi c issues, methods,
techniques, and professionalism ready for entry into lm festivals. Students work under the
cooperative direction of professionals and the communication faculty with the ongoing tasks
and routines required in their areas of concentration. This project proposal must be presented
at the end of the junior year and work should begin during the summer. Lab fee required.
Prerequisites: junior standing and consent of the instructor.
FT 403 Television Thesis Production 3 hours
This capstone course allows for the amalgamation of the student’s academic and practical
work, developing an individual project proposal and culminating in a fi nal major project. The
project must be well designed and demonstrates knowledge of specifi c issues, methods,
techniques, and professionalism ready for entry into lm festivals. Students work under the
cooperative direction of professionals and the communication faculty with the ongoing tasks
and routines required in their areas of concentration. This project proposal must be presented
283
at the end of the junior year and work should begin during the summer. Lab fee required.
Prerequisites: junior standing and consent of the instructor.
Geography
GE 302 Regional Geography 3 hours
A
study of the world’s major geopolitical regions and the interaction of their cultures with the
climate, resources, industrial development, and environment.
Health Care Administration
HC 325 Introduction to Health Services Administration 3 hours
A broad orientation to the health delivery system. Orientation to the role of the health services
manager and/or supervisor. Provides organizational theory and practical information about
health administration. Students will investigate the organizational and environmental contexts
within which a health manager works. Laboratory is required where students will visit various
community health facilities. Prerequisite: junior standing.
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care 3 hours
Presentation of the historical perspectives, current status, and future projections in the eld.
Concepts of corporate liability, malpractice, and professional negligence. Informed consent,
incident reporting, and the importance of accurate and complete records stressed. Emphasis
on the prevention rather than the defense of legal actions. Examination of the role of ethics
and moral decision-making in the everyday life of the health service manager, with special
emphasis on the various professional codes of ethics. Prerequisite: HC 325.
HC 340 Health Technology and Human Diseases 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to examine advances in health technology as they relate to
human diseases. As future health care administrators, students will assess the impact of
cutting-edge technologies on administrative functions including capital budgeting and strategic
planning and have a framework for understanding and applying this knowledge to diagnostic
tests and procedures determined by different diseases of the human body. The course also
provides the administrator with in-depth knowledge about specifi c diseases which aids in
the analysis of research data necessary for success in the critical functions of supervision.
Prerequisite: HC 325.
HC 454 Long Term Care Administration 3 hours
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the long-term health care delivery
system to give the students a working knowledge of the wholistic approach to the care of the
elderly and long-term care individuals. It will give an overview of some of the emotional and
physiological needs of individuals who require long-term care. Other areas of concentration
will be nancing, managing, standards, and compliance for quality. Prerequisite: HC 325.
HC 495 Health Services Management Problems and Research 3 hours
Seminar type course where selected health service management problems such as the current
and emerging challenges in nancing, organizational changes, and managerial functions will
be identifi ed, studied, and evaluated, . Prerequisite: HC 330.
284
HC 497 Practicum in Human Care Management 6 hours
An on-the-job experience provided in selected institutions and agencies related to the
student’s career interest. Students obtain rsthand knowledge of the operational world of
work by devoting full-time effort to observing and participating in the management functions.
Depending on the student’s background and interest, the internship may be in one specifi c
department or rotate among many departments. Routine written reports are required. A major
management project will be completed. Faculty direction provided by telephone and on-site
visitations. Students return to campus periodically for group sharing of their experiences with
each other. Students put in a minimum of 250 work hours. Prerequisite: HC 454.
History
HI 103 World Civilizations I 3 hours
A
survey course that investigates the great movements of history from ancient times to A.D.
1650.
HI 104 World Civilizations II 3 hours
A survey course that investigates the great movements of history from the era of A.D. 1650
to the present time.
HI 211 United States History I 3 hours
A survey of modernizing, pluralist American society and America in the international community,
1607 to 1877.
HI 212 United States History II 3 hours
A survey of modernizing, pluralist American society and America in the international community,
1877 to the present .
HI 265 Minorities in America 3 hours
An examination of the struggles and contributions of women and such minorities as African-
Americans, Native Americans, Hispanics, and Asians in the United States.
HI 267 African American History I 3 hours
A survey of African American history, with an emphasis on the origins of the ancient kingdoms
of Egypt, Kush, Meroe, Axum, and West Africa and including the slave trade, slavery, the
beginnings of black culture in the North and South, slave resistance and rebellions, and
sectional differences. Northern free blacks will be studied along with the Civil War and the
Reconstruction period of 1868.
HI 268 African American History II 3 hours
A survey of the problems and experiences of African Americans from the period of
Reconstruction in 1868 to 1877, with an emphasis on the inner dynamics of the black
community and the sociopolitical efforts of the black community to the present. The relationship
of blacks to the wider society will be studied with the internal migration of African Americans,
and the political impact of cultural exhibitions.
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church (W) 3 hours
A survey course of the rise and progress of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Prerequisite:
EN 112 and junior standing.
285
HI 318 Latin American History 3 hours
A survey of the history of Latin America. Emphasis is placed on the diversity of people and
cultures of the regions, and how major historical events, both past and very recent, have
shaped the everyday lives of the people who lived there and who still do today. Prerequisite:
HI 103 or HI 104 and junior standing.
HI 324 History of England I (W) 3 hours
A survey of the history of England with an emphasis on landmark court decisions, Parliament,
and the development of the British legal system. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
HI 326 African History 3 hours
A study of ancient Egypt, Nubia, Ethiopia, etc., and the expansion of Islam, and the slave
trade in African history to 1800 and the conclusion of that trade, Islamic renewal, European
partition and the colonial period, the growth of nationalism and of independence in Africa.
Prerequisite: junior standing.
HI 330 Asian History 3 hours
A study of Asian history, focusing primarily on China, India, and Japan. This course will
examine the origins of these distinct civilizations and follow their political, economic, social, and
intellectual movements through the Cold War era. Topics include: the impact of Confucianism
and Buddhism, women’s changing roles, imperial state formation, samurai culture, impact
of the Mongols, questions on Democracy and Communism, changing relationships with the
West, and economic “miracles”. Prerequisite: HI 103 or HI 104 and junior standing.
HI 340 Middle Eastern History 3 hours
A study of Middle Eastern history, focusing on the regions of modern-day Egypt, Israel, Syria,
Saudi Arabia, Iraq, and Iran. The course will focus on both the Biblical period and the time of
Christ, as well as the present day, so students can better understand the Scriptures as well
as modern confl icts and current events. Prerequisite: HI 103 or HI 104 and junior standing.
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movements 3 hours
This course will thoroughly educate students about the civil rights movement in the United
States as it took place in the 1950s and 1960s. Key events, personalities, and regions will
be covered, as well as the relevancy of the movement on modern society.
HI 443 History of Christianity (W) 3 hours
A survey of the historical development and growth of the Christian Church from the time of
Jesus Christ to the present. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
Hl 459 Recent American History (W) 3 hours
A pluralist study of modern American society and America in the international community,
1930 to the present. Prerequisite: EN 112.
HI 469 Modern Europe (W) 3 hours
A study of the main events in European history from 1900 to the present, with emphasis
on England, France, Germany, Russia, imperialism, and the two World Wars. Prerequisite:
EN 112 and junior standing.
Hl 480 Research Seminar (W) 3 hours
A major research paper in history under the supervision of the professor specializing in
that area. Required of all history majors in their senior year. Prerequisite: EN 112 and
senior history major.
286
Hl 495 Capstone Senior Seminar 3 hours
The Capstone Senior Seminar is the culmination of learning in the core curriculum.
Subsequently, it requires substantial reading and informed participation. The course is
designed to enhance critical thinking, review of salient points of learning in the discipline, as
well as prepare students to make the transition into graduate/professional schools and the
workforce. Furthermore, students will obtain information designed to improve their skills in
the areas of professionalism, networking, relationships, fi nances, and leadership.
Interdisciplinary Studies
IN 480 Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies (W) 1 hour
This course requires an interdisciplinary approach b
y integrating three areas of study
in addressing contemporary issues. Students will select a contemporary topic of study
and write a paper demonstrating the interrelatedness and unique contributions that each
area of study brings to the topic. Special emphasis will be placed on the strengths and
weaknesses of each discipline as part of an integrated approach to problem-solving/
decision-making. The proposed research must be approved by the program advisor.
Prerequisites: EN 112 and an Interdisciplinary Studies major and senior standing.
Management Information Systems
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications 3 hours
This course is designed to give students basic computer concepts and practical experience
in the use of the computer. Using software applications packages such as word processing,
electronic spreadsheets, graphics, and database management, students will learn to input
and output data useful in professional and personal pursuits.
IS 200 Management Information Systems 3 hours
Students are introduced to the management and use of information systems and technology
in organizations, including the way these add value to organizational processes and products.
Topics covered include the important role of information systems in today’s business
environment, the impact of emerging technologies on business, how information systems
support business goals, objectives and its competitive strategy, and management of information
and its effect on decision-making, students will be introduced to data management through
the database management application Microsoft Access in preparation for the Microsoft Offi ce
Specialist (MOS) Certifi cation exam administered as part of the course. Prerequisite: IS 120.
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access 3 hours
This course introduces students to advanced techniques of processing information using
electronic spreadsheets and database management software used in today’s business
environment. Students are assumed to be familiar with basic concepts of the Windows
operating system and Microsoft Excel and Access application software. Areas covered will
include macros, LOOKUP functions, Scenario Manager, Pivot Tables, and Pivot Charts in
preparation for Microsoft Offi ce Specialist (MOS) Certifi cation exams in Excel Expert and
Access administered as part of the course. Prerequisite: IS 200 or AC 380.
IS 285 Business Application Programming in C++ 3 hours
An introduction to ANSI C programming is presented. Concepts are explained in a clear,
understandable manner using modern business applications. Important programming
287
defi nitions, concepts, and rules are addressed. Upon completion of the course, students will
be profi cient in designing, coding, debugging, testing, and distributing applications. Coding
of applications will include but not be limited to detailed descriptions of algorithms to perform
common programming tasks such as sorting, searching, and hashing. Prerequisite: IS 120.
IS 290 Advanced Business Application Programming in C++ 3 hours
C++
concepts and rules are explained in a clear, understandable manner and applied to
modern business applications. Important programming defi nitions, concepts, and rules are
addressed. Students should enter the course with a strong C programming background as this
course will focus on such object-oriented elements of C++ as classes, methods, constructors,
overloaded functions and operations, templates, virtual functions and the STL. Prerequisite:
IS 285.
IS 315 Multimedia Applications 3 hours
The
goal of this course is to teach students the basic tools for Multimedia authoring and
production. Students will use and become familiar with multimedia software packages including
Microsoft Offi ce PowerPoint, Adobe PhotoShop, and Macromedia Flash. During the semester
students will learn to create and then present their own interactive presentations, and they
will also learn design concepts and processes. Prerequisite: IS 250.
IS 325 Web Design and Development 3 hours
This course introduces students to techniques used to design and develop professional
websites. Students will get hands-on instruction in various web authoring languages such
as HTML and CSS. They will use common industry tools such as Dreamweaver to learn
how to develop and publish their own attractive websites. Students will learn how to link
databases to their sites for creating, updating, querying and storing business data through
various platforms. Prerequisite: IS 315.
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications 3 hours
This course introduces the managerial and technical aspects of business networks, including
the hardware and software mechanisms that allow access from one computer to les and
services provided on other computers. An overview of local area nets (LAN) and Wide Area
Nets (WAN) is provided, as also those of software protocols, routers, bridges, and fi rewalls.
On the practical side, the student learns about the network services provided by the operating
system (Windows/NT), network analyzers, and the management of security and reliability.
The student also learns to install, confi gure, and test network hardware/software, and use
such facilities in practical applications, including e-mail, remote le access, client/server hook-
ups, and dial-up design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies presented.
Prerequisite: IS 290
IS 340 Advanced Business Networks 3 hours
This course provides an advanced skill level with the concepts and terminology of computer
i
ntercommunications and networking. The course relies on a hands-on approach as the
primary teaching method for focusing on organizational enterprise networking and for studying
specifi c network protocols. Prerequisite: IS 330.
IS 415 Database Management 3 hours
This course provides an introduction to database management systems, including data
modeling, relational algebra, and Structured Query Language (SQL). Topics such as integrity
rules, normalization, entity relationship diagrams (ERD) are also discussed. Student will
additionally be exposed to database administration, policy and security concepts. Prerequisite:
IS 340.
288
IS 425 Information Security and Policy 3 hours
This course provides a broad approach to computer-related crime, electronic commerce,
c
orporate networking, and Internet security, topics that have become increasingly important as
more and more threats are made on our internet environment. This course is oriented toward
the average computer user, business professional, government worker, and those within the
education community, with the expectation that readers can learn to use the network with
some degree of safety and security. Emphasis is placed on the numerous vulnerabilities and
threats that are inherent in the Internet environment. Efforts are made to present techniques
and suggestions to avoid identity theft and fraud. Students will gain a clear insight into the
many security issues facing the e-commerce, networking, web, and internet environments,
as well as what can be done to keep personal and business information secure. The course
also introduces basic concepts of computer and network security with an emphasis on the
threats and countermeasures relevant to Internet and web service. Students are prepared
to evaluate the security needs of organizations, and to develop strategies to address these
needs. The requirements and design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies
presented. Prerequisite: IS 340.
IS 440 Systems Analysis and Project Management 3 hours
This course introduces the student to the techniques of developing an information system.
Students
will study the system development life cycle, system analysis methodologies and
system design. This course will also examine information systems project management,
including tools used to improve productivity. Topics include concepts of project management,
task scheduling, cost estimation models, risk assessment, and software maturity framework.
Prerequisites: IS 415 and IS 425.
IS 450 Information Resource Management 3 hours
This course is the capstone for Information Systems and emphasizes critical issues, analyses,
and problem solving faced by today’s information technology professional. It consists of an
overview and critical analysis of the role and importance of information technology in today’s
fast-paced organizational environments. Students will use the case approach to investigate
emerging technologies, and examine associated behavioral issues. Each student is required
to critically analyze a current technology, and prepare an in-depth analysis on its use, benefi ts,
and drawbacks to organizations, academia, and society in general. Prerequisites: IS 415
and IS 425.
IS 492 Internship 3 hours
A work experience program offered in cooperation with business and industry to provide on-
the-job
training intended to link the theoretical concepts with practical application. Students
must apply and be approved through the department.. Prerequisite: junior standing.
Leadership
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles 3 hours
This course explores a range of historical and contemporary theories of leadership. In engages
the students in acquiring knowledge of leadership principles in the area of the defi nition and
meaning of leadership, expectations for and functions of a leader, and qualifi cations and skills
essential for effective leadership.
LD 310 Communication Strategies in Leadership 3 hours
Effective communication is one of the most important aspects of successful leadership in any
organizational context or venue in society. In this course, emphasis is placed on a knowledge
289
and understanding of communication models, practices
, strategies and techniques illustrating
and referencing historical and contemporary leaders in the context of leadership.
LD 320 Applied Leadership in Organizational Change 3 hours
This course focuses on the expectations and implementations of the leader’s role and
responsibility in facilitating and managing organizational change and the organizational climate
with application in business, community, government, or religious or social organizations.
Topics explored include diversity, ethics, organizational behavior, power and infl uence,
motivation, politics and stake holder relationships.
Mathematics
MA 095 Introduction to College Mathematics 2 hours
A review of arithmetic and algebraic operations. C
ourse topics include integers and
rational numbers, solving and graphing equations, polynomial factoring and simplifi cation of
expressions involving radicals and negative exponents. This course is required of all freshmen
whose mathematics ACT score is below 16 or mathematics SAT16 score is below 480, and
it must be taken before any other mathematics courses, if needed. No grade below C. Not
counted in hours required for graduation.
MA 108 College Algebra 3 hours
A thorough review of the fundamental ideas of algebra. Course topics include linear and
quadratic equations and inequalities, rational expressions and function, polynomials, factoring,
systems of equations and graphing. This course does not count towards a mathematics major
or minor.
MA 110 Survey of Mathematics 3 hours
Course topics include critical thinking skills, sets, number theory, the real number system,
algebra, graphs, consumer mathematics, geometry. Does not count toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Formerly MA 101 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics)
MA 121 Precalculus Algebra 3 hours
The algebra of polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions; graphing; linear
and
quadratic equations; linear and quadratic inequalities will be studied. Additional topics
may include matrices and determinants. Prerequisite: MA 108 or placement test.
MA 122 Precalculus Trigonometry 3 hours
The study of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs; trigonometric
identities; and solving trigonometric equations. Additional topics may include vectors and
complex numbers. Prerequisite: MA 121 or equivalent.
MA 123 Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry 4 hours
Course topics include elementary functions, their graphs and applications, including polynomial,
rational, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. A student may not
receive credit for both MA 123 and the MA 121-122 sequence. Prerequisite: Placement test
score or permission by instructor.
MA 171 Calculus I 4 hours
A study of limits, continuity, derivatives, differentials, chain rule, implicit differentiation,
applications of the derivative, anti differentiation, defi nite integrals, fundamental theorem
of calculus, exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: MA 122 Precalculus
290
Trigonometry or MA 123 Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry or by placement. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 172 Calculus II 4 hours
Topics include inverse trigonometric functions, hyp
erbolic functions, techniques of integration,
I’Hopital’s rule, improper integrals, applications of the integral, sequences and series, polar
coordinates and vectors. Prerequisite: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass prerequisites with a C
(2.0) or better.
MA 200 Introduction to Elementary Mathematics 3 hours
A study of the language and structure of mathematic
s, including numeration, integers, rational
and real numbers, concepts related to consumer mathematics, plane and spherical geometry,
elementary probability theory, and the introduction to the use of computers and simple statistics.
This course is open to elementary education majors only and cannot be used to fulfi ll the
general education requirements in mathematics. (Formerly MA 100 Introduction to Elementary
Mathematics). Prerequisites: MA 108 College Algebra and MA 110 Survey of Mathematics
(formerly MA 101 Fundamentals Concepts of Mathematics). Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better.
MA 211 Applied Calculus 3 hours
An introduction to differential and integral calculus with applications to problems in the life
sciences, business, economics and the social sciences. Does not apply toward a mathematics
major or minor. Prerequisite: MA 121 Precalculus Algebra. Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better..
MA 221 Introductory Statistics 3 hours
This course introduces statistics to students in a variety of disciplines. Topics covered
include descriptive statistics, graphs and charts, introduction to probability and probability
distributions, confi dence intervals, hypothesis testing, and regression. Prerequisites: MA 108
College Algebra or MA 110 Survey of Mathematics (formerly MA 101 Fundamental Concepts
of Mathematics) or higher. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 251 Geometry 3 hours
An informal summary of elementary Euclidean geometry, a formal modern development of
the
basic concepts of elementary geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, and a selection of
topics in advanced Euclidean geometry. Offered spring semester of even numbered years.
Prerequisite: MA 121 Precalculus Algebra or MA 123 Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry.
Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better..
MA 271 Calculus III 4 hours
Topics include vector-valued functions, partial differentiation, directional derivative, gradient,
tangent plane, extreme values and Lagrange multipliers, iterated integrals, double integrals,
vector elds, line and surface integrals, curl and divergence. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus
II. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 305 Applied Mathematics 3 hours
This course is designed to expose the mathematics major to the working environment of
industry and to give the student an opportunity to apply knowledge of mathematics to solve
problems in the physical, biological, and social sciences. Offered as needed. Prerequisite:
MA 172 Calculus II. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
291
MA 308 Linear Algebra 3 hours
Course topics include systems of linear equations,
matrices, matrix operations, determinants,
vectors and vector spaces, bases, inner product, linear transformations, change of basis,
eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, and applications. Prerequisite: MA 172
Calculus II or consent of instructor. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 311 Differential Equations 3 hours
A study of rst-order differential equations, linear differential equations with variable and
constant coeffi cients, systems of linear differential equations, Laplace transform methods,
series solutions, boundary value problems, and applications. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus
II or consent of instructor. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 312 Numerical Analysis 3 hours
A study of numerical methods as they apply to computers. Topics include roots of equations,
linear
and non-linear simultaneous equations, polynomials, numerical integration, ordinary
differential equations, interpolation, and curve-fi tting. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus II. Must
pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the fundamental concepts, ideas and tools involved in
doing mathematics. Students will be introduced to logic and become familiar with methods
of mathematical proofs. Topics covered include: a basic introduction to elementary number
theory, cardinality, induction, the algebra of sets, relations, equivalence relations, congruences,
partitions, and functions. Prerequisites: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better.
MA 321 Probability and Statistics I 3 hours
This course is a calculus-based introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include
descriptive statistics, continuous and discrete random variables, conditional probability,
expectation and moments, inference, point and interval estimation, testing hypotheses,
regression and correlation, and applications. Prerequisite: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 322 Probability and Statistics II 3 hours
A
continuation of MA 321 Probability and Statistics. Topics include multivariate distributions,
functions of random variables, sampling distributions, more estimation methods, Neyman-
Pearson, likelihood ratio test, goodness of t, and analysis of variance. Prerequisites: MA
271 Calculus III and MA 321 Probability and Statistics. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0)
or better.
MA 401, 402 Advanced Calculus I, II 3, 3 hours
Vector Calculus: vectors and curves, functions of several variables, limits and continuity,
vector functions of a vector, differentiability and the Jacobian matrix, transformations, multiple
integrals, line and surface integrals. Theory of Convergence: infi nite series, sequence and
series of functions, improper integrals and integral representations of functions. Prerequisite:
MA 308 Linear Algebra and MA 311 Differential Equations. Must pass prerequisites with a C
(2.0) or better.
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra (W) 3 hours
Topics include algebra of sets, equivalence relations, mappings, order relations; discussion of
natural, rational, real, and complex number systems; study of the abstract systems: groups,
elds, rings, and integral domains. In this course students are required to demonstrate their
292
ability to write, using standard English. Prerequisite: EN 112 Freshman Composition, MA
271 Calculus III and MA 313 Mathematics Essentials. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0)
or better.
MA 419 Real Analysis I (W) 3 hours
A theoretical treatment of the real number system, topological properties of the real line,
sequences
of real numbers, and properties of continuous functions. Course topics include
logical connectives, quantifi ers, techniques of proof, cardinality, the completeness property,
compact sets, metric spaces, and continuity in metric spaces. In this course students are
required to demonstrate their ability to write, using standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112
Freshman Composition, MA 271 Calculus III, and MA 313 Mathematics Essentials. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 420 Real Analysis II (W) 3 hours
A continuation of MA 419 Real Analysis I. Topics wi
ll include the Mean Value Theorem,
Riemann integration, convergence tests for sequences and series, point wise and uniform
convergence of continuous functions, analytic functions, and compactness properties of
continuous functions. In this course students are required to demonstrate their ability to write,
using standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112 Freshman Composition and MA 419 Real
Analysis I. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 421 Introduction to Topology 3 hours
An introduction to the basic concepts of modern topology. Topics include: metric spaces,
topological spaces, connectedness, compactness, completeness, quotient spaces, manifolds,
and classifi cation of surfaces. This course is designed to expose students to concepts in
topology and to provide a foundation for a graduate course in topology. Prerequisites: MA 313
Mathematics Essentials and MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra. Must pass prerequisites
with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 422 Introduction to Complex Analysis (W) 3 hours
Functions of a complex variable: integration, sequences and series, the calculus of residues
and conformal mapping are studied. In this course students are required to demonstrate their
ability to write, using standard English. Offered spring semester alternate years. Prerequisite:
EN 112 Freshman Composition, MA 271 Calculus III, and MA 313 Mathematics Essentials.
Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 490, 491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
An independent study or an original investigation in mathematics by the student under the
guidance
of the faculty. In this course students are required to demonstrate their ability to
write, using standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112 Freshman Composition and junior status
or approval of instructor.
Marketing
MK 301 Principles of Marketing 3 hours
Principles and methods involved in the movement of goods and services from producers to
consumers; strategies the fi rm may use to take advantage of market opportunities; how the
social, political, technological, and economic environments affect these market opportunities.
293
MK 342 Marketing Research 3 hours
The nature and role of information in the decision-making process; identifi cation and discussion
of the elements and relationships that constitute the research process; planning and conducting
a research project; the role and nature of a marketing information system. Prerequisites: MK
301 and PY 307.
MK 343 Consumer Behavior 3 hours
This course is intended to help students understand the motivation and behavior of buyers
and consumers. Consumer behavior will be discussed within a marketing framework and
will be related to the task of marketing management. Prerequisite: MK 301
MK 345 Advertising Management 3 hours
Focuses upon one area of the marketing mix–advertising. Experiential learning is emphasized,
and students are required to develop an advertising campaign for a client. Small groups
form advertising agencies, with students assuming the roles of account executive, creative
director, research director, media director, and promotion director. Each agency competes
for the client’s account. Prerequisite: MK 301.
MK 350 Sales Management 3 hours
A multidisciplinary approach to the study of sales force management. The topic areas of major
concern focus on the total sales process: selection, training, motivation, and compensation of
personnel, sales forecasting, sales territory management, and analysis. The basic objectives
are to provide the student with a management perspective to plan, organize, and direct a
sales force. Prerequisite: MK 301.
MK 448 Global Marketing 3 hours
This course is designed around the analysis of international marketing competition in
the foreign market context. The objectives of the course are to provide the student with
the necessary background to evaluate foreign environments, to evaluate the infl uence of
international marketing competition on the domestic marketing mix, and to design multinational
business strategies. Prerequisite: MK 301.
MK 468 Retail Merchandising and Design Management 3 hours
This course introduces the basic elements of design related to promoting merchandising.
T
opics include exterior and interior display, their coordination with other related departments,
the use of color, equipment and display materials, lighting and sources of supply. Store
xtures, design fundamentals, and display principles are studied for analysis of interior and
exterior displays, and to give shape and substance to the planning, installation and evaluation
of displays. Prerequisite: MK 301.
MK 480 Supply Chain Management 3 hours
Supply chain management entails managing the ow of goods and information through a
production or distribution network to ensure that the right goods are delivered to the right place
in the right quantity at the right time. Supply chain management encompasses a wide range
of activities from strategic activities, such as capacity expansion or consolidation, make/
buy decisions and initiation of supplier contracts, to tactical activities, such as production,
procurement and logistics planning, to, nally, operational activities, such as operations
scheduling and release decisions, batch sizing and issuing of purchase orders. Prerequisites:
MA 171 or MA 211 and PY 307.
294
MK 492 Internship 3 hours
A work experience program offered in cooperation with business and industry to provide on-
the-job
training intended to link the theoretical concepts with practical application. Students
must apply and be approved through the department.. Prerequisite: junior standing.
Music
MU 090 Music Recital Class 0 hour
A class designed to expose students to various types of music in the vocal, instrumental, and
keyboard genres. This course is required of all music majors for eight semesters on a pass/
fail basis and all music minors for four semesters on a pass/fail basis.
MU 100 Individual Instruction 1-2 hours
D
esigned for the beginner and/or intermediate student. Not available for credit toward degree
requirements. Students are expected to practice ve hours per one credit hour. Repeatable
credit. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: audition.
MU 101 Class Piano 1 hour
Introduction to the fundamentals of piano playing. Especially designed for the beginner. Not
available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit.
MU 102 Class Voice 1 hour
Introduction to the fundamentals of singing. Designed especially for the beginner. Not
available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit.
MU 103 Class Instrument 1 hour
Introduction to the fundamentals of playing an instrument. Especially designed for the beginner.
Not available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit.
MU 104 Class Organ 1 hour
An
introduction to the fundamentals of organ playing. This course is especially designed for
the beginner. Not available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit. Offered
alternate years.
MU 111 Basic Musicianship 3 hours
This course is a study of the rudiments of music. It is designed for the general university
student or the music major and minor whose pre-university music skills are defi cient. Not
available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit. Music majors must take
this concurrently with MU 101 or MU 161-164.
MU 140 English and Italian Diction for Singers 3 hours
Principles of pronunciation and articulation for sung and spoken English and Italian through the
use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Emphasis is placed upon correct articulation,
stress, and infl ection for singing of each language.
MU 141 German and French Diction for Singers 3 hours
Principles of pronunciation and articulation for sung and spoken French and German through
the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Emphasis is placed upon correct
articulation, stress and infl ection for singing of each language.
295
MU 161-164 Piano Profi ciency I-IV 1, 1, 1, 1 hour
This class is especially designed to prepare music
majors for the piano pro ciency examination
given at the end of each academic year. The piano profi ciency exam must be successfully
completed by the end of the sophomore year. Audition/permission of the instructor. Music
majors must take this concurrently with MU 111.
MU 165-166 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
This course is designed for majors and minors in the study of primary and secondary areas
of concentration. Students are expected to practice ve hours a week per one hour credit.
The laboratory consists of a weekly forum that provides an opportunity for performing in a
low-stress situation in preparation for juries and recitals. Students must enroll every semester,
except during internships, until the senior recital is passed. Limited enrollments. Prerequisite:
audition/jury.
MU 170 Introduction to Music Technology 3 hours
An
introduction to audio recording technique based on Pro Tools, including survey of popular
music software and hardware. Software applications, such as word processing, spreadsheets,
database, and PowerPoint is included. Assignments include vocal recordings, creating short
lm soundtracks and practical use of software tools. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
MU 200 Music Appreciation 3 hours
An introduction to the music of the Western world from the Middle Ages to the present time.
Consideration is given to the various political, social, and religious factors that have caused
changes in musical style from one art period to another. Representative compositions from
each art period will be studied. Out-of-class listening and concert and recital attendance are
also a part of class activities.
MU 201 University Choir 0-1 hour
A large ensemble ranging from 80 to 100 plus voices. Membership in this ensemble is by
audition and/or consent of the director. This ensemble will prepare students for the smaller
ensemble, the Aeolians, MU 202. Choral literature from the classical, romantic, and modern
art periods will be performed. In addition, larger choral works will be sung, and when possible,
these works will be performed with orchestra. Repeatable credit.
MU 202 Aeolians 0-1 hour
This
ensemble is a midsize ensemble (40-55 members) of select voices primarily made up of
music majors and minors. Membership into this ensemble is by audition and/or consent of the
director. The ensemble performs for civic, religious, academic and cultural events. Repertoire
spanning from early baroque to contemporary gospel music is performed. Members joining
this ensemble must demonstrate the ability to sing in various musical genres with ease. The
Aeolians will join with the University Choir for certain civic, academic, and or religious events
as needed. Repeatable credit.
MU 204 Wind Ensemble 0-1 hour
A large ensemble that rehearses and performs standard band repertory. Membership by
audition. Repeatable credit.
MU 205 Chamber Ensemble 0-1 hour
A variety of small ensembles that rehearse and perform literature appropriate for the ensemble
(composition, vocal, piano, instrumental, hand bells, etc.). Limited membership by audition.
Repeatable credit.
296
MU 207 Orchestra 0-1 hour
A large ensemble that rehearses and performs standard orchestral literature. Membership
by audition. Repeatable credit.
MU 211, 212 Theory I and Laboratory 3, 3 hours
A study of the structural and harmonic materials of diatonic music, with examples drawn from
standard
classical literature. Written, aural, and keyboard work are an integral part of this
course. Prerequisite: MU 111 or placement test.
MU 217, 218 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation 1, 1 hour
Concentration on development of rhythmic, melodic,
and harmonic ear training skills.
Concurrent registration in MU 211, 212. Prerequisite: basic musicianship
MU 220 Music Repertoire 3 hours
Guided listening to standard works of the Western classical repertoire. The list of works is
determined by the entire music faculty and is revised periodically. Prerequisite: MU 211 or
permission of instructor.
MU 223 History of African-American Music 3 hours
A study of the history of African-American music from 1619 through the present day. Focuses
upon the socio-historical context in which popular music, folk music, classical music, and the
religious music evolved. Topics include the spiritual, blues, gospel, jazz, rhythm and blues and
contemporary music, as well as women in music. Out-of-class listening, concert and recital
attendance are also a part of class activities. (formerly listed as MU 323 History of African-
American Music (W)).
MU 230 Principles of Teaching Music Education 2 hours
A basic survey course designed to give the prospective teacher an understanding of the
principles of music teaching and learning. The procedures employed will be the organization,
motivation, and management of preschool-12 instrumental, vocal/choral, and general
music. Opportunities are provided by observing, assisting, conducting, playing, singing, and
participating in laboratory activities.
MU 231 Survey of Woodwind Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
p
roduction and performance skills on woodwind instruments. Offered alternate years, pending
enrollment.
MU 232 Survey of String Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on string instruments. Offered alternate years, pending
enrollment.
MU 233 Survey of Percussion Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on percussion instruments. Offered alternate years.
Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 234 Survey of Brass Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on brass instruments. Offered alternate years, pending
enrollment.
297
MU 265, 266 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
For course description, see MU 165, 166. Prerequisite: audition/jury. Limited enrollment.
MU 270 Music Acoustics and Microphone Technique 2 hours
This course provides a scientifi c appreciation of musical acoustics as it relates to the physical
properties of sound, analysis of sound production by musical instruments, the human voice
and how our ears and brain analyze musical events. Prerequisite: MU 170.
MU 300 Individual Instruction 1-2 hours
Not available for credit to majors and minors. Limited enrollment. Students are expected to
practice ve hours a week per one credit hour. Repeatable credit. Junior level. Prerequisite:
audition.
MU 311, 312 Theory II and Laboratory 3, 3 hours
The study of structural and harmonic materials of chromatic music, with examples drawn
from
standard classical literature. Written, aural, and keyboard work are integral parts of this
course. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 314 18th Century Counterpoint 3 hours
A study of 18th century two-, three-, and four-voice counterpoint. Offered alternate years,
pending enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 315 Form and Analysis 2-3 hours
A detailed analysis of structure, harmonic, and contrapuntal forms in tonal music. Offered
fall semester, odd years only. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 316 Orchestration 3 hours
The study of range, techniques, timbre, and transportation of orchestral and band instruments.
Written exercises are an integral part of the course. Offered spring semester, even numbered
years only. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 317, 318 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation 1, 1 hour
A
dvanced concentration on development of rhythmic, melodic, and ear training skills.
Concurrent registration in MU 311, 312. Prerequisite: MU 217, 218.
MU 320 Music History and Literature I Chant to Chorale, 600-1600 (W) 3 hours
An in-depth study of the development of Western music from the monophonic chants of the
early church and continuing to the growth of polyphony, to the appearance of secular forms
and to the music of the Reformation. Compositions will be studied, analyzed, and listened to.
Attention will be drawn to the political, religious, philosophical, and social events that shape
the arts of any given time. Out-of-class listening and concert and recital attendance are also
part of the class activities. Offered fall semesters. Prerequisites: junior standing and MU
212, MU 220, EN 112, or permission of the instructor.
MU 321 Music History and Literature II Monteverdi to Mozart (W) 3 hours
The development of major musical styles in the baroque and classical periods. Compositions
will be studied, analyzed, and listened to. Attention will be drawn to the political, religious,
philosophical, and social events that shape the arts of any given time. Out-of-class listening and
concert and recital attendance are also part of the class activities. Offered spring semesters.
Prerequisites: junior standing and MU 212, EN 112, or permission of the instructor.
298
MU 322 Music History and Literature III Beethoven to the Present (W) 3 hours
A study of the development of musical styles in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Consideration will also be paid to the infl uence of African-American composers and their
music. Compositions will be studied, analyzed, and listened to. Attention will be drawn to
the political, religious, philosophical, and social events that shape the arts of any given time.
Out-of-class listening and concert and recital attendance are also part of the class activities.
Prerequisites: junior standing and MU 212, MU 220, EN 112 or permission of the instructor.
MU 324, 325 Piano Literature I, II 3, 3 hours
A comprehensive study of teaching methods and piano literature from all art periods. Stylistic
tendencies as well as performance practices will be studied. Offered alternate years, pending
enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 265
MU 326 Vocal Literature - Song Repertoire 2 hours
A survey of song literature from 1600 to the present day. Study of representative composers,
p
oets, and works, with extensive listening and performance required. Emphasis will be placed
on German Lieder, French Melodie, Italian Canzone, and the British and American art song. An
analysis of performance practices of the various musical periods, styles, and representative
composers of each genre. Offered alternating odd years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite:
MU 140, MU 141, MU 265. Offered fall semester, odd numbered years only.
MU 328 Church Music and Worship (W) 3 hours
The study of the development of church music literature from antiquity to the present. Emphasis
will be placed upon hymnology, church music practice, and Biblical principles governing music
ministry. Offered fall semesters. Prerequisite: EN 112.
MU 329 Instrumental Literature 3 hours
A comprehensive study of teaching methods and literature for various instruments from all
art periods. Stylistic tendencies as well as performance practices will be considered. Offered
alternate years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 330 Literature of School Music 3 hours
A critical study of school music literature pertain
ing to American multiculturalism. Appropriate
for P-12 in public and private settings. A practicum is required. Prerequisite: MU 230.
MU 331 Diction for School Music 1 hour
The study of the International Phonetic Alphabet as it pertains to romantic and Germanic
languages to aid in effective communication with students of diverse backgrounds in public
and private school settings. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: MU 230.
MU 332, 333 Methods and Materials of Teaching 2, 3 hours
A two-part course in methods, materials, and techniques of teaching school music from
preschool-grade 12. Emphasis is placed on the planning and implementation of learning
activities in simulated and/or clinical settings. A practicum is required. Offered alternate
years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite: ED 300.
MU 340 Modern Foreign Language Reading for Musicians 3 hours
This course pursues modern language translations and defi nitions of song literature, dynamic
markings, music terminology to equip musicians in the common languages of music.
Prerequisite: MU 266.
299
MU 360 Conducting 2-3 hours
T
he study of basic conducting techniques and patterns and their application in solving musical
problems of tempo changes, dynamics, fermatas, cuing, and the development of the left hand.
Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 362 Opera Workshop I 2 hours
A survey of operatic literature from the Baroque to the Romantic Period. This course will
emphasize the performance and staging of representative works of important composers
from these musical periods culminating with a staged production. Prerequisites: MU 140,
MU 141, and MU 265. Offered spring semester, even numbered years only.
MU 363 Opera Workshop II 2 hours
A survey of operatic literature and musical theatre literature from the 20th century to the
present
day. This course will emphasize the performance and staging of representative
works of important composers from this time period, culminating with a staged production.
MU 140, MU 141, MU 265. Offered spring semester, odd numbered years only.
MU 365, 366 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
For course description, see MU 165, 166. Prerequisites: audition/jury. Limited enrollment.
MU 371 Digital Orchestration and Music Notation 2 hours
A study of construction, timbre, and characteristic of MIDI and digital instruments for soundtrack
creation, with advanced study in music notation programs. Prerequisite: MU 170.
MU 380 Piano Pedagogy and Practicum 3 hours
A comprehensive study of methods, materials, and physiological and technical problems
involved in teaching piano. Students will have supervised experiences in the teaching of
private lessons. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 382 Instrument Pedagogy and Practicum 3 hours
A comprehensive study of methods, materials, and physiological and technical problems
involved in teaching various instruments. Students will have supervised experiences in the
teaching of private lessons. Offered alternate years or as needed. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 383 Anatomy for Singers 3 hours
A study of the anatomical structure of the human body as it relates to the art of singing.
Attention
will be given to the function and structure of organs, muscles, cartilage, and bones
involved in the respiratory and phonation process needed for singing. Offered fall semester,
even numbered years only. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 384 Vocal Pedagogy and Practicum 3 hours
A comprehensive study of methods, materials, and sequence for teaching voice. Emphasis is
placed upon proper voice development and methods of vocal production and maintenance.
Students will have supervised experiences in the teaching of private lessons. Offered alternate
years. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 411 Modern-Day Arranging 3 hours
A study of the art of arranging for voice and instruments using conventional and twentieth-
century techniques. Offered alternate years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 315.
300
MU 412 19th and 20th Century Analytical Technique 3 hours
This course is a continuation of MU 315 Form and Analysis and includes the study and
a
nalysis of nineteenth- and twentieth-century scores and compositional techniques. Students
will analyze different types (orchestral, keyboard, vocal, etc.) and write a paper on each piece.
Prerequisites: MU 312, 314, 315.
MU 465, 466 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
For course description, see MU 165, 166. Prerequisite: MU 365, 366. Limited enrollment.
MU 470 Audio Workstation I 3 hours
A
n advanced study of digital recording and editing based on computer-based recording
systems on live and studio recording projects. Prerequisite: MU 170.
MU 471 Audio Workstation II 3 hours
An advanced study of audio mixing and MIDI and lm soundtrack composition. Prerequisites:
MU 170, MU 470.
MU 472 Virtual Instruments 2 hours
A study of software (plug-in) and re-wired virtual instruments in Pro Tools sessions, and
Garageband including Reason and Live. Prerequisite: MU 470
MU 490-491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
An individual investigation into the art/science of music. A major research project is required.
Prerequisite: MU 321.
MU 499 Recital 0-2 hours
Attendance at all departmental recitals and concerts is required of all majors and minors.
All solo recitals are preceded by a pre-recital six weeks prior to the recital date. Individual
instruction is required. The Bachelor of Arts degree requires one 30-minute junior recital and
one 60-minute senior recital. Senior status begins after the completion of the junior recital. The
Bachelor of Science degree requires one 40-minute recital. The Bachelor of Music degree
requires one 30-minute recital and one 60-minute recital. The minor in music requires one
30-minute recital. All recitals must be given in the same medium and be memorized according
to traditional protocol. Repeatable credit. Prerequisites: MU 366. Permission from instructor
required.
Nutrition and Dietetics
ND 102 Introduction to Dietetics 1 hour
Introduction to professional issues, roles, ethics, and values of the dietitian. Examines the
nontraditional or alternative roles for the nutrition and dietetics professional. Emphasizes
portfolio development and preparation for national registration examination. (previously FS
102)
ND 111 Food Preparation 3 hours
The selection, care, composition, and preparation of foods. (previously FS 111) One laboratory
each week.
ND 131 Nutrition and Lab 3 hours
Basic principles of human nutrition, including biochemical functions of nutrients, nutrient
301
allowances for various ages and the relationship between food choices and health. Lab fee
applies. (previously FS 131)
ND 233 Food Science and Laboratory 3 hours
Carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins and minerals and their role in human metabolism.
The management of normal nutrition needs of individuals across the life cycle including focus
on pregnancy, lactation, normal infant growth and development; childhood and adolescence;
adult men’s and women’s health issues; geriatrics; and basic pathophysiology and medical
nutrition therapy for specifi c disease conditions. Lab fee applies. Prerequisite: ND 131 or by
permission of instructor.
ND 301 Experimental Foods and Laboratory 3 hours
Advanced study of the physical and chemical properties of food and the concepts underlying
food handling, packaging and preservation. The student will also learn the structure,
composition, palatability, and nutritive value of food. (previously FS 301) Lab fee applies.
Prerequisites: ND 111, ND 131, ND 232 and CH 101 or CH 141.
ND 321 Advanced Nutrition (W) 3 hours
A study of the physiological and chemical factors involved in the absorption and metabolism
of food nutrients and how these factors apply to normal nutrition. (previously FS 321)
Prerequisites: BI 112, CH 142, EN 112, ND 131 or by permission of instructor.
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition 3 hours
The management of normal nutrition needs of individuals across the life cycle including focus
on pregnancy, lactation, normal infant growth and development, childhood and adolescence,
adult men’s and women’s health issues and healthy aging. (previously FS 322) Prerequisite:
ND 131 or by permission of instructor.
ND 323 Community Nutrition 3 hours
This course is designed to prepare students for presentation of nutrition information to
individuals and groups in a variety of community settings, and facilitate the development of skills
for planning and assessing community nutrition programs. (previously FS 323) Prerequisites:
ND 322 and junior standing.
ND 351 Nutrition Assessment and Counseling and Lab 4 hours
An application of techniques for nutrition assessment and counseling with emphasis on
improving skills in verbal and nonverbal communication in the clinical nutrition setting.
Education skills for the RD including behavioral and cognitive theories are useful for affecting
behavioral change. Evaluation of learning and practicum experience modeled after the private
format. Lab fee applies.
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary for the
preparation of vegetarian and vegan meals. (previously FS 360) Lab fee applies.
ND 421 Quantity Food Management and Laboratory 3 hours
I
ntroduction to the responsibilities of rst-level food service supervisors in quantity food service;
includes planning, preparation, service, and safety of acceptable nutritionally adequate meals
at designated budgetary levels. Laboratory experience in quantity food production. Lab fee
applies. (previously FS 421) Prerequisites: BA 310, ND 111, ND 301 and junior standing or
permission of instructor.
302
ND 431 Food Systems Management 3 hours
Introduction to food services, principles of organization and management, nancial control,
equipment selection, layout in institutional food service, and technical operations (previously
FS 431). Prerequisites: ND 421.
ND 439 Medical Nutrition Therapy I and Lab 3 hours
Introduction of clinical experience in dietetics, understanding and applying clinical laboratory
values, nutritional assessment, medical nutritional therapy, Adventist beliefs and professional
conduct in patient care. Lab fee applies. (previously FS 439) Prerequisites: ND 102, ND 131,
ND 321, ND 323, or permission of instructor.
ND 440 Medical Nutrition Therapy II and Lab 3 hours
Advanced study of clinical experience in dietetics with emphasis on the pathophysiology
of diseases and the appropriate application of medical nutrition therapy. Lab fee applies.
(previously FS 440) Prerequisite: ND 102, ND 131, ND 321, ND 322, ND 323, ND 439 or
permission of instructor.
ND 442 Nutrition and Wellness 3 hours
Study of the role of lifestyle factors in disease prevention and health promotion. This course
emphasizes a plant based diet and the principles of NEWSTART. Prerequisite: ND 131
ND 453 Senior Seminar-Dietetics 1 hour
Review of course content previously covered in dietetics classes for the purpose of preparing
for the senior exit examination. Review and exit exam simulates the national registration
exam. Dietetics major only. Prerequisite: senior standing
ND 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in subject areas of nutrition, dietetics or wellness with guidance of
the faculty. Prerequisites: EN 112, senior standing and prior approval by department chair.
ND 495-496 Dietetics Internship I-II 12-12 hours
A dietetics internship providing supervised practical experience at various hospitals, food
service institutions, long-term care and public health and wellness facilities. Students are
required to attend two weeks orientation on campus before beginning internship rotations.
Rotations may be completed at approved facilities in-state or out-of-state. (previously FS
495-496)
Nursing
NU 106 Non-Drug Therapeutics 3 hours
This elective course is intended to teach persons simple remedies and treatments that can
be used in the home. What constitutes simple remedies and treatments from the perspective
of Ellen White and perspectives from health professionals with congruent views on these
complementary health approaches are explored. The principles underlying the effects of the
treatment methods are examined, and common symptoms and illnesses that respond to
these treatments are covered. It is not expected that the information given in this course will
take the place of the services of physicians or other health-care professionals.
NU 110 Introduction to Nursing 3 hours
This course provides an introduction to biblical and Seventh-day Adventist principles of health,
and to the philosophy and conceptual framework of the Oakwood University Department of
303
Nursing. Taught from a critical thinking perspective, this writing intensive course will also
include
nursing history and trends, medical terminology, and an introduction to legal and
ethical issues in health care. Needed for admission to the nursing program.
NU 111 Health Promotion and Environmental Health 3 hours
This course focuses on theories, concepts, and the appropriate technology related to health
and health promotion, with emphasis on biblical and Seventh-day Adventist principles. It
concentrates on factors that in uence health and strategies that enhance the care of individuals
and communities through the promotion of healthy lifestyle habits and a healthy environment.
Basic knowledge related to environmental health will be incorporated (e.g., assessment and
referral, advocacy, environmental justice, risk communication, legislation, and regulation).
Prerequisites: NU 110; admission to nursing program.
NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills 3 hours
This course introduces the student to professional nursing skills used in basic health
assessment and patient care procedures performed in a variety of health care settings across
the life span. Patient-related developmental, psychosocial, and environmental factors that
individualize nursing care will be addressed. Prerequisites: NU 110.
NU 211 Assessment and Skills 3 hours
This course further develops professional nursing assessment and performance skills
introduced in NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills, with an emphasis on appropriate technology
for health promotion, protection, and restoration across the life span. Interpersonal and
communication skills are emphasized. Interpersonal and communication skills are emphasize
d.
This course has 2 hours of lecture and 8 hours of lab. Prerequisites: NU 110, NU 111, NU
210.
NU 212 Pharmacology for Nursing 2 hours
A study of the principles of pharmacology and the roles and responsibilities of the nurse in
drug administration will be emphasized in this course. A survey of the major drug categories
will provide a foundation for the specifi c pharmacological applications in each clinical course.
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112, CH 101 and CH 102, 100 level nursing courses, MA 101 or
MA 108. Non-nursing majors by permission of instructor.
NU 213 Professional Foundations of Nursing Practice 2 hours
The course is an orientation to the role of the professional nurse. Content includes the defi nition
and scope of nursing practice, history of the nursing profession, and functions of other health
care professionals, contemporary issues, and trends in nursing and health care. Prerequisite:
100 level nursing courses.
NU 214 Nursing Performance I 1 hour
This clinical course provides opportunities for the development of professional nursing skills
with emphasis on health promotion, disease prevention, health restoration, and beginning
health assessment and nursing procedures in a variety of health care settings. Prerequisites:
FS 131, NU 210, and 100 level nursing courses. Co-requisite: NU 211.
NU 319 Nursing Ethics 2 hours
This course is designed to cover an introduction to ethical principles and ethical decision-
making in clinical nursing practice. The course is organized in three parts: theories and
concepts, nursing ethics across the lifespan, and special ethical issues. Emphasis is placed
on values clarifi cation, professional ethical responsibilities, and ethical humanistic nursing
care. This study of nursing ethics provides the student with a foundational knowledge about
304
bioethics, ethics, and ethical reasoning to prepare them for analyzing ethical issues in the
w
orkplace. Opportunities are provided for students to explore, examine, and refl ect on
professional nursing practice and its relationship to ethical healthcare delivery from a Christian
perspective using critical thinking skills.
NU 330 Pathophysiology 3 hours
This course is the study of the physiologic changes that occur as a result of disease processes
and functions of the body. Alterations, the mechanisms involved, and their manifestations
as signs, symptoms, and physical and laboratory fi ndings are examined in order to provide
the common bond linking microbiology, chemistry, anatomy, and biochemistry to clinical
practice. Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112, BI 221, CH 101 and CH 102. Non-nursing majors
by permission of instructor.
NU 331 Adult and Gerontological Nursing I 3 hours
The course focuses on professional nursing principles for the promotion, maintenance, and
restoration of health for young, middle, and older adults. Contemporary health issues and
concerns of these age groups will be studied with emphasis on developmental stages, health
promotion practices, impact of illness, spiritual dimensions, and cultural diversity. Selected
g
eriatric syndromes encountered across care settings will also be addressed. A multi-sectoral
approach will be used to study socioeconomics and the ethical and legal issues that affect
these adults. Prerequisites: 200 level nursing and cognate courses. Co-requisites: NU 212.
NU 332 Mental Health Nursing 3 hours
This course addresses the use of mental health nursing principles to promote, maintain, and
restore optimum functioning for patients with neuropsychiatric disorders. It builds on concepts
of behavior and interpersonal and communication skills learned in prior nursing courses.
Emphasis is placed upon psychotherapeutic and psychopharmacological interventions, as
well as the pathophysiology of psychiatric disorders. Prerequisites: 200 level nursing courses,
NU 331, NU 333, NU 334, NU 335.
NU 333 Nursing Performance II 2 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities for the implementation of professional nursing care
to facilitate health promotion, maintenance, and restoration for adult clients in a variety of
settings, including mental health experiences. Prerequisites: 200 level nursing and cognate
courses. Co-requisites: NU 330, NU 331, NU 332, NU 334.
NU 334 Nursing Informatics 2 hours
This course will provide a basic introduction to nu
rsing informatics (the combination of nursing
science, computer science, and information science) that will enable the student to work
effectively using nursing information systems for patient assessment and evaluation and the
delivery and management of patient care. Prerequisites: 200 level nursing courses.
NU 335 Transcultural Nursing (W) 2 hours
This course provides an opportunity for the student to examine the way in which values,
beliefs, and cultural practices affect health and illness among individuals, families, groups,
and communities. Prerequisites: EN 112 and 200 level nursing courses.
NU 336 Research in Nursing (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce the student to principles and methods of research to
be utilized in developing a nursing research project. The research process is introduced
culminating in completion of a research proposal. Basic skills for evaluating research and
means of utilizing research ndings to incorporate them into practice are explored. Emphasis
305
is placed on the ethical/legal principles of scienti
c research. Prerequisites: EN 112, 200 level
nursing courses, PY 307, or permission of instructor.
NU 338 Nursing Performance III (W) 4 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities for the implementation of professional nursing care
to facilitate health promotion, maintenance, restoration and leadership for individuals across
the life span and their families in hospital and community-based settings. Prerequisites: EN
112, NU 330, NU 331, NU 332, NU 333, NU 334. Co-requisites: NU 335, NU 336.
NU 339 Adult and Gerontological Nursing II 3 hours
This course focuses on advanced nursing principles for the promotion, maintenance, and
restoration of health for young, middle, and older adults. Contemporary health issues and
concerns of these age groups will be studied with emphasis on developmental stages, impact of
i
llness, spiritual dimensions, and cultural diversity. Selected geriatric syndromes encountered
across care settings will also be addressed. A multi-sectoral approach will be used to study
socioeconomics and the ethical and legal issues that affect these adults. Prerequisites: NU
335, NU 336, NU 337, NU 338. Co-requisites: NU 412, NU 413.
NU 340 Transition to Professional Nursing 4 hours
The associate degree and diploma nurse are oriented to the roles of the baccalaureate nurse
through the exploration of professional issues. Students are introduced to the philosophy and
conceptual framework of the bachelor of science program at Oakwood University. Theoretical
models are examined. This course provides a systematic and comprehensive approach
to health assessment and decision making. Campus laboratory experiences are required.
Prerequisite: admission to the BS completion option in nursing.
NU 350 International Nursing (W) 3-6 hours
This elective course provides the student an opportunity to gain theoretical and practical
knowledge of issues in international nursing practice. The student may elect to participate in
the didactic portion of the course only, or may engage in an overseas experience during the
summer. Prerequisite: EN 112
NU 409 Nursing with Infants and Children 3 hours
This course focuses on applying professional nursing principles in the promotion, maintenance,
and restoration of health for infants, children, adolescents, and their families. Health issues
and nursing concerns of these age groups will be studied with emphasis on developmental
stages, family processes, health promotion practices, and social, cultural, and spiritual
infl uences. Prerequisites: 300 level nursing courses.
NU 411 Community Health Nursing 3 hours
This course analyzes the multifaceted role of the community health nurse and the scope of
nursing practice in maximizing the health and wellness potential of individuals, families, groups,
and communities through culturally appropriate nursing strategies. Basic principles of the
epidemiological process related to health promotion, primary, secondary, and tertiary disease
prevention are emphasized. Attention is given to the involvement of the professional nurse
in key ethical issues, and health policy formulation with a focus on vulnerable populations.
Prerequisites: 300 level nursing courses, NU 409, NU 412, NU 413.
NU 412 Nursing With Women During Childbearing Years 3 hours
This course focuses on the promotion, maintenance, and restoration of health for women
during the childbearing years, their newborns, and their families. It relates physiological,
environmental, cultural, behavioral, and spiritual factors and issues that in uence the
306
reproductive woman and childbearing. Issues and trends in women’s health are addressed
as
well as professional nursing interventions. Prerequisites: 300 level nursing courses. Co-
requisites: NU 413.
NU 413 Nursing Performance IV 4 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities for the implementation of professional nursing
care to facilitate health promotion, maintenance, and restoration to individuals, groups, and
families. The student will be expected to synthesize knowledge and use skills from previous
and current courses in providing care with a beginning level of independence. The care
of families during childbearing and child rearing years will be emphasized. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of all junior level courses. Co-requisites: NU 409, NU 412.
NU 414 Nursing Performance RN I 2 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities for the implementation of professional nursing care
to facilitate health promotion, maintenance, restoration and leadership for older adults and
their families in hospital and community-based settings. Prerequisites: Completion of junior
level RN-BS courses. Co-requisites: NU 412, Nursing elective.
NU 415 Gerontological Nursing 3 hours
This course focuses on professional nursing principles for the promotion, maintenance, and
restoration of health for older adults. Contemporary health issues and concerns of this age
group will be studied with emphasis on developmental changes, health promotion practices,
impact of illness, spiritual dimensions, and cultural diversity. A multi-sectoral approach will
be used to study socioeconomics and the ethical and legal issues that affect adult health.
Prerequisites: Completion of junior level RN-BS courses. Co-requisites: NU 414, NU 450.
NU 416 Management and Complex Medical-Surgical Nursing 3 hours
This course focuses on the nursing care of young, middle, and older adult patients with
critical, complex disorders. This course will focus on the development of nursing leadership/
management skills. Professional nursing knowledge and advanced psychomotor skills will
be utilized in the care of critically ill patients. Professional nursing principles for health
maintenance and restoration adults will be addressed from a developmental perspective.
Spiritual, cultural, ethical, legal, and socioeconomic factors will be considered. Management
concepts will be operationalized using the patterns of knowing. Prerequisites: NU 412, NU
413. Co-requisites: NU 411, NU 417, NU 421.
NU 417 Nursing Performance V 3 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities to manage health care of individuals, families,
groups, and communities requiring health promotion, maintenance, and restoration. The
student will practice leadership skills in a variety of settings. The student will be expected
to integrate knowledge from previous and current courses in the management of complex,
leadership, and community nursing throughout the life span in leadership, community nursing
and the management of complex nursing situations. Prerequisites: NU 412, NU 413. Co-
requisites: NU 411, NU 416.
NU 418 Nursing Performance RN II 4 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities to manage health care of individuals, families,
groups, and communities requiring health promotion, maintenance, and restoration. The
student will practice leadership skills in a variety of settings. The student will be expected
to integrate knowledge from previous and current courses in the management of complex,
leadership, and community nursing throughout the life span in leadership, community nursing
307
and the management of complex nursing situations. Prerequisites: NU 414, NU 415, NU
450. Co-requisites: NU 41
1, NU 416.
NU 421 Nursing Seminar 1 hour
This course is designed to prepare the students for the departmental exit examination and
the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN). It builds
on concepts learned throughout the nursing program and evaluates student learning using
both paper-pencil and computerized test items and rationales. Prerequisites: NU 412, NU
413. Co-requisites: NU 411, NU 416, NU 417
NU 450 Nursing Elective 2-3 hours
This senior course allows the student an opportunity to select a preferred area of nursing
practice for focused theoretical learning and clinical experience. The student, in consultation
with the course advisor, plans the course activities. This course is a requirement in the RN
completion option and may be taken as an elective in the generic option.
OU Designated Courses
OU 097 Strategies for Academic Success 2 hours
The course is designed to effectively guide new students toward academic success through
the utilization of cutting-edge study and learning strategies. All new students specially admitted
to Oakwood University on academic probation and/or having a composite score of less than
17 on the ACT or less than 919 on the SAT16 are required to take OU 097 the fi rst semester.
OU 101 Freshman Seminar 2 hours
This course is a general education requirement for all freshmen and any new student entering
with less than 30 semester hours of transfer credit. The seminar is designed to provide
pertinent information to help new students to make the most of university life. As part of the
Quality Enhancement Plan (QEP) this course will introduce and emphasize the critical thinking
process through writing. It will also focus on challenges that integrate the academic, social,
and spiritual facets of life, therefore, placing an emphasis on opening the doors to “Education,
Excellence, Eternity.” Students are strongly recommended to take this course during their
rst semester at Oakwood University.
OU 205 Global Service 2 hours
This course prepares students to be servant leaders in the world through refl ective global
outreach interactions. It teaches commitment to Seventh-day Adventist ideals of service,
benevolence, and community involvement. There are two parts to the course. The rst
portion is instructional and is carried out in a classroom setting. The second component is
international service participation and is carried out in a foreign country.
Physical Education
PE 101 Physical Conditioning 1 hour
This course focuses on understanding exercise and its effect on the body. Cardiovascular
endurance, muscular strength, endurance and exibility are improved through a variety of
conditioning activities.
308
PE 102 Basic Swimming 1 hour
This course is designed to teach a non-swimmer or a shallow water swimmer to become a
safe and effi cient deep water swimmer. After the development of suffi cient skills to perform a
modifi ed crawl stroke, the elementary back stroke, survival oating, jumping into deep water,
leveling off and changing directions, swimmers will be able to swim in deep water. This course
is taught in accordance with American Red Cross standards..
PE 107 Aerobic Swimming 1 hour
A course designed for the swimmer that emphasizes the benefi ts of continuous exercise.
Special emphasis will be placed on developing strength in different body areas and enhancing
the cardiovascular tness of the student. This class takes the learned aspects of the swimming
strokes and applies them to the student’s overall tness level. Prerequisite: PE 102 or
permission of the instructor.
PE 120 Flag Football 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic playing skills of ag football at the beginning level,
as well as to encourage long-term physical activity, and a combination of skill development,
team strategy, league play, and offi ciating..
PE 122 Basketball 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic playing skills of basketball at the beginner level, as
well as the rules, strategies, safety, offensive and defensive patterns of play, and competitive
activities.
PE 126 Softball 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic playing skills of softball at the beginner level, as
well as rules, strategies, safety, offensive and defensive elements, and competitive activities.
These common elements will be applied to fast pitch, slow pitch, and coed softball.
PE 128 Volleyball 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic skills of volleyball at the beginner level, as well as
rules, strategies, safety, offensive and defensive patterns of play, and competitive activities.
PE 150 Badminton 1 hour
An introduction to the skills and rules of badminton.
PE 155 Cross T
raining Concepts 1 hour
This course includes beginning cross-training ideas, techniques, and application to a total
exercise program are discovered. Exercises designed for the development of cardiopulmonary
endurance and muscular tness. Application of varied activities included. (formerly named
Aerobics)
PE 190-191-192 Independent Activity 1-1-1 hour
Independent activity classes for those with disabilities and others with special needs under
the direction of a physical education advisor. Prerequisite: junior standing
PE 193 Independent Activity for Intercollegiate Team Sports 1 hour
Independent activity classes for students who actively participate in intercollegiate team
sports for Oakwood University. An application must be submitted. Prerequisite: Permission
of Athletic Department and instructor
309
PE 205 Standard First Aid and CPR 1 hour
This course will prepare the student to recognize emergencies and how to respond to them.
It will also provide an in-depth study of CPR, including practice sessions on a mannikin.
Participation in all class activities is required.
PE 207 Intermediate Swimming 1 hour
This course is to emphasize the correct performance of the front crawl (freestyle), back
crawl, elementary back stroke, sidestroke, and breast stroke. Learning and developing
various treading water techniques. Some speed and endurance swimming will be required.
Prerequisite: perform basic strokes well (front crawl and backstroke), tread water, and be
comfortable in deep water or permission of instructor..
PE 210 Lifeguard Training 2 hours
This course is an American Red Cross Lifeguarding certifi cation course design to provide
entry-level lifeguard participants with the knowledge and skills to prevent, recognize and
respond to aquatic emergencies and to provide care for breathing and cardiac emergencies,
injuries and sudden illnesses until emergency medical services (EMS) personnel take over.
PE 211 Health Principles (W) 2 hours
A practical study of the principles of healthful living, including a study of the basic physiological
processes. The health instructions found in the writing of Mrs. E. G. White are given special
emphasis. Prerequisite: EN 112
PE 215 Track and Field 1 hour
This course introduces students to the techniques and mechanics in a variety of track and
eld activities. Such activities as running/sprinting, jumping, throwing, and hurdling and to
the development of speed, power, and endurance.
PE 222 Racquetball I 1 hour
This course includes basic racquetball skills, rules and strategies are taught and class
tournaments are conducted. The proper attire, eye goggles, and nonscuffi ng gym shoes are
required.
PE 224 Soccer 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic skills, general rules, and strategy related to the
game of soccer at the beginning level, with emphasis on safety, offensive and defensive
patterns of play, and competitive activities.
PE 245 Tennis I 1 hour
This course emphasizes the acquisition of beginning level skills in the execution of forehand
strokes, backhand strokes, the serve, and the volley. Rules, strategies of the singles and
doubles games, etiquette, safety, and competitive activities are included. Equipment is
furnished.
PE 247 Racquetball II 1 hour
After beginning racquetball skill acquisition, Racquetball II provides the opportunity to develop
offensive and defensive shots to a higher skill level. Prerequisite: PE 222 or permission of
instructor.
310
PE 249 Tennis II 1 hour
This course is designed for the intermediate to advanced tennis player. Special emphasis
will be placed upon skill, performance, and ability levels of each individual participant.
Prerequisite: PE 245 or permission of the instructor.
PE 260 Golf I 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic skills involved in club selection, golf course analysis,
shot selection and execution of the golf swing. Rules, scoring, handicapping, and etiquette
are included.
PE 261 Golf II 1 hour
This course includes basic skills and techniques are refi ned beyond the beginner level.
Analysis and practice of the golf swing, sing theory and methods, strategy, and actual golf
course playing are emphasized. Equipment is furnished. Prerequisite: PE 260 or permission
of the instructor.
PE 270 Water Safety Instructor 2 hours
Covers the requirements for Red Cross Water Safety Instructor Certifi cation. Prerequisite:
PE 210
PE 275 Gymnastics Team 1 hour
Culminates with public performance of skills on parallel bars, rings, unevens, balance beam,
and mats. Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance of tryout requirements.
PE 280 Weight Training 1 hour
This course introduces the fundamental skills of weight training designed to develop the
muscular system of the body. Emphasis will be placed on proper techniques, training programs,
nutrition and the overall benefi t of weight training. Students will learn to design and implement
a weight training program tailored to their own fi tness goals.
PE 282 Personal Training Certifi cation 3 hours
This course is designed to prepare and qualify students to work as personal trainers. This
course bridges the gap between exercise science related course work and the practical
application skills of personal training. In addition, this course is designed for the novice who
has not had the benefi t of formal training.
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education (W) 3 hours
This course provides an introduction and professional orientation to the eld of physical
education. The role of the instructor of physical education in schools, industry, and community
agencies is emphasized. The scientifi c foundations of physical activity and career opportunities
in physical education are also examined. Prerequisite: EN 112
PE 303 Individual and Team Sports I 3 hours
Focus on the skill development, organizational strategies, instructional techniques for
evaluating performance in a variety of individual, dual, and team sports. The activities covered
in this course are: ag football, soccer, volleyball, weight training, gymnastics, and tennis.
(Offered Fall, even years).
PE 304 Individual and Team Sports II 3 hours
Focus on the skill development, organizational strategies, instructional techniques for
evaluating performance in a variety of individual, dual, and team sports. The activities
covered in this course are: basketball, softball, pickle ball, badminton, hardball, racquetball,
311
and ultimate Frisbee. (Offered Spring). Practicum hours: 30 hours (observation). Prerequisite:
PE 303 (Offered Fall, odd year)
PE 305 Offi ciating Athletic Contests (W) 2 hours
This course will focus on the professional philosophies and professional requirements for
offi ciating and coaching sports. This course will provide coaches, and future coaches, the
knowledge and understanding of the techniques and theory of coaching interscholastic
athletics. Upon completion of the course, students will have the opportunity of taking the
fundamentals of coaching certifi cation exam to be eligible to coach multiple sports in the
state of Alabama. This course will cover offi ciating volleyball, football, basketball, soccer,
baseball, and softball. Upon completion of the course students will be afforded the option of
taking certifi cation exams for any of the sport components and becoming a restricted certifi ed
offi cial with the Alabama High School Athletic Association (AHSAA) at the middle/junior high
school level. (formerly Offi ciating Athletics Contests). Prerequisite: EN 112
PE 308 Theory of Coaching (W) 2 hours
This course is designed to assist the student in developing the background and skills necessary
to coach selected sports. Offered alternate years. Prerequisites: PE 303 and EN 112.
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (W) 3 hours
This course will present an evidence-based approach to corrective exercise, the components
of a comprehensive solution, and the practical know-how to develop and implement integrated
strategies to improve common movement impairments. Students completing the required
standards of this course will be issued the NASM Corrective Exercise Specialist credentialing.
Prerequisite: BI 111. (formerly Athletic Injuries) Offered alternate years. Prerequisites: EN
112, PE 205 and BI 111.
PE 315 Motor Learning 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to expose students to the various components of motor control
and developmental learning. Students will learn the basic concepts and issues of biological
and psychological growth and development from conception through adulthood. Emphasis
will be placed on psychomotor, cognitive, and affective, and affective development throughout
the lifetime. Prerequisite: junior standing.
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement 3 hours
This course is designed to enhance the understanding of tness and the scientifi c aspects
of evaluating tness levels, and focus on the hands-on application of advanced tness
testing. Students are required to understand the science of human movement and discover
cutting-edge evidence based sports performance exercise techniques. Students completing
the required standards of this course will be issued the NASM Performance Enhancement
Specialist credentialing. (formerly Fitness Testing) Prerequisite: PE 101.
PE 325 Water Safety Instructor 3 hours
This is an American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor (W.S.I,E.) certifi cation course designed
to prepare participants to teach basic swimming courses and to promote aquatic safety.
Prerequisite: PE 207.
PE 330 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in 3 hours
Elementary and Secondary Schools (W)
Development of physical education programs on the elementary and secondary level. Methods
and materials for games of low organization, team and individual sports, and self-testing
activities. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
312
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions 3 hours
The statistic for health and exercise science course is designed to help students become
better researchers and data analysts for research projects in the areas of health and exercise
science. In this course, yo will learn how to write research questions and hypotheses, organize
data, create variables for analysis, choose the appropriate statistical test for the research
questions and hypotheses, use SPSS to get results and interpret the results. (formerly Physical
Education Tests and Measurements). Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: MA 101.
PE 340 Organization and Admin. of Physical Education (W) 3 hours
The relationship of the fi eld of physical education to modern education. Theory and practice
of the organization and administration of physical education activities, including intramurals.
Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PE 285.
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR Certifi cation 3 hours
This course is designed to prepare and qualify students to work as personal trainers. This
course bridges the gap between exercise science related course work and the practical
application skills of personal training. This course also prepares the student to recognize
emergencies and how to respond to them. It will provide an in-depth study of CPR, including
practice sessions on a manikin. American Red cross certifi cation and NASM Personal Trainer
certifi cation will be issued at the completion of this course for individuals meeting the required
standards.
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to give the students basic pharmacology knowledge with an emphasis
on general pharmacology, pharmacodynamics and a survey of major drug classifi cations,
mechanism of action, uses, side effects, and client education, where applicable. A student
of the roles and responsibilities of healthcare providers in drug administration will also be
included. This course is required for Health Science majors. Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112,
EN 112 and junior standing.
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise 3 hours
This course provides an overview of exercise physiology theory and principles. Focus is on
the fundamental concepts of exercise physiology and its effects and responses on the body to
the stressor of exercise. A major emphasis is placed on the comprehension of the differences
between acute exercise response and the changes that occur with chronic physical activity.
Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: BI 111, BI 112, and junior standing.
PE 410 Adapted Physical Education (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to give students a background in how to effectively teach physical
activity to individuals with disabilities. Additionally, this course is constructed to facilitate the
student’s understanding of the specifi c characteristics of exceptional individuals in order to
realize their limitations, and especially to maximize their potential. Furthermore, this class is
designed to enhance the student’s ability to effectively adapt instruction to meet the needs
of exceptional students. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
PE 415 Kinesiology (
W) 3 hours
Provides in-depth coverage of musculoskeletal anatomy as a foundation for learning
components of simple and complex motor tasks; emphasizes proper execution and analysis
of joint movement and common exercises. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: BI 111,
BI 112, EN 112 and junior standing.
313
PE 421 Health Promotion (W) 3 hours
A study of the methods and structure involved in promoting all aspects of health. The student
will explore the different areas of health and the specifi c ways to promote those areas to
different populations. Included in the course content will be actual promotion of on-campus
health activities, including but not limited to, stress-reduction seminars, exercise evaluation
clinics, and a wellness day experience. The student will also obtain the skill necessary to
manage a group of volunteer employees and learn the concepts of health management.
Prerequisite: EN 112 and PE 211.
PE 422 Fitness Management 3 hours
This course will emphasize the employment aspects of tness and wellness as they relate
to health. Each student will be placed in a local health or wellness facility for the purpose of
experiencing the workings of that facility —from the business aspects to the maintenance of
the building. Contracts, staffi ng, promotion, and budgeting will be the focus areas for each
student. The grading of the student will be a combined effort between the facility manager
and site visits from the professor in charge of the practicum. Prerequisite: BA 105
and junior
standing.
PE 450 Epidemiology and Disease Control (W) 3 hours
A study of the general principles of disease etiology and the technique for their surveillance
and control, with emphasis on the application of epidemiological measurements of disease
frequency occurrence and distribution in human population and the use of measures in health
care. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
PE 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
A major research paper in health and exercise science under the supervision of an advisor.
The research project will contribute to the knowledge base of the eld of health and exercise
science. Limited to health and exercise science majors. Prerequisite: EN 112, junior standing
and prior approval of the department chair.
Physics
PH 101,102 The Physical Sciences 3,3 hours
This course introduces the general principle of physics, chemistry, geology and astronomy.
T
opics include measurements, motion, Newton’s laws of motion, momentum, energy, work,
power, heat, thermodynamics, waves, sound, light, electricity, magnetism, periodic law,
chemical principles, chemical reactions, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and some topics in geology
and astronomy. Prerequisite: MA 110 Survey of Mathematics (formerly MA 101 Fundamental
Concepts of Mathematics) or MA 108 College Algebra. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0)
or better.
PH 103-104 General Physics 3-3 hours
This course is designed to cover general physics at a level that assumes previous exposure
to college precalculus and trigonometry. Topics include kinematics, vector physics, Newton’s
law of motion, work, energy, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, periodic motion,
waves, light, sound, and electromagnetism. Prerequisite: MA 122 Precalculus Trigonometry
or equivalent. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 103L-104L General Physics Lab 1-1 hour
The laboratory component of PH 103-104 General Physics. Prerequisite: Must be taken
concurrently with PH 103-104.
314
PH 121-122 General Physics With Calculus 3-3 hours
This course is designed for science and engineering students. Topics covered in Physics
121
include vectors, Newtonian mechanics, heat and thermodynamics. Physics 122 deals
with light, electricity, magnetism, and a brief introduction to modern physics. Laboratory is
required. Prerequisite: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 121L-122L General Physics with Calculus Lab 1-1 hour
The laboratory component of PH 121-121 General Physics with Calculus. Prerequisite: Must
be taken concurrently with PH 121-122.
PH 301 Theoretical Mechanics 3 hours
An intermediate course covering the basic principles of vector mechanics and the statics
and
dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Offered when required. Prerequisites: One year
of college physics and one year of calculus.
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics 3 hours
This course is an introduction to some advanced mathematical topics required in physics.
Topics include infi nite sequences and series, vector calculus, systems of linear equations,
Fourier series, integral transforms, complex analysis and partial differential equations. Offered
as needed. Prerequisite: PH 122 General Physics with Calculus II and MA 271 Calculus III.
Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 311 Electricity and Magnetism 3 hours
In this course the theory of electric and magnetic phenomena is studied. The following are
some of the topics that are included: electrostatic and magnetic elds, introduction and use of
vector analysis, circuit elements, electromagnetic effects of currents, radiation and Maxwell’s
equation. Offered when required. Prerequisites: One year of college physics and one year
of calculus. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
Photojournalism
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism 3 hours
This hands-on course provides an in-depth examination of feature writing to help journalists
r
efi ne an individual voice and focus. The course provides an in-depth examination of
feature writing to help photojournalists refi ne ideas and carry concepts to nished products.
Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112.
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism 3 hours
Students will gain knowledge of photographing for the media, general news, sports, and
illustrating feature articles. Topics covered will include photographing to illustrate the written
content, lighting on location, use of ash, posing and stop action techniques. (Previously AR
431 Photojournalism). Lab fee required. Prerequisite: AR 241 and AR 281.
.
PJ 385 Travel Photography 3 hours
This course mixes the written word with images to express travel stories to the general populace
through print and web-based media. This course teaches the student how to craft publishable
photos and essays that tells a complete story. The student will learn how to develop his or
her own personal brand, and how to pitch story ideas to editors. Travel required in this class,
photography and writing based course. Prerequisite: PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism or
permission of instructor.
315
PJ 386 Editorial Photography 3 hours
An exploration of photography created for the purpo
se of illustrating articles. Working
approaches can include still life, people, documentary, and/or fashion photography. Students
will be asked to fulfi ll realistic and challenging assignments from simple portraits to elaborate
conceptual stories. Students will be encouraged to develop a professional approach that
includes knowing your potential client, building relationships with photo editors and art
directors, shaping ideas and concepts with art reference, and devising a clear plan of
production prior to a session. Artistic vision and style will be emphasized simultaneously with
the importance of completing a job successfully and professionally. Regular assignments with
real deadlines will generate work for weekly critique and portfolio editing and development.
Photography and writing based course. Prerequisite: PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism or
permission of instructor.
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media 3 hours
Photography is changing along with technology and p
hotographers are being asked to expand
the strategies into motion and multi-media projects as well as still imagery. This course will help
students explore and address these challenges. Students will be encouraged to experiment
with non-traditional storytelling, the importance of detail and how concise stories can have big
effects. Students must be willing to approach new avenues for their work and nd new ways
to visualize, conceive and exhibit ideas. Examples of trans media stories, documentary fi lm
and experimental multi-media projects will be shown and introduced throughout the semester.
Prerequisite: PJ 384
Pre-Law
PL 101-201 Logic I-II 1-1 hour
Introduces the student to the science of reasoning. Special emphasis is given to the use of
arguments and methods of reasoning. All this is done in the light of the Law School Admissions
Test (LSAT).
PL 250 Mock Trial 1 hour
The
purpose of this class is to enhance the knowledge of the American adversary system
through in-depth study of trial procedure and evidentiary rules. The primary teaching vehicle
is simulated trial based on the offi cial hypothetical case published by the American Mock Trial
Association.
PL 252 Moot Court 1 hour
The purpose of this course is to build students’ familiarity with actual case law and the
Constitution of the United States. It hones oral advocacy and analytical skills that will be
useful far beyond a career in law. Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112.
PL 275 Legal Research 3 hours
Legal research is the cornerstone of the legal profession, without is students will not be
prepared for law school or the profession. The course provides an introduction to sources of
law, legal reasoning, interpretive methodologies, and professional responsibility. It teaches
the sources and techniques for basic legal research. Students’ ability to write legal documents
will be developed by taking this course. Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112. (Formerly Legal
Analysis, Research and Writing)
316
PL 280 Legal Assistant Certifi cation 3 hours
Students will participate in an American Bar Association (ABA) approved course, upon which
they will receive a certifi cation as a legal assistant. This certifi cation will enable a student to
work in an offi cial capacity for an attorney. Prerequisites: EN 111, EN 112, and PL 275.
PL 301-302 Critical Thinking I-II 1-1 hours
The class uses graphical methods to display the structure of reasoning and argumentation
with the intention of advancing critical thinking. Most of the material used in this course will
be designed to help the student become more profi cient at doing questions found on the Law
School Admissions Test. (LSAT).
PL 350 Negotiations 3 hours
This course will introduce students to the world of business through the skill of negotiating.
Students will learn the skills required in business in making deals, negotiating contracts,
and resolving confl icts. Students will be able to effectively determine business goals and
strategically reach them. Prerequisite: PL 275.
PL 375 Special Topics in Law 3 hours
This introductory course will examine signifi cant and practical issues and problems that arise
in criminal law, civil law, family law, property law, religious and liberty and administrative law.
Students will demonstrate legal scholarship and skills through drafting memoranda, motions
and briefs, and through presenting oral argumentation and debate on relevant issues.
Prerequisite: PL 275.
PL 485 Legal Writing 3 hours
This course will prepare students for writing in law school and legal practice. Students will
be taught how to write various legal papers and gain the tools necessary to be successful in
law school and the legal workforce. Prerequisite: EN 111, EN 112 and PL 275.
Political Science
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 hours
An examination of the standard essentials of political science in which are considered certain
contemporary political doctrines, systems of government, political organization and behavior,
and a look at various worldwide governmental policies.
PS 200 Comparative Governments 3 hours
A study of selected nation-states in relation to their location on the globe as well as their
capacity to provide their peoples with the economic, social, and political goods and services
associated with human dignity.
PS 211 American Government 3 hours
A course of study concerning the organization of the United States government in regard to
various branches at federal and state levels.
PS 253 OU Law and Politics Blog 1 hour
In this course students will use the legal reasoning, public policy, and writing skills learned
as effective means of communication with Oakwood University and beyond. Students will
strengthen their writing skills and learn in the ins and outs of how to be an active writer in a
blog. Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112.
317
PS 300 State and Local Government (W) 3 hours
The study of the structure of state and local governments, including the historical development
of local and regional governments in America. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 351 Public Policy 3 hours
An examination of the economic, political, social, and institutional factors which infl uence the
policy making process in the United States. Case studies will be reviewed in the areas of
economics, health, welfare, civil rights, defense, criminal justice, education, and environmental
issues. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 355 Social Justice Advocacy 3 hours
This course employs the adaptive leadership framework developed by Ronald Heifetz, in the
context of a biblical foundation and principles, to prepare political, legal, and social leaders
to affect change in a dynamic environment and, also, to assess the effectiveness of their
interventions. Prerequisite: PS 120.
PS 398 Internship/Externship 3 hours
This course will expose students to professional careers in the areas of history, law, and public
policy. It gives students the opportunity to use knowledge and tools gained in the classroom
in a professional setting.
PS 400 Church and State 3 hours
This course focuses on the political features of issues surrounding the 1st Amendment clauses
regarding religious freedom, freedom from religion, the Seventh-day Adventist prophetic
narrative, the Protestant Reformation regarding freedom of conscience, and the role of religion
and morals in public life. Prerequisite: PS 120.
PS 440 International Relations (W) 3 hours
A study of critical factors affecting the conduct of international relations. Emphasis is placed
on nation-states, global and regional international organizations, multinational corporations,
individuals in the international arena, and the forces they bring to bear on the international
political system. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 450 American Diplomacy (W) 3 hours
A
study of the key characteristics of U.S. foreign relations, what shapes them, the relationship
between our nation’s domestic setting–ideology, core values, politics, geography, social
structure, and economy–and its foreign relations. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 471, 472 United States Constitutional Law I, II (W) 3,3 hours
A study in the growth and development of the American constitutional system, with emphasis
on the policy-making role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: EN 112 and HI 211 or 212.
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar 3 hours
The Capstone Senior Seminar is the culmination of learning in the core curriculum.
Subsequently, it requires substantial reading and informed participation. The course is
designed to enhance critical thinking, review salient points of learning in the discipline, as
well as prepare students to make the transition into graduate/professional schools and the
work force. Furthermore, students will obtain information designed to improve their skills in
the areas of professionalism, networking, relationships, fi nances, and leadership.
318
Psychology
PY 101 Principles of Psychology 3 hours
This
course is designed for non-psychology majors. In this course the student will explore
the science of psychology. Concepts include but are not limited to: emotion, motivation,
neurological and cognitive processing, brain development, learning, sex and gender, health and
stress, memory, human development, personality, sensation, perception, social psychology,
measurement and experimental methods, psychological disorders and therapies.
PY 105 Introduction to Psychology for Majors 3 hours
T
his course is designed for psychology majors. In this course the student will explore
the science of psychology. Concepts include but are not limited to: emotion, motivation,
neurological and cognitive processing, brain development, learning, sex and gender, health and
stress, memory, human development, personality, sensation, perception, social psychology,
measurement and experimental methods, psychological disorders and therapies. Students
are required to attend periodic recitation sessions. The recitation sessions are combined with
the lecture class as the primary components for this course.
PY 201 Psychology of Religion 3 hours
A study of the psychological aspects of religion and an analysis of several systems in
psychology from a Christian perspective, utilizing the writings of Ellen G. White, Christian
authors, and research fi ndings.
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology (SL) 2 hours
In-depth examination of particular topics of current interest in the eld of psychology. Critical
evaluation of current research. The course also reviews the graduation, admission, and
employment searching processes. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105 and sophomore standing.
PY 303 Psychology of Women 3 hours
This course provides an overview of the events/issues that have served to shape the
psychology that women adopted with reference to themselves and others toward them, and
how that has changed over the years. The dynamics of shaping women’s lives along with
Biblical portrayals of women. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105
PY 307 Statistical Methods 3 hours
A
n introduction to statistical procedures used in research. Topics include preparation and use
of graphs and tables, measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability and sampling,
and statistical tests including chi-square, t tests, correlation, regression, and analysis of
variance. Prerequisites: PY 101 or PY 105 and MA 108 (no grade below C).
PY 319 Theories of Personality (W) 3 hours
A study of the main theories of personality structure, with consideration of the essential
ingredients of healthy attitudes and behavior patterns. Prerequisites: EN 112 and PY 101 or
PY 105.
PY 320 Social Psychology (W) 3 hours
The study of group affi liations, group standards, social perceptions, and other social factors
infl uencing the behavior of individuals and interaction among groups. (formerly PY 301 Social
Psychology). Prerequisites: EN 112 and PY 101 or PY 105.
319
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior 3 hours
Explores
historical views and current perspectives of abnormal behavior. Emphasizes major
diagnostic categories and criteria, individual and social factors of maladaptive behavior, and
types of therapy. Includes methods of clinical assessment and research Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 325 Developmental Psychology 3 hours
This course is a study of current psychological theories as they relate to psychological
development of the human being throughout the life span from conception to death.
Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 331 Group Dynamics 3 hours
A
study of the dynamics of groups, with special emphasis being placed upon patterns of
leadership, solidarity, cohesion, confl ict, accommodation, and cooperation. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 340 Behavior Disorders in Children 3 hours
This course is designed to give the student a descriptive and theoretical survey of the major
forms of child psychopathology, with a detailed analysis of behaviors of children, methods
of identifi cation, and present methods of prevention and treatment. Prerequisite: PY 101 or
PY 105.
PY 345 Adolescent Psychology 3 hours
This course is designed to give the student a descriptive and theoretical survey of the
developmental period of adolescence, to include a critical examination of the biological,
cognitive, socio-emotional and sociocultural factors impacting adolescent development.
Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 351 Organizational Psychology 3 hours
Application of psychology to the study of personnel problems, including such areas as human
relations, selection, training, employee motivation, and morale. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 357 Health Psychology 3 hours
A
n introduction to the subfi eld of psychology, which investigates the psychological and
behavioral aspects of physical health. Mental functioning as a causative factor in physical
illness/wellness will be explored. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 361 Marriage and the Family 3 hours
This course is a survey of the family in society. Students explore how the family is impacted
by changing societal trends. Students will explore relationship formation, marriage, parenting,
family stressors, and marital disruption from a spiritual perspective. Prerequisite: PY 101
or PY 105 or SO 101.
PY 371 Biological Psychology 3 hours
Physiological correlates of behavior, with special emphasis on the physiology and anatomy
of the nervous system as a basis for relating behavior to its physiological components.
This course familiarizes students with major concepts, theories and ndings in biological
psychology, from a Christian perspective. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
320
PY 380 Cognitive Psychology 3 hours
This course focuses on human cognition with emphasis on the following: attention, knowledge
representation, learning and memory, comprehension, and problem solving. Contributions of
neuroscience and connectionism to the development of cognitive theory, experimentation,
and applications will also be examined. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 398 Psychology and the Law 3 hours
This course examines the U.S. legal system through the use of psychological concepts,
methods, and ndings. It offers coverage of topics relevant to understanding how psychology
interfaces with the legal system, it’s participants, and victims. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology 3 hours
A
study of the theoretical systems, experiments, and personalities involved in the development
of psychology. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 411 Research I (W) 3 hours
The course is an introduction to the eld of research in the behavioral sciences and is the rst of
the three-course sequence. Topics include scientifi c method, research ethics, literature review,
research designs, sampling, research question and hypothesis development. Students will be
expected to develop a research proposal using the survey method of data collection. Course
presented through lecture, research activities, exams, and research proposal. Prerequisite:
PY 307 (no grade below C). Lab fee: $40 covers Ethics Training. (formerly Principles of
Research)
PY 415 Research II (W) 3 hours
The course is the second of the three-course sequence. Topics include research ethics, data
collection techniques, statistical analysis, data presentation. Students will complete a research
study using quantitative methods. Topics will cover advanced ethics of research, statistical
analysis, qualitative methods, and introduction to experimental design. Prerequisite: PY 411
(no grade below C). Lab fee: $80 covers abstract submission for presentation and poster
printing.
PY 421 Counseling Skills 3 hours
This course acquaints the student with the practical applications of communication, helping
skills, ethics and major counseling theories. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 422-424 Counseling Practicum 2-2 hours
Fifty-four hours each semester of supervised practical experience in a community mental
health agency. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in PY 421 or PY 423,
BS Psychology majors and senior standing.
PY 423 Counseling Theories 3 hours
This course involves a study of the major counseling theories. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 430 Psychological Testing 3 hours
A course designed to familiarize students with the history of the development of psychological
testing, the theory behind it, and the various objective and projective instruments used to
assess intellectual and personality functioning. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
321
PY 431 Black Psychological Perspectives 3 hours
T
his course is designed to introduce the student to the issues and concerns regarding
psychological development from a Black perspective. The pervasive impact of racism and
discrimination will be reviewed. A fee of $200.00 is required for this class. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 460 Experimental Psychology 3 hours
A survey course acquainting the student with the experimental analysis of behavior. The
scientifi c method is used to investigate basic behavioral phenomena and principles. Students
will also develop competence in reading, writing, and interpreting reports. This course will
emphasize how to design and execute an experiment, analyze and interpret the results and
write and present a research report, all conforming to rigorous ethical standards. Students
must register concurrently for PY 460 and PY 460L. Prerequisite: PY 415.
PY 460L Experimental Psychology Lab 1 hour
A
practical companion course where students can participate in online and technology
assisted experiments including an operant conditioning study. Students will also design
and execute an experiment, and analyze results using SPSS software, and write a research
report. Students will also be exposed to experiments conducted by others. Students must
register concurrently for PY 460 and PY 460L. Prerequisite: PY 415.
PY 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
Majors in psychology who desire further independent research are encouraged to do so
under the direction of an advisor. Students participating in psychology faculty research may
register to receive credit. Students participating in summer research opportunity programs
or with faculty in other disciplines may register with prior consent of the chair. The student
will produce an original research document. Prerequisites: EN 112, PY 411, junior standing,
and minimum GPA of 3.00. Consent of the department chair is required.
Religion: Biblical Studies
RB 311 New Testament I (W) 3 hours
A
n introductory survey of the Pauline Epistles, utilizing the book of Acts as a historical
resource. Each letter is analyzed exegetically. Emphasis is given to Paul’s major themes,
including God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, salvation, the church, and last day events, as well as
the relevance of Paul’s message to ministerial practice and contemporary Christian living.
Prerequisites: EN 112 and RL 314 or permission of instructor.
RB 312 New Testament II (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of Hebrews, Revelation, and the General Epistles, which include James,
1 and 2 Peter, Jude, 1, 2, and 3 John. Each letter is analyzed exegetically. Emphasis is
given to major themes, including God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, the church, salvation, and last
day events, as well as the relevance of each author’s message to ministerial practice and
contemporary Christian living. Prerequisites: EN 112 and RB 311.
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets (W) 3 hours
This course is part of a two-semester sequence (with RB 402). The overall goal of the two-
semester sequence is to introduce students to the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. This is
an introductory survey of the Prophets (Former and Latter). The messages of each book
are explored in light of their historical, geographical, literary, and theological contexts.
Special attention is given to major approaches to the study of the Old Testament, as well as
322
methodological issues in the Christological interpretation of the Old Testament. Prerequisite:
EN 112, RL 312 or permission of instructor.
RB 402 Pentateuch and Writings (W) 3 hours
This course is part of a two-semester sequence (with RB 401). The overall goal of the two-
semester sequence is to introduce students to the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. This is an
introductory survey of the Pentateuch and Writings. The messages of each book are explored
in light of their historical, geographical, literary, and theological contexts. Special attention
is given to major approaches to the study of the Old Testament, as well as methodological
issues in the Christological interpretation of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: EN 112, RL
312 or permission of instructor.
RB 415 Seminar in Biblical Exegesis (W) 3 hours
A
n in-depth exegetical study of selected books and/or passages from the Old and New
Testaments using the tools gained from other courses. A seminal paper is required in which
the student demonstrates skill and knowledge of the student learning outcomes for the Biblical
Studies and Languages major. The passages to be covered will be selected by the instructor.
Prerequisites: EN 112, RL 211-212, RL 313-314, RL 311-312, RL 413-414 or permission of
instructor. Also RB 311 and RB 401. Note: RB 312 and RB 422 should be either completed
or taken concurrently.
RB 416 Topics in Ancient Near Eastern History and Archaeology 3 hours
Introductory selected study of Ancient Near Eastern or Greco-Roman history and archaeology.
The topics covered will be chosen by the instructor. Prerequisites: RB 311 and RB 401.
RB 417 Studies in Daniel (W) 3 hours
An exegetical exploration of the messages of Daniel in light of their historical, literary, and
theological contexts. Emphasis is given to the interpretation and application of apocalyptic
prophecy from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective. Prerequisites: EN 112, RB 312, RB
401, RL 314, RL 414, and RT 221 or permission of instructor.
RB 418 Studies in Revelation (W) 3 hours
A
n exegetical exploration of the messages of Revelation in light of their historical, literary, and
theological contexts. Emphasis is given to the interpretation and application of apocalyptic
prophecy from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective. Prerequisites: EN 112, RB 312, RB
401, RL 314, RL 414, and RT 221 or permission of instructor.
RB 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does not substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
Religion General Education
RG 101 Introduction to the Bible 3 hours
An introduction to the content, structure, and history of the Bible. The course provides
students with a basic foundation for understanding and applying the message of the Bible.
This course does not meet the requirements for majors, minors, and the certifi cate in the
religion and theology program.
323
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
A
review of the life of the Master Teacher and a study of the principles and parabolic
representations of Christian life and faith as revealed in the Gospels.
RG 202 Fundamentals of Seventh-day Adventist Beliefs 3 hours
An introductory course exploring selected fundamental Christian doctrines as believed and
taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The teachings follow the traditional dogmatic
categories: theology, Christology, pneumatology, anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology,
and eschatology. The course explores these teachings from a Christ-centered perspective
for individual spiritual formation using the Bible as the basis of authority.
RG 203 Foundations in Biblical Spirituality 3 hours
An introductory course exploring a personal relatio
nship with God and developing a meaningful
Christian witness. Emphasis is given to a strong devotional life not only on the personal but
also spirituality on corporate and social levels. Laboratory work is required.
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy 3 hours
A course of study tracing prophetic ministry in the Bible, and especially in the experience
of Ellen G. White, while noting also its contributory role in the history and operation of the
Seventh-day Adventist Church from the nineteenth century to the present.
RG 321 Christian Ethics (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of Christian ethics from biblical to present times. The course includes
a systematic evaluation of various approaches to Christian ethics. Consideration is given to
the relationship between the Bible and the quality and character of the Christian moral life,
with special emphasis on Christ as the center of value and the moral life. Students investigate
and critique major ethical systems and engage in values analysis, clarifi cation, and criticism.
(previously RT 321) Prerequisite: EN 112.
RG 390 Ethics in the Professions (W) 3 hours
This interdisciplinary course is designed to introduce students to professional responsibility
through a consideration of Christian professional ethics. A survey of moral theories provides a
foundation for critical moral refl ection on complex social problems as well as issues common
to the professions. The rst part of the course is taught in a multidisciplinary setting, then
students are provided the opportunity to explore disciplinary applications and special topics
in a small group composed of their disciplinary fellows. The course culminates in a return to
multidisciplinary setting to work on a group case study in professional ethics. Prerequisite:
junior standing or permission of the instructor.
Biblical Languages
RL
211-212 Greek I, II 3-3 hours
Introduction to elements of koine Greek of the New Testament and practice in translation of
Biblical passages.
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV 2-2 hours
A course that uses the linguistic similarities between English and New Testament Greek
grammars toward the mastery of the morphology and the syntax of New Testament Greek.
Students develop a usable vocabulary and the ability to translate simple passages. It
emphasizes the application of Greek grammar to the understanding of the biblical text.
324
Students develop the ability to translate selected passages with the aid of reference tools.
Special emphasis is given to the value of Greek in the practice of ministry. Laboratory work
is required. Prerequisite for RL 313 and RL 212.
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II 3-3 hours
Introduction to elements of Biblical Hebrew grammar and syntax.
RL 413-414 Hebrew III, IV 2-2 hours
Emphasis
placed on mastery of basic grammar, development of a functional vocabulary and
ability to translate Hebrew scripture. Practical value to ministry is also a goal of this course.
RL 415 Topics in Biblical Languages 3 hours
A
course that introduces the student to a selected study of pre-advanced Greek or Hebrew,
textual criticism, or other Biblical languages (Aramaic, etc.) The topics covered will be selected
by the instructor. Prerequisites: RL 212 and RL 312. Note: The second year of Greek (RL
213 and 214) and second year Hebrew (RL 413 and RL 414) should also be either completed
or taken concurrently.
RL 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does not substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
Practical Studies
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry 3 hours
This course is a study of Biblical principles for restoring human beings to the holistic image of
Christ. Using Jesus as the model, the course will cover many aspects of Christian discipleship
including social relationships, lifestyle choices, ethical issues, stewardship, health and spiritual
growth in faith, loving obedience, and dependence on Christ with the emphasis on the work
of the Holy Spirit and the power of Scripture in spiritual formation for ministry personally and
professionally. A weekend retreat is required.
RP 231 Personal Evangelism 2 hours
An
introduction to Christian discipleship. With an emphasis on developing skills for practice,
students examine biblical and theological foundations of discipleship as demonstrated in the
ministry of Christ. Emphasis is given to the development of interpersonal skills for witnessing
in a variety of traditional and non-traditional contexts, such as workplace and marketplace
settings.. Students learn to prepare and present Bible studies and train laity for discipleship.
Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 132 or permission of instructor
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I 3 hours
An introduction to the biblical and theological foundations, principles, and methods of Christ-
centered preaching. Students review biblical hermeneutics for application to preaching.
Attention is also given to personal preparation, sermon development and delivery, and biblical
preaching in the Seventh-day Adventist and Black traditions. Special emphasis is placed on
Christ as the content of biblical preaching. Prerequisites: RG 102, RL 212, and RT 221.
325
RP 342 Biblical Preaching II 3 hours
A
n application of homiletical theory, designed to build students’ basic skills in biblical preaching.
As a continuation of RP 341, this course requires students to deliver sermons for peer and
teacher evaluation. Prerequisite: RP 341.
RP 351 Introduction to Religious Education 3 hours
An introduction to biblical, theological, historical, and psychological foundations of religious
education. Special attention is given to theoretical approaches and their critique and to
religious education and practical procedures for implementing, maintaining, and evaluating
religious learning in home, school, and church. Prerequisite: ED 250.
RP 361 Pastoral Care and Counseling I 3 hours
An
introduction to the principles and practices of pastoral care and counseling. Students will
examine systems in pastoral care and counseling from a biblical and theological perspective.
The course will address visitation, ministering to the sick and their support system, and
developmental family issues. Special attention is given to premarital, marital, divorce, and
bereavement counseling. The pastor’s place in the mental health care network and appropriate
circumstances for professional referral will also be considered. Prerequisite: PY 101.
RP 362 Pastoral Care and Counseling II 3 hours
An advanced course in pastoral care and counseling techniques. This course employs
both in-class preparation and clinical practice. Students apply pastoral care and counseling
intervention techniques in a clinical setting. Attention is given to family dynamics, confl ict
management and resolution, and crisis management, with particular reference to pastoral care
in the black community. Assessment and referral methods are reviewed. Field education is
required. Prerequisite: RP 361.
RP 431 Christian Ministry I 3 hours
An examination of biblical, theological, and historical foundations of Christian ministry and
their relevance to professional issues in ministry. The course is designed to lead students
from critical refl ection to informed practice. As a continuation of RP 132, this course utilizes
a case-study approach to develop the role of the minister as grounded in the ministry of
Christ. Emphasis is placed on servant-leadership, ministerial ethics, life management,
denominational polity, and strategic planning. Field education and personality testing are
required. Prerequisites: RG 102, RP 132, and RT 221.
RP 434 Church Organization and Polity 3 hours
This course examines the church as a special religious non-profi t organization with its own
unique
polity. The students will look at models of church organization found in the Bible
for the church. Contemporary models (used by various Lutheran, Episcopal, Presbyterian,
Baptist, Methodist, and Pentecostal traditions), will be discussed with special attention given
the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The students will be challenged to critically explore ways
to effectively organize and lead a congregation in mission and ministry.
RP 441 Christian Worship and the Black Liturgical Experience 2 hours
An introduction to the biblical, theological , and historical foundations of Christian worship
and the implications for black liturgical experience. With an emphasis on building skills for
practice, the course explores selected liturgical elements, including the role of music and
the centrality of the Word. Attention is given to the relationship between corporate worship
and service. Students are required to complete observations in various worship settings.
Prerequisites: RG 102 and RT 221.
326
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth 3 hours
A
n introduction to public evangelism and church growth. With an emphasis on developing skills
for practice, students examine the biblical and theological foundations of public evangelism
and church growth as demonstrated in the ministry of Christ. Traditional and non-traditional
approaches are explored. Special emphasis is given to the role of the laity in successful
public evangelism and church growth. Field education is required. Prerequisites: RG 102
and RP 231.
RP 443 Christian Ministry II 3 hours
An application of Christian ministry in the church setting, designed to build students’ basic
skills in ministerial practice. As a continuation of RP 431, this course employs both in-class
preparation and clinical participation in church administration, visitation, church nance,
services of the church (e.g. baptism, wedding, funeral, communion, baby dedication), auxiliary
ministries, and strategic planning. Attention is also given to resources for ministry, including
technology. Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 431.
RP 444 Pastoral/Evangelistic Practicum 1-3 hours
A
n advanced course designed to provide students with pastoral experience in a church and/or
community setting (e.g. nursing home, campus residence hall, hospice, shelter, correctional
facility). Students will engage in a speci c area of ministry that will be supervised and assessed.
This practicum is structured to allow students to test their ministry skills in a real-life setting.
Prerequisite: RP 431.
RP 450 Teaching Religion/Theology Practicum 1-3 hour
A course designed to provide students with instructional experience in a classroom setting.
Students are assigned to the Department of Religion and Theology, Oakwood Adventist
Academy, and other educational settings. Students will actively participate in classroom
instruction that will be supervised and assessed. This practicum is structured to allow students
to test their teaching skills in a real-life setting. Prerequisite: RP 351 and ED 240.
RP 460 Pre-Counseling/Pre-Chaplaincy Practicum 1-3 hours
A
course designed to provide students with pastoral care experience in hospitals and other
clinical settings. Students will work as counselors and chaplains with families, patients, health
care providers, and community organizations in diverse cultural and religious settings. A
supervised group setting will provide opportunities for each student to refl ect theologically
about human crisis, personal illness, loss, and community confl icts. The experience will
allow each student to refl ect on her/his personal and pastoral identity in diverse pastoral care
settings. Prerequisites: RP 362 and PY 421.
RP 470 Field School of Evangelism Practicum 1 hour
A practicum course designed to provide students with summer evangelistic experience
in national or international eld settings. Students will actively participate in assessment,
planning, implementation, and evaluation of evangelistic meetings that will be supervised and
assessed. Emphasis is placed on developing Christ-centered evangelistic preaching. The
practicum will include instruction in public evangelism and church growth and may be taken
in conjunction with RP 442. Prerequisite: RP 342 and senior standing.
RP 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does not substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
327
Theological and Religious Studies
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics 2 hours
An
introduction to the principles and methods of biblical interpretation with emphasis on
Christocentric interpretation. Special consideration is given to Seventh-day Adventist
interpretation and the relationship between interpretation and spirituality. Students develop the
ability to assess various critical methodologies and apply interpretive principles responsibly.
RT 223 Philosophy and Christian Thought 2 hours
An introduction to the rigor of critical thinking in the context of human quest for truth and
m
eaning. Through an historical approach, this course highlights the contributions of the major
philosophers to the development of disciplines such as epistemology, ontology, metaphysics,
empiricism, political philosophy, philosophy of religion, logic, and ethics. It is geared toward
the understanding of pre-modernity, modernity, and postmodernity. It evaluates philosophical
postulates in the light of biblical verities and aims at establishing the relationship between
faith and learning.
RT 322 World Religions 2 hours
A survey of the development, beliefs, worldviews, and practices of the religions of the world,
including African and Caribbean traditions as well as modern religious movements. Special
emphasis will be placed on their relationship with Christianity. Prerequisite: junior standing.
RT 331 Introduction to Biblical Theology 3 hours
A survey of the theological themes found in select biblical literature that inform Seventh-
day Adventist thought. This course provides an opportunity for deeper refl ection on the
hermeneutics of scripture within theology. Prerequisites: RL 211-212, RB 311, RT 221.
RT 421 Christian Theology I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the development of Christian thought from A.D. 100 to 1300.
Treatment is given to the task of theology, theological principles and methods, and biblical
critique of theological ideas. Dogmatic categories include theology, Christology, pneumatology,
anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology. Students explore the relevance of
theological refl ection for modern church and society. Prerequisites: EN 112 and RT 221.
RT 422 Christian Theology II (W) 2 hours
To enable new depth of understanding of Christian theological thought from the Reformation
to
contemporary movements in society and the academy. The additional credit hour would
also enable attention to be given to theological hermeneutics and methods relating to selected
dogmatic categories. Specifi c attention is also given to the contemporary African American
theology and other theologies of liberation. Prerequisite: EN 112 and RT 421.
RT 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does to substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
328
Sociology
SO 101 Principles of Sociology 3 hours
An
introduction to the eld of sociology, terms and concepts related to human behavior, and
the infl uences of social and cultural factors upon human behavior.
SO 211 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 hours
An introduction to the study of humankind as total being, culture and social organization,
interrelationships with habitat, and biophysical nature.
SO 231 Social Problems 3 hours
An
analysis of areas of social behavior considered to be problems in contemporary American
society. Prerequisite: SO 101
SO 241 Race Relations 3 hours
A scientifi c approach to the study of racial elements in the population of the United States,
with particular emphasis on White and African-American groups. Prerequisite: SO 101.
SO 320 Social Psychology 3 hours
The study of group affi liations, group standards, social perceptions, and other social factors
infl uencing the behavior of individuals and interaction among groups. Prerequisite: PY 101.
SO 361 Marriage and the Family 3 hours
This course is a survey of the family in society. Students explore how the family is impacted
by changing societal trends. Students will explore relationship formation, marriage, parenting,
family stressors, and marital disruption from a spiritual perspective. Prerequisite: PY 101 or
SO 101.
SO 398 Probation and Parole 3 hours
A study of the role of the probation offi cer in the social rehabilitation of juvenile and adult
offenders. Theory of probation and parole in relation to actual case histories. Techniques of
counseling and guiding the adult and juvenile offender in and out of the correctional institution.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
Spanish
SP 111 Beginning Spanish 3-3 hours
An introduction to the study of Spanish grammar, syntax, and vocabulary for basic and
fundamental communication. Laboratory is required.. (Formerly SP 101)
SP 112 Beginning Spanish 3-3 hours
A continuation of SP 111. Laboratory is required. (Formerly SP 102)
SP 175 Basic Spanish Profi ciency 3-3 hours
A course specifi cally designed for the development and practice of Spanish conversation,
listening, reading, and writing. Admission is reserved exclusively for those who are heritage
speakers. It covers the next course to be taken would be SP 202. Laboratory is required..
329
SP 201 Intermediate Spanish 3 hours
An intermediate course in Spanish highlighting conversational Spanish, grammar, reading,
interpretation, and writing beyond the fundamental level of communication. Laboratory is
required. Prerequisite: SP 112 or 2 years of high school Spanish)
SP 202 Intermediate Spanish 3 hours
A continuation of SP 201. Prerequisite: SP 175 or SP 201.
SP 250 Introduction to Spanish Phonetics and Phonology 3 hours
Introduction to the analysis of the Spanish sound system, both phonetics and phonology.
Topics include the articulatory system, sound production, the classifi cation of vowels and
consonants, phonetic transcription, the mental representation of sounds, variation and ac-
cent, and processes of sound change, among others. Prerequisite: SP 202.
SP 270 Spanish Translation and Interpretation 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the theory and practice of translation and interpretation, both
from English to Spanish and from Spanish to English. Lab required.
SP 313 Spanish Grammar and Composition 3 hours
An intentional continuation to the art of composition and provided with a comprehensive
review of the major aspects of grammar previously learned. The course aims to fulfi ll the
special needs of both non-native and native speakers of Spanish alike as they seek to im-
prove their writing skills in the language. Prerequisite: SP 202.
SP 367 Hispanic Cultures Film and Media 3 hours
Survey course that examines the relationship between masterpieces of contemporary Span-
ish fi lm and media by major directors of Spanish and Latin American cinema. Prerequisite:
SP 202.
SP 380 Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
Advanced work in the specifi c area of Spanish linguistics in both theory and practice to the
core sub elds of Hispanic Linguistics (phonetics/phonology, morphology, syntax, and lan-
guage variation), focusing on the theoretical foundations and analytical techniques needed
to pursue more specialized coursework in the fi eld. Prerequisite: SP 202.
SP 439 Applied Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
This course is an advanced application of Spanish to Applied Linguistics, a sub-fi eld of lin-
guistics which refers to the practical application of phonetics, phonology,, morphology, syntax,
semantics, and many other areas of linguistic study to Second Language Acquisition.
SP 450 Structure of Spanish 3 hours
This course provides a description of the grammatical structures (morphology and syntax) of
Modern Spanish. In addition, a historical component for each topic helps students understand
how Spanish came to be structured.
SP 455 Spanish Survey of Latin-American Culture and Literature 3 hours
This course conducted in Spanish, is a survey of the literature of Latin American from the
inception to the present. Covers pre-Columbian and colonial literature through literature from
the last two centuries. The material read will give an overview of the sociopolitical infl uences
found within the works in terms of structure, style, and literary genre. This course also reviews
basic literary movements from a Latin American standpoint such as romanticism, realism,
330
naturalism, modernism, and postmodernism and their presuppositions upon literature. (For-
merly SP 455 Survey of Spanish Literature)
SP 456 Spanish Survey of Spanish Culture and Literature (W) 3 hours
This course, conducted in Spanish, is a survey of Castilian literature from its origin in the
Middle Age up to the present. The course analyzes texts of several genres paying attention
not just to the literary techniques employed by their authors corresponding with the literary
fashions of their time also explore the some of the historical, religious, philosophical, and
political backgrounds that contributed to their creation. (Formerly SP 456 Survey of Spanish-
American Literature)
.
SP 457 Spanish Advanced Composition (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to further develop Spanish communicative abilities, both verbal and
written as well as to increase the knowledge and ability to comprehend a variety of forms of
cultural production in the Spanish language. (Formerly SP 457 Advance Composition and
Conversation)
SP 460 Spanish Dialectology 3 hours
This course will examine the history and diversity of Spanish dialects and culture. Spanish
has the third largest number of native speakers in the world (around 400 million) and exhibits
extensive dialect variation. This course will approach Spanish dialectology from both historical
and synchronic perspectives.
SP 470 Seminar in Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
A seminar and capstone course in which senior Spanish majors make a brief, comprehensive
review of the body of knowledge that comprises the Spanish program at Oakwood Univer-
sity and study current problems and developments in the broad eld of Spanish language,
literature, and linguistics.
SP 465 Service-Learning Translation and Interpretation 1 hour
Service Learning is an independent study course which allows students of Spanish who are
at the intermediate or advanced levels of profi ciency to put their language skills to use in
serving the Spanish-speaking communities of Madison County. Students who receive credit
for this course must commit between 15-20 hours of community service during the semester.
SP 469 Seminar in Spanish Literature and Linguistics 3 hours
A seminar and capstone course in which senior Spanish majors make a brief, comprehensive
review of the body of knowledge that comprises the Spanish program at Oakwood Univer-
sity and study current problems and developments in the broad eld of Spanish language,
literature, and linguistics.
SP 480 Certifi cation in Translation and Interpretation 3 hours
This is an intensive preparatory course for certifi cation in Translation and Interpretation as
awarded by American Translation Association (ATA). Successful completion of this course will
mean the passing of the ATA certifi cation exam offered at the end of the course. Prerequisite:
SP 460.
SP 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) 3-3 hours
Individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Prerequisite: senior Spanish major
who has completed one year on an ACA campus.
331
Social Work
SW 201 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 hours
An introductory study of the historical development of social welfare problems in the United
States and the programs, practices, and policies designed to address them. The course also
introduces students to global perspectives of welfare for marginalized populations including
the black Diaspora and global development and role of human rights and social and economic
justice. The course will include the development of social work and the profession’s role as
a change agent for social welfare policies in America and globally. Open to all non-majors.
SW 202 Introduction to Social Work 3 hours
An introduction to the historical development of the social work profession including its purpose,
global context, professional social work values and ethics. The course will also explore the
breadth of social work practice and introduce students to the types of practice skills utilized by
social workers. Students are introduced to the: department goals and competency expectations
of the program, and general expectation of social work majors. This class is used as the
key orientation course that introduces students to the department’s mission, curriculum, and
department disposition and scholarly expectations from students. Students are also required
to successfully complete the department admission requirements as outlined in the Admissions
Handbook to become an offi cial social work major. Students are required to participate in a
15 hour service learning project to familiarize themselves with social service agencies and
how volunteers and social workers function within these agencies. Prerequisite: SW 201.
SW 307 International Social Work 3 hours
This course focuses on most of the key economic, political, and social issues that shape
human welfare, social development, and the role that social work plays in addressing these
issues in an international context. Open to nonmajors. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite:
PY 101 or SO 101.
SW 330 Human Behavior and Social Environment I (W) 3 hours
The rst component of a two-part series study of human development across the lifespan. The
course examines the variety of social systems that people encounter and how these encounters
may enhance or impede their health and well-being. The course explores a wide breadth of
developmental theories including but not limited to bio-psycho-social-cultural-spiritual, racial,
and identify formation as the context for individual, family, and group development from infancy
to adolescence. Prerequisites: EN 112, BI 101, PY 101, and SO 101.
SW 331 Human Behavior and Social Environment II (W) 3 hours
The second component of a two-part series study of human development across the lifespan.
The course examines the variety of social systems that people encounter and that may
enhance or impede their health and well-being. The course continues the exploration of
developmental theories including but not limited to bio-psycho-social-cultural-spiritual, racial,
and identify formation development theory as the context for individual, family, and group
development from young adulthood to old age. Prerequisites: EN 112, SW 330 or consent
of instructor.
SW 334 Understanding Diversity and Oppression 3 hours
An analysis of the nature of oppression from a historical and social structural perspective. The
social and interpersonal contexts of oppression, identity formation issues, difference, racism
and discrimination, and powerlessness among diverse groups will be explored. Implications
332
for social work practice on the micro, mezzo, and macro levels will be examined and analyzed
for effective intervention and contemporary analysis. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites: SW
330 and SW 331.
SW 340 Modern Social Work Theories and Practice 3 hours
This foundational course provides students with opportunities to learn, examine, and assess
social work theories that are implemented in practice. These theories are used as lenses
when analyzing client interactions and help student understand how social work theory and
practice can inform one another in an integrated fashion. Prerequisites: SW 202 and SW
330.
SW 350 Pre-fi eld Orientation 1 hour
This course is designed to orient and prepare students for the senior eld practicum
experience. Students will learn about agency expectations and procedures, and complete
the administrative documentation, agency and eld preparation interviews, course work and
a 50 hour internship (with 10 hours of service learning) necessary to enter their fi eld agency.
Students are required to do a criminal background check and purchase liability insurance.
Students are responsible for transportation. Prerequisite: junior standing.
SW 380 Welfare Policies 3 hours
An introduction to the study of social welfare policy including its purpose and how policy is
formulated and implemented, and its impact at the local, state, federal, and global levels. The
course will examine the link between welfare policy and social work practice with individuals,
groups, families, and communities. The course will review relationships between social policies,
human rights, and issues of social and economic justice. The course will also provide students
with an opportunity for mock policy development, critical analysis, and a class trip to meet
with policy makers. Finally, this course will promote the development of the leadership skills
needed to be proactive in the design and implementation of policies within various systems.
Prerequisites: SW 201 and PS 120 or PS 211, HI 212.
SW 382 Human Sexuality 3 hours
This elective course will study and analyze selected areas of human sexuality from a Christian
perspective. This course will equip students with a broader understanding of the personal,
social, emotional, and physical nature of this complex and sensitive area. The course will
also provide insight concerning the spiritual and psychological components of sexuality. The
latitude in human sexual behavior and sexual dysfunctions will also be discussed. Course
curriculum is designed to enhance the courtship, marriage, and family experience. Course
includes societal sexuality issues that pertain to the Black diaspora. Students must have
permission of the instructor for this course. Open to nonmajors. Prerequisites: BI 101 and
PY 101 or SO 101.
SW 400 Generalist Skills and Practice 3 hours
This course introduces students to the principles, activities, and skills used by social workers
in direct practice. The course includes interviewing and relationship building skills and diverse
clientele, and introduces students to the relationships between values, practice, and practice
skills. Students are required to complete role playing assignments that demonstrate their
mastery of the assigned topic area, demonstrate the ability to think critically, utilize ethical
principles in their decision making, possess sound judgment, and communicate planned
intervention in an effective professional manner. Students are also required to demonstrate
leadership initiative by participation in classroom discussions and completion of interactive
333
assignments. This is a preparation course for senior-level practice experience. Prerequisites:
SW 202, SW 331, and SW 340.
SW 420 Research in Social Work 3 hours
This course is designed to enable students to learn and develop critical thinking skills required
in scientifi c inquiry. Students are expected to utilize principles of logic, scientifi c inquiry, social
work ethics, and judgment to: distinguish and appraise problems; utilize scholarly literature
to understand and direct their study; devise and employ an appropriate research strategy;
organize, evaluate, and integrate relevant research data; and develop relevant resolutions
to presented problems for the client systems being studied. The course curriculum includes
an overview of the basic social research methodologies utilized within the social sciences.
Students are required to complete research projects with systems of varying sizes. Students
will also be better able to recognize the impact that diversity (i.e. race, culture, gender, etc.)
has on the research process as well as identify the rationale for advancing human rights
and social economic justice within their practice, based on their own research observation.
Prerequisites: PY 307 and PY 411.
SW 451 General Methods of Micro Social Work 3 hours
This course is the fi rst in a series of practice courses. It is designed to introduce students to
the General Intervention Method (GIM) of social work practice small client systems. The course
will focus on the theories, principles, and skills necessary to engage, assess, intervene, and
evaluate clients for micro social work practice. Students are also required to demonstrate
leadership initiative by participation in classroom discussions, completion of interactive
assignments, role-play, and simulation activities. Students offi cially begin the portfolio
collection process in this course in preparation for the senior year portfolio. Prerequisites:
SW 331, SW 340, and SW 380, or consent of instructor.
SW 452 General Methods of Mezzo Social Work 3 hours
This course is the second in a series of practice courses and builds on the knowledge and
skills acquired in SW 451. The course equips students with knowledge, values, and practice
skills necessary for effective intervention with families and groups from diverse backgrounds.
Students will learn how to apply family and group behavior theories, the GIM, and social work
values and ethics in order to engage, assess, intervene, and evaluate families and groups.
The course values the direct practice experience for knowledge and skill development of
generalist social workers. Students are provided with several opportunities to develop their
practice skills in group leadership dynamics, by facilitating: community-based projects that
addresses a specifi c group issue; in-class group development and leadership scenarios and
family intervention knowledge; and practice skills through the use of eld-based assignments,
role plays, case studies, and other classroom exercises. Prerequisite: SW 451
SW 453 General Methods of Macro Social Work 3 hours
This course is the third and nal segment of a three-part series of practice courses. The course
utilizes the GIM, theories, principles, skills, and techniques necessary to engage, assess,
intervene, and evaluate effectiveness in working with organizations and communities. Students
are required to engage in a variety of macro level projects that are designed to demonstrate
their understanding of macro practice; exhibit leadership and competence in initiating positive
change at the macro level of practice using evidence based interventions; and demonstrate
how their intervention can promote social and economic justice within diverse population
groups. The course includes community needs assessment, program evaluation and grant
writing. Students will also engage in resource development skill activities. Prerequisite: SW
452.
334
SW 454 Field Instruction and Seminar I 7 hours
The rst of the two part eld education course series. This is the department’s signature
pedagogy course that is designed to help students integrate into the professional role of being a
social work practitioner. The course allows students to connect social work theory, knowledge,
values, and skills acquired throughout the social work curriculum with actual practice within an
agency setting. Along with assigned coursework, students receive supervised fi eld practice
within an approved agency selected by the department. Students are expected to demonstrate
growth in their progress towards the achievement of the course competencies, which are
based on the program goals. Students are required to complete 225 eld practicum hours.
Students are required to have liability insurance for both SW 454 and SW 455. Prerequisites:
SW 350, SW 400 and SW 451 (SW 420 and SW 454 must be taken concurrently).
SW 455 Field Instruction and Seminar II 6 hours
A continuation of SW 454, the department’s signature pedagogy course designed to aid
students’ integration into the role of professional generalist practitioner. The course allows
students to connect social work theory, knowledge, values, and skills learned within the
classroom environment with actual practice within an agency setting. Students will continue to
receive assigned coursework designed to aid their understanding of the connection between
social work theories, knowledge, values and skills learned in the classroom and actual social
work practice. Students will continue to receive supervised eld practice within their approved
agency. Students are expected to demonstrate achievement of the course competencies,
which are based on the departmental goals. Students are required to complete 225 eld
practicum hours. Prerequisite: SW 454.
SW 480 Career Preparation 2 hours
This course is designed to equip students with the skills and knowledge to prepare them
for a professional career in social work. Students are required to investigate and complete
assignments designed to aid them in their transition to professional generalist practice and
encourage graduate school entrance. The course incorporates strategies that will prepare
students for professional networking, job search skills, interviewing skills, social work licensure,
employment skills, and preparation for graduate school. Students are required to develop
a professional track career plan and time line and a plan for pursuing life-long learning as
well as attend a professional etiquette interview. Students must also demonstrate how self-
evaluation has improved their behavior, appearance, and communication skills. The course
includes a review of social work career options available in faith-based institutions and Afro-
centric agencies. Students are required to complete the second segment of the professional
e-portfolio requirement for the Department’s exit examination process. Prerequisite: senior
standing.
SW 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
A major research project or independent activity and course work that will contribute to the
knowledge base of the eld of social work. This course is offered under the direction of an
advisor. Prerequisite: Permission of the departmental chair.
335
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR
ADUL
T AND CONTINUING EDUCATION
AE 101 Adult Education Orientation Seminar 1 hour
This course is required of all new students enrolled in the Adult Degree Completion program.
The seminar is designed to provide pertinent information to effectively guide students toward
academic success through various presentations that focus on scholarship skills, American
Psychological Association writing style and format, D2L and MyOakwood technology, and
the history and mission of Oakwood University. In support of the Quality Enhancement Plan
(QEP), this course will also introduce and emphasize the critical thinking process through
writing.
Emergency Management
EM 350 Emergency Management 3 hours
E
mergency Management is a survey of the emerging eld of homeland security and
emergency management. The course provides students with a broad picture of the
emergency management system in the United States, including historical events, practices
that have impacted the development of emergency management and homeland security as
a governmental function and as a profession. Student will get an overview of the role and
methods of emergency management and homeland security in protecting lives, property, and
infrastructure.
Information Technology
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ 3 hours
An introduction to computers and structured programming using the C++ programming
language. Topics will include problem-solving methods and algorithms, data types, loops,
arrays, functions, structures, character strings, pointers, operations on bits, and les. Program
design and program styles will be stressed.
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ 3 hours
A continuation of the study of data representation
and algorithm design using C++. Principles
of good programming style and step wise refi nement will be stressed. Topics will indicate
string processing, searching and sorting, recursion, and dynamic data structures.
CM 340 Computer Logic Design 3 hours
Introduction to formal methods in design of computer logic circuits and systems, contemporary
design practices, and devices used in the synthesis of digital logic systems. Topics will include
combinational and sequential systems, gates, memory elements, registers, bus structure,
timing and control, arithmetic and logical unit, I/O units.
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture 3 hours
An introduction to the organization and structuring of major hardware components of digital
computers. Includes a study of the following topics: information transfers and transformations
which occur inside a computer; architecture-instruction sets; instruction formats; addressing
modes; register usage; organization computer units–ALU, CPU, and memory; I/O hardware
336
description methodologies; and taxonomy of computer architectures. A study of an assembly
language will be the case study of the course. Prerequisite: CM 340.
CM 367 Programming Languages 3 hours
This course addresses organization of programming languages, especially routine behavior
o
f programs; formal study of programming language speci cation and analysis; study,
comparison, and evaluation of commercially available programming. Topics include BNF
and syntax diagrams, grammars, program constituents, scoping rules, precedence, binding,
parameter passing, and compile-versus interpretation.
IS 300 Information Systems Development and Organization 3 hours
IS 300 is an introductory course that reviews solid programming concepts and practices and
the use of information systems and technology in organizations.
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications 3 hours
This course introduces the managerial and technical aspects of business networks, including
the
hardware and software mechanisms that allow access from one computer to les and
services provided on other computers. An overview of local area nets (LAN) and Wide Area
Nets (WAN) is provided, as also those of software protocols, routers, bridges, and fi rewalls.
On the practical side, the student learns about the network services provided by the operating
system (Windows/NT), network analyzers, and the management of security and reliability.
The student also learns to install, confi gure, and test network hardware/software, and use
such facilities in practical applications, including e-mail, remote le access, client/server hook-
ups, and dial-up design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies presented.
Prerequisite: IS 290
IS 335 Modern Database Design and Implementation 3 hours
This course provides an in-depth discussion of the new tools and technologies that are shaping
modern database management. Detailed coverage of client/server and distributed databases,
including trends toward architectural downsizing, redefi ning the role of mainframes, the
increased emphasis on LANs, and end-user computing. Case studies are used to illustrate
the role of database analysis and design concepts in the total systems development process.
The student will become profi cient in the utilization of Oracle and Microsoft-Access database
management systems.
IS 341 Management of Business Networks (Lab) 3 hours
This course introduces the managerial and technical aspects of business networks, including
the
hardware and software mechanisms that allow access from one computer to les and
services provided on other computers. An overview of local area nets (LAN) and Wide Area
Nets (WAN) is provided, as also those of software protocols, routers, bridges, and fi rewalls.
On the practical side, the student learns about the network services provided by the operating
system (Windows/NT), network analyzers, and the management of security and reliability. The
student also learns to install, confi gure, and test network hardware/software, and use such
facilities in practical applications, including e-mail, remote le access, client/server hook-ups,
and dial-up networking.
IS 342 Advanced Business Networks (Lab) 3 hours
This course provides an advanced skill level with the concepts and terminology of computer
intercommunications and networking. The course relies on a hands-on approach as the
primary teaching method for focusing on organizational enterprise networking and for studying
specifi c network protocols.
337
IS 343 Information Security 3 hours
This course introduces basic concepts of computer a
nd network security with an emphasis on
the threats and countermeasures relevant to Internet and web service. Students are prepared
to evaluate the security needs of organizations, and to develop strategies to address these
needs. The requirements and design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies
presented.
IS 405 Information Policy (7-wk class) 3 hours
This course will introduce students to information policies focusing on issues that involve
confl icts among proprietary rights, privacy rights and information access rights. Issues and
challenges faced in developing and implementing policies within organizations and companies
including the protection and use of intellectual property, rst amendment concerns, access to
public information, security and the protection of privacy of personally identifi able information
will be discussed. Policy issues in the areas of information systems, communications,
computing, and media will be presented.
IS 420 Project Management for Information Systems 3 hours
This
course focuses on models used in a software development project, including tools that
improve project productivity. Topics include concepts of project management, task scheduling,
cost estimation models, risk assessment, and software maturity framework. Students will be
using tools and cases to gain depth in software project management principles and practice.
IT 320 Web Design and Multimedia Applications 3 hours
The role of information technology in securing competitive advantage for organizations is
introduced in an environment that combines conceptual lessons in Web design and multimedia
applications. Students learn Internet and Web design concepts using Microsoft FrontPage,
Web editors, and multimedia tools.
Leadership
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles 3 hours
This course explores a range of historical and conte
mporary theories of leadership. It engages
the students in acquiring knowledge of leadership principles in the area of the defi nition and
meaning of leadership, expectations for and functions of a leader, and qualifi cations and skills
essential for effective leadership.
LD 310 Communication Strategies in Leadership 3 hours
Effective communication is one of the most important aspects of successful leadership in any
organizational context or venue in society. In this course, emphasis is placed on a knowledge
and understanding of communication models, practices, strategies and techniques illustrating
and referencing historical and contemporary leaders in the context of leadership.
LD 320 Applied Leadership in Organizational Change 3 hours
This course focuses on the expectations and implementations of the leader’s role and
responsibility in facilitating and managing organizational change and the organizational climate
with application in business, community, government, or religious or social organizations.
Topics explored include diversity, ethics, organizational behavior, power and infl uence,
motivation, politics and stake holder relationships.
338
Organizational Management
OM 250 Business Review 2 hours
A course designed for students who did not pass the Business Departmental Exam (Major
Field Test) required in their senior year. The course consists of a review of the major theories
and
concepts for making sound business decisions. A variety of activities will be used to
reinforce these principles, and students will exhibit this understanding through case analysis,
completion of study guides, class discussions and written exams. Only students who have
taken the Business Departmental Exit Exam may register for OM 250. The requirements
of this course may not be met by special examination. This course may not count toward a
major or minor in Organizational Management.
OM 301 Adult Development and Life Assessment (W) 3 hours
Students examine a number of adult development theories and link these concepts to life
through a
process of individual psychometric assessment and refl ection. Both classical and
contemporary adult development theories are examined. Writing skills are developed through
the application of the Kolb’s writing model.
OM 303 Foundations of Management 3 hours
The course focuses on management control functions, strategic planning, and organizational
structure and design. Furthermore, it investigates motivational theory, leadership styles,
negotiation concepts and skills, and total quality management.
OM 304 Principles of Business Writing (W) 3 hours
This course, especially designed for the non-traditional student, is a composite of theory,
practices, and technologies essential to the development and refinement of written
communication skills in business. Students are expected to apply correct basic grammar and
English skills necessary for success in the 21st century.
OM 305 Group and Organizational Dynamics 3 hours
OM 305 is a study of group behavior and how group functioning affects organizational
effectiveness. Emphasis is placed on decision-making and confl ict resolution. Students develop
strategies for effective and productive group management and for determining which tasks
are best handled by a group or an individual.
OM 308 Marketing for Managers 4 hours
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of how the marketing
system has evolved over time, how it presently functions, and how it is likely to develop in
the future. Basic marketing theory and terminology are studied and applied to analyzing real-
world cases involving domestic and international marketing opportunities and problems.
OM 309 Accounting for Managers 4 hours
OM 309 enables students to gain a managerial understanding of accounting and fi nance as
refl ected in nancial statements, the relationship between accounting and nance, and the
way in which data in nancial statements are used in evaluation, planning, and control in an
organization.
OM 330 Economics for Managers 4 hours
This course focuses on the use of economics in managerial decisions both within an
organization and in the larger market area. Issues involving scarcity and choice, the United
States economy, price, production, cost, competition, money income, business cycles, and
international trade are explored.
339
OM 340 Finance for Managers 4 hours
The course is designed to provide the adult learner a basic foundation in nance that includes
the nature and framework of fi nancial markets and their use by investors, corporations, and
related institutions. The student learns modern valuation techniques and capital asset pricing,
including but not limited to the arbitrage pricing, market effi ciency, and portfolio theory. This
foundational course emphasizes corporate fi nance along with investment essentials to help
the student gain an understanding of core fi nance principles.
OM 350 Personnel Management 3 hours
OM 350 provides an exploration of the values and perceptions of an organization that affect
social and economic life. This is done through an analysis of policies and procedures relating
to recruitment, selection, training, development, and compensation of employees.
OM 413 Legal and Social Environment in Business 3 hours
This course offers a study of the ethical concepts that are relevant to resolving moral issues
in business and focuses on the development of reasoning and analytical skills for applying
these concepts to business decisions. It includes an exploration of history, ethics, social
responsibilities, policy, economics, and law.
OM 430 Research Design and Analysis (W) 3 hours
Students enrolled in OM 430 gain an appreciation and understanding of the research process
that leads to new knowledge. Students learn to analyze obtained data, interpret it, and reach
conclusions that the data seem to warrant. This course guides students from problem selection
to completed research report with practical suggestions for conducting future business-related
and graduate school research projects.
OM 440 Career Management Seminar 1 hour
This course is designed to guide the adult student through successful career transitions.
Career patterns and goals are reviewed. Future trends are viewed in relation to changing
careers and lifestyles, also networking concepts are explored.
General Psychology
PY 101 Principles of Psychology 3 hours
In
this course the student will explore the science of psychology concepts include but are not
limited to: emotion, motivation, neurological and cognitive processing, brain development,
learning, sex and gender, health and stress, memory, human development, personality,
sensation, perception, social psychology, measurement and experimental methods,
psychological disorders and therapies.
PY 201 Psychology of Religion 3 hours
A study of the psychological aspects of religion and an analysis of several systems in
psychology from a Christian perspective, utilizing the writings of Ellen G. White along with
other Christian authors. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology 2 hours
In-depth examination of particular topics of current interest in the eld of psychology. Critical
evaluation of current research. The course also reviews the graduation, admission, and
employment searching processes. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
340
PY 320 Social Psychology (W) 3 hours
The study of group affi liations, group standards, social perceptions, and other social factors
infl uencing the behavior of individuals and interaction among groups. Prerequisite: PY 101
or PY 105.
PY 307 Statistical Methods 3 hours
An introduction to statistical procedures. Topics include preparation and use of graphs and
tables, measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability and sampling, and tests of
signifi cance and association. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105 and MA 108.
PY 319 Theories of Personality (W) 3 hours
A
study of the main theories of personality structure, with consideration of the essential
ingredients of healthy attitudes and behavior patterns. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior 3 hours
A study of the types, natures, and causes of abnormal behavior; the effects of maladaptive
behavior on individuals, families, and communities; and methods of treatment. Prerequisite:
PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 325 Developmental Psychology 3 hours
A study of current psychological theories relating to psychological development throughout
the entire life span. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 331 Group Dynamics 3 hours
A study of the dynamics of groups, with special emphasis being placed upon patterns of
leadership, solidarity, cohesion, confl ict, accommodation, and cooperation. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 361 Marriage and the Family 3 hours
The ethics of family relationships, changing trends, and functions of the modern family. An
attempt is made to bring the student into contact with facts, principles, attitudes, and problems
that are likely to play a part in marriage. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 371 Biological Psychology 3 hours
Physiological correlates of behavior, with special emphasis on the physiology and anatomy
of
the nervous system as a basis for relating behavior to its physiological components. The
student will develop competence in the reading and interpreting of scientifi c reports and
professional journals. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology 3 hours
A study of the theoretical systems, experiments, and personalities involved in the development
of psychology. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 411 Research I (W) 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the eld of research in the behavioral sciences and is the
rst of the three-course sequence. Topics include scientifi c method, research ethics, literature
review, research designs, sampling, research question and hypothesis development. Students
will be expected to develop a research proposal using the survey method of data collection.
Course presented through lecture, research activities, exams, and research proposal.
Prerequisite: PY 307 (no grade below C). Lab fee $40 covers Ethics Training. (formerly
Principles of Research).
341
PY 415 Principles of Research II (W) 3 hours
This course is the second of the three-course sequence. Topics include research ethics, data
collection techniques, statistical analysis, data presentation. Students will complete a research
study using quantitative methods. Topics will cover advanced ethics of research, statistical
analysis, qualitative methods, and introduction to experimental design. Prerequisite: PY 411
(no grade below C).
PY 423 Counseling Theories 3 hours
This
course involves a study of the major counseling theories. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 460 Experimental Psychology and Lab (PY 460L) 4 hours
A
survey course acquainting the student with the experimental analysis of behavior. The
scientifi c method is used to investigate basic behavioral phenomena and principles. Students
will also develop competence in reading, writing, and interpreting reports. Students must
register concurrently for PY 460 and PY 460L. Prerequisite: PY 415.
History
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church (W) 3 hours
A survey course of the rise and progress of the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Religion
RB 311 New Testament I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the Pauline Epistles, utilizing the book of Acts as a historical
resource. Each letter is analyzed exegetically. Emphasis is given to Paul’s major themes,
including God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, salvation, the church, and last day events, as well as
the relevance of Paul’s message to ministerial practice and contemporary Christian living.
Prerequisites: EN 112 and RL 314 or permission of instructor.
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets (W) 3 hours
This course is part of a two-semester sequence (with RB 402). The overall goal of the two-
s
emester sequence is to introduce students to the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. This is
an introductory survey of the Prophets (Former and Latter). The messages of each book
are explored in light of their historical, geographical, literary, and theological contexts.
Special attention is given to major approaches to the study of the Old Testament, as well as
methodological issues in the Christological interpretation of the Old Testament. Prerequisite:
EN 112, RL 312 or permission of instructor.
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
A review of the life of the Master Teacher and a study of the principles and parabolic
representations of Christian life and faith as revealed in the Gospels
RG 202 Fundamentals of Seventh-day Adventist Beliefs 3 hours
An introductory course exploring selected fundamental Christian doctrines as believed and
taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The teachings follow the traditional dogmatic
categories: theology, Christology, pneumatology, anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology,
342
and eschatology. The course explores these teachings from a Christ-centered perspective
for individual spiritual formation using the Bible as the basis of authority
.
RG 203 Foundations in Biblical Spirituality 3 hours
An introductory course exploring a personal relationship with God and developing a meaningful
Christian witness. Emphasis is given to a strong devotional life not only on the personal but
also spirituality on corporate and social levels.
RG 321 Christian Ethics 3 hours
Understanding the meaning of Christian ethics and how this discovery impacts the life of the
Christian business professional is the emphasis of this course. Students examine the role
ethics plays in a postmodern world and explore how today’s Christians might address these
ethical concerns. A survey of moral theories provide the foundation for addressing complex
social issues and understanding the role of a business person facing ethical concerns in
leadership, planning, and controlling of the work environment.
RL 211 Greek I 3 hours
Introduction
to elements of koine Greek of the New Testament and practice in translation of
Biblical passages.
RL 311 Hebrew I 3 hours
Introduction to elements of Biblical Hebrew grammar and syntax.
RP 231 Personal Evangelism 3 hours
An introduction to Christian discipleship. With an emphasis on developing skills for practice,
students examine biblical and theological foundations of discipleship as demonstrated in the
ministry of Christ. Emphasis is given to the development of interpersonal skills for witnessing
in a variety of traditional and non-traditional contexts, such as workplace and marketplace
settings.. Students learn to prepare and present Bible studies and train laity for discipleship.
Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 132 or permission of instructor
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I 3 hours
An
introduction to the biblical and theological foundations, principles, and methods of Christ-
centered preaching. Students review biblical hermeneutics for application to preaching.
Attention is also given to personal preparation, sermon development and delivery, and biblical
preaching in the Seventh-day Adventist and Black traditions. Special emphasis is placed on
Christ as the content of biblical preaching.
RP 431 Christian Ministry I 3 hours
An examination of biblical, theological, and historical foundations of Christian ministry and
their relevance to professional issues in ministry. The course is designed to lead students
from critical refl ection to informed practice. This course utilizes a case-study approach to
develop the role of the minister as grounded in the ministry of Christ. Emphasis is placed on
servant-leadership, ministerial ethics, life management, denominational polity, and strategic
planning. Field education and personality testing are required.
RP 434 Church Organization and Polity 3 hours
This course examines the church as a special religious non-profi t organization with its own
unique polity. The students will look at models of church organization found in the Bible
for the church. Contemporary models (used by various Lutheran, Episcopal, Presbyterian,
Baptist, Methodist, and Pentecostal traditions), will be discussed with special attention given
the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The students will be challenged to critically explore ways
343
to effectively organize and lead a congregation in mission and ministry.
RP
442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth 2 hours
An introduction to public evangelism and church growth. With an emphasis on developing skills
for practice, students examine the biblical and theological foundations of public evangelism
and church growth as demonstrated in the ministry of Christ. Traditional and non-traditional
approaches are explored. Special emphasis is given to the role of the laity in successful
public evangelism and church growth. Field education is required. Prerequisites: RB 211
and RP 231.
RP 443 Christian Ministry II 3 hours
An
application of Christian ministry in the church setting, designed to build students’ basic
skills in ministerial practice. As a continuation of RP 431, this course employs both in-class
preparation and clinical participation in church administration, visitation, church nance,
services of the church (e.g. baptism, wedding, funeral, communion, baby dedication), auxiliary
ministries, and strategic planning. Attention is also given to resources for ministry, including
technology. Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 431.
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics 2 hours
An introduction to the principles and methods of biblical interpretation with emphasis on
Christocentric interpretation. Special consideration is given to Seventh-day Adventist
interpretation and the relationship between interpretation and spirituality. Students develop the
ability to assess various critical methodologies and apply interpretive principles responsibly.
RT 322 World Religions 2 hours
A survey of the development, beliefs, worldviews, and practices of the religions of the world,
including African and Caribbean traditions as well as modern religious movements. Special
emphasis is placed on their relationship with Christianity.
RT 421 Christian Theology I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the development of Christian thought from A.D. 100 to 1300.
Treatment is given to the task of theology, theological principles and methods, and biblical
critique of theological ideas. Dogmatic categories include theology, Christology, pneumatology,
anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology. Students explore the relevance of
theological refl ection for modern church and society.
School of Graduate Studies
Description of Courses
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
AC 530 Managerial Accounting 3 hours
This course focuses the student on the use of information to make managerial decisions.
Emphasis is placed on planning and control aspects of the nancial statements. Topics include
activity-based costing, budgeting, cost-volume-pro t analysis, quantitative techniques, capital
acquisition, variance analysis and responsibility accounting.
344
BA 560 Ethical Decision-Making in Business 3 hours
This course studies businesses in the context of their various stakeholders and the environment
of business. It explores a range of issues from the role of business in society to the ethical
dimensions of decision-making. Emphasis is placed on identifying and developing the
personal skills and perspectives necessary to engage in ethical decision-making, facing
ethical dilemmas, whistle blowing and ethical responses to unethical corporate practices.
EC 520 Managerial Economics 3 hours
The course is designed to provide a foundation of economic concepts and principles that
promote understanding and application in decision-making. The course uses both qualitative
and quantitative techniques in the application of theory to practical situations. The course
analyzes demand, supply and market outcomes of products; application of optimization and
forecasting techniques to managerial problems; application of production and estimation
techniques to determine optimal course of action. A problem-solving approach will be used
to achieve these objectives.
FN 540 Managerial Finance 3 hours
This course focuses on using nancial statement information in a variety of ways to engage in
effective nancial management. Topics covered include: An overview of fi nancial theory and
management, time value of money, risk, valuation, cost of capital, capital structure, capital
budgeting, long-term fi nancing decisions, working capital policy and management, fi nancial
analysis and planning.
LD 550 Servant Leadership 3 hours
This course will examine the leadership life and practices of Jesus Christ and compare it to
contemporary theories and practice of leadership. The maxim of the ‘greatest will be the servant
of all’ will be examined from the perspective of Jesus Christ and a philosophy on servant
leadership developed where students will be led to examine their own faith and practice.
LD 605 Leadership Innovation and Change 3 hours
Innovation and change has become essential for growth and sustainability of organizations
in an increasing technological age. This course will involve students in exploring the need for
ongoing innovation and change in organizations. It will examine concepts such as disruptive
innovation, manufacturer innovation, end-user innovation, affordable innovation, breakthrough
innovation, and collaborative innovation. In addition, students will be exposed to the stages of
innovation (ideation, selection, development and commercialization), the importance of critical
organizational factors such as leadership commitment, shared vision, perception, strategy
and promotion, effective communication and cross-functional teams, fi nance and budgetary
allocation. Innovation will be studied for the positive value it can have on the organization’s
effi ciency, quality, extension of product lines, creation of new markets and reduced cost.
LD 615 Strategic Leadership 3 hours
This course will examine the leadership style and essential skills of a strategic leader. It
explores the leader’s impact and involvement in shaping organizational operations in areas
pertaining to strategic planning, strategic management and policy formation in the organization.
Intensive investigations of leaders who exhibit this leadership model will be researched.
Extensive student engagements through discussions, papers, and presentations will be
utilized in this class.
345
LD 625 Leadership Thought and Creativity 3 hours
Leaders are expected to provide vision and conceptual thought in leading their respective
organizations. This course explores and analyzes the role and impact the concepts of
creativity and thought have on shaping leadership effectiveness in organizations and societies.
Research on noted historical and contemporary leaders recognized for their creativity and
visionary thoughts are studied and discussed to identify signifi cant leadership characteristics,
styles, and traits that may be extrapolated into, transformed and modeled by 21st century
leaders. Extensive student engagements through discussions, papers and presentations will
be utilized in this class.
LD 635 Global Leadership: A Case Study Approach 3 hours
This course examines the role, responsibilities and functions of leaders and leadership from
a global perspective. Cases studies will be utilized and studies from the most recent global
activities, events and situations impacting global leadership. The course focus is placed
on the study of a leader’s performance from various areas of the global sector (business,
governments, profi t and not-for-pro t organizations, communities and societies, etc.).
Extensive student engagements through discussions, papers and presentations will be
utilized in this class.
LD 645 International Business 3 hours
With the advancement of technology, social media and the necessity of international trade
and diplomatic relations, businesses need to be responsive to its markets and take measures
to remain sustainable and successful. Consequently, students will be engaged in examining
several areas of focus to include the following: the evolution of global business, strategy and
structure 10 of international business, national trade policies, regional economic integration,
foreign direct investment, mergers and acquisitions, the multinational enterprise, corporate
governance and social responsibility and international trading regimes. Students should leave
this course with an appreciation for the interrelatedness of businesses across borders and
thereby seek to lead with international savvy.
LD 650 Capstone 3 hours
The Leadership Studies Capstone course for the MBA in Leadership program provides
students with an opportunity to integrate and apply their learning throughout the program and
their leadership experiences through the analysis of real-business cases. The selected cases
are designed to provide practice for future leaders in a changing business environment due
to different economic, organizational, psychological, and sociological factors.
Master of Public Health
ND 501 Introduction to Public Health 2 hours
Provides
student with an overview of the eld of public health. Major topics include: public
health competencies, careers in public health, health disparities, cultural competence, and
public health ethics.
ND 502 Principles of Epidemiology 3 hours
Introduces the basic principles and applications of epidemiology. Epidemiology is one
of the pillars of public health. Describes the distribution and determinants of disease in
human populations. Introduces students to the theory, methods, and body of knowledge of
epidemiology.
346
ND 503 Introduction to Biostatics 3 hours
Introduces statistical concepts and analytical methods as applied to data encountered in
biomedical sciences. It emphasizes the basic concepts of experimental design, quantitative
analysis of data, and statistical inferences. Prerequisite: An introductory statistics course at
the undergraduate or graduate level.
ND 504 Principles of Environmental Health 3 hours
Presents concepts, principles, and applications that form the basis of environmental health.
Describes the sources, pathways of exposure, and methods of control of the principal physical,
chemical, biologic, and sociologic factors that impact human health in ambient, indoor and
occupational environments.
ND 505 Principles of Health Behavior 3 hours
Examines the psycho-social, behavioral, and educational principles that determine health
behavior. Describes the philosophical, ethical and theoretical foundations of health education
in schools, community, worksite and hospital settings.
ND 506 Principles of Health Administration 3 hours
Describes the application of administrative theory to health delivery, policy, and planning.
Examines structures and functions of management and their application in public health.
ND 507 Fitness and Health Promotion 2 hours
Discusses the role that tness plays in promoting personal and community health. The
challenges involved in achieving personal tness and weight management. Prerequisites:
ND 505-Principles of Health Behavior. An introductory nutrition course at the undergraduate
or graduate level. An intermediary nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level.
One year of introductory biology with lab or anatomy and physiology with lab or physiology
with lab at the undergraduate or graduate level.
ND 508 Grant Writing 2 hours
Overview of the basic principles and practice of effective health education and health promotion
grant writing. Provides guidance for identifying potential funding sources and writing a grant
proposal that is ready for submission. Prerequisites: ND 501- Introduction to Public Health,
ND 502- Principles of Epidemiology, ND 505- Principles of Health Behavior.
ND 509 Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness 3 hours
The role of plant-based diets and exercise in health promotion and prevention of major chronic
diseases. Discussion of current issues in nutrition and wellness, including complimentary
alternative approaches. Prerequisites: ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics, ND 502-Priniciples
of Epidemiology. An introductory nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level. An
intermediary nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level. One year of introductory
biology with lab or anatomy and physiology with lab or physiology with lab at the undergraduate
or graduate level.
ND 510 Ethnic Food Practices 3 hours
Introduction to major ethnic and religious food practices in the United States. Empowers
students to provide culturally relevant service to individuals and communities.
ND 511 Program Planning and Evaluation in the Community and Lab 4 hours
Introduces principles of program development and evaluation. Development of a health
promotion and education program with an evaluation component for community groups. Major
topics includes: community needs and assets assessment; program planning, implementation
347
and evaluation of a program. Prerequisite: ND 501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 502-
Principles of Epidemiology ND 503- Introduction to Biostatistics, ND 505-Principles of Health
Behavior, ND 507- Fitness and Health Promotion, ND 509- Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness.
ND 512 Assessment of Nutritional Status 3 hours
Techniques of individual nutrition assessment: dietary intake and evaluation, use of computer
software anthropometric, clinical, and biochemical methodologies, principles and practice
in nutrition counseling in a supervised community setting. Prerequisites: An introductory
nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level. An intermediary nutrition course at
the undergraduate or graduate level. One year of introductory biology with lab or anatomy
and physiology with lab or physiology with lab at the undergraduate or graduate level.
ND 517 Health Research Methods 3 hours
The study of research methodology, statistical analysis, and the evaluation of research papers.
Prerequisites: ND 501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics.
ND 518 Health Disparities and Minority Health 3 hours
An exploration of the determinants of the disparities in health and healthcare in the 9 United
States, and multi-level strategies aimed at reducing those disparities. Prerequisites: ND
501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics. Co-requisite: ND
517- Research Methods.
ND 601 Research Seminar 1 hour
An exploration of the determinants of the disparities in health and healthcare in the 9 United
States, and multi-level strategies aimed at reducing those disparities. Prerequisites: ND
501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics. Co-requisite: ND
517- Research Methods.
ND 602 Capstone Research Project 4 hours
The Capstone project is a requirement for graduation for students in the MPH program. It is an
opportunity for students to work on public health practice projects that are of interest to them.
Completion of the capstone project requires both written and oral components. The capstone
is completed in the last semester of the program. The project is done under the direction of
a capstone project advisor. Prerequisites: completion of the didactic (all coursework) portion
of the MPH
ND 603 Practicum 3 hours
The practicum is designed to provide MPH students with the opportunity to integrate the
knowledge and skills developed during their academic program in a structured, supervised,
real-world professional setting under the direction of a site supervisor (preceptor) in a public
health or social service agency and program faculty. Requires a project proposal approved
by the department and a fi nal report. Minimum: 135 hours. Prerequisites: Completion of the
didactic (all coursework) portion of the MPH. Department approval.
348
Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies/Urban Ministries
Biblical Studies
RB 511 Old Testament (W) 3 hours
This
is an introduction and a survey of the second part of the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament
commonly referred to as the Prophets. This covers the Historical Books of Joshua to 2 Kings,
the Major Prophets (Isaiah, Jeremiah and Ezekiel), and the Twelve Minor Prophets. Each
book is studied exegetically and theologically in the social-historical context of the ancient
Near Eastern world, and in dialogue with the modern-day context. By means of the required
graduate-level seminal papers, students develop skills in responsible Biblical interpretation
and application of the messages of the prophets to a life of faith and Christian service.
RB 512 New Testament (W) 3 hours
This is an introduction and survey of the Pauline Epistles, utilizing the book of Acts as a
historical resource. Each letter is studied exegetically and theologically in the social-historical
context of the Greco-Roman world, and in dialogue with the modern-day context. By means
of required graduate-level seminal papers, students develop skills in responsible Biblical
interpretation and application of the messages of Pauline letters to a life of faith and Christian
service.
General Religion Education
RG 501 Dynamics of Christian Living (W) 2 hours
An
introductory course exploring the realm of a personal relationship with God and how to
be a successful Christian witness. Classical spiritual disciplines such as confession, prayer,
Bible study, fasting, meditation, simplicity, and service are studied to explain how to become
a Christian and continue the process of spiritual growth. The student will write a spiritual
journey documenting
how they came to a knowledge of Christ and what this will look like as
they continue the journey.
RG 522 The Gift of Prophecy (W) 3 hours
A course of study tracing prophetic ministry in the Bible, and especially in the experience
of Ellen G. White, while noting also its contributory role in the history and operation of the
Seventh-day Adventist Church from the nineteenth century to the present. The student will
write a research paper identifying new concepts not previously known personally.
RT 501 Biblical Interpretation for Pastoral Ministry 3 hours
This course builds on the student’s undergraduate knowledge in the areas of theological
and biblical studies and emphasizes the importance of sound hermeneutical principles,
methods, and procedures for using the Bible as the word of God in pastoral ministry. Specifi c
hermeneutical methods will be covered in depth in relation to selected texts and theological
themes from the Old and New Testaments for pastoral activities such as preaching, counseling,
liturgy, personal devotion, mission, and pastoral care. Pastors and lay practitioners will explore
issues of presuppositions, biblical authority, and the importance of Christ as a hermeneutical
key. They will also study the signifi cance of the historical, literary, theological, and contextual
methodologies for proper exegesis and pastoral ministry.
349
Practical Studies
RP 500 Clinical Pastoral Education-CPE 3 hours
This course gives three hours elective credit for students accepted into and completing
satisfactorily an off-campus unit of Clinical Pastoral Education (CPE) accredited by the
Association Clinical Pastoral Education (ACPE). CPE is done under the direction of a certifi ed
CPE supervisor in a hospital, church, or other institution who aids the student in developing
skills in pastoral care, interpersonal relations, and theological refl ection. Students may elect to
use CPE as part of the capstone coursework that will be used to evaluate their effectiveness
and growth.
RP 521 Pastoral and Practical Theology for Christ-Centered Ministry 3 hours
This course rst seeks to place the modern discipline of pastoral and practical theology
in a historical perspective while determining its scope, methods, norms, and value for
modern Christ-centered ministry. It will seek to evaluate critically the developmental and
faith implications involved in the integration of theological thinking, theological speech,
theological action, and theological refl ection in relation to particular pastoral events, issues,
and concerns. The course will help pastors and lay professionals to think theologically about
their work, and will therefore relate theory and practice in the cultural and social matrix of
pastoral ministries. Selected theological themes and biblical images such as the creation,
redemption, incarnation, grace, justice, Trinity, shepherd, healer, preacher, and judge, will be
used to articulate a model for ministry. Relevant theories from other disciplines will also be
refl ected on as deemed valuable for enhancing professional pastoral identity, practice, and
articulating pastoral signifi cance.
RP 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling in Multicultural Contexts 3 hours
This course covers the theory and practice of pastoral care and counseling in the local church
setting. It seeks to integrate personal faith development and compassionate ministry of the
pastor or church leader with critical insights and caring strategies of the helping professions
and the discipline of pastoral theology. Specifi c emphasis will be given to the development
of spiritual relationship in multicultural, cross-cultural context; understanding of black socio-
religious experience; and the black family in American society. A particular concern will be
given to such topics as human sexuality, adolescent and youth issues, emotional, substance
and physical abuse, marriage and family dynamics, and the care of the elderly. The students
will be engaged in exploring effective ways to address these challenges and minister to the
needs identifi ed.
RP 523 Preaching and Pastoral Care for Church Development 3 hours
This course is designed to provide participants with advance hermeneutical methods, skills,
and tools to rst interpret the Biblical texts from within its own historical, linguistic, sociocultural,
theological, and spiritual contexts, and then learn how to preach them transformatively in order
to address congregational needs and concerns. They will focus on how theological themes,
narrative structures, and rhetorical movements in specifi c genres may effectively convey
God’s message of salvation in Jesus Christ in a worshiping context. Students will examine
selected texts and themes for God’s call for repentance, justice, forgiveness, reconciliation,
understanding, healing, comfort, support, empowerment, transformation, peace, and hope.
Participants will also look at their own faith development and temperaments out of which they
may preach transformatively to others.
RP 525 Community Ministry in the Adventist Tradition 3 hours
This course traces the history of community ministry in the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Utilizing advice from Welfare Ministry, emphasis is placed on community health initiatives,
350
education and programs for the poor. The role of ADRA will also be covered. Students will
suggest ways in which Community Service departments in their local churches can best
respond to the immediate needs of the communities they serve.
RP 526 Decoding the City for Effective Ministry 3 hours
This course helps students to interpret the operations and infrastructure of cities and utilize
the information in the construction of Christ-centered urban ministry. Students learn the
principles of demographics and psychographics in understanding populations. Students
will learn how to access and interpret government public data sources such as planning
and zoning, public health, incarceration rates, and housing data. Understanding the social,
political, economics, and infrastructure of the urban environment, students will learn the how
to utilize the information to identify disparities and marginalized populations and to construct
ministry interventions.
RP 527 Non-Profi t Organizations 3 hours
This course covers the essentials of operating non-profi t organizations. Topics include writing
articles of incorporation, registering a business, types of non-profi t organizations, forming
501c3 corporations, governance of non-pro t organizations, non-pro ts and their relationship to
the Church, solicitation and donations, taxes and other government regulations, and partnering
with other non-profi t organization or critically analyze an existing non-profi t organization.
Prerequisite: RB 522, RT 523, RP 525, RP 526
RP 531 Evangelistic Preaching and Church Growth 3 hours
This course focuses on the evangelistic and church growth ministries of pastors and lay
professionals in order to foster congregational and community development. Participants
will learn how to assess and understand congregations and communities in order to develop
relevant contextual strategies for evangelism and development. It is also intended to help
participants refl ect on traditional pastoral and public evangelism, evangelistic preaching, and
evangelistic resources, in order to learn how to effectively design and use new resources
and programs suited for the contemporary postmodern context. Participants will be equipped
to train and mobilize lay ministers, implement church growth principles, and effectively use
media and audio-visual equipment. The course will also expose participants to the science
and art of scheduling, nancing, and conducting mission programs and evangelistic projects.
RP 532 Church Planting and Growth in Urban Settings 3 hours
This course is designed to explore strategies of church planting in urban settings and to assist
planters to think contextually about the placement of new ministries to meet the spiritual and
social needs of diverse people groups and generations. Prerequisite: RB 522, RT 523, RP
525, RP 526
RP 541 Church Administration 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce participants to the discipline of pastoral administration in
small and large congregations as well as how to manage growth. It exposes them to leadership
skills, strategic planning, church marketing, and nancial planning. Participants will learn how
to manage and motivate paid and unpaid work force, maximize the church’s mission and
value to the community, use databases and new technologies to manage data and interests.
They will also become familiar with legalities, General Conference of SDA building policies,
fund raising principles, building protocols, and physical plant management.
RP 542 Church and Community Relations 3 hours
This course is designed to provide knowledge and skills in effective community relations as it
explores how a congregation can serve meaningfully in selected locations. It enables students
351
to enhance their public communication skills in diverse cultural settings and in interactions
between religious and non-religious institutions. Prerequisite: RB 522, RT 523, RP 525, RP
526.
RP 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity 3 hours
This course is designed to help participants gain an in-depth understanding of world religions
and intends to provide them practical resources that will help them relate to adherents of
these religions or spiritualities. Participants will be led to assess their inner-logic that assures
the coherence and relevance of world religions and their respective offshoots. Prerequisites:
RB 522, RT 523, RP 525, RP 526.
RP 544 Biblical Preaching I 3 hours
An introduction to the biblical and theological foundations, principles, and methods of Christ
centered preaching in relation to topical, textual and expository sermons. Student will
review biblical hermeneutics for application to preaching. Attention is also given to personal
preparation, sermon development and delivery, and biblical preaching in the Seventh-day
Adventist and Black traditions. They will write sermon manuscripts and outlines and deliver
them in their context of ministry or to their peers.
RP 551 Worship and Development in Black SDA Churches 3 hours
This course will introduce students to the history, theology, and practice of Christian worship,
and explore their implications for modern worship in diverse contexts in the Seventh-day
Adventist church. Prerequisite: RB 522, RT 523, RP 525, RP 526.
RP 552 Black Adventist Preaching & Church Development 3 hours
This course covers the growth, methods, designs, and content of black Seventh-day Adventist
preaching. Particular attention will be given to the preaching of Seventh-day Adventist
doctrines as God’s good news in Christ. Attention will also be given to the use of biblical and
extra-biblical sources, the theological and hermeneutical concerns in regards to thematic
preaching. Prerequisite: RB 522, RT 523, RP 525, RP 526
RP 571 Contextual Pastoral Research Seminar 3 hours
This course will lay the theoretical foundations for preparing an academic pastoral project,
or for writing a capstone resource suitable for training purposes and for giving workshops. It
will provide knowledge for designing, conducting, and evaluating pastoral research, as well
as for designing and writing a capstone project. Students will review principles of writing an
IRB proposal, principles of conducting qualitative and action research methods, as well as
the features of the Turabian writing style requirements.
RP 572 Contextual Pastoral Praxis and Resource 3 hours
This course has two options. Option 1 provides pastoral researchers, who have been authorized
by the IRB, with the opportunity to show in writing how data collected from their praxis in the
context of their ministry may contribute to generalized knowledge or the improvement of an
aspect of ministry. Students who successfully complete Option 1 will receive a grade of ‘B’ or
above. Option 2 provides an opportunity for students to apply their overall academic learning
from the degree to the construction of a meaningful capstone project resource suitable for
training purposes and workshops. Students who successfully complete Option 2 will receive
a grade of ‘B’.
352
Theological and Religious Studies
RT 521 Christian Theology (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the development of Christian thought from A.D. 100 to 1300.
Treatment is given to the task of theology, theological principles, and methods, and biblical
critique of theological ideas. Dogmatic categories include theology, Christology, pneumatology,
anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology. Students explore the relevance of
theological refl ection for modern church and society. A critical assessment paper will discuss
one theological position.
RT 522 Biblical Principles for Community Ministry 3 hours
This course surveys the Bible to identify paradigms that will inform community ministry. These
include the Pentateuchal teaching on community responsibility, the social justice tradition in
the prophetic books, the gospel admonition for concern of the “least of these,” and the social
structure of the early church. Students will apply biblical paradigms to their local contexts to
propose solutions for community problems.
RT 523 Christian Theology for Christ-centered Urban Ministry 3 hours
This course provides an understanding of Christian theological thought to contemporary
movements in society and the academy. It applies missiological principles to urban contextual
ministry. Specifi c attention is given to the contemporary African American theology, and the
development of other theologies and ideologies of liberation.
353
Board of Trustees
Daniel Jackson, Chair........................................................................................................Silver Spring, MD
Leslie N. Pollard, Secretary
..................................................................................................... Huntsville, AL
G. Alexander Bryant, Vice Chair ........................................................................................Silver Spring, MD
Ralph Reid, Vice Chair .............................................................................................................. Kansas, MO
Ronald C. Smith, Vice Chair .......................................................................................................Decatur, GA
William L. Winston, Vice Chair ....................................................................................................Atlanta, GA
Roger Bernard ..................................................................................................................... Kansas City, KS
Meki Bracken ..........................................................................................................................Alexandria, VA
Virgil Childs ........................................................................................................................Westlake Vill., CA
William Cox ............................................................................................................................ Columbus, OH
Laura Davis .................................................................................................................................Atlanta, GA
Byron Dulan ..............................................................................................................................Richfi eld, WA
Henry Fordham......................................................................................................................Pine Forge, PA
Stephen Foster ........................................................................................................................... Harvest, AL
Ricardo Graham ................................................................................................................Westlake Vill., CA
Stephen Gray .......................................................................................................................Birmingham, AL
William Hicks ........................................................................................................................... Huntsville, AL
Daniel Honoré............................................................................................................................Jamaica, NY
Benjamin Jones ........................................................................................................................Nashville, TN
R. Clifford Jones, .........................................................................................................................Chicago, IL
Zavion Kanion.......................................................................................................................Loch Lloyd, MO
Alvin M. Kibble ...................................................................................................................Silver Spring, MD
G. Earl Knight ...............................................................................................................South Lancaster, MA
Gregory Mack ............................................................................................................................ Mt. Dora, FL
Arne Nielsen ........................................................................................................................... Columbia, MD
Cynthia Powell-Hicks ...............................................................................................................Anaheim, CA
Witford Reid ............................................................................................................................... Sebring, FL
Randy Robinson ..................................................................................................................... Columbia, MD
Sergio Romero ...................................................................................................................... Columbus, OH
Eddie Soler ................................................................................................................ Altamonte Springs, FL
Maurice Valentine ........................................................................................................... Berrien Springs, MI
Calvin Watkins .............................................................................................................................. Dallas, TX
David Weigley ......................................................................................................................... Columbia, MD
David Williams .............................................................................................................................Boston, MA
Edward Zinke.....................................................................................................................Silver Spring, MD
Board of Trustees Advisory Board
Carmela Monk Crawford..................................................................................................... Hagerstown, MD
Jim Davidson ............................................................................................................Peachtree Corners, GA
David Freedman .......................................................................................................Peachtree Corners, GA
John Freedman .....................................................................................................................Vancouver, WA
Mark Johnson ....................................................................................................... Oshawa, Ontario Canada
Kenneth Manders ........................................................................................................... Hamilton, Bermuda
Larry Moore .............................................................................................................................. Burleson, TX
Gary Thurber ...............................................................................................................................Lincoln, NE
Board of Trustees Emeritus Members
Lois Peters.............................................................................................................................Clarksville, MD
Benjamin F. Reaves.................................................................................................................... Orlando, FL
Calvin B. Rock ....................................................................................................................... Las Vegas, NV
354
Administration
Leslie N. Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min., M.B.A. ........................................................................ President
Colwick Wilson, Ph.D.
........................................................... Provost and Senior Vice President
Sabrina Cotton, M.Acc., C.P.A.. ................................ Vice President for Financial Administration
David Knight, M.A. ................................................................Vice President for Student Services
David Richardson, Ed.D., M.Div. ..............Vice President for Missions, Enrollment Management
and Retention
Prudence LaBeach Pollard, Ph.D., M.P.H., SPHR ......................... Vice President for Research,
and Faculty Development
Deans and Academic Department Chairs
School of Arts and Sciences ....................................................Kenneth LaiHing Ph.D., Dean
Biological Sciences .................................................. Juliet Bailey-Penrod, Ph.D., Chair
Chemistry ............................................................................Marlon Rhem, Ph.D., Chair
Communication .................................................................. Rennae Elliott, Ph.D., Chair
English and Foreign Languages ................................... Ramona Hyman, Ph.D., Chair
Mathematics and Computer Science ..................................... Lisa James, Ph.D., Chair
Music ............................................................................Jason Ferdinand, D.M.A., Chair
Psychological Sciences ...................................................Martin Hodnett, Psy.D., Chair
School of Business .................................................................... John Anderson, Ph.D., Dean
Business and Information Systems ................................Theodore Brown, Ph.D., Chair
School of Education and Social Sciences ...........................James Mbyirukira, Ph.D., Dean
Education ................................................................................Deril Wood, Ph.D., Chair
History ............................................................................. Samuel London, Ph.D., Chair
Social Work ....................................................................Octavio Ramirez, Ph.D., Chair
School of Nursing and Health Professions ..................... Karen Benn-Marshall,Ph.D., Dean
Allied Health ..........................................................................Earl Henry, Dr.P.H.., Chair
Health and Exercise Science ............................................ Andrew Young, Ph.D., Chair
Nursing ............................................................................Karen Anderson, Ph.D., Chair
Nutrition and Dietetics ...................................................... Sherine Brown-Fraser, Chair
School of Religion ...................................................................... Agniel Samson, Th.D., Dean
Religion and Theology ......................................................Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D., Chair
355
Administrative Staff
John Anderson, Ph.D...................................Associate Provost for Graduate Studies/E-Learning
Linda
Anderson, B.S. ........................... Residential Life Coordinator, Carter Hall and Wade Hall
Lynda Bartholomew, M.S... ........................................................................ Director, Financial Aid
Jorge Bartholomew, M.S. ...............................................................Director, Career Connections
Karen Benn-Marshall, Ed.D.. ................................. Assistant Provost for Undergraduate Studies
Keith Burton, Ph.D. .............................................Director, Center for Adventist Muslim Relations
Selena Boyd, ...........................................................................Director, Enrollment Management
Gail Caldwell, B.B.A. ................... Assistant Vice President, Financial Administration/Controller
James Caldwell, B.A....................................................Residential Life Coordinator, Holland Hall
Carlos Cole .......................................................................................................Director, Grounds
Kenrunne Dixon, M.A., CSMP. ....................Director, Integrated Marketing and Public Relations
Brandon Gamble ....................................................................Dean, Center for Student Success
Ellengold Goodridge, M.A.............................................Director, Adult and Continuing Education
Melvin Harris, M.S. ................................................................................... Director, Public Safety
Pamela Holiday. ...............................................................................Director, Employee Services
Tracy Moore, B.S. ............................................................................................ Registrar (Interim)
Trevor Johnson, B.A. ......................................................................................... Chief Accountant
Kerry Joseph. .....................................................................................Director, Student Accounts
Camille Kibler, M.A. Ed. ............................. Residential Life Coordinator, West Oaks Apartments
Raymond King, B.S.W. ................................................................. Coordinator, Student Activities
Michelle Ramey, B.A. ......................................................................................... Director, Title III
Waltie Getfi eld. ................................................................................................ Director, Mailroom
Denise Shaver, Ph.D. ............................................................ Director, Institutional Effectiveness
Woodrow Vaughn, Jr., B.A. ........................................Residential Life Coordinator, Edwards Hall
Howard Weems, Ph.D. ............................................................Special Assistant to the President
Cheri Wilson, M.A. .......................................................Director, Advancement and Development
Tamara Young,............................Asst. VP for Missions, Enrollment Management and Retention
* * * * * *
356
Faculty
Allen, Gregory, Th.D. A
ssociate Professor of Religion
B.S., Atlantic Union College, 1976; M.Div., Andr ews University, 1981; Th.D., Boston University,
1995. At Oakwood since 1998.
Anderson, John, Ph.D. Professor of Management/Marketing
B.B.A., East Texas State University, Texarkana, 1975; M.B.A., East Texas State University,
Texarkana, 1976; Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 1979. At Oakwood since 1998.
Anderson, Karen, Ph.D.. Professor of Nursing
B.S., Andrews University, 1975; M.S.N., Ohio State University, 1976; Ph.D., University of
Nebraska Medical Center, 2010. At Oakwood since 1998.
Anderson, Kevin, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Atlantic Union College, 2001; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 2009, At Oakwood since
2013.
Ashley, George, Ph.D. Professor of Social Work
B.S.W., Oakwood College, 1987; M.S.W., York University, 1994; Ph.D., Walden University,
2004. At Oakwood since 1997.
Bailey-Penrod, Juliet, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Oakwood College, 1987; M.S., Wayne State University, 1989; Ph.D., Wayne State
University, 1999. At Oakwood since 2008.
Benjamin, Finbar S., D.Min. Professor of Religion
B.A., Andrews University, 1989; M.A., Andrews University, 1996; D.Min, Northern Baptist
Theological Seminary, 2000. At Oakwood since 2002.
Beverly, Olivia, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Oakwood College, 1975; Ed.S., Wayne State University, 1997; Ph.D., Wayne State
University, 2010. At Oakwood since 2012.
Boutrin, Marie-Claire, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Central Lancashire (United Kingdom), 1998; M.S., Universities of Keele,
Manchester and Salford (United Kingdom), 2000; Ph.D., University of Salford (United
Kingdom), 2005. At Oakwood since 2016.
Bowe, Derek, Ph.D. Professor of English
B.S., Oakwood College, 1986; M.A., Andrews University, 1987. Ph.D., University of Kentucky
at Lexington, 1998. At Oakwood since 1987.
Brown, Theodore, Ph.D. Professor of Management
B.S., Oakwood College, 1983; MBA, Amberton University, 1987; MBA, Amberton University,
1988, Ph.D., Andrews University, 2005. At Oakwood since 2008.
Bucknor, Carmen, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oakwood College, 1998; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 2003; Ph.D., Tennessee State
University, 2014. At Oakwood since 2016.
357
Bucknor, Wayne, D.M.A. Professor of Music
B.A. and B.S., Oakwood College, 1994; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 1998; D.M.A.,
University of Alabama, 2008. At Oakwood since 1998.
Burton, Keith, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Oakwood College, 1987; M.T.S., Garrett Evangelical Theological Seminary, 1989; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University, 1994. At Oakwood since 1995.
Campbell, Throy, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Business Administration
M.S. and M.B.A., University of Texas-Arlington, 2008; Ph.D., University of Texas-Arlington,
2015. At. Oakwood since 2016.
Chambers, Audley C. , Ph.D. Professor of Music
B.S., Oakwood College, 1986; M.A., Ohio State University, 1988; Ph.D., Northwestern
University, 1997. At Oakwood since 1994.
Champagne, Marie, M.S. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Oakwood University, 2006; M.S., Florida International University, 2014. At Oakwood
since 2017.
Charles, George, D.B.A. Associate Professor of Business Administration
D.B.A., Argosy University, 2011. At Oakwood since 2017
Cheddar, Dwyane, M.A. Assistant Professor of Communication Media
Teacher Certifi cate, Edna Manly College of Visual and Performing Arts, 1986; M.A., Middlesex
University, 2000. At Oakwood since 2007-2015 and 2017 nb.
Cook, Pamelea E., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1981; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1985; Ph.D.,
Oklahoma State University, 1989. At Oakwood since 2002.
Dowdie, Nadine, M.P.H., R.D. Assistant Professor, Nutrition and Dietetics
B.S., Oakwood College, 1988; M.P.H., Loma Linda University, 1992. At Oakwood since 2019.
Dulan, Stanton, M.D. Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.A., Oakwood University, 1997; M.D., University of California, Los Angeles, 2009. At Oakwood
since 2015.
Durant, Juliet Ann, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of West Indies, 1986; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1994; Ph.D., Texas
A&M University (1999). At Oakwood since 2000.
Elliott, Rennae, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Communications
B.S., Livingston University, 1987; M.A., Andrews University, 1989; Ph.D., Ohio State University,
1994. At Oakwood since 1996.
Ferdinand, Jason, D.M.A. Professor of Music
M.M., Morgan State University, 2001; D.M.A., University of Maryland-College Park, 2015. At
Oakwood since 2008.
358
Fordjour-Hankins, Iris, M.M. Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., Oakwood College, 1991; M.M., Boston University, 2008; doctoral studies, University of
Kentucky. At Oakwood since 2016.
Foster, Julie Moore, D.M.A. Associate Professor of Music
B.M., Marygrove College, 1987; M.M., Mannes College of Music, 1990; D.M.A., The Catholic
University in America, 2011. At Oakwood since 1999.
Foster, Preston, M.P.A. Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., Oakwood College, 1978; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1991. At Oakwood since 2015.
Fraser, Handel, Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Management
M.B.A., University of Scranton, 2013; Ed.D., Northeastern University, 2019. At Oakwood
since 2019.
Fraser, Trevor, D.Min. Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1972; M.Div., Andrews University, 1975; D. Min., Emory
University, 1996. At Oakwood since 1984.
Frye, Lorraine, M.S.W. Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.S., Oakwood College, 2003; M.S.W., Alabama A&M University, 2004. At Oakwood since
2007.
Gamble, Brandon, Ed.D. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Oakwood College, 1994; M.S., San Diego State University, 1998; Ed.D., University of
Southern California, 2007. At Oakwood since 2018
Gohanna, Vern, M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Management
B.S., Oakwood College, 2001; M.B.A., Columbia College, 2008. At Oakwood since 2012.
Goodridge, Ellengold, M.A.Ed. Assistant Professor of Education
M.A.Ed., University of Phoenix, 2011; doctoral studies, Capella University. At Oakwood since
2014.
Greene, Alfonzo, Jr., Ph.D. Associate Professor of History
B.A., Oakwood College, 1975; M.Div., Andrews University, 1979; M.A., Roosevelt Univerity,
1999; Ph.D, Loyola University-Chicago, 2009. At Oakwood since 2001.
Gullo, Safawo, Ph.D. Professor of Biology
M.S., University of louisiana at Monroe, 1990; Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 1998. At Oakwood
since 2004-2015 and 2016.
Hamilton, Terry, M.Ed. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Oakwood College, 1984; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 2000. At Oakwood since
1988.
Hannah, R. Isariah, M.S. Assistant Professor of Child Development and Family Studies
B.S., Oakwood College, 2000; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 2002. At Oakwood since 2007.
Harrison, Bobby R. , M.S. Associate Professor of Communication Media
B.F.A., Andrews University, 1981; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1983. At Oakwood since
1991.
359
Henry, Earl S., Dr.PH, M.P.H. Assistant Professor of Allied Health
B.A., Oakwood College, 1983; M.P.H., Adventist University of the Philippines, 1986; Dr.PH,
2016, University of the Philippines. At Oakwood since 1999.
Hinson, Kyna, M.A. Assistant Professor of Communication Media
B.A., Columbia Union College, 1977; M.A., University of Georgia, 1979. At Oakwood since
1986.
Hodnett, Martin, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oakwood College, 2000; M.A., Loma Linda University, 2005; Ph.D., Loma Linda
University, 2009. At Oakwood since 2010.
Hyman, Ramona, Ph.D. Professor of English
B.A., Temple University, 1979; M.A., Andrews University, 1986; Ph.D., University of Alabama-
Tuscaloosa. At Oakwood since 1985-1988, 1989-2008, and 2014.
Isaac, Elaine, M.S. Assistant Professor of Child Development and Family Studies
B.A., Oakwood College, 1985; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 2005. At Oakwood since 1999.
James, Lisa, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Oakwood College, 1989; M.S., University of Alabama at Birmingham, 1992; Ph.D.,
Auburn University, 2003. At Oakwood since 2010.
Jeries, Joseph, M.S. Assistant Professor of Math and Computer Science
B.S., Haigazian College (Lebanon), 1987; M.S. Andrews University, 1989; doctoral studies,
University of Alabama-Huntsville. At Oakwood since 1988-1991 and 2002.
Johnson, Joyce, Ph.D. Associate Professor (Education
Ph.D., Andrews University, 2003. At Oakwood since 2018.
Joseph, Jea, M.S. Assistant Professor of Math and Computer Science
B.S., Oakwood College, 1986; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1989. At Oakwood
seince 2010
Kenea, Habtalem, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Management
B.Sc., Philippine Union College (Philippines), 1982; M.B.A., University of Santo Tomas
(Philippines), 1984; Ph.D., University of Santo Tomas (Philippines), 1992. At Oakwood since
2001.
Kessio, Japheth K. A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Finance
B.Ed, University of Nairobi (Kenya), 1979; M.B.A., University of Nairobi (Kenya), 1981; Ph.D.,
University of Bradford (England), 1989. At Oakwood since 2002.
Kim, Sung-Jun, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music
M.A., Andrews University, 1992; Ph.D, Michigan State University, 1998. At Oakwood since
2006.
Kwesi, Ifeoma I., D.Min. Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., University of South Alabama, 1973; M.Div., Andrews University, 1994; D.Min., Andrews
University, 2012. At Oakwood since 2002.
360
LaiHing, Kenneth, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., City University of New York, 1972; M.S., Long Island University, 1981; Ph.D., University
of Georgia, 1988. At Oakwood since 1982.
LaiHing, Steven, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Oakwood University, 2006; M.S., Texas A&M University, 2011, Ph.D., Texas A&M
University, 2017. At Oakwood since 2017.
Li, Tarsee, Ph.D. Professor of Religion
B.A., Southen Missionary College, 1980; M.Div., Andrews University, 1988; M.Phil., Hebrew
Union College, 1997; Ph.D., Hebrew Union College, 1999. At Oakwood since 2000.
London, Jr., Samuel, Ph.D. Professor of History
B.S., Prairie View A&M University, 1997; M.A., Sam Houston State University, 2002; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 2006. At Oakwood since 2011.
Marshall, Andrew, D.M.A. Associate Professor of Music
D.M.A., University of Oklahoma, 2012. At Oakwood since 2017.
Mbuguje Mukesha, M.S.N. Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Alabama-Huntsville, 2001; M.S.N., University of Alabama-Huntsville,
2003. At Oakwood since 2006.
Mbyirukira, James B., Ph.D. Professor of Education
B.A., University of Lubumbashi, 1980; M.A., University of Iowa, 1986; Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1992. At Oakwood since 1999.
Miller, Victoria Joiner, Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Communication
B.A., Oakwood College, 1987; M.A., Regent University, 2002; Ed.D., Fielding Graduate
University, 2011. At. Oakwood since 1989.
Morris, Priscilla, M.S.N. Assistant Professor
A.S., Oakwood University, 2001; B.S., Loma Linda University, 2003; M.S.N., Texas A&M
University, 2015. At Oakwood since 2017.
Moral, Manuel, D.Min, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Religion
M.A., Andrews University, 2006; D.Min., Andrews University, 2008; M.A., University of
Salamanca (Spain), 2012; Webster University, 2012; Ph.D., Northcentral University, 2018.
At Oakwood since 2018.
Mountain, Chandra, Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 1990; M.A., University of Florida, 1994; Ph.D., University of Florida,
2001. At Oakwood since 2012.
Murphy, Stephen, M.M. Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., Oakwood University, 2013; M.M., Middle Tennessee State University, 2016. At Oakwood
since 2017.
Nkosi, George, M.Tax. Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.B.A., University of Houston-Downtown, 2002; M.Tax., University of Denver, 2014. At
Oakwood since 2017.
361
Norris, Bianca, M.S.N. Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Oakwood College, 1998; B.S.N., University of Alabama-Huntsville, 2015; M.S.N.,
University of Alabama-Huntsville, 2017. At Oakwood since 2018.
Ochieng, Patrick, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
M.S., Western Michigan, 2007; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 2015. At Oakwood since
2015.
Ojwang, Gilbert, Ph.D. Professor of Religion
B.A., Andrews University, 1991; M.Div., Andrews University, 2000; Th.M., Lutheran School
of Theology at Chicago, 2003; Ph.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 2007. At
Oakwood since 2007
Osei, Albert John, Ph.D. Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Science and Technology, Ghana, 1979; M.S., Queen’s University (Canada),
1985; Ph.D., Alabama A&M University, 1997. At Oakwood since 1994.
Otieno, Onesimus, Ph.D. Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Eastern Africa, 1993; M.A. and M.S., Ohio University, 1998; Ph.D., Oklahoma
State University, 2002. At Oakwood since 2002.
Patel, Darayas N., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
B.Sc., University of Bombay (India), 1979; M.S., University of Bombay (India), 1983; M.S.,
University of Alabama in Huntsville, 1988; Ph.D., Alabama A&M University, 1999. At Oakwood
since 1993-1995 and 1999.
Pollard, Leslie, Ph.D. Professor of Religion and Professor of Management
B.A., Oakwood College, 1978; M.Div., Andrews University, 1983; D.Min, Claremont School
of Theology, 1992; M.B.A., La Sierra University, 2004; Ph.D., Andrews University, 2007. At
Oakwood since 2011.
Pollard, Prudence LaBeach, Ph.D. Professor of Management
B.S., Oakwood College, 1978; M.P.H., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor, 1982; Ph.D., Western
Michigan University, 1993. At Oakwood since 1994-1997 and since 2011.
Prigg, Benson, Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
B.A., Lincoln University, 1987; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1988; Ph.D., Bowling
Green State University, 1990. At Oakwood since 2008.
Ramirez, Octavio, Ph.D. Professor of Social Work
B.S.W., Rutgers University, 1995; M.S.W., Rutgers University, 1996; Ph.D., Walden University,
2005. At Oakwood since 2009.
Ranatunga, Don Rufus, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka, 1979; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989;
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1995. At Oakwood since 1998.
Rhem, Marlon, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Washington (Seattle), 1987; M.S., University of Mississippi, 1991; Ph.D.,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1996. At. Oakwood since 2010.
362
Richardson, David, Ed.D. Assistant Professor (Education)
B.A., Oakwood College, 1993; M.Div., Andrews University, 1995; M.C., University of Phoenix,
2003; Ed.D., Argosy University, 2012. At Oakwood since 2018.
Richardson, Melissa, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Oakwood University, 2009; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 2015. At Oakwood since
2015.
Ringer, Amanda, J.D. Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Millsaps College, 2000; J.D., University of Mississippi, 2006. At Oakwood since 2015.
Roach, Shaunda A., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems
B.S., Oakwood College, 1997; M.B.A., Alabama A&M University, 2001. At Oakwood since
2002.
Rowe, Cory, D.Min, BCC Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Oakwood College, 1989; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 2012; D.Min., United
Theological Seminary, 2015. At Oakwood since 2017.
Samson, Agniel, Th.D. Professor of Religion
B.A., River Plate Adventist University (Argentina), 1970; M.Th., University of Strasburg
(France), 1975; Th.D., University of Strasburg (France), 1977. At Oakwood since 1985.
Sawyers, Pauline, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Alberta (Canada), 1987; M.S., University of New Mexico, 1991; Ph.D.,
University of New Mexico, 1998. At Oakwood since 2006.
Schmidt, Londa L., Ph.D. Professor of Biological Sciences
B.A., Andrews University, 1961; M.S., Loma Linda University, 1968; Ph.D., University of
Edinburgh (Scotland), 1982. At Oakwood since 1994.
Seay, George Russell, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Oakwood College, 1980; M.A., Andrews University, 1989; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University,
2008. At Oakwood since 2010.
Shaver, Denise, Ph.D. Assistant Professor (Education)
B.A., Oakwood College, 1992; M.A. Andrews Unversity, 2009; Ed.S. (2012) and Ph.D. (2014),
Andrews University. At Oakwood since 2018.
Shaw, Howard, Ph.D. Professor of Physical Education
B.S., North Carolina Central University, 1976; M.S., North Carolina Central University, 1977;
Ed.S., George Peabody College , 1978; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, 1985. At Oakwood
since 1982.
Sherrod, Shalunda, M.S.W. Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.S., Oakwood College, 1991; M.S.W., Grambling State University, 1994. At Oakwood since
2017.
Smith, Shushannah Smith, M.S. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Oakwood College, 1998; M.S., University of Alabama in Huntsville, 2001; M.S.E.,
University of Alabama in Huntsville, 2015; doctoral studies , University of Alabama in Huntsville.
At Oakwood since 2002-2010 and 2016.
363
Tucker, Karen Mosby, M.S. Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 1975; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 1981; M.S., Alabama A&M
University, 1987. At Oakwood since 1976.
Vanterpool, Elaine, Ph.D. Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Oakwood College, 2001; Ph.D., Loma Linda University, 2005. At Oakwood since 2006.
Volkov, Alexander, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Moscow State University, 1972; M.S., Moscow State University, 1973; Ph.D., U.S.S.R.
Academy of Sciences, 1982. At Oakwood since 1998.
Watson, Janice, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Communication
B.A., Andrews University, 1981; M.A., Andrews University, 1983; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1997. At Oakwood since 2008.
Weems, Howard, Ph.D. Professor of Psychology
B.A., Oakwood College, 1985; M.A.P.H., Andrews University, 1995; Ph.D., Walden University,
2000. At Oakwood since 2001.
Wheeler, Eva, J.D., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Spanish
B.S., Oakwood University, 2005; J.D., New York University School of Law, 2008; M.A.,
University of California, Santa Barbara, 2012; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara,
2015. At Oakwood since 2017.
Wilchcombe, Dana, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Lincoln University, 1989; M.Ed., City College of New York,1996; Ph.D., Alabama A&M
University, 2007. At Oakwood since 2014.
Williams, Donaldson, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education
M.A., Andrews University, 1995; Ph.D., Andrews University, 2009. At Oakwood since 2011.
Williams, Mishael, M.S. Assistant Professor of Allied Health
B.S. and M.S., Medical University of South Carolina, 1995. At Oakwood since 2016.
Williams, Joshua, M.A. Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., Oakwood College, 2004; M.A., University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa, 2007. At Oakwood
since 2007.
Williams, Vashon, M.S. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Oakwood College, 1997; M.S., American Public University, 2007. At Oakwood since
2016.
Wills, Jillian, M.S. Associate Professor in Nursing
B.A., University of Alabama-Birmingham, 1998; M.S., Sanford University, 2001. At Oakwood
since 2001-2007 and 2014.
Wilson, Colwick, Ph.D. Professor (Psychological Sciencies/Social Work)
M.A., Eastern Michigan University, 1988; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1997 and
2003. At Oakwood since 2018.
364
Wilson, Jesse L., D.Min. Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Oakwood College, 1981; M.Div., Andrews University, 1983; D.Min., Fuller Seminary,
1996. At Oakwood since 2007.
Wood, Deril, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education
M.Ed., University of South Florida, 1985; Ph.D., University of South Florida, 1993. At Oakwood
since 2006.
Young, Andrew, Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Oakwood College, 1999; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 2002; Ph.D., The University
of Alabama-Tuscaloosa, 2016. At Oakwood since 2003.
Young, Tara, Ed.D. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Oakwood College, 1998; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 2001; Ed.S., Liberty University,
2016; Ed.D., Liberty University, 2018. At Oakwood since 1998.
Professor Emeriti
Nigel Barham, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History
B.D., London University (England), 1964; Diploma in Education, Birmingham University
(England), 1965; M.A., Andrews University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1976.
(1968-2011).
Ursula T. Benn, D.A. Professor Emeritus of Spanish
B.A., Toronto University, 1961; M.A., Teachers’ College, Columbia University, 1964; D.A.,
Atlanta University, 1993. (1978-2005)
John A. Blake, Ed.D. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.S., Howard University, 1963; M.S., Howard University, 1964; Ed.S., George Peabody College
of Vanderbilt University, 1974; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville, 1978. (1964-2002)
Luetilla Carter, Ed.S. Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., Hampton Institute, 1954; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1975; Ed.S., Alabama A&M
University, 1979. (1973-2006)
Cecily Daly, Ed.D. Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., West Indies College, 1972; M.A.,Vanderbilt University, 1970; post-graduate studies,
Oxford University, 1975-1976; Ph.D.,Vanderbilt University, 1991. (1985-2015)
Lela Gooding, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 1967; M.A., Western Carolina University, 1979; Ed.D., University of
Alabama in Tuscaloosa, 1994. (1972-2014)
Jannith L. Lewis, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus (Library)
B.S., University of Kansas, 1953; M.A. in L.S., Indiana University, 1955; Ph.D., Indiana
University, 1982. (1953-2003)
James Melancon, M.A. Associate Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.A., Oakwood College, 1953; M.A., Andrews University, 1955; Doctoral studies, University
of Iowa,. (1976-1994)
365
Sandra Price, Ed.D. Professor Emeritus of Management
B.S., Athens College, 1969; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1973; Ed.D., University of
Tennessee, 1982. (1967-1991 and 1992-2006).
Ernest E. Rogers, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Biblical Languages
B.A., Union College, 1943; M.A., Seventh-day Adventist Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University, 1967. (1945-1979).
366
Index
A
Absences 55
Academic
Advising 60
Academic Bankruptcy Policy, LEAP 75
Academic Calendar 8–11, 215–218
MBA and MPH 216–219
Academic Counseling 58
Academic Department Chairs 354
Academic Grievance 56
Academic Honesty 55, 56
Academic Policies 40
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Graduate Studies 226
Academic Probation, Suspension, and Dismissal 52
Academic Scholarship 18
Academic Year 42
Accounting 142
Administration and Staff 354
Admissions
Adult and Continuing Education 73
Admission Standards 13
Adult and Continuing Education 73
Adult and Continuing Education, Admission 17
Advanced Level Examination 18
Advanced Placement Courses 17
Adventist Colleges Abroad 53
Allied Health 180
Allied Health Science 182
Application and Acceptance 13
Applied Mathematics/Engineering 119, 120
Assembly/Chapel 35
Auditing Courses 32, 50
B
Biblical Studies and Languages 212
Biochemistry 90
Biological Sciences 84
Biology 85,
88
Biology Education 158
Biomedical Sciences 86
Board of Trustees 353
Broadcast Journalism 99, 100
Buildings, Campus 6
Bulletin Selection 57
Business Administration 143
Business and Information Systems 140
367
C
Campus Buildings 6
Career Services and
Testing Center 39
Center for Academic Success 58
Chemical Engineering 91
Chemistry 89, 92
Church Leadership 77, 214
Citizenship 38
Class Absences 55
Classifi cation of Students 43
Class Standing 44
Clinical Laboratory Science 186
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 47
Commencement Participation 67
Commercial Art 106
Communication 94, 96, 108
Communication Arts 96
Communication Media 99, 108
Computer Science 122, 123
Cooperative Programs 53
Correspondence Courses 50
Course Description, Adult & Continuing Ed. 335
Course Descriptions, Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies 343
Course Descriptions, Traditional 246
Course Numbers and Prefi xes 42
Credit 43
D
Dean’s List 51
Deferred Grades ,
49
Degree 40–43
Degree Candidacy 67
Degree Programs 40–43
Degree Requirements 63
Department Course Fees 23
Department Curriculum Laboratories 62
Dietetic Internship 206
Dietetics 181, 203
Disability Accommodations 5
Disability Services 60
Double Major 57
Drop/Add Process 45
Drop/Add Process, LEAP 74
Drug Convictions 32
E
Early Alert 60
Education 154
Elementary Education 155,
159
Ellen G. White Estate Oakwood Branch Offi ce 62
Engineering 119
368
Engineering (Applied Math) 122
English 112
English and Communications 94, 110
English Language Arts Education , 114
English: Literature 113
English Profi ciency Examination 46
Errors and Corrections 51
Eva B. Dykes Library 61
Exit Examination 46
Extracurricular Activities 35
F
Faculty 356
Family and Consumer Sciences 180
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act 45
Final Examinations 46
Finance 148
Financial Aid 27
Financial Aid Policies 32
Financial Clearance Policy 22
Financial Policies 20
Graduate Studies 221
Fitness and Wellness 190
Former Students 16
G
General Education Requirements 65
General Psychology 78
General Studies, A.S. (Traditional) 72
General Studies, B.S. (Traditional) 71
General Studies, LEAP 79
Geography 283
Grade Point Average 49
Grade Reports 51
Grading System 48
Graduate Program
Academic Policies 241
Academic Support Services 231
Admission Standards 217
Financial Aid Policies 223
Pastoral Studies, Master of Arts 345
Graduation in Absentia 68
Graduation With Distinction 51
H
Health and Counseling Services 37
Health Care
Administration 143
Health Science 191
History 167, 168
Home School Applicants 15
Honor Roll 51
369
Honors Convocation 51
Human Development and Family Studies 181
Human Environmental Sciences 180, 202
Human Resource Management 144
I
ID Verifi
cation for Online Coursework 45
Incarceration 32
Incompletes 31, 51
Incomplete Work
Graduate Studies 228
Incomplete Work, LEAP 74
Information Technology 79
Intent-to-Enroll Fee and Room Deposit 19
Interdisciplinary Studies, A.A. 70
Interdisciplinary Studies, B.A. 69
International Applicants 15
International Studies 169
Intramural Sports 36
L
Lab Fees 23
Late Registration 45
Library 61
Life Experience Policy 46
M
Management 145
Management Information Systems 149,
151
Marketing 146
Masters
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, M.B.A. 234
Pastoral Studies 241
Public Health 237
Urban Ministry and Community Developmen 244
Mathematical Techniques (Applied Math) 122
Mathematics 124, 125, 126
Mathematics and Computer Science 118
Mathematics Education 126, 161
Meal Plans 20
Medical School Early Selection Program 57
Medical Technology 186
Minors
Accounting 150
American Civil Rights History 172
Art 108
Biblical Languages 214
Biology 88
Chemistry 93
Child Development 188
Christian History 172
370
Communication Media 108
Computer Science 127
Correctional Science 138
English 115
English (TESOL Emphasis) 116
Entrepreneurship 150
Fitness and Wellness 195
Food and Nutrition 206
Health and Physical Education 195
History 173
International Business 150
Management 150, 151
Management Information Systems 151
Marketing 151
Mathematics 127
Music 133
Physics 127
Political Science 173
Psychology 138
Recording Arts 133
Sociology 138
Spanish 116
Theology 213
Visual Media 106, 109
Mission Statement 4
Music 128, 131
Music Education 132
Music-Vocal/Choral Education 163
N
New Students, Admission 13
Nondegree seeking student 44
Nursing 196,
200
Nutrition and Dietetics 202
O
Oakwood Facts 5
Online Summer School 54
Organizational Management 80,
150
P
Pass/Unsatisfactory Procedures 49
Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy 211
Pastoral/Evangelistic 210
Photography 107
PhotoJournalism 103, 105
Physical Education 189
Physical Education Teaching 164, 192
Policy Governing the Refund and Repayment of Title 22
Postbaccalaureate student 44
Pre-Law 171
371
Pre-Medicine 57
Pre-Occupational Therapy 184
Pre-Physical Therapy 182
Pre-Physician Assistant 185
Prerequisites 54
Pre-Speech-Language Pathology 187
Pre-Speech Pathology 187
Print Journalism 101
Professional Writing 113
Professor Emeriti 364
Psychology 134, 136
Public Policy 170
Public Relations 97
Q
Quantitative Science (Applied Math) 121
R
Refund Policy, Traditional students 22
Registration 45
Religion and
Theology 208
Religious Education 165, 213
Religious Institution Exemption 5
Remedial Courses 61
Remittance 21
Repeated Courses 31, 50
Requirements for Associate Degrees 66
Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees 63
Research Center 62
Residence Halls 38
Residential Housing 38
Retention and Disposal of Student Records 44
S
Satisfactory Academic Progress 28
Schedule of Classes 42
Secondary Education 155
Second Bachelor
’s Degree 64
Service-Learning 60
Sexual Harassment 5
Social Activities 35
Social Science 172
Social Science Education 172
Social Science Education 166
Social Work 174, 177
Spanish 114
Special Students 44
Spiritual Life 35
Sports Management 192
Sports Marketing 194
Student Association 36
372
Student Citizenship 38
Student Employment 33
Student Handbook 38
Student Missionary Program 54
Student Records 44
Student Services/Student Life 35
Study Abroad 32
Study Load 43
Summer School 54
T
TESOL 113
T
est-Based Credits 32
Theology 210
Transcripts 55
Transfer Students/Credits 17, 32
Transient admission 44
Transient Letters 54
Tuition 20
U
Unclassifi ed student 44
V
Values 4
Varsity Athletics 37
Vehicles 38
Verifi cation of Enrollment 33
Veterans, Admission 16
Vision 4
Visiting student 44
Vocal Performance 132
Vocal Performance and Pedagogy 132
W
Withdrawals 31
W
riting Emphasis Courses 54
WWW.OAKWOOD.EDU
Oakwood University
7000 Adventist Blvd., NW
Huntsville, AL 35896
(256) 726-7000
ENTER TO LEARN
DEPART TO SERVE
ENTRAR PARA APRENDER
SALIDA PARA SERVIR